Faithfully Serving Jesus In the Sunshine of His Love by Linda L. Linn - HTML preview
Download the book in PDF, ePub, Kindle for a complete version.
Faithfully
Serving Jesus
In the Sunshine
of His Love
Linda L. Linn
Faithfully Serving Jesus In the Sunshine of His Love
Linda L. Linn
Printed by TheBookPatch in the United States of America.
November of 2024
All rights reserved. No part of this book may be reproduced or
utilized in any form by any means, electronic or mechanical,
including photocopying, recording, or by any information storage
and retrieval system, without permission from the author.
Preview
What’s going to happen next in Pine City and on Mercy Valley Ranch and Farm? Will there be new ways for believers to continue faithfully serving Jesus until he returns?
What successes will some of the young people from the ranch and farm have? Which of them will get married? Will some couples move to different places? What’s special about some different ways to travel? What is Mindy going to do?
The ranch has surprising plans. What will the changes be and will the plans succeed? What will happen to those little horses the girls and boys are growing too big to ride? How will the ranch get horses to take their places? Keep reading, and find out.
If you haven’t read the first three novels in the Sunshine Series, it would be most helpful for you to read # 1, “Everywhere There’s a Sunrise, Let’s Tell the Good News,” # 2, “Rejoice as the Sun Shines on Restorations,” and # 3, “Gladly Serve God In Sunshine or Storms,” before you read this one, # 4, “Faithfully Serving Jesus In the Sunshine of His Love.” All four books are available to buy as printed copies from thebookpatch.com. Or you could get each of these books as ebooks or PDF files, free of charge from free-ebooks.net and read them in sequence.
About the Author
The author, Linda L. Linn, has lived in Colorado all her life. She has believed in, and loved Jesus since she was a young child. When not doing housework, cooking or baking, she likes to play the piano, write stories, sew, and read. She also enjoys travel and photography.
Before she retired, she enjoyed teaching first, second, and third graders in the public school system for 27 years. She and her husband, Richard, have traveled to see much of God’s beautiful creation in the western United States. They are presently living in Montrose, Colorado. She hopes you enjoy this novel.
Dedication
This novel is thankfully dedicated to
the Almighty God, who is the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit.
God is supreme and He is the sovereign ruler.
Only He deserves our service and praise.
Introduction
This is a work of fiction, except for the Bible Scriptures, which are God's Word and are therefore true. The State and National Parks and Monuments are real places where some of the people in this novel travel to visit, so are the four-wheel drive roads and destinations. If you are interested in visiting any of those places be sure to check locally for current conditions and road closures.
No person in this novel exists in real life except for God the Father, God the Son, (also known as Jesus Christ or the Messiah), and God the Holy Spirit. All the other characters, places and events in this novel are fictitious. Any resemblance to actual persons, living or dead, or to actual events is purely coincidental. But, many things in the story, and especially the miracles and gifts of the Holy Spirit can really happen.
This novel is meant for adults, not children, although with parental guidance, it has parts children might learn from or enjoy. Any places where I have copied parts from other stories in this Sunshine Series are with the author’s permission, since I’m the author.
Scriptures are shown by italics, and are this author's paraphrase of the King James Version of the Holy Bible. I chose the King James Version because it has no copyright. Basically, what I do is change words like "thee" and "ye" to "you", "thy" to "your", take the "eth," etc. off words, and sometimes use synonyms, to make it sound like more modern English. You can do the same thing as you read the suggested old hymns in a hymnal.
The author encourages you to look up these scriptures in your preferred Bible translation and read them there also. The Psalms, hymns and spiritual songs chosen for this novel really do have meaningful words and teachings. I encourage you to look up each hymn and spiritual song in a hymnal or songbook.
If you don’t have a hymnal or a songbook, try looking up the title of the song on the web to find the lyrics. Reading the lyrics for the songs, finding pictures of the real places people travel to, and other things the characters look up on the web could enhance this story if you can take the time to do it. Just type the song title, name of the national park or any other topic into the search engine for the web and you can find a wealth of information.
There’s a list of the characters and horses in this story in the addendum at the end of this novel. It might help you to keep track of who is who as you read.
Prologue
Colossians 3:23,24, And whatever you do, do it heartily,
as to the Lord and not to men; knowing that of the Lord you shall receive the reward of the inheritance, for you serve the Lord Christ.
Sara and Kim had been living in Pine City for about a month since they turned nineteen and therefore it had been time for them to leave their foster home with Ian and Yolanda Hopkins on Mercy Valley Ranch and go make their own livings.
After supper one evening Kim asked, “How do you like your job, Sara? I like mine.”
Sara answered, “I like mine a lot. My boss is a good Christian. She’s easy to work for and shows when she’s pleased.”
Kim suggested, “Maybe we could just stay single and live like this so we can continue to help each other and minister together.”
“Well,” Sara admitted, “I’ve been praying about staying single or getting married, and I think it’s God’s will for me to get married. So, I’d rather get married to a certain gentleman I know, than stay single. But I have no idea how that gentleman feels because he has been friends with Mindy and all the girls in our family ever since he and his family started riding horses on the ranch with our family. Of course I can’t just come right out and ask him how he feels.”
“No, I suppose you can’t,” Kim agreed, “although I do think Denji would be just right for you. Well I’m glad we talked about marriage, because I’ve been hoping you and he would get married since you like him so much! Anyway, if you do get married, I hope I can also find someone very soon. I don’t like the idea of living alone.”
“I don’t blame you,” and then Sara questioned, “Do you have anyone in mind?”
“Well,” shared Kim, “there’s a guy at the Discount Mart. He’s asked me out lots of times, but I always told him I couldn’t date because of family rules. Also, he wasn’t a believer. I used every opportunity to tell him the Good News. Finally last month he accepted Jesus, praise the Lord! But even though I’m allowed to date now, I don’t think I want such a young Christian for a husband.”
“No, I wouldn't either!” Sara exclaimed.
Kim continued, “I thought you’d understand. There were those boys who sang with us at the party. All four were good looking and nice mannered young men. I know that one of our friends, the one with the long dark hair, who lived next door to us on the ranch has her eye on Carlos and it’s fine with me. One of the others might be good.”
Sara suggested, “Let’s pray together.” Kim nodded and Sara began, “Father in Heaven you heard our discussion. Please guide each of us to choose the best man for a husband.”
Kim continued, “I agree, LORD. Please make it very clear to us and them. Keep us all pure and true to you.”
Then Sara mentioned, “I’m glad we asked Pastor Don to find a small group you and I could be in together. Plus I’m very thankful for the little booklet about small groups that Karen gave us in the special meeting she had for the ranch graduates.”
“Same here,” and Kim went on, “she said they gave out the same ones to the guys on the farm. It says here in the booklet, the groups meet at least once a week and have time for singing, praise reports, teaching on some topic related to living for Jesus, and a conversational prayer time instead of prayer requests. Some people take notes during the prayer time, so they can continue praying at home about those. Often during the prayer time someone will ask the Lord a question or for guidance and another person will have a prophecy or a word of knowledge or wisdom that answers it. After the prayer time, there's usually time for fellowship and refreshments.”
Sara agreed, “Yes, and it goes on to say that the meeting typically lasts about two hours and is usually after supper on a week night in the home of one of the members. People take turns being the host, and there are facilitators for each group. If no home is available, the group meets in the lunchroom of the church annex building. I remember seeing parts of this information in the new believer booklets we gave to people who accepted Jesus when we did our family ministry times. I’m looking forward to attending our first small group meeting this coming week.”
“So am I,” said Kim, “it should be interesting and different from the way we’ve done on the ranch.”
Oscar and Vera Yardley and their foster girls, Emma, Nan, Stella, and Liz had just returned from a horseback ride on Mercy Valley Ranch where they live. They were talking about the names of the horses they had ridden.
Emma remarked, “It was fun today for each of us to find a Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horse in a different color. Since we’re all too big to ride Honey or even Rusty or Brownie and I’m the smallest one in our family, I chose Socks. He’s a light brown horse, and is only 12.2 hands tall. I’ve ridden him before and he’s a nice horse.”
“Yeah,” agreed Nan, “he is nice and so is Boots, but he’s the same color as Socks, so I chose Princess today. She’s about two inches taller and is very pretty with her shiny black coat. She's also a nice horse just like all the horses are on this ranch.”
Stella commented, “I like both of those horses also. Liz and I both like Coffee and Tea, but not the kinds people drink. I’m talking about the horses’ names. Today we each chose our favorite of the two, like we usually do. I get to ride the lighter coppery colored horse, called Tea. After I brush him, his coat does look like a cup of the regular kind of tea.”
Liz laughed, “I’ve never seen a cup of coffee, so I don’t know how close Coffee comes to looking like his namesake, but he is shiny and pretty and I always enjoy riding him.”
Oscar smiled knowingly, “I admit I don’t know either, since we never drink coffee and usually only have herbal teas, which are not the color of our horse named ‘Tea.’ I chose Dark Cocoa and she is definitely the color of dark chocolate and just as rich looking, with her blond mane and tail.”
“Yes she is!” Vera exclaimed. “I got to choose Cocoa, my favorite of all the horses. She looks like the hot chocolate milk we sometimes have on cold winter days, except for her pretty blond mane and tail. And now I must confess that for many years I spelled both of their names wrong, thinking that c-o-c-o should be another way I could spell c-o-c-o-a. But I just found out recently that c-o-c-o really means a coconut palm tree or its fruit, because I looked it up on the web. Both words are pronounced the same way. Oh well, I’m glad I didn’t have to write it down very often. At least now if I do write it, I’ll spell it correctly. I wanted all of you to know so you wouldn't make the same mistake.”
“Thank you, Mom,” responded Stella, “for telling us and being so honest.”
Nan stated, “It would be an easy mistake to make.”
Liz quoted a saying, “I remember reading in Romeo and Juliet, ‘A rose by any other name would smell as sweet.’ So the way you spelled the names didn’t change how pretty those horses are.”
Everybody laughed with her.
“Now I’ve heard two important reminders today!” Emma declared. Spelling is important, but even if you do make a mistake, you can fix it by telling the truth.”
One day Amelia found her brother, Ben, alone when she and her husband, Riley, were at the home of her parents, Ernest and Connie Clay, for supper. She exclaimed, “Marriage sure is great! I hope you’ll get to enjoy it for yourself soon. Like God said in Genesis 2:18,… it is not good that the man should be alone. I will make a helper fitting for him.”
Ben stated, “I agree, and I’m very glad for you, my dear sister. For me, every goal I fulfill means I’m getting closer, but I think I still have to be more certain of my career. I have to know I’ll be able to support um, her, before I can court her.”
“It sounds like you have someone in mind,” Amelia guessed.
Ben admitted, “Well yes, but I can’t tell anyone until I’m sure I’ll be able to carry through.”
“Oh!” exclaimed Amelia, “I sure would like to know, but I’m lousy about keeping secrets, so I understand. I’ll pray for you instead.”
Ben responded, “Thanks Amelia, you’re a great sister!”
While they were seniors in high school, Candy and June, who were still living with their foster parents Ian and Yolanda Hopkins on Mercy Valley Ranch sometimes speculated about the boys on the farm.
One time June mentioned, “I was just remembering back to the party for the ones who would be turning nineteen and would be leaving their homes to go make their own livings. All four of those young men were very handsome, and so were their younger brothers.”
“I agree,” said Candy, “but I don’t remember any of their names now. I guess at the time of the party, I was only thinking about how fast the time would come for us to have our own party. We’ll graduate from high school at the end of this year!”
“Right, but I don’t want to think about it yet,” stated June. “I’d rather daydream about those handsome young men. From a practical viewpoint, the older ones might be a better choice, because they would have a whole year to get secure in a job and would be better able to support a wife.”
Candy nodded, “Good point, June, and I agree they might be better and they were indeed handsome. But I have no idea how we might be able to meet and get acquainted with any of them after we are nineteen, and they’ve already moved. Plus we also need to remember it’s our responsibility to get good jobs to support ourselves while we wait to get married or of course if we decide to stay single.”
“Well,” June conceded prolonging the word, “I’ll have to agree with you, because you’re right, and it would be a better use of my time to prepare myself for high school graduation and our own party and especially what we’ll be doing when we turn nineteen. I’ll memorize the first part of Ezekiel 38:7a, Be prepared, and prepare yourself, and I’ll do what it says. Thanks for getting me back on track.”
“You’re welcome,” and then Candy continued, “and remember, we just got some of those tiny books our church ordered, called “The Life Book,” and we need to pray about who we can give one to right away, since this is our last year in high school.”
June agreed, “For sure, because they look like a really good way to get some of our friends and even just acquaintances to read enough of the Bible in a very interesting way so they can learn why they need Jesus to be their Savior. The Gospel of John does a very good job of introducing people to Jesus.”
“Indeed,” Candy went on, “and besides that, if they don’t want a book, but would rather have a PDF file to read on their computers or smart phones, they can download the book from the web site called thelifebook.com and read it on their computer or phone. Either way should work well.”
“Exactly,” said June nodding, “I’m looking forward to using those tiny books. Please Jesus, help us give many of them to others who need you.”
Candy concluded, “I agree, Jesus, and please help them read the tiny book all the way through and make the right decision to accept you as their Savior and follow you.”
Chapter 1
1 Peter 4:10, As every man has received the gift, even so minister it to one another as good stewards of the manifold grace of God.
Tomo and Ami Suehiro were looking at the large display board at the front of the sanctuary. It had a list written in very large letters of the hymns and songs they would be singing during the church service at the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church building that served as the meeting place for twelve of the churches in Pine City each weekend. There was another church just like it on the other side of town with services for twelve more churches. Each of the churches had its own pastor and used the same church name, but with a number attached.
Ami spoke quietly to her husband, “This week the screen is pulled down so there must be a video for us to watch sometime during the service.”
Tomo nodded and responded quietly, “It’s sure to be something important, since it doesn’t happen very often.”
“I agree,” she stated as she looked around. “I like the way this sanctuary is decorated in the colors of nature and the big photomural of a lake with trees and snow capped mountains helps me relax and get ready to worship the great creator.”
“It does the same for me,” he concurred. “I also like the songs we will be singing today and I look forward to hearing the music that was prepared to go with it, done by the music group Ted Blake told us about years ago.”
Ami smiled and nodded as she handed him a hymnal so he could find the first one and they would be ready to sing.
But before the singing for this service, the pastor of Grace ‘n’ Faith Church #1 had videoed a short message to be shown in all twenty-four churches. In it he commended and thanked all the members for the way they were faithfully serving the Lord and were using at least one extra idea from the first list of ideas for family or team ministries, that had been given to them a couple years ago.
Then he explained, “At the end of your church service, there will be an additional list of new ideas for ministries that we’ve compiled from the ones you people sent to us from your small groups. I know many of you are already very busy with one or more ideas you already added to your other ministries from the first list. If that is the case for you, please don’t feel you are obligated to add any other new ones. But if something more will fit into your lifestyle and it is what God desires for you to do, then he will give you the time and energy to do it for him.”
He continued, “The new list also has some ideas repeated from the last list and they are highlighted. They worked especially well, so some people might want to try those. At times it might be more profitable to try one that someone else thought worked very well. But at other times it might be best to try something brand new if that is how God is leading you.”
Next he clarified, “The idea on the list called ‘Lifestyle Witnessing’ can be anything you could do naturally in the way you live your life. It doesn’t take extra planning but just occurs as you live. Some guidelines for this idea are to be real, listen well and understand, offer to help neighbors, have compassion, and accept people. I know you’ll do your best as you serve God with his power and leave the results up to him. May God richly bless all of you.”
Then this church, which was #4, continued the service with songs and scriptures. Today the teaching time was shorter because of the video taking up part of the time. It was about the songs and scriptures, so there were comments after each song.
First they sang “I Belong to the King” and then they read John 14:1-4 aloud together. Do not let your heart be troubled. You believe in God, believe also in me. In my Father’s house are many rooms. If it were not so, I would have told you. Since I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself, so that you also may be where I am. You know where I am going and you know the way.
Then Pastor Don Ross stated, “This is such a precious scripture for believers who know they do belong to the King. He promises that we will spend eternity with him in the place he went to prepare. And this is why part of the song reminded us that he loves his children, who will live forever with him in heaven, and that he gives his mercy and kindness to us always in all places.”
The next song was “Savior, More Than Life to Me,” and it goes with Psalm 63:3,4a, Because your loving kindness is better than life, my lips shall praise you. I will praise you while I live…
The pastor mentioned, “I like the way the lyrics of this hymn speak of how important Jesus is to the believer who wrote it. It was written by Fanny Crosby, who wrote so many meaningful hymns. She wanted to stay close to Jesus, and asked him to lead her through the changes in her world. She had great faith that Jesus would help her not turn away from him or lose her way.”
Before they sang, “Fight the Good Fight,” Pastor Don encouraged, “Put the words ‘continue to’ before the words to the first verse of the song, and remember that Jesus is your strength. We race with Jesus as our way and our goal, so keep trusting him.”
When they finished singing the song, they read 1 Timothy 6:12. Fight the good fight of faith, lay hold on eternal life, to which you are called, and have professed a good profession before many witnesses.
Last they sang “The Call for Reapers” and read Matthew 9:37b,38, The harvest is truly plentiful but the laborers are few. Therefore, pray that the Lord of the harvest will send forth laborers into his harvest.
Then Pastor Don suggested, “Since the song says the fields are ripe everywhere, let’s make verse two of the song our prayer by changing ‘them’ to ‘us’ and ask Jesus to send us in the morning, at noon and in the evening. Then just like in the song called ‘Bringing in the Sheaves,’ we will continue to have joy the way we do when others become believers.”
So in closing, they sang verse two of “The Call for Reapers” as their prayer. At the end of the services in all the churches, some teenagers handed the new lists to the people as they left to go home that day.
One evening after that church service, Pastor Don was talking to his wife, Anita, as they watched their children, Timmy and Mary, playing hopscotch on the driveway with the neighbors’ kids. “I wonder how many weddings will be a surprise to us in the next few years. There have been several courtships in the past that we didn’t know about for one reason or another until the couple came and asked me if I would officiate at their wedding.”
“It has been very interesting,” agreed Anita, “and it’s fun to think about it. I also wonder what Oscar and Vera Yardley on the Mercy Valley Ranch might do next. There were several ideas they might like on the new list we handed out. I wouldn’t be surprised if they are contemplating one or more of them.”
Don responded, “I agree. They are such a caring and dedicated couple, and their first plan has worked out very well. Father in Heaven, we ask you to guide all the people in all twenty-four of the Grace ‘n’ Faith churches as they pray about what to do next.”
“Yes, Father, I agree with Don’s prayer,” Anita added.
Then Don stated, “It’s so encouraging to visit people in our church and hear the good comments about the church services or small group meetings.”
“Yes,” agreed Anita, “I was just remembering back to when Ted and Julie Blake moved here from another state because they had been searching for a church like ours. They didn’t know at that time all the adventure, work, growth, and blessings Jesus had in store for them in the following years.”
Don nodded, “Absolutely, for example, the job Julie got teaching third grade in the church school. It has worked out well for everyone! I’m glad Timmy got to be in her class last year, and Mary this year.”
“So am I!” Then Anita continued, “We were surprised when the Blakes moved to Mercy Valley Ranch and became foster parents to those sweet quadruplets. But they have been able to help the four girls recover nicely from the death of their mother and then the abuse the one set of grandparents mistakenly did to them.”
“Right,” concurred Don, “and the other ranch families have all done just as well, along with all the other families in our church with the projects they’ve been doing.”
Anita remarked, “I’m glad, and this is a good note to end our talk on, since Timmy and Mary have just finished their game and our neighbors have called for their kids to come inside. It’s time for us to go and fix supper.”
On Mercy Valley Ranch Oscar shared, “Honey, I know we’re older than when we first changed this place from a dude ranch into a cluster of Caring Foster Homes for abused children. But even so, I’ve been considering building some more houses on the ranch so we could reach even more of the most needy girls, since we had a special meeting and all the families agreed to replace the ones who graduate from the ranch with girls who are already fourteen.”
“Yes,” Vera replied, “I noticed you praying the other night with your finger on that idea from the new church list. I’ve been praying about the same one since all the families agreed to take ones who are already fourteen years old. What have you decided?”
“First, he replied, “I decided to talk it over with you and have both of us pray about the possibilities. We’d have to look carefully at the funds for keeping this ranch in operation and see if there would be enough extra to do all the building.”
Vera suggested, “Our financial advisor should be able to help us with that part. Let’s pray about it together now.”
Oscar nodded and began, “Father in Heaven, you know our hearts and what is best for your Kingdom. Please show us your will in this matter and then help us carry through with it.”
“Yes,” continued Vera, “Our hearts go out to those needy girls who have no hope and nobody to care about them. If you want us to get some more of them off the streets and into Caring Foster Homes we would be willing to do it if we have enough funds.”
Oscar went on, “If you desire for us to do this, please show us a green light by the answer the financial advisor gives to us.”
“And, in addition,” Vera tacked on, “If we can do it please guide my brother about adding more houses to his farm also.”
Oscar concluded, “We pray in agreement and in Jesus precious name as we wait for your answer.” And they both said, “Amen.”
But then Vera added, “Father, we also remember all the younger children who need caring homes and the ones in orphanages. Please have families in Pine City take those children into their homes as foster or adopted children.”
“Yes, Lord, I agree. Amen again.” Then Oscar stated, “For us this would be another big undertaking, but we just need to remember we have a big God and he will help us, like part of 2 Chronicles 32:8 says, the LORD our God is with us, to help us… So let’s go see our advisor tomorrow while the girls are in school and see what God will have us do now.”
Vera smiled, “It sounds like a good plan to me, my dear husband. We already know how God helped us on the last part, so we can have faith for this new project also.
“Exactly, Dearest,” agreed Oscar, “plus I was thinking that since it’s harder for the older ones to adjust and feel settled, it might be best to have just one of the two new ones come at a time and give them two or more weeks to feel more like they belong to the family, and the ones who are still there can also help the new one.”
Vera nodded, “Yes, and the same thing goes for families in the new houses, except they won’t have any who are already there to be able to help. They could be assigned just one at a time and let each one have two weeks before the next one would come. And maybe some of the other girls on the ranch could help those families, especially with the first girl assigned to each.
“Right,” and he continued, “in addition, it might be best for those families to have the two who are fifteen come first and then the two who are fourteen so the older ones could feel more like older sisters.”
Vera nodded again, “I think you’re right. Plus all four would be going to the same school and have similar interests.”
“I agree,” said Oscar, “and even if things are a little different and maybe harder for a while, I do think it would be worth it.”
“I feel the same way!” Then Vera suggested, “Let's talk to our vet and family nurse practitioner, Unice Logan, and see if she will agree to keep working here if we can get the other practical nurse to work more hours each day to keep Unice's load from getting too heavy until we can find an additional family nurse practitioner who can work with the new families and girls.”
Oscar nodded, “Yes, this is very important. Unice is so good in each of her professions that I sure don’t want to lose her. Plus we will have extra horses so we’ll also need to find some way to help with her vet work load. We can talk to her this morning.”
Unice and the practical nurse were both glad to say yes, so Vera hugged Oscar and stated, “Let’s have a meeting with all the people who are here on the ranch during the daytime so we can find out what they think about this idea, since unity is so important, like Paul implored them in 1 Corinthians 1:10b to all speak the same thing and have no divisions, but be perfectly joined together in the same mind…”
“OK,” agreed Oscar, “we can take turns calling to invite them to come to our living room after lunch today, and we can talk about it there like having a small group meeting.”
All the people at the meeting thought it would be a great idea, and said they’d tell their spouses about it. Then Oscar and Vera talked separately to the others who hadn’t been to the meeting, and found they all agreed also.
After the meeting Oscar exclaimed, “It’s super to be a community of believers who are in unity!”
“I think so too,” Vera nodded and then asked, “did you know that the word ‘unity’ is part of the word ‘community’?”
Oscar replied, “Good point, Dearest. Now that you mentioned it, I can hear it at the end of the longer word. It’s perfect!”
Julie Blake was the type of teacher who often took pictures of her students as they were doing projects, during class times, and especially near the end of each school year. She put all the pictures in a scrap book and labeled each picture with the student’s first and last names. She periodically reviewed the names and pictures of all the former students in her classrooms so she could greet them by name if she would see them when she was shopping in a store or walking in a park with her family.
Often a former student from her third grade church school class might come up and say something like, “Hello, Mrs. Blake. Wow, I didn’t know you had such a big family!”
She’d answer, first saying. “Hi” and the student’s name, “Yes, this is my husband, Mr. Blake, and these are our girls,” and then she would introduce each one. The girls would politely smile and listen to a conversation like the following.
Mrs. Blake asked, “How are you doing now that you’re in middle school?”
This student answered, “The subjects aren't too hard, and I enjoy most of them. But it is even harder to make friends in middle school, because there are no recesses and people tend to sit with the same people all the time in the lunchroom.”
“What have you tried so far?” she questioned.
He replied, “I’ve been looking for somebody who’s sitting alone and then I go ask if I could eat my lunch there. Sometimes the person is willing to enter a conversation. Other times I can tell it’s better not to bother him.”
“I would say,” Mrs. Blake commended, “that you’re doing the right things. You have to be willing to move slowly and not be pushy. Keep up the good work! Stop by my classroom some day around five o’clock and keep me up to date on how it’s going for you.”
After the student left, the girls in her family wondered and Violet asked, “Why didn’t he know about your big family, Mommy?”
“Well,” Julie paused and thought, “I guess it’s because there’s so little time while I’m teaching, to share my personal information. I have to hurry to finish all the things in the lesson plans for each day.”
Iris commented, “That makes sense. I don’t remember any of my teachers telling anything about their families either.”
“Right,” agreed Ted, “it might be interesting to know more about your teacher, but a teacher's most important job is to teach you all the things you’ll need to know before you go to the next grade.”
Lily acknowledged, “I see what you mean, Daddy, and I’m glad we all had such good teachers in the church school.”
Rose tacked on, “Yes, they made it fun to learn. I like going to school every school day.”
Julie smiled, “I’m glad to hear about you liking school. Learning is fun and it’s good for us too. Besides that, it’s something you can continue doing all your life. I enjoy learning new things.”
“So do I,” Ted concluded. “Plus it is good for us, as it says in Proverbs 9:9, give instruction to a wise man, and he will be wiser. Teach a just man and he will increase in learning.”
The ladies at the farm were singing some songs they knew by heart and quoting verses that went with them as they prepared some more of the farm vegetables for market.
Anna chose the first one. “Let’s sing ‘In My Heart There Rings a Melody,’ which goes with Colossians 3:16. It says, Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom, teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord.”
They sang it and another of the ladies suggested, “I like ‘Jesus is All the World to Me.’ I’ll quote Philippians 1:21, For me to live is Christ, and to die is gain.”
After that song Sunny stated, “I like that good song. Now let’s sing ‘The Longer I Serve Him,’ after I quote 1 Samuel 12:24. It says, Only reverence the Lord, and serve him in truth with all your heart, for consider how great things he has done for you.”
Then a different lady inquired, “Could we sing the chorus, ‘What a Mighty God We Serve?’ It goes well with Psalm 50:1a, The Mighty God, even the LORD, has spoken…”
At the end of that song a lady remarked, “We sound really good, even without music to accompany us.” And then she requested “O, How He Loves You and Me” and quoted John 15:9, As the Father has loved me, so have I loved you. Continue in my love.”
When they finished it, they sang “He’s Everything to Me,” which goes with 1 Peter 2:7a, Unto you who believe, Jesus is precious.
After they finished singing one of the ladies commented, “When we do sing these good songs and say verses to go with them, it’s like we’re being taught or at least reminded about scriptures.”
“Definitely,” agreed Anna, “plus it helps our work time to go better and it seems like we even get more accomplished when we sing.”
“Right,” Sunny added, “and besides, I really enjoy singing.”
Ted and Julie Blake were visiting with Nathan and Esther Mendoza while all their girls were jumping with individual ropes on the driveways of their houses which were next door to each other on Mercy Valley Ranch.
Nathan commented, I’ll have to admit that I had a hard time agreeing to replace our girls when they graduate from the ranch with girls who are already fourteen years old.”
Esther agreed, “It has worked so well to start with six-year-old girls and have many years with them in our family, just like you desired to do when this project got started.”
“Yes, Honey,” he went on, “but I have to acknowledge that the Hopkins’s girls and the ones in the other family have turned out to be very well adjusted and mature believers.”
“I think so too,” Esther added. “At least we’ll have this group of girls to raise through those teenage years, so we’ll be ready for a new group of teenagers when they graduate.
Julie tacked on, “Ted and I had the same feelings. And besides, it will be so hard to let these girls go when the time comes.”
“However,” Ted reflected, “both of our families have many years left to enjoy being a more regular family. And I agree with the reasoning that more girls will be helped this new way. Moreover we didn’t want to make disunity here on the ranch.”
“Exactly!” Nathan declared. “Neither did we, it just feels good to voice our opinions to you two and learn about your similar feelings.”
“I agree,” Esther went on, “I talked to the farrier’s wife and they have all ten-year-old girls like we do. She told me they felt the same way, but would rather be in agreement with the rest of the families here on the ranch.”
“So,” Julie stated, “I'm glad we can all be believers in unity as we serve Jesus and spread his love to needy girls.”
Ted started singing the chorus that goes with Psalm 133:1, Behold how good and how pleasant it is for brothers to dwell together in unity! And of course the rest joined in to sing with him.
Then Julie quoted, “1 Corinthians 1:10 also goes well with this chorus. I beseech you brothers by the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you all speak the same thing, and that there be no divisions among you, but that you be perfectly joined together in the same mind and in the same judgment.”
“Right,” added Esther, “and in Philippians 4:2 Paul begs two women to be of the same mind in the Lord.”
“Those are good verses,” Ted agreed and then changed the subject. “Our families that have all the same age girls will be like the ones who come here to live in the new houses. We will need to be assigned two who are fifteen one at a time for two weeks and then two who are fourteen the same way.”
“Right,” Nathan concurred, “and then for the following times we also will have the benefit of two older girls to help us with the two new ones who will be assigned to us.”
“Precisely,” concluded Esther, “and it’s a privilege to be able to live here on this splendid ranch and be able to serve Jesus at the same time.”
After getting a green light from their financial advisor, the Yardleys decided they were ready to add more houses for more families to care for and love foster girls on Mercy Valley Ranch. Vera’s brother had told them he really couldn’t use any more workers on the farm, so he didn’t want to have any more houses built there. So Oscar and Vera talked to Walt and Betty Evans about his construction company doing the work for them again.
Walt answered, “I’m so sorry, but both of my crews are obligated for many months doing a large project. However, I know of a young Christian contractor who’s just getting started in his own business. He might be able to do it.”
“What do you know about him?” asked Oscar.
Walt answered, “His name is Ben Clay. He and his family are believers and have been in the Grace ’n’ Faith Church for years. They volunteered to go to the new church building when our churches started growing so fast. When Amelia married Riley, she chose to come back to Church #4. Then the rest of the family also switched back to keep family ties strong.”
“Oh yes,” Vera remarked, “I remember them and it’s good to have them back. They’re nice people.”
“Yes they are,” continued Walt, “Ben worked with both Matt and me while he was getting his company set up and ready to start contracting. His work is excellent and he never wastes any time.”
“It sounds good,” commented Oscar. “Do you think we could use our old floor plans for the large cabins on the ranch, so he doesn’t have to reinvent the wheel, so to speak?”
“What a very good idea!” Walt declared. “Here’s one of his cards. You could call and tell him I suggested him as a possibility for your next project. He can update the old plans and make the blueprints meet the new codes. Tell him I’ll help with this if he needs it.”
Oscar replied, “Thank you for the recommendation and offer to help. We’ll call him tomorrow since it’s getting a little late today.”
They called Ben the next day and set up an appointment for him to come to the ranch on Saturday. Of course, when he arrived they invited him to come into the dining room for a cup of tea while they talked.
Oscar began, “We want some more houses to be built on the ranch so we can increase the number of girls who can be helped by living here in Caring Foster Homes. We’ll need to survey the area and plan how many we can fit there with the assurance that each of them will have a good view of the valley and mountains.”
“Yes,” continued Vera, “we’ve always thought the views from each home should be good ones since just being able to look at them helps people relax and be renewed.”
“I definitely agree,” Ben stated. “I stopped my pickup and admired the view right after I came around the last corner.”
Vera and Oscar looked at each other, smiled and nodded, thinking Ben might be just right for the job.
Oscar explained, “These houses would be built on the hillside behind the existing houses. Let’s go out there and see if we can get an idea of how many houses we might have room to build.”
He and Ben went out to look while Vera stayed with their girls in the house. When they came back in, Ben suggested, “I think it would be best to start at the right end of the row of houses near the big house.”
“Exactly,” Oscar agreed, “then when it’s finished, it won’t be in the way of reaching the other building sites.”
Vera added, “Plus, the people in the first house won’t have to listen to the traffic, and will be further from the construction noise for the next houses as they are being built.”
Oscar continued, “From our observations we think we can add at least five houses, but the survey will help us be more sure.”
Then they gave Ben a copy of the floor plan for the houses so he could make an estimate for one house. The garages would be identical to the ones attached to the other houses, so they could use the same floor plan Walt had used for them. The Yardleys got two other bids to compare contractors and pray about which one would be the best to accept.
They also had the area surveyed so they could plan more exactly. They found out that way the hill was shaped there would be room for six houses spaced so the houses in front of them didn’t obstruct their views of the mountains and valley. They considered building extra rooms on the Visitor’s Cabin but decided to leave it for visitors.
Ben’s estimate was the most detailed, and the Yardleys had liked his attitude the best of the ones who made bids, so Ben’s third contract was to build the new houses on the ranch. He was ecstatic!
When the people on the farm and ranch plus the graduates who had recently moved heard about the plan to add more houses to the ranch, some of them began to think about the possibilities.
Unice was glad she had figured out an easy way to make and attach brims to the helmets used for riding, so all the parents and girls could keep the sun off their faces and necks while they were working with and riding horses. Otherwise she would be very worried about people developing skin cancer from being exposed to the sun so often. She was also glad she could pass the information on to each of the new families.
The evening after hearing about the plan, Jeff Spencer told his wife, Karen, “Honey, I think I’d like to get hired on with the company that’s going to build the new houses, because it’s such a great plan and besides I wouldn't have to drive to the city to work.”
“Yes,” she quickly agreed, “it would be ideal for both of us, because you could have all your driving time at home. We might even be able to find more opportunities for love making with some of that extra time.”
Jeff nodded knowingly, “You’re so right my dear, therefore I really hope they will hire me.”
When Sara came for a visit Candy told her, “I really have a desire to live on this ranch and raise foster girls. Do you remember how both of us wanted to move to this ranch to help more girls?”
“I do remember and that was even before we knew about the horses.” Then Sara confided, “I have the same desire you do. But first we would have to find men to marry who feel the same way we do about it.”
“Oh yeah,” conceded Candy, “it sounds impossible to me.”
Sara encouraged, “But, remember, Candy, Luke 1:37 says, For with God nothing shall be impossible. If it’s his will for us, he will work out all the details.”
“You’re right,” Candy responded, “so let’s pray about it together.” So they did right then with the rest of the family joining them.
Afterward, Kim and June said they’d have to think about it. They didn’t feel sure about being able to be good parents.
Yolanda suggested, “Would you four girls sing together, in three part harmony, the song Ted Blake wrote especially to encourage the ones who would be graduating from the ranch in the next few years. First he had told you that song lyrics don’t always have to rhyme. He based the song on parts of Philippians 1:6,9-11; 2:13; 4:4-9,11, and 13. He used the title as the first line of the song. I like the tune he wrote to accompany the song because it’s happy, bouncy, and is in three part harmony.”
“Yes, Mom,” Sara responded, “we’ll be glad to sing it. It I a very good song and it’s so encouraging.”
After they could all sing it well, Ted had instructed, “Since most of the words to this song are all taken from the scriptures, it would be a good idea to memorize the words and sing it often, especially if you are feeling down or lonely.”
It was called,“Faithfully Serving Jesus In the Sunshine of His Love”
The lyrics are as follows:
We’re faithfully serving Jesus in the sunshine of his love,
confident that he who began his work in us, will complete it.
So our love will increase and we’ll be blameless and sincere,
filled with the fruits of righteousness for God’s praise and glory,
since it’s God who works in us, his good pleasure and his will,
We will rejoice in the LORD, pray with thanks, and won’t worry.
God’s surpassing peace keeps our hearts and our minds in Jesus.
We’ll think about what is true or honest or just or pure
or lovely or honorable or virtuous or praiseworthy.
We’ll do the things we learned from instruction in the scriptures,
like being content, and the God of peace shall be with us.
We know we can do all things through Jesus who strengthens us,
so we will continue serving him in the sunshine of his love.
The next week when Evan, who lives on the farm, heard about the plan of building more houses on the ranch, he explained to his family, “Since you, my wonderful Dad and Mom, offered to pay for us to take classes at the trade school, I would like to take evening classes there while I’m a senior in high school, so I can become a construction worker. I hope I can be hired by the company doing the work of building homes on the ranch. Then I could work there after high school graduation while I’m waiting to turn nineteen and I could save money for rent and a car so I could continue working there.”
Sam remarked, “Evan, I wish I had your confidence about what I want to do when I graduate from the farm.”
William suggested, “Pray about it some more, Sam. God will be sure to make his will clear to you in his timing. Just be ready to listen and then do what he says. Listen to Psalm 25:4,5, Show me your ways, O LORD, teach me your paths. Lead me in your truth and teach me, for you are the God of my salvation…”
Sam nodded and smiled, then he and Evan and their parents, William and Anna Beckett, who had adopted them, spent some time together praying for God’s leading.
Evan learned how to drive, got his license, and was able to use the Beckett family car to go to the evening classes.
On Mercy Valley Farm, Greg and Oralie Iverson and their family had just finished practicing some songs with their guitars. When the guitars were put away Greg asked, “How’s school going for you boys? Max, please be first this time.”
Max responded, “The work in fourth grade isn’t very hard since I learned so much in the church school. I think I’m ahead of most of the public school students. But being a missionary there is hard.”
“Yes, I’m sure it is,” Oralie mentioned, “just like Mrs. Blake said it would be. But she prepared all of you for it very well.”
“Yes, I’m glad and thankful,” agreed Max, “plus Timmy is in my classroom and we are becoming a good team on the playground and in the lunchroom. We have finally made a couple friends and pretty soon, I think they’ll be ready to listen to us.”
Levi complimented him, “Good work, Max, you two are doing it the right way. It just takes a lot of time and effort. I’m doing the same thing in fifth grade, but this year I don’t have a partner in my classroom, so it makes it even harder. But we do get to have recesses together and Jesus promised to help us all.”
Kevin and Jack nodded and took turns telling how it was in middle school. At least this year these two could partner at lunch time and were having some success already.
Then Cory shared, “I really enjoy what I’m doing these two years in the middle school. The accelerated classes are just right for me and I also have had some success making friends during lunch by talking to loaners. I’ve also made a couple friends in my classes and pray for a chance to share the Good News with them. Mom and Dad, how is your work going for you here on the farm?”
“Thank you, boys,” Greg said first, “I like to hear about your progress.” Then he answered, “Mom and I like our work here on the farm. The harvest this year is very good so far.”
“Absolutely,” Oralie stated, “it’s good to be able to work here on the farm now that all you boys are finished at the church school. Now before we go get ready for bed, I’ll read us a story from ‘Keys for Kids’ and then we can look up and read the scripture verses that go with it. And we can close our time by singing the song that goes with Psalm 63:3,4, Because your loving kindness is better than life, my lips shall praise you. Thus will I bless you while I live. I will lift up my hands in your name.”
Oscar and Vera were talking to their four girls after supper and cleanup. After finding out about how school was going for each of them Oscar mentioned, “Your mom and I have told you about the plan to build more houses here on the ranch so there can be more families here raising foster girls. And we asked you to think about the plan and be ready to tell us your thoughts about it. So have you had enough time to think, and do you have some thoughts to share?”
The girls all nodded, and Emma shared first. “I think it’s a great plan. I’m so thankful that I get to be here with loving parents who take such good care us and have taught us so much. I like the plan to increase the number of girls who can also live here, because I know the new parents will do a good job too.”
“I agree with you, Emma,” Liz continued, “and I think it will be a very good benefit to the new girls that they’ll also get to ride horses. I’m glad you told us the plan includes getting enough horses with the comfortable gaits and right sizes for all the girls to ride as many times a week as each family decides to ride.”
Nan went on, “Emma and Liz are both correct and I’ll add to Liz’s thoughts. I know of many girls who wish they could ride a horse but never get to do it, so here is an opportunity for some more of them to have their wish fulfilled.”
“Besides all the good things my ‘sisters’ have said,” Stella added, “this home is the only place where the four of us girls ever heard about Jesus and the Bible and the Good News of salvation. I’m glad to know that forty new girls will get the same opportunity, and I pray they’ll all decide to believe in Jesus like we do.”
Vera was smiling through her tears of joy as she stated, “Thank you, our precious girls, for sharing your thoughts. I’m overwhelmed with joy because of all the generous things you said. And I know you all will be willing to help the new girls in any way you can, and your lives will be a good example for them to follow.”
Kim and Sara attended their first small group meeting in the evening. It was still light outside as they rode the bus to a bus stop about a block away from the hosts’ house and walked the rest of the way. When they arrived, they were greeted and welcomed by the host couple who then took them into the living room and introduced them to the few who had already arrived. They would meet the rest when they came.
When they were all there the facilitator explained, “Were going to add an introduction time to our meeting since one of our families of four has moved away and we have four new members here tonight. All of you are welcome to take notes if you’d like. Just like the first meeting of the year, please tell us your first and last name, where you work, and how long you've lived in or near Pine City.”
When everyone finished, the facilitator thanked them and handed out an updated list of the small group’s members. The introductions had taken up the usual praise time, so they sang some psalms, hymns, and spiritual songs as it says in Colossians 3:16.
Before singing the first one, they looked up Psalm 48:1,2 and read it aloud. Great is the LORD, and greatly to be praised in the city of our God, in the mountain of his holiness. Beautiful for situation, the joy of the whole earth is mount Zion on the sides of the north, the city of the great king.
The facilitator explained, “Our first praise song uses these exact words, so we really are singing a psalm.” They sang the psalm to the music on the boom box using the words in their Bibles.
The second song was “Come Thou Almighty King,” which goes with Psalm 95:3, For the LORD is a great God, and a great King above all gods.
“The lyrics for this hymn start out with praise to the King,” the facilitator remarked. “The next two verses are about Jesus, the Word, and the Holy Spirit. The last verse praises the Three in One.”
The third song they sang was “O For a Thousand Tongues,” and it goes with Psalm 35:28, And my tongue shall speak of your righteousness and of your praise all the day long.
The facilitator said, “The lyrics for this hymn focus on Jesus as our redeemer and all the things he has done for believers. The last stanza is a prayer for help to tell others about him.”
Their last song was “Sometimes ‘Alleluia,’” and a verse that goes with it is 1 Peter 1:3, Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who according to his abundant mercy has caused us to be born again to a living hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead…
“This song is interesting,” commented the facilitator, “because it starts with the chorus and then has four stanzas with the chorus sung at the end of each one. The lyrics focus on praising the LORD and telling others about Jesus. It also mentions the Trinity again. The word Trinity is not in the Bible, but the concept is there. Our teaching time will include looking up and talking about some verses that help explain the Trinity.”
So they looked up and talked about the following verses.
Genesis 1:26a, And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness…
2 Corinthians 13:14, The grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the communion of the Holy Spirit, be with you all. Amen.
Matthew 3:13-17, Jesus came from Galilee to Jordan to John, to be baptized by him. But John forbade him, saying “I have need to be baptized by you, why do you come to me?” Jesus answered, “Let it be so now, for this way we will fulfill all righteousness. Then he let him. When Jesus was baptized, and came up out of the water, the heavens were opened to him and he saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove, and lighting upon him. A voice came from heaven saying, “This is my beloved Son in whom I am well pleased.”
Matthew 28:19 Jesus said, Go therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in he name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit.
After talking about the verses, the group had conversational prayer which focused on praying the scriptures or some of the lyrics from the songs they sang this time.
While the others visited with each other during refreshment time, the facilitator met with the four new members and helped them form a four member ministry team. By then it was time to go home.
In another of the Pine City small groups the same evening, a couple gave the following praise report about a new idea they had tried.
The man said, “After reading Proverbs 19:17a, He who has pity on the poor lends to the LORD, my wife and I started helping a needy older man with an invalid wife, who live next door to us.”
“Yes,” continued his wife, “at first we just took a meal to them occasionally, but when we found out how alone they were with no relatives to help them, we started taking them daily food.”
He went on, “On weekends, we might take our meal along and eat with them so we could visit.
“After eating,” she went on to say, “We’d wash the dishes and clean up the kitchen. Then while my husband was helping the older man do some house maintenance, I would dust the living room or do a load of laundry. Both of them always told us how much they appreciated what we were doing.”
The man continued, “One day the invalid wife asked, ‘why do you keep helping us when we can’t do anything to repay you?’ I smiled and then explained that Jesus had loved us so much and saved us from a life of sin.”
“Yes,” his wife added, “and I explained how Jesus told us to love others as he loved us. What we’re doing for you is one way we can show that we love and appreciate what he has done for us.”
Her husband said, “Then we sang a song together as a duet to the couple called, ‘Do You Wonder Why I Love Him?’ It’s by John W. Peterson and it answers the question the title asks, by saying that all Jesus had done for us was the reason we love him, and therefore we desire to serve Jesus faithfully forever.”
The wife exclaimed, “We were able to tell the Good News to the older couple and when they understood and had all their questions answered, they both accepted Jesus as their Savior!
The man explained, “My wife and I will continue to go help them, and now we can tell them more about Jesus and how to live for him as new believers, since they can’t go join a small group.”
“Yes,” his wife concluded, “and we praise and thank Jesus for the way he used us to bring this couple into his fold.”
After getting home from their first small group meeting Sara exclaimed, “I sure was surprised to see Denji Suehiro at the small group meeting!”
“So was I,” agreed Kim, “it was nice to see a familiar, smiling face among so many other people we had never met before.”
Sara nodded, “It was also very caring of Denji and Gary to insist on bringing us back to our apartment instead of letting us walk back to the bus stop in the dark.”
“Yes,” and Kim continued, “Gary Beckett seems like a very well mannered gentleman. He was one of the young men who sang the song with us at the party on the ranch, so he didn’t seem like a total stranger at the group either.”
“Right,” and Sara mentioned, “I’m glad he and Denji explained, while we all talked to the facilitator, how they ‘happened’ to be in the same small group as we are. Denji had asked Pastor Don to arrange for him to be in a small group with me, and Gary had asked his dad to try to get him into a small group with you so he could get to know you better.”
“Exactly,” and Kim added, “after they told us about that, I felt much safer about letting them bring us back to our apartment. Now we know their intentions are honorable. I don’t really like the guy where I work very well, so it will be good to get better acquainted with Gary and see where God leads us.
“Absolutely,” stated Sara, “even though we are no longer with our parents, we can remember what they taught us and we’re under the umbrella of our church and small group. It will be good to be in a four member ministry group with Denji and Gary.”
Kim concurred, “I think so too, and since Denji has already been in several himself, he will be a good leader.”
“All in all,” concluded Sara, “I think the two of us are off to a better start than either of us could have imagined.”
“I agree and I’m very grateful. Thank you Lord!” Kim exclaimed.
Sara added, “I thank you also Lord, and I ask for your guidance as Kim and I continue living here on our own. I pray as it says in Psalm 31:3, You are my rock and my fortress. Therefore for your name’s sake lead me and guide me.”
Kim finished with Hebrews 10:23, “Help us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering, for he is faithful who promised.”
On the weekend, Oscar and Vera and Ben started with prayer because they all knew Psalm 127:1a says, Unless the LORD builds the house, they labor in vain who build it. The same weekend and other times they talked about many topics related the building project during the time when Ben was finishing the house he and his crew were building. It gave them time to make plans before he would be ready to start building on the ranch.
Oscar mentioned, “According to the survey, we can build six new houses on the hillside behind the older houses. We’d like the new houses to be as much like the old ones as possible. Walt said he would help you with updating the old plans.”
“Yes, he’s been such a help to me,” Ben responded, “and by using your old plans we can just add any modifications necessary to meet the new codes. When we’re done, I can draw up the blueprints and we can get them approved and you can buy a building permit.”
“Right,” agreed Vera, “and we’d like to ask you and your crew to build another tack room and enough places to tie twelve horses at a time, so two families can prepare their horses at the same time at both tack rooms.”
“It sounds like a good idea,” commented Ben. “I’ll go sketch a floor plan of the existing one before I leave here today.”
“Perfect,” added Oscar, “plus we would like to have you add a garage and a bedroom to the back of the little cabin lived in by our combination family nurse practitioner and vet. But we want it to be a surprise for her until you start building it, so if you measure the back of the Visitor’s Cabin, you’ll know how big to make them.”
Vera explained, “She will try to talk us out of building more for her if she finds out too soon, but we’d like to make her place be more comfortable for her, since she agreed to stay and continue working here for us. She’s a precious jewel and we’d like to keep her.”
Oscar stated, “We had thought about adding loafing sheds, but decided they’re not needed on this ranch the to keep the horses out of the wind, rain, and snow, because there are many evergreen trees near Mercy Stream to take care of that.”
“I’m glad,” Ben remarked, “I don’t like to see horses out in the winter weather with no protection. The trees probably offer shade in the summer also.”
“Indeed they do,” Vera agreed, “along with the deciduous trees with their new leaves. Our horses are important to us and to all the people on the ranch, so we like to take good care of them.”
Ben nodded and continued, “I’m glad. Now to change the subject, the other day when we went to check the hillside behind the cabins to estimate how many houses would fit there, I noticed an RV pad. It doesn’t look like it has been in use for a while. Is there any chance it still works, and if so, could I set up a travel trailer on it so I could live here close to where I’ll be working?’
“Excellent idea!” Vera exclaimed. “It would save you a lot of travel time. But I wouldn't want you working overtime and getting worn out because of it.”
Oscar offered, “Besides, you wouldn’t need to pay rent for it while you’re working here, just utilities.”
“Perfect,” responded Ben, “then I'll start looking for a good used four-season travel trailer to live in while I’m building houses here on the ranch. I’ll bring the blueprints as soon as they are finished, and we can go over them. By then I should have a good idea of how long it will take us to finish up the house my crew and I are building.”
A group of people were at a single man’s house, and had helped him with a project in his yard.
Somebody said, “I’m hungry now that we’re finished with this project. If we all have enough food left over from our lunches, we could eat a light meal before we go home.”
When the man saw what they were doing, he opened the door of his refrigerator and took out cheese, lettuce and some other veggies. He placed what he had on the table on the patio.
Then he announced, “Come help yourselves, and you’re all welcome to pick things out of the garden and from the grape vines and wash them under the outside water faucet so you’ll have enough to eat.”
He joined them and picked enough for himself to be able to eat with them. Everyone enjoyed the good food and thanked the man. The leader of the group had the people leave money so the man could replace the food from his refrigerator and garden.
As they were leaving, the man exclaimed, “Thank you, everyone, for your help on this project, and for the money you gave me to replace what you ate! Not many people have friends who are good enough to do this. I’m so glad we all go to the same church and have learned how to live the way Jesus wants us to live.”
In many different ways they told him they agreed, and that he was welcome and they were glad to be able to help.
One of them concluded, “We’ve done like it says in Galatians 6:9,10, Let us not be weary in doing good, for in due season we shall reap, if we do not faint. Therefore, as we have opportunity, let us do good to all men, especially to those who are of the household of faith.”
Since Denji was still living at home with his parents, Afta and Hana Suehiro, he first asked if they would agree with his idea. They did, so he called and invited Sara and Kim to ride with him and his family to the ranch and back on Sunday for a horseback ride with their foster parents and family. They were thrilled and agreed. His mother sat in the back seat with them, and Denji turned around to talk to them while his dad drove.
Denji explained, “I invited you both today for several reasons. First, I like your company and it’s fun to ride horses with you. Second, I know your family likes to have you come and visit. Third, I wanted to tell you, Kim, what Gary shared with me so you can decide if you want to get to know him better.”
Both young ladies thanked him and he continued, “You're welcome. I visited Gary on the farm where he lives and works and we also talked as we rode to and from the small group meeting. He told me I could relay this information to both of you so he won’t seem like such a stranger.”
“It was very thoughtful of him,” Kim commented. “Please thank him for me.” Sara added the same sentiment.
Denji nodded and went on to explain, “Gary and three other boys were William and Anna Beckett’s foster boys on Mercy Valley Farm. William and Anna Beckett also adopted all four boys after about two years. All four of them accepted Jesus during the first year they were on the farm and have been learning how to live for him with excellent teaching from church, their foster parents, and in the Bible Study Group taught by William. For much of the past two years, Gary has had an individual study time daily for half an hour with his dad, William, after the others went to bed.”
“I’m impressed!” Sara exclaimed. “I think we know more about him now than he does about us.”
Kim added, “For sure, and since you’ve known us and our family for a couple years, it’s alright with me if you tell him what you’ve learned about me. Then Gary and I will be almost caught up with where you and Sara already are.”
“Thank you for the good idea, Kim,” responded Denji, “it will help all of us to be more relaxed with each other. He wanted you to have some time to think about this before we do some planning after our first group ministry time.”
Kim and Sara both smiled and nodded. By this time they were at the ranch where they all had a very enjoyable time.
Tomo and Ami Suehiro, their daughter, Aneko, and her husband, Kosuke Makino, were in the home they all enjoyed sharing. It was time again for a visit with Yoshi and his wife, Sakura, and their baby boy, Naoki, who came for lunch on a Sunday. Tomo and Ami’s foster girl, Jenny, was in her room finishing some on line school work after lunch and when she finished it, she came to join them as they were singing.
Aneko mentioned, “We all sure enjoy living here in this family home. It’s very nice that it’s also big enough to have you three come for lunch. Naoki is getting bigger every time I see him. I’m glad you don’t live very far from here and we get to visit often.”
“Yes, my dear sister,” Yoshi stated, “since we have always gotten along so well, I’m glad we live close to our family and get to see each other often. We also have extended family here in Pine City.”
Tomo agreed, “Yes, and it’s extremely nice that they are all believers now, and that we all like to get together sometimes for special celebrations. And like in Matthew 18:20 Jesus said, where two or three are gathered together in my name, I am there with them.
“Indeed,” added Ami, “I enjoy the smaller gatherings with just our immediate family so we can stay close knit. Plus we can do like it says in Colossians 3:16, Let the word of Christ dwell in you richly in all wisdom, teaching and admonishing one another in psalms and hymns and spiritual songs, singing with grace in your hearts to the Lord. I like the way we can do this.”
Sakura mentioned, “Yes, and these small gatherings are easier for us than for some families since brother and sister married sister and brother, even though it took longer than we thought it might, since Kosuke spent about two years in Japan.
Kosuke exclaimed, “I’m so very thankful to God for working things out so I could come home after those two years, and then he gave me the desire of my heart, Aneko, as my beloved wife!”
They looked at each other and smiled lovingly. At this point Jenny came to join the group and Ami started singing “The Family of God.” Everyone joined in the singing. They went right into the song, “God is So Good.” Then they sang “How Great is Our God” and finished up with “Great Are You Lord.”
When they finished singing, Tomo realized, “We’ve been singing some songs that go with Psalm 145:3, Great is the LORD and greatly to be praised and his greatness is unsearchable. We sounded good singing together too.”
Everyone smiled and nodded and then they all continued visiting.
Oscar mentioned to Vera, “Honey, I’ve been reconsidering about the number of houses we should build. The survey said there would be room for six, but if instead we would build five houses with two stories each like this one except minus the extra room, we could double the number of girls we’re helping now.”
“Excellent idea, Dear,” Vera did a thumbs up. “Plus if we make one of them large enough to have game rooms upstairs and downstairs on the end and a lawn for meetings and games, all the extra people would have as much room to do things as we do now, and we wouldn't be as crowded.”
Oscar nodded, “You’re right, and also we would need thirty horses of the right sizes to take care of the increased number of riders. I’ll talk to Nathan about ways we can accomplish this.
“Good idea,” she agreed, “and the new tack room plan can be enlarged to service three families at a time instead of two. We'll need to buy extra tack for the new horses also.”
“Right, Honey,” then Oscar suggested, “All the families living here on the ranch have been so unified and supportive that I’d like to get an idea from each of them about a way to improve the inside of their home to make it more practical or better in some way. Then we can have Ted do the desired work for each house during the daytime when most of them are at work. Plus we can choose the best of the ideas to incorporate into the new houses.”
“Brilliant!” Vera exclaimed. “This way the families that are already living here will get an improvement to their homes if desired. And it might help them to accept the construction noise better.”
Two families desired sliding doors in some places so they could put furniture where swinging doors got in the way. Three families asked for some extra counter space in the kitchen. Some said they would like a rod installed in the laundry room to hang up clothes on hangers as they came out of the dryer. The rest said they liked the house just the way it was.
When they discussed their ideas with Ben he responded, “I like your ideas, and this is a good time to change our plans, because I just have a good start on the blueprints. I can change the footings and foundations to ones that will support the extra weight of a two-story building. It’s so important to get everything planned correctly before we start, so the plans can show us what to do as we build. The upstairs floor plans will be identical to the ones below. Do you still have plans for this big house so we can use them?”
“Yes,” replied Oscar, “but we won’t need the extra rooms each one of them has. I’ll go get them right now.”
When he returned, he handed them to Ben who continued, “I will need to hire a company to prepare the hillside for the road, yards, sewer, water, natural gas, and electricity. The big house will take more space and work to make a yard big enough for a lawn. Will you want a sprinkler system installed?”
“Indeed,” agreed Oscar, “it’s so much easier than dragging hoses around. Since it’s uphill from the lake, it will probably be better to use community water for that lawn.”
“I think so also,” added Vera. “Besides, then all the girls could use that lawn if they want to play in the sprinklers on hot days. The water from the lake for our lawn isn’t really clean enough.”
Anna Beckett went from the farm to Pine City for her yearly physical. She had been going to this doctor long enough to have a reason to care about her. After Anna asked all her own questions about her health, the doctor inquired if she had any other questions.
Anna said, “Yes, I’ve been wondering. What do you believe about Jesus?”
The doctor answered, “I’ve never thought very much about it. I’m happy with the way I am and I feel no need to change.”
Anna nodded, “But that won’t get you into heaven.”
The doctor inquired, “Why did you ask?”
“Because,” replied Anna, “I care about you and would like to know that I’ll see you in heaven someday.”
The doctor responded, “Thank you for caring.”
“You’re welcome,” and then Anna questioned, “Would you read this little pamphlet and think about it? And if you have any questions about it, you can feel free to call me.”
The doctor took the pamphlet and nodded.
Anna left the office and prayed for the doctor to read the tract and for the Holy Spirit to lead her to Jesus for salvation.
This same idea was used by other people in Pine City or on the Ranch or Farm for a physical therapist, chiropractor, exercise coach, or people hired for jobs around their homes, such as a plumber, electrician, handyman, and others.
During a Bible Study Group teaching time on the farm, William used Acts 3,and 4. He began the lesson by saying, “All of you boys have been on this farm long enough to know that when you try to be missionaries in the public schools you might have to face some threats and persecution. Find John 16:1-4a and read it aloud with me.” Jesus said, “These things I have spoken to you, so that you should not be unaware. They shall put you out of the synagogues. Yes, the time comes that whoever kills you will think that he does a service to God. They will do these things to you because they have not known the Father, nor me. But I have told you these things, so that when the time shall come, you may remember that I told you of them.”
William continued, “Jesus said this to his disciples just before he was arrested and crucified. Today let’s study how the disciples responded to persecution in Acts 3 and 4. To me, it’s like reading a thrilling adventure story and I know it really happened. First read Acts 3 and through verse 16 in chapter 4 to yourselves and write a summary of it in your notebooks.”
When they had finished he requested, Hugo, would you please read your summary to us?”
“Yes,” Hugo replied, “Instead of giving money to the lame man, Peter told him, ‘In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, rise up and walk.’ The lame man was healed immediately and praised God. Then Peter explained to the people who saw the miracle that it was not his power, but Jesus name and faith in his name that made the man strong and able to walk. Then he told the people to repent and be converted. The leaders of the Jews were displeased and put Peter and John into prison until the next day. When questioned they replied in verses 10b-12 of chapter 4, by the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, whom you crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even by him does this man stand here before you whole… Neither is there salvation in any other, for there is no other name under heaven given among men, whereby we must be saved. The leaders could tell that Peter and John had been with Jesus, and decided to threaten them as it says in verses 17 and 18.”
“Good job Hugo,” commended William and he had another boy read those two verses. But that it spread no further among the people, let us strongly threaten them to not speak in Jesus' name. And they called them in, and commanded then to not speak at all or teach in the name of Jesus.
Then William had Jose read verses 19-21. But Peter and John answered "Whether it is right in the sight of God to obey you more than God, you judge, for we cannot but speak the things we have seen and heard. So when they had further threatened them, they let them go, finding no way they could punish them because of the people, for all men glorified God for what had been done.
Another boy read verse 23b, Then the disciples went to their own company, and reported all that the chief priests and elders had said to them.
Pedro read verses 24, And when they heard that, they lifted up their voices to God with one accord, and said, Lord, you are God who made the heaven and earth and the sea and all that is in them. … …
Luis finished the story by reading verses 29-31,… … And now, Lord, behold their threatening, and grant to your servants boldness to speak your word, and stretch forth your hand to heal, so that signs and wonders may be done by the holy name of Jesus. When they had prayed, the place where they were assembled together, was shaken, and they were all filled with the Holy Spirit, and they spoke the word of God with boldness.
Next William stated, “Thank you guys for your good reading with expression. If you want to read another exciting account of some more persecution and how the apostles responded, read Acts 5:12-42 at home sometime. I especially like how this one ended. Have a good evening and I’ll see you next time.”
Karen taught a similar lesson on the ranch. A short time later both Karen and William had a short meeting for the students who were in high school now. They explained that the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church had found out about of a tiny book called, “The Life Book,” which is put out by The Gideons International. They had used the web site thelifebook.com, and had obtained hundreds of the books to be given out by students in the public high schools.
The books contain an introduction to the story of the Old Testament and then the whole Gospel of John and later a part that asks questions to point out the need for Jesus to be the Savior. It’s all done in an interesting way that will keep the students reading.
Karen and William told the students on the farm and ranch, who were in high school, they could give away as many of these books as they could and to pray for the Lord to use them to bring many others to belief in Jesus. These students looked through the books and were impressed by them, so they were looking forward to giving them to their friends and anyone else who would take one and read it. Other high school youth groups did likewise.
Ben informed his parents after supper, “I’m so excited and grateful and a little anxious about my next contract. But I’m eager to get started as soon as my crew and I finish my second contract, which is the house we are presently working on, and It’s almost done.”
His mom, Connie, asked, “Can you tell us about your next contract, or is it confidential?”
He answered, “It’s not confidential, I just was waiting until I was sure they really did want me and my company, The Master’s Builders, to do the work for them. It’s a huge opportunity and an even bigger responsibility.”
His dad, Ernest stated, “It sounds impressive, and now I’m really curious!”
So Ben told them, “Oscar and Vera Yardley want to add a garage and bedroom to the cabin where the vet and FNP lives, build an extra tack room, plus five more houses with two stories each added to their Mercy Valley Ranch so ten more families can help restore abused teenage girls. One advantage about the tack rooms is that each one will have a rest room the men in my crew can use during work times, so I won’t have to rent one of those ugly, smelly portable johns. They asked Walt Evans first, but he and his crews are tied up for months, so he recommended me to them. They called me and two other companies to get bids and apparently liked mine the best because this will be my next contract. The extra tack room is so more people can prepare horses to be ridden at the same time.”
“Exceptionally impressive!” Connie exclaimed, “This should keep your company busy for several years!”
“I’m sure you're right,” Ben replied. “We’re adapting the old floor plans for the existing big house, with garages like the ones on that two-story house. We’ll put sound proofing between the floor of the upstairs houses and the ceiling of the downstairs houses so neither family will be bothered by the noise of the other. They’ll be built on the hillside behind the existing cabins. Each one will have a good view of the spectacular mountains and beautiful valley.”
Ernest declared, “Someday your mom and I will drive up there and see that ranch, which is becoming famous, but we’ll wait until you have a good start on the project.”
“Plus here’s another amazing part of this plan,” Ben added. “When the ranch was a dude ranch they must have let people come park an RV for a while. The RV pad hasn’t been used in years, but it all still works. So I’ve decided to buy a used four-season travel trailer which my pickup can tow up there. Then I can live right there on the ranch instead of having to drive twenty minutes each way to and from work. They won’t even charge me rent for its use, I’ll just pay for the utilities.”
Connie emphasized, “Oh my! I’m glad I’m sitting down for all this news. I’m surprised, but very pleased for you, Ben. We’ll miss you living here, but your idea really is the best thing for you to do.”
“Congratulations, Son!” Ernest concurred, “we’re very pleased with all you have done since your high school graduation. And remember Deuteronomy 31:8, The LORD goes before you. He will be with you and not fail you, nor forsake you. Fear not, neither be dismayed. This is a promise you can rely on every day.”
“Thank you both,” Ben responded. “You’ve been very good encouragers, and I’ve enjoyed living here. I’ll miss you also. I asked the Yardleys if it’s OK for you to come visit me after work hours and they said it would be fine.
“You’re very welcome,” Connie responded. “And we will look forward to visiting you there. Remember, you have a nest egg you can use to help buy the trailer and all the household items you’ll need to put in it to make it home.”
“Yes, I do remember now,” concluded Ben, “and I’m so grateful for the way the Lord and you have been taking such good care of me. Besides, I plan to continue attending our small group as a family, so we will have that time together.”
Ernest suggested, “Very good, then please plan to come here for supper that evening and we can use that time to keep up to date on the happenings in both of our lives.”
“Thank you,” responded Ben, “I’ll look forward to it every week. It will help me to not miss you as much.”
During a visit with another family, one of the dads in Pine City said, “We already had started an After School Place…”
One of the moms interrupted, “What is it and how did you start it?”
He answered, “We picked up a booklet from the church that gives training on how to get started by going door to door asking parents if they would like to have their children go to a neighborhood home after school where they could get some exercise, have time to do homework, and also learn something about the Bible each day. It would be a good idea to talk to the parents at that time about a weekly fee they could afford to pay so they and the children will feel more obligated to keep coming. The booklet has many ideas of things to do with the children, and the church has some materials to loan out to families doing this project.”
“Thank you,” the mom stated, “we’ll be sure to go get one of those booklets if we decide to try this idea.”
“Great,” declared the man, “anyway, we tried an additional idea from the church list and here’s what’s happened so far. Our son and daughter have been acting like an older brother and sister each school day, to the children in our After School Place since they’re the oldest ones in the group.”
The mother continued, “Most of the children in our group have no older brothers or sisters.”
The boy mentioned, “The boys really like it when I go outside with them and help them practice their ball skills in different games.”
The girl added, “Yes, and the little girls enjoy it when I join them with my old dolls for a tea party. It gives me a chance to teach them about proper manners.”
Dad remarked, “Then when everyone needs a rest, all of us listen to a Nature Corner story and then discuss it and look up more information on the web. We had first explained to the children that stories have true facts in them, but conversing with an animal, plant or body part is just a fun fantasy. Many of the stories have at least one scripture verse about Jesus being the creator like Colossians 1:16, For by (Jesus) all things were created that are in heaven and earth, … All things were created by him and for him.”
Mom tacked on, “Or I read a story to them out of the ‘Keys for Kids’ books we used with our son and daughter when they were that age and we look up and read the scripture verses.”
The boy went on, “It really helps that sis and I are in middle school, because we get home an hour before the kids come to our house from elementary school.
“Yes,” added sis, “I like it because it gives us some time alone with Mom, so we can tell her about our day and then plan some fun activities for our ‘younger brothers and sisters.’ It’s like we have a huge family. I like doing this because it’s a ministry for our whole family, since Dad gets home from work in time to help.”
Then Dad concluded, “We pray every day for them, that the Holy Spirit will draw each one of them to Jesus for salvation. Many days we read a story to them that includes the Good News.”
Denji and his parents were talking in the living room when they returned from a walk in the park. Hana asked, “How did your day go at work, Denji?”
Denji answered, “It was a very good day. Even though I have a small physical body, I’m strong enough to carry my end of a load or lift as much as the rest of the workers do. I enjoy my work a lot.”
“Did you know,” his dad inquired, “there are very few people who can say they enjoy their work? But if we include your mom and me and you, we know of three who do!”
Denji replied, “No, I didn’t know, but now I feel greatly favored by my wonderful Lord. So I can say and mean Colossians 3:17, And whatever you do in word or deed, do all in the name of the Lord Jesus, giving thanks to God the Father by him. And furthermore, Ben told us about his next contract just before we left today!”
“The way you said it makes me think it must be something extraordinary!” Hana exclaimed.
“Absolutely!” Denji nodded emphatically. “In fact it will give me job security so I can make plans to be married sooner than I thought would be possible.”
Afta inquired, “Well, are you going to tell us what it is or are we going to play twenty questions?”
“It might be fun to play it,” responded Denji, “but I doubt you would ever get to the answer, so I’ll just tell you instead. Ben’s next contract is to add a garage and bedroom to the cabin where the vet and FNP lives, build an extra tack room, plus five two-story houses on Mercy Valley Ranch so they can double the number of Caring Foster Homes for abused teenage girls who can be helped on the ranch!”
“Wow!” Hana exclaimed. “This is indeed impressive news! There should be enough work there to keep his company busy for several years! Besides, it’s such a worthy cause!”
Afta declared, “Now I understand why you said it will give you job security. I think Sara will be pleased to know about this too.”
“I hope so,” admitted Denji. “I'm looking forward to our first four member team ministry and time afterward to make plans for double dates with Gary and Kim. But I think I’ll wait until later to tell her about my job security. I don’t want to scare her away by saying something too soon.”
“Would you like to pray about it as a family?” questioned Afta.
Denji replied, “Yes please, I’ll start. Father in heaven, first of all I thank you very much for my job and the security it will have now. And I ask for you to guide everything I say and do concerning Sara. If it is your will, I would like for her to be my wife.”
Hana continued, “I agree with Denji and thank you that Sara is a sweet, godly, Christian young lady. Keep all four of them pure and desiring to do only your perfect will.”
“Exactly,” Afta went on, “we would all be very happy to have her be part of our family. So we pray in agreement in the precious name of Jesus, Amen.”
Hana concluded, “Let’s all find and read Philippians 4:6,7 aloud. Be careful for nothing, but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving, let your requests be made known to God, and the peace of God, which passes all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus.”
“We just did what those verses said to do,” remarked Denji, “And I like the peace I’m, feeling.”
Mindy mentioned to her parents, Vern and Lora Jones, during supper one evening, “I was able to test out of another one of the university classes that was a requirement. Passing the test is as good as taking the class and it will save us time and money.”
Vern smiled at her, “We’re pleased with your progress and being able to test out of some classes is great because it means you don’t have to be bored doing something you already know enough about.” And then Vern gently reminded her, “But you don’t need to worry about saving time or money. We like having you live at home, and going to the university on line is a lot cheaper than being on campus. Besides, we have a special savings account for your university education and it’s been growing as long as you have. There’s plenty of money in it.”
Lora, Mindy’s new mom, quickly added, “I agree with all you just said, my dear husband. And, Mindy, we know you’ll keep up the good work you've been doing.”
“Thank you both!” Mindy exclaimed. “I have the very best parents and home in the world, and I’d much rather be here than on campus! I really like the class I’m taking about children’s literature. It will help me to know about the best books to read to the children when I get into my own classroom. I’ll tell Fiona about testing out of that class when I get to her house tomorrow, so she’s up to date on my progress also. She’s a good friend as well as being my tutor.”
Lora commented, “We’re glad you still like to go to her house all the afternoons except Sundays, because you won’t get tired of being in this house. I know she appreciates all you do to help her, especially now that she has twins on top of having two little boys.”
“Without a doubt,” agreed Vern, “she tells me that fact every time I go there to pick you up after work.”
“I know,” Mindy acknowledged, “I’ve heard her tell you, and she also thanks me each day. I thank her right back, because I enjoy helping her, just like I used to enjoy helping Anita when she had her day care. Another thing I’ve been thinking about doing is buying a light-weight simple autoharp and learning how to play it. I can use some of the money Fiona pays me, even though I’ve told her I don’t want to be paid.”
“I like your idea,” stated Lora, “maybe you can bring it on some of our RV travels and use it during the singing time when you’ve learned how to play it.
Vern continued, “For sure, and it could also be good to use in your classroom for a time of singing.”
“I agree, Dad, and Mom,” Mindy responded. “I thought about both those ideas also, so would you both help me find one?”
“Of course,” Vern answered, “We’ll look at the music stores here in Pine City so you can learn more about them and try them out there.”
Kim, Sara, Gary and Denji went to a park in the city for their first ministry time. The facilitator had given “I Can Do” booklets to each member to be read before their first ministry time. They all understood the reasons for mixed singles to be in four member groups and Denji was glad he had experience in other groups so he could help the other three members.
Denji remarked, “I especially like the verse that goes with chapter one in the booklet. It’s Romans 10:15b, How beautiful are the feet of those who preach the gospel of peace, and bring glad tidings of good things! This is what we get to do together.
“Exactly,” then Gary noted, “Today we’re using one of the idea possibilities, by coming to the park. I think we’re probably more likely to find someone here than in a neighborhood or on a street in the business part of the city.”
“I agree,” then Kim mentioned, “grocery stores can also work pretty well. I like the recommendation to build rapport before offering to help someone.”
“Yes,” and Sara continued, “the booklet stated, it’s especially important to do that before offering to help someone in a wheelchair. Plus I like the summary of Ephesians 1:19,20, in the booklet that we can claim for God’s help. God’s power for us who believe is like his mighty power, which he used when he raised Christ from the dead, and set him at his own right hand in heaven.”
“Definitely,” and Denji went on, “I’m glad the booklet emphasizes being sure that Jesus receives all the glory for miracles or any answer to prayer, and to use the opportunity to share the Good News with all the people who got to see it.”
Gary added, “For sure, and another good thing to remember is to not be pushy, because it could turn people away.”
“Right,” Denji tacked on, “plus I like the suggestion for the ladies to walk ahead in the park, with the men following to be sure they are safe, and for both pairs to look like they are conversing, but they are really praying for the people they see and asking the Holy Spirit to guide everything they say and do.”
So this day they walked in pairs with the ladies going first and they all prayed for people they saw in the park. After about half an hour of praying but not finding any ministry opportunities, they found some benches to sit on while they would pray together and then talk.
At the debriefing session about the ministry time, Gary mentioned, “Some of what we did today seems very much like what my family on the farm did when we went out to minister together. I’m sure my parents had done ministry times together for years before they moved to the farm.”
“The same goes for our parents on the ranch,” Kim added. “I’m glad for all they taught us, so this didn’t seem so strange to us.”
“Exactly,” and Sara tacked on, “plus, Denji, your help and transportation today is very much appreciated.”
Kim and Gary nodded in agreement.
Denji inclined his head and responded, “You’re all very welcome. And I’m glad to learn that the three of you’ve already done this kind of ministry with your families, like I did also for a while with mine, so we all are really about in the same place with our experience. So now we can talk about logistics for our future times together.”
The ladies nodded their heads wondering what would be the best way to handle this topic.
Gary suggested, “Proverbs 16:3 says to Commit your works to the LORD, and your thoughts shall be established. So let’s pray silently first and do what it says.”
The others nodded and all of them prayed silently for a short time. Then Denji continued, “I know I’m the only member of this group who has a vehicle, and I want you all to know that I’m very happy to provide transportation for all our ministry times and any other time this group needs it.”
Gary declared, “This is very gracious of you, and I’m very grateful, since I haven’t been working long enough to save the money I need for buying a car yet.”
And Sara explained, “Kim and I had decided to just use the buses or walk in Pine City, so we’re very grateful also.”
“Again, you’re all very welcome,” Denji repeated. “And this brings us to the next topic. Obviously Gary and I would like to get better acquainted with you, Sara and Kim, since we specifically asked to be in a small group with you. So I must ask, “Sara, are you willing to go on double dates with me, and Kim, are you willing to go on double dates with Gary in this same four member grouping?”
Sara answered, “Yes, Denji I will be happy to go on double dates with you and I thank you for being so straightforward about asking.”
“I thank you also,” Kim replied, “and I think going on double dates with Gary is a very good way to get better acquainted.”
Gary and Denji threw each other a look of approval, relief and anticipation thinking that since Denji and Sara would double date with Gary and Kim, it would be very convenient for them to pick both ladies up at their apartment.
Denji went on to clarify, “Sara, a couple weeks ago when I went riding on the ranch, I asked your parents for permission to court you and they said, ‘Yes.’ They told me, since you have ‘graduated from the ranch,’ you are no longer under their jurisdiction, but they still care very much about you and want only the best for you, so they asked me to keep you pure and take good care of you. I promised them I would do that. They told me Gary had earlier asked permission to court you, Kim, and he had promised the same thing. But he had also said he would have to get a car first.”
Gary explained, “So Denji came to the farm and he graciously offered to come pick me up for the small group and dates. I did finally talk him into letting me pay at least part of the gas. Since I have no vehicle, I asked Denji if we could do one ministry time a week, with a date after it, plus another time of a date each week, to end just before the small group meeting. This way Denji will only make two trips a week to the farm where I live and work. Of course if God opens any opportunities for us to minister while we’re on the dates, I’m sure we’ll be glad to take them.”
“Absolutely,” and next Denji questioned, “Sara and Kim, does two times a week seem about right to you?”
Sara responded, “I think it will be good, especially if we can take time to talk over issues and see if we would be compatible, so you men wouldn’t have to go on spending a lot of money taking us on dates if we wouldn’t be compatible.”
“Yes,” Kim agreed, “in fact the next time we meet, Sara and I can bring each of you a copy of some important issues our mother gave us while we were still at home. All four of us can write our opinions about each one in our homes, so the couples can read and talk about them on one of the next dates.”
Gary nodded, “William mentioned something about how important it is to agree about important issues in one of the lessons he taught us. So your idea sounds like a good one.”
“I agree,” and then Denji inquired, “would you ladies like to go with us to supper at the Serving Joyfully Restaurant before the small group meeting next week?”
Sara answered, “Yes, it sounds delicious and delightful.”
Kim nodded in agreement, and Gary told them what time they would pick them up. They all decided that when all of them were in the vehicle the men would ride in front and the ladies in the back.
Chapter 2
Matthew 6:9b,10, Our Father in heaven, hallowed be your name. Your kingdom come. Your will be done on earth as it is in heaven.
Nathan and Esther Mendoza were reminiscing during lunch time on the ranch while their foster girls, Lucia, Val, and the twins, Holly and Willow were at school. Esther mentioned, “Honey, today I was thinking back about our honeymoon and how much I enjoyed it. I especially liked the scenery we got to see near that city, and of course, our time in the honeymoon cottage here on this ranch was also special.”
Nathan declared, “Absolutely, Darling, our honeymoon was delightful!” then he paused, remembering, “There was only one part we didn’t enjoy as much.”
“You mean,” she asked, “our visit to that one horse ranch where they treated the horses like they must have seen done on some old movies. They thought the only way to train a horse was to make the herd run until they were exhausted, and squeeze them into smaller and smaller pens by moving the fence closer and closer.”
“Yes,” he agreed, “it was hard for me to see horses treated like that and then on top of that they broke their spirits by using the old bronco busting methods. We didn’t even tell Oscar and Vera about that part of our honeymoon until later.
“Precisely,” Esther concurred, “I guess it was so sad, we didn’t want to think about it. But the good thing about the visit was that the ranch owner actually listened to your explanation and accepted your invitation to come to Mercy Valley Ranch and see how you were working with that poor abused little horse, Honey, to get her over her fears from the bad treatment she had before.”
“Indeed,” said Nathan, “plus when he saw how our whole herd of horses came running to greet us when we went to their pasture, he was willing to learn all I could teach him about gentle ways to train horses.”
Esther added, “I'm glad he has come here to visit since then and reported how well your ideas are working. The horses on his ranch are treated much better now.”
“You're right, Darling,” Nathan replied and added, “and I’ve been wondering if there might be some other abused horses you and I might be able to help, since you don’t have to go volunteer at the church school any longer since our girls are finished there. You and I worked so well together with Honey, and we could do it again with other horses and still be able to do our other jobs. Plus you’ll have more time since you no longer need to volunteer at school.”
“Certainly,” she nodded, “maybe we should try one horse again the first time and you can train me more thoroughly so we might be able to do two at a time. I have heard that many horses are often abused. Maybe we could help some of them.”
Nathan nodded, smiled, and went on, “Indeed, but first we’ll need to talk to Oscar to find out if he would agree. Then we can make other plans.”
“Good idea, Sweetheart,” responded Esther and then she tacked on, “Let’s be praying about your good ideas.”
So they did right then and off and on again until they would decide it was time for Nathan to go talk to Oscar.
The Hopkins’ plan for their new girls’ roommates worked very well for the new girls since their older ‘sisters,’ Candy and June, were such a good help to them as they got settled and learned to do their tasks. Besides that, Candy and June were good examples of how Christian daughters should act.
Ian and Yolanda had asked for girls who were twelve years old, as they had planned to earlier, but at the time they asked, there were only girls who were fourteen. So they accepted this and Darla and Rita came to live on the ranch. In the end it worked in very well with the new plan for Mercy Valley Ranch.
Darla and Rita were especially grateful for the way Candy and June and helped them find their way around the high school, which was new to them. They had to change schools when they came to the ranch. They were also glad they didn’t have to ride the school bus, since their new foster parents dropped all four girls off at the school and picked them up again in the afternoon.
After two months of living with this family, Rita commented, “I think its very nice that the four of us foster sisters can be friends.”
“I agree,” stated Darla, “Candy and June don’t look down on us because we’re younger than they are, and I really appreciate all the ways they’ve helped us.”
Candy explained, “June and I know what it’s like to be in a new foster family and we had foster sisters who helped us like we’re helping you.”
“And,” continued June, “in a little over a year when Candy and I ‘graduate’ from the ranch and move to Pine City to earn our own livings, you’ll get to help the next foster girls who come to take our places.”
“What a neat plan!” Rita exclaimed. “This ranch is the nicest place I can imagine!”
Darla went on, “And we get to live here for over five years!”
Later Candy realized how good it had been for her to learn about fourteen-year-old girls. They were different from what she remembered herself being. Of course she had matured a lot by being in this family! When Sara and Kim came to visit from the city, Candy shared with Sara the things she was learning about the girls who were fourteen.
Sara and Kim visited their family on the ranch every chance they got. They were careful to set up times that would be good for the family and they always brought some food to share.
On one visit Kim remarked, “I really like the small group they had for us to join in Pine City. It’s extra nice that Sara and I get to be in the same one.”
“I agree,” stated Sara, “and we get to be in a ministry team with Denji Suehiro, who is already a good friend, and Gary Beckett, who had been in a foster family on Mercy Valley Farm.”
Candy commented, “I’ll bet it was nice to know at least one person in your new group.”
“Right,” added June, “Denji is a very nice person and it’s extra nice that we are all believers who want to share the Good News like it says in Matthew 24:14, this gospel of the kingdom shall be preached in all the world for a witness to all nations, before the end comes.”
“Yes he is,” agreed Candy, “I’m glad he and his parents still come to ride horses with our family.”
Yolanda spoke for her husband and herself, “So are we. They have added a whole new dimension to our lives here.”
Ian went on, “Yes, and it’s still nice to have Vern, Lora, and Mindy Jones along with the Suehiro family come regularly for horseback rides. I agree that it is ‘the more the merrier.’ We always enjoy our times together especially when Sara and Kim can be here to join with us.”
Those two girls were very pleased to hear what he said.
Karen’s former coworker called and told her about some verses from the last support meeting she had attended.
“Hi, Karen,” she began, “I just wanted to share some scriptures with you that have been very uplifting to me.
“Oh thanks,” Karen replied, “I’m sure I’ll enjoy them.”
She continued, “This first one I personalized. Ephesians 1:13,14, We trusted in Christ after we heard the word of truth, the gospel of our salvation. We were sealed with the Holy Spirit of promise after we believed. He is the earnest of our inheritance until the redemption of his purchased possession to the praise of his glory.”
“I like it also,” Karen told her, “in fact it’s one of my favorites.”
“Good,” she went on, “the next two are almost alike. 2 Corinthians 1:22, God sealed us, and gave the earnest of the Spirit in our hearts. And then 2 Corinthians 5:5b, God has given to us the earnest of the Spirit. Since the word, ‘earnest,’ is used in all three of those references, I looked up the word in two places. One place said ‘down payment,’ and the other said ‘guarantee’. They are related.
Karen observed, “Yes, those are both good definitions, and they make the verses easier to understand.”
“For sure,” she agreed, “and the last two verses are also similar to each other. Titus 1:2 says, We have the hope of eternal life, which God who cannot lie, promised before the world began. And 1 John 2:25 says, This is the promise that he (the Father) promised us, even eternal life.”
“Yes they are similar,” Karen concurred. “All of those verses are very good ones.”
“Yes they are,” she responded, “so I’m working on memorizing all of them so I can say them to myself when I get discouraged.”
“Good for you!” Karen exclaimed. “Keep up the good work.”
Already it was time for Sara and Kim to have their first double date with Denji and Gary at the Serving Joyfully Restaurant. After supper they would ride together to the small group meeting.
As they were waiting, Kim admitted, “Sara, I’m nervous about going on a date. Since I’ve never been on one, I don’t know how to act or what to talk about.”
“Well,” encouraged Sara, “maybe it would help you to remember that Gary is probably just as nervous as you are because neither the ranch nor the farm allowed dating. At least you and I are already friends with Denji from all the horseback rides and visits on the ranch, so I’m not quite as nervous as you are.”
“I’ll try to remember about Gary being nervous too. It should help, and I’m glad you don’t have to be as nervous.” Then Kim prayed, “Jesus, please help all four of us on this date to only do and say what you want us to, and make us a blessing to each other.”
“I agree, Jesus,” Sara concluded just as the intercom sounded, “we pray in your name. Amen.”
On the way down in the elevator Sara remarked, “Kim, we’re just going out to eat at a very good restaurant that we both like and it’s a good opportunity for the couples to get better acquainted with each other. You’ll do fine. Just be your sweet self.”
Kim responded, “Thanks for your encouragement, compliment, and good advice, and now I’m not as nervous.”
When they arrived at the restaurant Gary explained, “We made reservations for two separate tables so we will have more time for the couples to talk rather than as a group of four.”
“This sounds like a very good plan,” Kim commented, “it will give us more time to get acquainted.”
Their names were called and the hostess led them to their tables, gave them menus, and left to get water for them before taking their orders. They decided what to order and were ready when she returned.
And then Sara mentioned, “Denji, I really like this restaurant. Our parents brought our family here to celebrate after Kim and I graduated from high school.”
“How nice, and therefore I’m glad we chose this for our first date,” declared Denji and the two of them went on conversing during their time in the restaurant like the good friends they already were.
After a sip of water Kim mentioned, “I was very impressed and thankful for what Denji shared with Sara and me about you as we rode to the ranch with him and his parents on Sunday. Did he have a chance to tell you about me?”
“Yes he did,” answered Gary, “and I feel like I know you much better already. And besides, we both have the benefit of the field trips we took to the ranch or farm while we lived there, so we know a lot about where each other lived during most of our teenage years.”
“You’re right,” Kim agreed, “plus I had about the same good teaching as you did from church, my parents, and my Bible Study Group teacher, Karen. She shared with and used lesson plans from your dad, William. It’s nice to know we have so much in common and that we’re both believers with similar training!”
He nodded emphatically, but didn’t say anything right then since their salads had just arrived. After the waitress left he responded, “Absolutely! It’s kinda of like I personalized 2 Timothy 2:15, we have studied to show ourselves approved to God, workmen who do not need to be ashamed, rightly handling the word of truth.” Then he gave God thanks for the food, and as they ate, they conversed about many topics throughout the meal. Kim was able to relax and enjoy their time together.
As they had suggested, Kim and Sara gave each of the men a copy of the issues they had mentioned in the park. They decided to just write their opinions instead of typing them, since only Denji had access to a computer. But they would get copies made of what they had written so each person could keep a copy. Then they would read, talk about, and clarify their opinions during the date they would have right after their next four member ministry team.
Beth Davis, principal of the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church School was talking with Pam Green who taught third grade there. Pam asked, “Beth, do you still like being single, or do you sometimes wish you could get married?
“I like being single,” stated Beth, “it’s the only way I can be sure of being able to continue working at this school as principal. Besides, I’ve never met a man I was interested in even getting to know better.”
“I know what you mean!” Pam declared. “If you remember the dream I told you I had, then you know I feel the same way.”
Beth responded, “I sure do remember it, and it’s a good reminder for me to stay the way I am.”
Pam admitted, “Sometimes I get the feeling other people look down on singles, but I try not to let it bother me. So it’s encouraging to talk to you and find out you think like I do about it.”
“I agree,” said Beth, “and when I remember 1 Corinthians 7:32b where Paul said, he who is unmarried, cares for the things that belong to the Lord, how he may please the Lord, then I like being single, so I can focus on things that will please my Lord. And besides verse 28b mentions that married people will have trouble in this life. I’d rather not have that trouble. I also like the group you and Ruth started for singles. I enjoy coming when I have the time, so I hope you’ll keep up the good work.”
Pam responded, “I’m glad, and we like it when you come. Well, I better leave now so you can finish your work and go home.”
“Have a good evening,” Beth replied, “my work here is almost done. I’ll see you tomorrow. I enjoyed our visit.”
All of the girls on the ranch have annual physical examinations done by Unice Logan, the family nurse practitioner, who lives on the ranch and is also the veterinarian for all the horses.
While Sara was a senior in high school her mom, Yolanda, went with her for her regular physical and this time Sara asked, “Miss Logan, would you check me to see if I will be able to have babies?”
When they got home, Sara explained to her dad, Ian, “At my physical exam, Miss Logan said I would probably not be able to conceive because of what my birth dad did to me.
“Oh, Sara, I’m sorry to hear that,” stated Ian.
“Thank you, Dad,” she responded.
Sara remembered about the checkup after she moved to the city and Denji started courting her, so she brought up the topic again when she was visiting at her parents’ home and asked her dad, “I was wondering if you would tell Denji's dad in private so he could tell Denji later at home. Then Denji could decide whether he wants to continue courting me. I feel too shy and embarrassed to tell him myself.”
“I understand, Sara,” he answered, “and I’ll be glad to do it for you and let you know what I learn.”
“I appreciate you so much, Dad,” Sara stated. “I just realized that this could be a good thing for Denji and me to know if we would desire to be foster parents here on this ranch.”
Ian remarked, “Yes, and if Denji might say no, then you still know it in case you find someone else who does. We have no way of knowing ahead of time. In the mean time remember Jeremiah 29:11, For I know the thoughts I think toward you, says the LORD, thoughts of peace and not of evil to give you an expected end.”
“You’re exactly right, Dad,” she responded, “thank you for reminding me. I shouldn’t get my hopes up too soon.”
Ian talked to Afta right away and he told Denji, who replied, “It won’t be a problem for me. How do you and Mom feel about me and my wife not having any children?”
“We talked about that the other day,” Hana informed him, “and we decided that we don’t need any grandchildren.”
“And we don’t need to hope for a male one to carry on the Suehiro name. Yoshi and Sakura already have one boy so they already took care of it,” agreed Afta.
Denji smiled, “Very good, then I would still like to continue courting Sara.”
Afta quickly informed Ian who called and he told Sara. She was thankful and relieved and even let herself hope a little, because he was such a nice young man. But then she prayed again for God’s will to be done, not hers.
William and Anna Beckett, who are foster parents at the Mercy Valley Truck Farm, had been assigned two foster boys after Gary and Carlos, who had turned nineteen and had moved. After two weeks it was clear that their two new foster boys, who were eleven years old, were very unhappy about something. So they talked to each one separately and found out they didn’t like living on a farm. Each one requested to be moved to a foster home back in the city. So social services took care of it.
Then William realized they had a big decision to make and this was a good opportunity to do it.
Later, they prayed together and then talked. William began, “Father in Heaven, I ask you to do as Psalm 32:8 says, ‘I will instruct you and teach you in the way you should go. I will guide you with my eye,’ because if you guide us, then we will do the best thing.”
“Yes, Father,” Anna went on, “and thank you that even though, a man’s heart devises his way, it is the LORD who directs our steps, as I personalized Proverbs 16:9. We pray in Jesus name.”
Then they both said, “Amen,” and William asked, “How is the work here on the farm going for you, Dear?”
“I’ll have to admit,” Anna answered, “it is getting harder for me every year, but I don’t like to complain, Honey.”
“Would you feel better,” he inquired, “if I also admitted the same thing for me? In fact it is the same for me, so I think we can admit it and decide to shorten our time here on the farm.”
“How?” Anna asked, because she really didn’t have any idea how it could work.
William responded, “We could ask social services to find two boys who are seniors in high school and in need of a home for about the same amount of time as Evan and Sam. This way Evan and Sam could help with them and then all four of them could graduate from the farm at near the same time. However, they would only have that shortened time for us to teach them about Jesus and pray for him to save them and restore them.”
“Wow,” she exclaimed, “I can see you’ve been thinking and planning about this for a while!”
“Yes I have,” he agreed, “and since we both realize that we can’t do as good a job with our work here, we need to make this change. Then maybe we could move to the ranch and care for girls instead of boys. We wouldn’t have extra jobs on the ranch, so we’d have more energy to be foster parents. You could be a homemaker and mother again. And as a bonus we’d get to ride those wonderful horses more often.”
Anna inquired, “Would we have enough money to live on the ranch since there are no jobs for us there?”
“I think so,” he replied, “we’ve saved all the extra money from our wages that was not needed for rent and food since we moved to the farm. The stipend the government pays has met most of the boys’ needs. And if we need any more we could dip into the money from the sale of our house in Pine City. We invested it and it’s been earning good interest since then. We wouldn’t need you to work on the ranch, but I could do accounting jobs for companies over the web from a home office in our bedroom.”
“I like your idea my love!” Anna exclaimed. “I have enjoyed these- boys, and I’m sure I would enjoy girls also, just like I enjoyed our own Ruth and Esther.”
“Same here,” he said and then stated, “I wonder what our daughter, Ruth, and son, Jason, will think.”
Anna pondered, “Good question. We can ask them. Jason has been good with these boys.”
“Yes he has,” then William proposed, “Maybe the boys can continue to see him and his family in his own house once in a while.”
“Certainly,” and Anna suggested, “also we would also need to ask our son-in-law, Nathan, and daughter, Esther, if they have had enough time to settle into their marriage and would like their parents to be living so close to them.”
William concluded, “Of course, plus we’ll need to talk to Oscar and Vera and see if it would be satisfactory with them for us to move to the ranch and whether they think there might be a place we could live. It is all pretty complicated and uncertain.”
So William and Anna went for a horseback ride with Oscar and Vera. Afterward they asked them about their idea.
Vera exclaimed, “We would be very happy for you to move to the ranch so we could visit and ride together more often!”
“Absolutely!” Oscar declared, “since you are the first ones to ask, we’ll start with you at the top of the list for the next available opening and let you know as soon as someone moves away. All the houses here have the same furnishings.”
Vera explained, “When this was a dude ranch we liked to have all the cabins furnished the same. It made it much easier to make reservations with just a picture of the inside of one cabin. Would this be a problem for you?”
William answered, “No, we can leave our furniture in the house at the farm. Gary hopes to get married, and if he does, they can move in there when we move from the farm to this ranch. He told us he desires to move from the farm where he is presently working and raise abused boys on the Mercy Valley Farm.”
The same day, they visited with Nathan and Esther, who said they’d be thrilled to have them come live closer so they could visit more often.
Ruth and Jason were also in favor of their parents’ plan, so they had a family meeting with Sam and Evan to explain the changes to them. Then they called Gary and Carlos separately to explain it to them, so all the adopted boys were excited about being able to visit their adoptive parents on the ranch where they would also get to continue riding horses, and have a chance to see Jason and his family and his sister, Ruth, at times.
For this week’s ministry team Denji, Sara, Gary, and Kim each brought a trash bag so they could pick up trash as they walked along the paths in the park praying for the people they saw and looking for opportunities to minister. The ladies led the way and the men followed.
Pretty soon Sara and Kim started singing the hymn, “Heavenly Sunlight,” as a duet, and kept singing even as they reached down to pick up pieces of trash. One stanza in the song tells of Jesus being the light as it says in John 1:4, In him was life and the life was the light of men. Another stanza tells of walking in the sunlight of Jesus love, singing his praises.
A lady who was walking just ahead of them on the path slowed down in order to hear them better. When the song ended, she stopped, turned around and commented, “Your voices blend beautifully together and the words of the song sound so hopeful. Does it really work that way?”
“Indeed it does!” Sara exclaimed. “There’s a nice bench over there in the shade of that tree. Would you like to sit there with us so we can explain it to you?”
Kim sat on one side of the lady and Sara on the other as they took turns reading verses out of the New Testament to her, explaining them, and answering her questions. Meanwhile Gary and Denji sat on a different bench in the shade and prayed for them and the lady.
Kim read John 1:1-4, In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and The Word was God. He was in the beginning with God and all things were made by him and without him was not anything made, that was made. In him was life and the life was the light of men. Kim explained, “These verses are talking about Jesus, God’s Son, who was born the first Christmas, so he could be God and man at the same time. He did this so he could live a perfect life without ever sinning. This is the only way he could give his life to pay the penalty for all the sins men have committed. Then God raised him from the dead and he lives in Heaven.”
The lady asked, “You mean Christmas is a real happening in history, not just a fairy tale like Santa Clause is?”
“Exactly!” Sara stated, “The Bible tells how it happened in Matthew 1:18-25, and Luke 1:26-35 and 2:1-20. She handed the new testament to the lady who read those verses silently. Then Sara explained, “People need Jesus to save them from their sins because sin separates us from God.”
Kim continued, “In John 1:11,12 it says, Jesus came to his own but his own did not receive him, but as many as did receive him and believe in his name, he gave power to become the children of God.
These verses mean that people who will believe in who Jesus is and what he did can be God’s children. Jesus helps us live our lives for him now on earth, and gives us the hope of living in Heaven with him for eternity.”
“I would like to be God’s child,” the lady said, “but I don’t know how to pray. Would you help me?”
Kim replied, “I’d be glad to! You can talk to God just like you talk to us. I’ll lead you in a prayer that you can repeat after me. God in heaven, I admit that I’m a sinner … I know I can do nothing to save myself. … I confess my sins to you. Silently list the ones you can think of right now. … Please forgive me. … Thank you that Jesus was the perfect sacrifice, … because he paid for my sins by dying on the cross, … and being raised from the dead. … I believe in you, Jesus, and ask you to be my Savior. … Please help me live the way you want me to live. … Thank you, Jesus.”
At the end of the prayer, the lady smiled and exclaimed, “What a wonderful peace and joy I feel now, to be all clean and filled with hope! I’d like to hear you sing the song about Heavenly Sunlight again if you would please.”
Sara and Kim were glad to sing it again and then gave the lady a little booklet put out by the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church explaining what the lady had done and what to do next. It also explained that now she was a part of God's family, with the full assurance that since she believed in God's Son, she would have eternal life, starting now and lasting through eternity. Nothing and nobody could take her out of Jesus' hands. Her life on this earth would be different now and there are many things she would need to learn. The best place to learn these things would be in something called a "new believers small group.
There were a lot of verses printed out in the booklet and it was a good review of what Sara and Kim had told her plus the advantages of joining a new believers small group where she could get her questions answered and learn more about Jesus and the Bible. They showed her the card in the booklet that she could fill out and invited her to meet them at church, sit with them, and give the card to the pastor at the end of the service. The lady said she’d be there and went happily on her way, and the group of four rejoiced together about her salvation.
For their date afterward, the four of them found two benches in the shade where they could see but not hear each other. This way they could talk about the opinions they had written about the issues. They read all of them and talked about ones they needed to have clarified. When they finished each couple agreed they would indeed be compatible and they were very pleased. Being able to read the opinions of the other person and then ask questions was a very quick way to learn about each other.
When they had finished, Sara got very courageous and asked, “Denji, are you sure that my inability to conceive is not a problem for you?”
“I’m very sure,” he answered, “and I certainly don’t want you to worry about it, Sara.”
“Thank you, Denji. I won’t worry.” Then she made herself continue to inquire, “I just realized I should have added this to the list of issues but I’ll ask it now. Is there any chance you might consider being a foster dad to four girls who are 14 and older on Mercy Valley Ranch? Take time to think about it and even answer another day if you need to have more time.”
Denji responded, “I can answer this question right now. Yes, I would consider it, but I would have to know that my wife would desire the same thing. It wouldn't work any other way.”
“Absolutely!” Sara exclaimed, “I have a very strong desire to do it and I feel like the Lord gave me this desire. But I would need to find a husband who has the same desire. So now you know what I would like to do. I hope you know me well enough to know I am NOT trying to get you to propose. It’s too early in the dating process for a proposal, but I don’t want us to waste our time and the money you spend on dating if you could not have the same desire.”
“I’m impressed, Sara,” Denji responded, “I understand how you feel and appreciate your honesty. I see you’ve thought through this issue and for you it would be a show stopper. I’d like to talk with my parents and pray about it before I finish answering you. May I call you later this evening?”
Sara replied, “Yes, you have my cell phone number. Please call, even if you aren’t ready with an answer. You could just tell me how much more time you might need. I do not mean to rush you, so take your time.”
Her heart was racing and she hoped she wouldn't regret what she had already said, but this was a very important issue for her. She prayed silently again for God to do his will in this matter.
Sara prayed some more off and on all afternoon as she made herself do the housework she needed to do, helped fix supper and clean up the kitchen after supper. Then she started her evening devotions. She was startled when her cell phone rang and stayed in her room to answer it.
After greetings Denji shared, “My parents and I talked and prayed this afternoon. I wanted to make sure this plan would have their blessing before I answered you. They gave their blessing and even told me of their desire to also move to the ranch and care for four girls there, when enough houses are built. So now I’m all for it also. How do you feel about having my parents also living on the ranch?”
“I feel like cheering and saying ‘hurrah!” about you and your parents both!” Sara exclaimed. “I think it would be ideal. How do you feel about my foster parents also being on the ranch?”
Denji replied, “I do say ‘hurrah and hooray’ about it! So when it is the proper time for a proposal we know this won’t be a show stopper. I do think we need to give Gary and Kim a chance to catch up with us though. They need us to continue double dating with them until they know God’s will for them.”
“I agree,” said Sara “and I’m so pleased and happy about your answer. Thank you for calling to tell me. God bless you.”
Denji responded, “You’re very welcome. God bless you too!”
Sara was so happy about his answer that she got down on her knees and thanked God right then in her room.
One Friday the school bus driver sent a note with Liz to Mr. and Mrs. Yardley assuring Liz that she was not in trouble. Liz gave the note to her dad who read it aloud so all could hear. “Could I please come and talk with you? I want to know why the students from your ranch are so well behaved on the school bus.”
Vera went on, looking over his shoulder, “She gave us her phone number and some times when she would be available. So let’s pick one that works well for us also and call her right after supper, so she has time to get home and have supper also.”
She came on Saturday after they were finished cleaning up from lunch. She started by saying, “Mr. and Mrs Yardley, I’ll have to admit that I was very worried when I first heard about your plans to change this dude ranch into homes for abused girls including ones who had been in gangs. The same went for the farm down the valley.
They nodded and she went on, “But now after all these years of driving this bus route, I can see that these kids are even better behaved than many from regular families. Many of the girls trade off every day so each has a chance to sit by the window and enjoy the scenery, They all even sing nice songs, in harmony no less.”
Oscar and Vera were smiling now and she continued, “When I allow them to change seats to make friends with others, they are still great. Then when the church school kids joined the riders, they were great too and they sang such cute songs since they were younger. I don’t know why I waited so long to come here and talk to you, but I want to know, what do they have, that others and I don’t have?”
Vera responded, “We’re so glad you came to talk with us and it’s very good to hear about the good behavior of the farm and ranch students on the bus. I’ll be honest and tell you that at first they behaved because they had to promise to follow the rules, do their chores, go to school and also go to church with their parents.”
“But,” continued Oscar, “you know how following rules can get old in a hurry and rebellion can take over. That doesn’t happen with most of these kids because most of them listened carefully to their parents and a special teacher who taught them about the Bible. The Bible tells the Good News about God loving the world so much that he gave his only begotten Son, Jesus, who came to earth the first Christmas, grew up and lived a perfect life. He taught others how to live, and then willingly gave his own life to pay the penalty for all the sins people commit, if they’ll believe in him and ask him to forgive them and be their Savior.”
The bus driver remarked, “I have heard some conversations containing some of those words when a ranch or farm kid has gotten permission to sit with a different one to make friends, but I couldn’t listen very well, and pay attention to my driving and other things that might go on in the bus. But how does that make such a difference in their lives?”
Vera asked, “Would you like to hear the answer from our girls? They could tell you just as well as we can.”
“You mean they know?” she questioned. When Oscar and Vera nodded she replied, “Yes I’d like to hear their answer.”
So Oscar called the girls and briefly explained what they had already said to the bus driver and what she wanted to know.
Stella explained, ““When people realize their own problem with sin and that it can keep them from going to heaven when they die, they are motivated to pray, confessing their sins and asking God to forgive them.”
“I agree,” and Nan continued, “Then they believe in Jesus and love him because of what he did for them. They also know he now lives in them by his Spirit and will help them to live the way he taught while he was here on this earth.”
Liz admitted, “I was relieved when you told me I was not in trouble when you handed me the note for my parents, because I try with Jesus help to live a life that pleases him, since he has done so much for me.” And then she explained how Jesus had healed her hand and wrist and helped her to forgive her birth dad for what he had done to her.
Then Emma went on, “All four of us girls came from families where we were abused, but the Yardleys became our new parents and have been so merciful because they also love Jesus and serve him. May we all sing a song that tells the story about Jesus in such a beautiful way.”
“Yes, please do,” answered the bus driver.
So the girls and their parents sang together in four part harmony the song, “One Day!” The lyrics included all they had already told the bus driver plus added details about Jesus’ birth, life, death, resurrection, that he is in heaven now, and he will come again to take us home to be with him to heaven.
When they finished the bus driver requested with tears in her eyes, “I want what you all have. Would you please help me pray?”
So Vera led her in a prayer like Kim had used with the lady she and Sara had ministered to in the park. When the bus driver opened her eyes, she smiled and declared, “Now I feel the peace I’ve heard you singing about on the bus. This is wonderful! Thank you all for telling me about this and helping me to have it also.”
They all said she was very welcome and rejoiced with her. Next, Stella went to the bookcase and came back and handed her a booklet, explaining, “This booklet will review what we told you and give you some ideas of what to do next. If you have any questions when you read it please call and Mom can answer them.”
Then Liz invited her and her family to come meet them at church and sit with them and told her the time and address. The lady said they would be there. So Nan and Emma showed her the card and encouraged her to fill it out if she’d like to join a small group and learn some more.
She and her family did come to church and the rest of them also accepted Jesus at the service. Pastor Don had included a gospel teaching time since the four girls had given him a note about the family. The Yardley family all rejoiced about the new believers, and Oscar and Vera were especially pleased because it was a result of changing their dude ranch into homes for abused girls. Plus they were even more certain now that the plan to add more homes was the right thing for them to do also.
Vern was out mowing the lawn one weekend and Mindy asked, “Mom, do you remember the year I was attending the first year of high school at the public school?”
Lora answered, “Yes I remember it very well, and I’m so glad you were willing to tell us about the mean girls making fun of you because of your lack of feminine physical development.”
“I just wanted to thank you again,” Mindy stated, “for going with me to ask your doctor about it. She is a very nice doctor and I’ve enjoyed going to see her every year since then for regular checkups. The last time we went she reminded me that we can’t know for sure if I will ever develop that way.”
Lora responded, “First I want to say you’re very welcome and I enjoy going with you every year also. And now I’d like to ask, does it bother you that you can’t know?”
“Well,” Mindy hesitated, “I guess it did for a while, because I don’t think any man would want me for a wife with this problem. But I prayed about it and asked for God’s will to be done.”
Lora remarked, “I think you did the best thing anyone could do with any problem. God always knows what’s best for each of us and he has the power to make it happen also, like it mentions in Ephesians 1:19, the exceeding greatness of his power to us who believe.”
Mindy continued, “Yes he does, so I told him I’m willing to stay single and be a teacher instead of being married.”
“I agree with you,” replied Lora, “if you are also willing to be a teacher and be married to a good man who really does want you in spite of your problem. It might not be a problem then.”
Mindy shook her head, “But I never even considered there could be a man like that. It seems impossible, but I better add to my prayer, Father in Heaven, I am also willing to be a teacher and be married to a good man who would really want me in spite of my problem.”
Lora added, “I agree Father, and so we leave all of this in your more capable hands as we go on from here. We pray in Jesus name. Amen.”
Mindy added her Amen and changed the subject, “I’m thankful for the autoharp. It’s fun to learn how to play it. I found a hymnal just like our church hymnal with the chords above the treble clef and it has a spiral binding. It was at the Christian book store when Fiona and I went there with all the children yesterday, so I bought it. I’ll run and get it so you can see it.
“This is wonderful,” declared Lora, “it will lay flat and stay open so you can use both hands for the autoharp.”
“Exactly,” Mindy responded, “and the chords written there will tell me which button to push and when, because they’re right above the words they go with, in the song.”
Lora commented, “I can see that you’ve already learned a lot about the autoharp.”
“For sure,” Mindy nodded and went on, “the book that came with it has some good lessons in it also. Of course it’s a lot different from the lessons you and I did on the web some time ago to learn how to read notes so it would help us when we sang hymns from the hymnal.”
“I’m sure they are,” Lora acknowledged, “and I’m so glad we learned about the way the notes on the staffs go up or down can help us know how much the next note is higher or lower than the one we are on by the number of lines and spaces between them. It really does help me when we’re singing.”
Mindy agreed, “The same applies for me, plus it has also helped me to learn how to sing the alto harmony part for the hymns. I enjoy singing next to you and hearing how we make a duet.”
“Indeed,” and Lora nodded. “I like listening to us also, and since I’m in the middle I get to hear your dad singing the tenor part, so we make a good trio. So an added benefit for our learning is that we can do this also for our RV ministry trip meetings during the singing times.”
“Exactly!” Mindy exclaimed. “Our family is the best!”
The Iverson family were at the ranch in the summer for a Saturday horseback ride. The boys had all agreed to try taller horses this time. When they arrived Max commented, “I’ve already been riding Rusty or Brownie since I’m too big to ride Honey any longer. But I guess today I could try Boots.”
“OK, then, Max,” stated Levi, “I’ll ride Socks today. This way we will both be on the same size horses, but about six inches higher than when we ride Rusty or Brownie.”
Jack asked, “Kevin would you like to ride Coffee and I’ll ride Tea today? They’re taller than Boots and Socks.”
“Sure,” answered Kevin, “we’ll be up about six inches higher than when we ride Boots or Socks.”
Cory continued, “Then I’ll ride Dark Cocoa and be five inches higher than when I ride Princess.”
“Good choices, boys,” applauded Greg, “then Mom and I will ride Blaze and Star and we’ll be about six inches higher than when we ride Coffee and Tea.”
Oralie encouraged, “This will be a good exercise for all of us because it will stretch our abilities and we’ll feel good about trying something new to us. Plus we’ll get acquainted with different horses.”
All the horses came to greet them and each rider had to concentrate on finding and choosing the horse he had talked about riding earlier. They discovered it was difficult to not go to the ones they usually rode.
Cory observed, “You’re right, Mom, this will be good for us because we’ve gotten into a rut by riding the same horse every time.”
Everything went well as they prepared the taller horses for the ride and mounted them. They took a few moments to get used to being up higher than usual and then started the ride at a walk in the outside arena to warm up the horses. When they felt used to the different horses, they left the arena, rode along the stream, crossed it and went back down the other side.
Kevin noticed, “My feet were well above the water as we crossed Mercy Stream on the taller horses.”
“Ditto,” said Levi and Max together.
“Same here,” agreed Jack, “it’s a good benefit since we’ve gotten taller and our feet almost get wet when we ride the smaller horses.”
Oralie remarked, “I like the feeling of being up higher on this taller horse now that I’m used to it.”
“I agree,” and then Greg cheered, “Good for all of us then. We can continue riding the taller horses and enjoy them like we did the others. And this reminds me of the song, ‘As For Me and My House,’ and the scripture verse, Joshua 24:15b, as for me and my house, we will serve the LORD, because we all agree on what horses to ride and we all desire to serve the LORD.”
So they sang the song as they rode the horses at a walk back to the tack room to unsaddle and groom them before returning them to the pasture.
Roy and Sherry Foster and their identical twin girls, Joy and Hope, were talking about a new way they could do a family ministry in Pine City. They weren’t doing RV travel ministry any longer now for various reasons like the following. Joy and Hope were finished with third grade in the church school and they were being missionaries in the public school. They had found out their school work might take up much of their vacation time. Their mother needed to get a job after volunteering in the church school, and the job wouldn't include vacations for traveling. Plus the twins were getting too big to sleep together in the dinette area of the RV van they had rented from the Suehiros from time to time. Therefore the family wanted a ministry they could do together on the weekends.
While were listening to some music, Joy and Hope were smiling and clapping along with the music. Sherry put the music on pause and stated, “This song sounds just right for us!”
“For sure,” Roy agreed, “the title is ‘I’ve Been With Jesus.’ If we can learn to sing it with harmony, we wouldn’t need to carry a boom box with us for the accompaniment.”
Hope nodded, “And I really like the words in this song and how happy it sounds. It should get some people wondering and asking questions that we can answer and then tell them the Good News.”
“I agree,” Joy remarked, “and the tune sounds like it would be very easy to learn and sing in harmony.”
“You’re both right,” and Sherry continued, “someone might really ask us why we’re singing and want to know why being with Jesus made us happy.”
Roy concurred, “Right, and I especially like the line that tells them to stop and listen. I hope they will stop, listen, and think and then ask questions so we can answer them.”
The family had fun learning and practicing the song until they could sing it very well. They used many of the scripture verses they already had memorized to tell the Good News and answer many of the questions people asked. Some of the verses they used were the following.
Acts 16:31, Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you shall be saved.
John 3:36a, He who believes on Jesus, the Son, has everlasting life.
Acts 4:12, Neither is there salvation in any other, for there is no other name under heaven among men by which we can be saved.
Romans 10:9, If you shall confess with your mouth the Lord Jesus, and shall believe in your heart that God has raised him from the dead, you shall be saved.
They used this plan with good results as they went to various parks in Pine City.
Oscar asked Nathan to come see him so they could talk about some plans for the ranch. He began, “You know more houses are going to be built on the ranch for girls who are fourteen or fifteen when they are assigned. Plus, girls who are fourteen will replace the girls who will graduate from the ranch. In addition, the younger girls on Mercy Valley Ranch have grown larger, and aren’t needing the smaller horses. So we need to talk about the best way to meet the needs of all the girls on the ranch with horses that don’t trot, but aren’t too tall or too small.
“Yes,” responded Nathan, “Esther and I were conversing about those very things just the other day.”
“So let’s pray first,” and Oscar prayed, “Father in Heaven, you know the best ways to meet all these needs, so please guide us as we talk about it. We pray in Jesus name. Amen.”
Nathan added his amen and stated, “The buckskin horses aren’t being ridden very much except when you and I make that effort, but we’d both rather ride the Morgans.”
“Right,” Oscar agreed, “so we should probably sell the buckskins and Dappled to a working cattle ranch where they can be used as they were trained and are meant to work. Also, since Spots is the oldest horse on the ranch, he should be sold to a good home where he wouldn’t have to work as much as he does here. Maybe we can get another pinto to replace him.
Nathan concurred, “Yes, and maybe we could keep the Morgans for us and others to ride now and then and for teaching the girls and boys how to post the trot during the time they are still on the farm or ranch after they graduate from high school. Besides the Morgans work very well together pulling the drag in the pasture while Esther and I ride them. Esther stays on the inside of each turn and I post the trot while the other one trots around the outside of each turn.”
“Yes,” and Oscar added, “and maybe we could replace the ones we sell with smaller Tennessee Walking Horses and Kentucky Mountain Horses that have been abused, but rehabilitated.
“Definitely,” and Nathan went on, “I can start restoring abused 14 to 15 hand horses, one or two at a time. Esther said she can help me after I train her some more, since she doesn’t need to volunteer at the school now that the girls are out of third grade. And our girls can help with gentle talking and handling of the new horses.
Oscar remarked, “It sounds like a good idea to me, and when the smallest horses can no longer be used here, they could be sold to families who will be taught first how to take good care of them.”
“Certainly,” Nathan stressed, “and they can also be replaced with medium sized, abused horses that my family and I will gentle and rehabilitate.”
Oscar nodded, “Yes, it worked so well when you rehabilitated Honey. She’s been a very good horse for the little girls, but most of them will soon be too big for her. We’ll need to find a very special home for such a special little horse!
“For sure!” Nathan exclaimed. “I wish we could think of a way to keep her, but she wouldn’t get much use here and I think she’d rather be ridden. And as a matter of fact there are times when our girls and the quadruplets have been choosing taller horses.”
Oscar stated, “I don’t blame them. I do think we should keep Boots and Socks, the two horses that are 12.2 hands tall, because they would be useful for the new girls who are fourteen and might be afraid of the taller horses. The new ones will be arriving every year or so as the older ones turn nineteen and go out to make their own livings.
“Indeed,” agreed Nathan, “and Boots and Socks will still be a good size for some of the smaller teenagers we still have here on the ranch.
“I agree,” and Oscar calculated, “So if we sell eight of our twenty-one horses and you rehabilitate seventeen others, we’ll have thirty horses here on the ranch that can all be ridden at the same time. Our pastures are good enough and big enough to provide for the extra horses. We just won’t have as much hay to sell to others, but we don’t need the income.”
“Right!” Nathan exclaimed, “what a fast calculation and right in your head too! Many people could only figure it out with a calculator.
This gave them both a good laugh, before Oscar suggested, “I think Vera should be the one to name all the new horses, because she’s so good at it and I know she enjoys doing it.”
“Absolutely!” Nathan declared and then continued, “Later, we’ll have to figure out a new schedule to include the new herd size of thirty and the ten extra families. Five families will be able to ride at the same time this way. In addition, no horse would have to be left out if two people would ride the Morgans.
“Precisely,” Oscar noted, “and since the contracting company will build a larger tack room and put up places to tie eighteen horses for brushing and saddling, all five families can be working on the horses at the same time instead of having to wait for the others to get out of the way.
“Perfect,” declared Nathan, “I guess some families will have to eat a meal early before riding, or wait until after their ride to eat, but they can work that out on their own.”
“Exactly,” Oscar concurred, “and they’ll also need to work out times for Karen's classes.”
“Indeed,” and then Nathan realized, “The horses won’t get much of a rest on weekends except while they get to eat and drink and rest for an hour at noon, and then as they are being readied for the next rides.”
“Undeniably,” Oscar admitted, “but it won’t hurt them, because they are strong, capable horses, and they like being with people. But we will need to find a way to help our vet, Unice, with the extra horses.”
“Very true,” Nathan nodded. “I can ask Esther if she would have time to check some of the more simple things on the horses as we’re working with the new ones and maybe when we and our girls ride some of the others. I’ll let you know what she says. Ted can help me keep the platform well maintained for short people who want to ride taller horses, or for older people to mount and dismount more easily so they can continue to ride as they get older. Those people will use the first tack room near the platform.”
“Positively,” Oscar declared smiling, “I like this idea a lot, since Vera and I will be two of those older people who will desire to keep riding as long as we can!”
“Great!” Then Nathan suggested, “We’ll also need to find ways to help our farrier so he doesn’t get overworked.”
“Correct,” agreed Oscar, “I’ll go talk to him today and see what we can work out. I could raise his wages to include the nine extra horses, and maybe he could get some of his other clients to bring their horses here for their hoof care instead of him having to travel to them.”
“Exactly,” Nathan stated, “it would save him a lot of time. We could set up a corral near the place where he works and I could bring a horse or two for him to work on when they need it.”
“By all means,” and Oscar went on, “and that would also work for the ones his other clients would bring here. In fact we could have Ted help us build a room with a covered area connected to it to give him a place for his tools and a shaded area in which to work on the horses’ feet.”
Nathan concluded, “Sure, it would be easy to build, and it would be sure to make his work go better for him. It all sounds like we have good plans. I’ll start looking for abused horses, and Esther and I will begin rehabilitating them as soon as possible. But we’ll start with just one first, so Esther will feel better trained.”
“Excellent! Oscar declared. “I’m glad we had this talk. Everything will work out, even if it takes some time to get it all done.”
They quoted together, “Psalm 121:2 My help comes from the LORD who made heaven and earth.”
When he got home Nathan informed Esther, “Oscar and I had a long talk about the trotting horses and the little horses on the ranch. We agreed that it would be good to keep the Morgans, but sell the other trotters, and to sell Princess and the smallest horses, but keep Boots and Socks for small teenagers and especially for the new girls who might be afraid of the taller horses at first. He also mentioned that we should sell Spots because he’s the oldest horse on the ranch and should go to a family who won’t work him as hard.”
“Wonderful!” Esther exclaimed, “I’m glad there’s a plan in progress to meet the needs of the girls and the horses. But I’m sure a lot of people will hate to see Honey sold! She’s so sweet.”
“I agree, Darling,” said Nathan, “but we couldn’t think of a way to keep her and be able to use her. She wouldn’t like not being ridden, and it wouldn't be good for her either.”
Esther admitted, “I know, and everyone will just have to grow up and accept the changes they might not like.”
“I agree,” and Nathan continued, “I also told Oscar I’d ask you if you would have time to help Unice as the herd size increases from twenty-one to thirty horses.”
“Sure,” she answered, “we can figure out a way to make it work and it can be included in the wages we’re already earning since we don’t need any extra money. When the time comes, I’ll talk to Unice and see if she will teach me how to do the easy things and report to her about them, so it will save her some time.”
This week for their dates before the small group Denji, Sara, Gary, and Kim ate supper at their own homes and then went to a craft store to buy a kite kit for each couple so they could work on them after their next ministry time in the park. They had fun looking at all the options in separate isles and each couple chose one they both liked.
Gary remarked, “I never knew there were so many sizes, shapes, and colors to choose from.
“Neither did I,” Kim agreed. “I’ve never made or flown a kite before, but I think it will be fun. Which shape do you like?”
Gary answered, “This bird shape is nice and it says it’s a beginner’s kit, which might be good for us. Which colors do you like for a kite?”
“I think,” she replied, “yellow or red would be easy to see against the sky and I like the bird shape also. The package says we need to have permanent markers to decorate the kite.”
Over in the next isle Denji mentioned, “My parents helped me fly a kite once when I was very young. Have you had experience?”
Sara explained, “No, I’ve never flown a kite before, let alone made one, so maybe a beginner’s kit would work best.”
“I agree,” said Denji nodding, “This diamond shaped one looks pretty easy and we can decorate it with permanent markers.”
“Good idea,” Sara agreed, “let’s go choose some colors we both like.”
Then they found a place in the store where they could read and check the contents to see if everything was included or if they needed to buy anything else to go with the kit. They found the needed items and went to pay for their purchases. The ladies were able to convince the men that they would like to pay for these things since it had been their idea this time.
At the small group meeting during praise time, Sara and Kim took turns praising God for the lady who had accepted Jesus in the park and how it had happened. She did meet Kim and Sara at the church that weekend and would be in a new believers small group soon, where she could get her questions answered and learn about how to live for Jesus.
The singing and teaching time in the small group was enjoyable and uplifting. One of the songs they sang was, “My Father Planned It All.” Some of the lyrics tell of singing in the sunshine or shade and how much it helps to know that our lives are planned by our Father as we live here on earth and look forward to the day we will be in Heaven with him. One scripture verse that goes with this song is Psalm 37:23, The steps of a good man are ordered by the LORD, and he delights in his way.
Then during the prayer time, the four of them prayed for ongoing help and guidance as they continued their four member ministry team. Refreshments were delicious and it was nice to have time to get acquainted with a few of the group members, who were all nice and were glad to welcome these four people to their group.
The O’Connor, Anderson, Evans, and Clay families were having a big dinner at the Anderson house. It was the only house big enough to hold all of them. Besides, this way they didn’t have to pack up and move four of the young ones, because they were already home. It was like a pot luck with each family providing three or four dishes so no family had to do all the work.
After they all finished eating and the dishes were cleaned up, each person brought the chair used for eating and met in the dining and living area of the great room to visit. Every adult had been asked to be ready to give an update on his or her life including the title of a hymn or song and/or a scripture verse, beginning with the oldest and going to the youngest.
So Walt Evans was first. “My construction company is very busy building homes in a new subdivision and it looks like we might be there for several years. Apart from my job, I enjoy the Andersons, who are my ‘adopted son, daughter, and grandchildren,’ every chance I get. Parts of Psalm 23 go very well with my abundant life. The LORD is my shepherd, I shall not want… He leads me in the paths of righteousness for his name’s sake… my cup runs over. Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life, and I will dwell in the house of the LORD forever.”
Betty Evans was next. “I feel the same about the Andersons, and I thank God for his help in my After School Project. I still have the original ten children coming plus two others every afternoon after school. They enjoy many activities and listen to Bible stories. Some of them have accepted Jesus and they are good role models for the rest. A song that has helped me a lot is ‘Not to Us O LORD.’ I sing it when I’m getting ready for the group. It goes with Psalm 115:1, Not to us, O LORD, not to us, but to your name give glory, for your mercy and for your truth's sake.”
Patrick O’Connor stated, “I can say that I’m getting used to the empty nest since both our children, Fiona and Riley, are now married. My job at The Garden Shop is very good, and I’m blessed with four grandchildren in one family and another in the second family. A good verse for me is Proverbs 17:6a, Children's children are the crown of old men.”
Glenda O’Connor chuckled, “My life is the same as my husband’s except for his job and I change the scripture to women. Plus I say the same as Betty did about my After School project. It’s very good to have a ministry like this every day. I like Psalm 103:17. The mercy of the LORD is from everlasting to everlasting upon those who fear him, and his righteousness unto children’s children.”
Ernest Clay remarked, “It’s interesting to see how we older adults are similar in so many ways. I like my work at The Garden Shop and now it looks like I will need to get used to an empty nest also. Ben will tell you why. I like having Amelia bring our very first grandchild, Mark, with her when she comes to work. This way we get to enjoy them both. I’m glad she can still work with us at The Garden Shop. One song I like is “Sweeter as the Years Go By.”
Connie Clay nodded all the way through what Ernest said and then observed, “My life is very much like my husband’s and we both feel very blessed. Every verse and the chorus of “Still Sweeter Every Day” is my praise to Jesus and the testimony of my life.” She read the lyrics to them, which say how wonderful Jesus is and he is better than any of the beauty of creation. He helps when burdens and sorrows come and even in heaven he will be sweeter than he ever was before.
Matt Anderson stated, “I’m glad I get to work near my ‘adopted’ dad building homes in the new subdivision. I often run over to the house his crew is building and eat my lunch with him. I like having him and Betty and Fiona’s parents, the O’Connors, come to visit at our home often. My wife, Fiona, and my children, Johnny, Patrick, Grace, and Faith, give me much joy. Proverbs 18:22 says, Whoever finds a wife finds a good thing, and obtains favor of the LORD, and Psalm 127:3a says, children are a heritage of the LORD.
Fiona Anderson reflected, “My life has been full of love, learning, and joy in the home of my parents with my brother, my first job with the Clays, then two years of helping Great Aunt Cara. It was a bonus to be able to go back to work with the Clays when I returned. And these years with my wonderful husband, Matt, and our four precious children continue to fill my life with love, learning, and joy. A scripture verse I like to personalize is 1 Thessalonians 3:9, “I can render many thanks to God for all of you, for all the joy I have because of you before our God.” She motioned with her hand to include everyone.
Riley O’Connor continued, “I agree with my sister, Fiona, about our home and parents who brought us up to know and honor God. I’m thankful for them, a good job with an outstanding company, and for my wonderful wife, Amelia, and our first precious child, Mark. I pray we can raise our children to go God’s way also, as it says in Ephesians 6:4b bring them up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord.”
Amelia O’Connor explained, “My brother, Ben, told me to go next after my husband even though Ben is older than I am. I’m thankful for godly parents who raised Ben and me the right way also, and for my good job in their Garden Shop, and for my superb husband, Riley, and for our sweet son, Mark, who’s growing just like he should. I like 2 Timothy 3:14,15, But continue in the things you have learned and have been assured of, knowing of whom you have learned them, and that from a child you have known the holy scriptures, which are able to make you wise unto salvation through faith in Christ Jesus. Plus I pray the same prayer Riley prayed.”
Ben Clay concluded, “I’m so thankful I can be here today with all these married couples and tell you all that I do think I’m getting closer to being able to find a wife for myself since it looks like my company, The Master’s Builders, will continue to do well. I’m glad for my parents and sister and for our training, for their encouragement as I reach for my goals, and for the education at the trade school and with Matt and Walt while I was on the job, and for Walt’s good recommendation which I’m sure helped me get my contract for the building project at Mercy Valley Ranch. I’ll be living in a four-season travel trailer on the ranch while my crew and I work there building an addition onto a small cabin, five two-story houses, which will make room for ten more families caring for foster children, and another tack room. That’s why my parents will have an empty nest. I’ll miss them also and I’m grateful for all the extra time I got to live at home with them. My verse is Psalm 127:1a, Except the LORD build the house, they labor in vain that build it.”
Nathan and Esther had started right away looking for an abused horse they could rehabilitate for the ranch. As they looked they remembered Proverbs 12:10, A righteous man regards the life of his beast, but the tender mercies of the wicked are cruel. They researched the types of abuse, horses might have and ways to gain back their trust and retrain them to be useful again.
Then they made phone calls to the equine rescue and the humane societies to see if they had an abused horse up for adoption. They finally found one and had to travel with the horse trailer to another city to bring the horse back to the ranch.
The first abused horse they obtained was named Pepper because of his coloring, but Esther later thought it should have been because of his bucking. The people who had him before didn’t tell the humane society much about him. When Nathan and Esther finally got him settled down enough to put a saddle on him, he would buck and buck every day until they could catch him and take it off.
Finally they had Unice, the ranch vet, come check him out. She found a place on his back where there was a nerve that hurt the horse when any pressure was on it.
“The poor horse!” Unice exclaimed. “No wonder he bucks and tries to get the saddle off his back. I don’t know of any way to fix a problem like this.”
Nathan suggested, “Maybe a rodeo could use him. At least the saddle and rider wouldn’t be on for very long at a time, and he could still be useful.”
“Well,” Esther contemplated, “I feel sorry for him. It wouldn't be a very nice life for him, but I don’t know anyone who would just like to keep, feed, and care for him without being able to ride him.”
Unice nodded, “I agree, and if the rodeo people would understand his problem and keep the saddle off until just before the rider got on, it would sure give the audience a show, but maybe it would be considered cruelty to animals. I don’t know what they do to make their other horses continue to buck like they do. It might be just as bad.”
“Well,” Nathan hesitated, “I'll see what I can find out. And from now on, we’d like to have you come along with us to check any future abused horses so we don’t end up with another problem we can’t fix.”
Unice responded, “Of course! I’ll be glad to accompany you. The other lady on the ranch can take over the health care jobs while I’m gone.”
Nathan and Esther made arrangements to take the horse back to the humane society and brought back another in its place after Unice had checked it over for any physical problems.
Ben shopped on line for a four-season travel trailer about twenty-five feet long with no slide outs, containing one private bedroom, a dinette area, a couch with room for a desk, and a good-sized bathroom. He needed it to be light enough for his pickup to tow it up to the ranch, and later to a piece of property with a view of the mountains where he could build a house. He would save money to eventually build a house. And because he was planning to get married, he wanted the trailer to be big enough for two people to live in comfortably in the meantime.
From time to time he would have his parents look at an entry he found on the web, and they would talk about its pros and cons. One day they found one that met all his requirements.
It was being sold by its owner and was right in Pine City. So the three of them went to look at it, wondering why the price was so low.
When they got there the owner explained, “This front corner by the bedroom was run into at a campground, and I don’t know how to fix it. Besides, my wife and I have decided to quit traveling. Everything else on, and in the trailer is in good shape and everything is working.”
Ernest quietly told Ben, “I can help you fix the damage.”
After looking at the outside Ben asked, “May we see the inside of the trailer now?”
“Of course,” answered the owner, “it’s unlocked and the steps are already down.”
He went inside with them and explained how things worked and answered all their questions. Then he stated, “Since we’re no longer going to travel, we’re selling it with all the linens, cooking pans and utensils, silverware, and other travel equipment, at no extra cost. We bought it new and have only used it two years.”
Then he opened all the cupboards and showed them the equipment which appeared to be in great shape.
He continued, “This drawer contains all the owners manuals for the trailer and its appliances. Like I said, everything works well.”
Then he demonstrated how the air conditioner and furnace and range top and oven worked, flushed the toilet, ran hot water in the shower, opened the refrigerator and explained how to set the temperature.
“Will you take a personal check,” asked Ben, “or would you rather have cash?”
The owner replied, “I’ve seen you people at church the past few months, so I’ll trust you for the check, and I’ll even knock off another hundred dollars since it has no slide out and you didn’t even complain about that fact.”
Ben explained, “You don’t need to do that, sir. One of my requirements is for the trailer to not have a slide out, so I can’t accept that hundred dollars.”
“Thanks for being so honest,” he responded and then suggested, “Then if you don’t know how to dump the holding tanks or hook up the trailer to your pickup, I’ll be glad to teach you.”
“Perfect!” Ben exclaimed, “it’s exactly what I need to learn! Thank you very much. So I’ll write you a check and you can transfer the title to me and I’ll go buy a new license plate to put on it. Would you teach me when I come back with the plate?”
“Gladly,” answered the owner, “the office won’t be open until Monday, so can I expect you that evening?”
“Yes,” replied Ben, “I’ll plan to be here then.”
Everything went as planned and Ben was able to tow the trailer to the ranch and get it leveled and set up there. He was very pleased with it and looked forward to living in it. Later he would pack the clothes and anything else he would need so he would be ready to move when it was time to start building on the ranch.
Denji, Sara, Gary and Kim left the new kite kits in the vehicle while they walked and prayed during the time for their ministry team in a different park than last time. This park had fewer trees and no electric wires close by to interfere with flying the kites.
As they were walking, looking, and praying, they noticed some picnic tables where they could work on their kites later.
The men walked behind the ladies as usual. Soon they saw some young boys trying to go across the horizontal ladder in the fitness course, so they went to watch and ask if they wanted some help. But first they had checked with the parents to see if it would be okay with them. After about fifteen minutes with the men’s help, the boys got better at it, but now they were tired so they stopped.
There was no opportunity to talk, so the team continued on around the park and then retrieved the kite kits out of the vehicle. They took them to two separate tables they had noticed earlier and Denji took out the directions.
Denji remarked, “My dad taught me it’s always best to read all the directions first and then follow them in order.”
“My parents taught me the same thing,” Sara stated, “it saves a lot of time in the long run.” It was nice to be in agreement even about something as simple as making a kite.
At the other table Gary and Kim were coloring the kite pieces with the permanent markers. Then as the pieces dried they read the directions for putting it together.
Kim mentioned, “If we do this in the order described here it doesn’t look too hard.”
“Right,” agreed Gary, “these directions are well written. I notice it does say to color it last, but it seemed easier to do it first.”
“I agree,” Kim replied, “we’ll see how it goes doing it this way.”
Later Gary observed, “now that it’s together, I see that for this project it worked well to color the pieces first.”
“I’m glad,” Kim declared, “and it looks very nice. There’s a nice breeze blowing now so we can see how well it will fly.”
By now Denji and Sara had theirs finished also, so the four of them went to the middle of the park and flew their new kites. They did fly well and they enjoyed taking turns.
When they were sufficiently tired, they pulled in the kites and rested on a couple benches where they could talk.
Gary finally had decided he better talk seriously to Kim about his problem, plans, and desires. So he shared, “Kim, I should have told you this when we talked about issues, but I was embarrassed. My doctor told me at my last physical that I would not be able to father a child naturally, but that I could adopt or be a foster dad. How do you feel about this?”
“I appreciate your honesty,” Kim responded. “Actually, I feel relieved, because I’d rather not go through the pain and risks involved with childbirth. Adoption or being a foster mom are better possibilities in my opinion.”
Gary continued, “Thank you, Kim. Now I need to explain to you a desire I’ve had for several years. William and Anna Beckett were such good foster parents to us four boys that I have wanted to do the same thing with my life. But I need to find a wife who will desire this also. So I’ll ask you an important question. Would you consider being a foster mom to four boys on The Mercy Valley Farm?
Kim answered, “I will consider it, but I have to admit that I worry about being able to be a good mom. My birth mother was not a good model, but my foster mother is a great one. In addition, I know nothing about boys, especially teenagers.”
Gary suggested, “I could teach you what I learned from living with three other teenage boys, and from my very good foster parents on the farm, plus there are other mothers on the farm who will be glad to answer any questions you might have.”
“Those are good ideas,” responded Kim, “so I’ll pray for God to remove my worries and make me into a good mom.”
“Thank you, Kim,” said Gary sincerely, “and I’ll pray the same thing for you. And we will remember Mark 10:27b, with God, all things are possible, as we pray. It looks like Denji and Sara are getting ready to leave. Shall we go join them?”
Kim nodded and thanked him for his prayers as they rose to leave. She was thinking that he was so sincere and knew what he wanted to do. He was also easy to talk to, and both of those were good traits.
Karen Spencer, the Bible teacher for the girls on the Mercy Valley Ranch, and William Beckett, who taught the boys on Mercy Valley Farm, decided it was time for another lesson out of Proverbs. Karen began, “Let’s take another look at some Proverbs today and maybe find some other verses to go with them. Our topic today is to obey your father and mother. Of course this means the ones here on the ranch. Also remember that King Solomon who wrote most of Proverbs was speaking to his son much of the time. Find Proverbs 6:20-23 and read it with me.”
My son, keep your father’s commandment, and do not forsake the law of your mother. Bind them always on your heart, and tie them
around your neck. When you go they shall lead you. When you sleep, they shall keep you, and when you wake they shall talk with you.
Christi asked, “Does it mean to actually tie them around your neck? I think doing it would be embarrassing.”
“I agree,” Karen answered, “there’s no need to give mean people a reason to make fun of you. I think it is like a figure of speech that means to remember and think about them.”
Emma suggested, “Then they won’t really talk with you either. You would just think about them?”
Karen nodded in agreement, and they went on to read the next verses aloud together. Proverbs 7:1-3, My son, keep my words and lay up my commandments with you. Keep my commandments and live, and my law as the apple of your eye. Bind them on your fingers, write them on the tablet of your heart.
Liz mentioned, “I heard somewhere that ‘the apple of the eye’ is the pupil, but the phrase has come to mean something cherished.”
“Right,” Hanna agreed, “also we won’t literally bind God’s laws on our fingers, but we will keep them in our minds and obey them.”
Everyone nodded, and Karen asked a girl to read Proverbs 4:10, Hear, O my son, and receive my sayings, and the years of your life shall be many.
Stella commented, “This verse has a nice promise, but it’s conditional. The person has to listen and do first.”
“Exactly,” said Karen and asked another girl to read Proverbs 5:1,2, My son, attend to my wisdom, and bow your ear to my understanding, so you may regard discretion, and your lips may have knowledge.
Ellie remarked, “This is another verse where you have to do one thing to have the other one happen.”
Next a different girl read Ephesians 6:1-3, Children, obey your parents in the Lord, for this is right. Honor your father and mother, which is the first commandment with promise, that it may be well with you and you may live long on the earth.
Nan remembered, “That’s one of the Ten Commandments and it also has a good conditional promise. I noticed two of the verses talk about living longer.”
“Good comments, girls,” Karen commended, “now please find Psalm 19. Lets close by reading verses 7-11. As we read, notice how well they go with the verses we read in Proverbs.”
The law of the LORD is perfect, converting the soul, the testimony of the LORD is sure, making the simple wise. The statutes of the LORD are right, rejoicing the heart. The commandment of the LORD is pure, enlightening the eyes. The fear of the LORD is clean, enduring forever, the judgments of the LORD are true and altogether righteous. They are to be desired more than gold, even much fine gold. They are sweeter than honey and the honeycomb. Moreover your servant is warned by them and there is great reward in keeping them.
Lisa expressed what many were thinking, “The verses we just finished are a good summary and addition to the ones in Proverbs, and they’re talking about the LORD’s commands and words, not just the father who told those things to his son.”
They all nodded emphatically and thanked Karen for the good lesson.
The second horse Nathan and Esther brought home to the ranch looked to be very thin from malnutrition and neglect. But Unice assured them it seemed to be his only problem. The fee they had paid for the first horse was transferred to the second one after Unice had explained Pepper’s problem when they returned him.
Esther had helped Nathan relocate the portable paddock to a fresh place in a pasture away from the other horses before they went to pick up the new horse. This would be a time of quarantine away from the other horses so disease wouldn’t be spread if it existed. Plus it made a special diet easier to add to the pasture grass. Unice would check the horse every day during this time.
Oscar and Vera came to the paddock see the new arrival. Vera remarked, “He will be just right to take the place of Dappled, when he gets sold to a cattle ranch. I like his darker gray color and when he recovers from malnutrition, his dark gray dappled coat with black legs, mane, and tail will look so much better. I’d like to name him, Dapplie.”
“I like that name,” Oscar commented, “it seems to fit him well. These papers they gave you say he is a Tennessee Walking Horse, but is not registered, he is about five years old, and stands about 14.2 hands tall.”
Esther continued, “Yes, Dapplie is a good name for him. It will be great to see him improve with the love, care, and good food we can give him.”
“Exactly,” agreed Nathan, “this will be a rewarding project with visible results.”
Oscar mentioned, “I've decided we don't need registered horses now that we aren’t a dude ranch any longer. This will be a less expensive way to replace the horses we sell and get the extra ones we need for the additional girls and their foster parents.”
“Indeed,” added Vera, “and it’s only important that they have good, comfortable gaits, be trainable, gentle, and be the right sizes between 14 and 15 hands tall.”
“Precisely,” Esther nodded, “I was able to ride him before we signed the papers, and we know his gaits are good.”
Nathan went on, “When he gets strong again from this good diet, we can begin with the gentling and training.”
At least Dapplie wasn’t afraid of people like Honey had been at first. He welcomed their attention and enjoyed being carefully groomed. They took turns being with the horse alone as well as working together. After a week or two, their girls joined them in the paddock to help him get used to other people.
Esther took notes as Nathan trained Dapplie to be gentle and not afraid of things like leaves or material flapping in the breeze, and to stand still while being groomed and to lift his feet to be checked. After three weeks of the good diet he looked great. Unice said he was in good shape. So they put him in the pasture with the other horses and he followed them as they went to greet people when they came to the pasture. Esther or Nathan continued his training every time they rode horses with their girls.
Chapter 3
Luke 4:8b, You shall worship the LORD your God,
and him only shall you serve.
During the summer, a church mom was staying at home while her husband worked, so she could care for two abused teenage foster girls during the day. He helped when he got home from work. She did home schooling for the girls because they had both had behavioral problems in their schools.
A non-believing neighbor with an infant in a stroller came to the door one day to ask if they wanted to join her for a walk, so the three of them went with her.
The second time after they had walked with her she invited, “Would you like to come in my house and have some coffee, tea, or soda pop?”
“Thank you,” said the mom, “it sounds delicious.”
They all enjoyed visiting while they drank the beverages.
The next time, the mom invited the neighbor into her home. They continued to visit this way back and forth for many weeks.
In a few more weeks the teenage girls accepted Jesus as their Savior. Then they and their mom witnessed to the neighbor. When she believed they asked other moms with infants to join their group. These moms also learned about Jesus and accepted him as their Savior. They all started attending the church with the first woman and her family and all the ladies got together once a week for a small group meeting where they encouraged each other.
During one of the meetings they sang the hymn, “Oh, He’s a Wonderful Savior,” and read the verses that go so well with it, Philippians 2:7,8, Jesus made himself of no reputation, but took on himself the form of a servant, and was made like men, … and he humbled himself and became obedient to death, even the death of the cross.
They talked about what the verses meant and then about ways they could live their lives so their husbands would see the positive changes Jesus was making in their lives and want to have him in their lives also. Before long the husbands of those ladies also became believers and the families were attending church and small group meetings for new believers.
This week Denji, Sara, Gary and Kim’s date was a delicious supper at Ami’s Japanese Restaurant in the garden area.
Sara got to meet some of Denji’s extended family. Aneko came to greet and meet all of them and welcome them to the restaurant. She left them with menus and water. Later she came back with Jenny, the foster girl in the family, who helped bring the tea and took their orders.
The two couples were sitting at two separate tables so Gary and Kim had lots of time to talk. Gary mentioned, “I was talking to my dad, William, on the phone and asked him if the farm was changing to age fourteen for replacement children like the ranch is doing. He said that they weren’t, so maybe we could take care of younger boys and we could get used to being parents before they would be teenagers.”
“I think,” replied Kim, “this would help me to not worry as much. We aren’t very much older than the ones who would be fourteen and fifteen, and they might not respect such young ‘parents’ very much.”
Gary nodded, “You made a good point, Kim. I agree and I think boys, especially need to be able to respect their parents. So let’s pray separately and together about what ages would be best for us to request when we would be ready.”
“Very good,” Kim responded and their meals were delivered. They met Yoshi, Aneko’s brother, when he delivered their meals. Then Yoshi told them about Aneko’s husband, Kosuke, and how Aneko was helping her parents with their foster daughter.
When he left, Kim asked, “What’s the work like on the farm?”
Gary answered, “The men’s work is hard, but I really enjoy all of it. Farming is very rewarding work. We take fields that have rested through the winter, plow them with tractors to break up the soil and mix in compost and other natural fertilizer and plow some more. The boys on the ranch help pick up rocks and put them in a front loader. When the field is ready, we make it have the right grade and mark it with rows for the irrigation water to run in and then we plant the crops. It takes a lot of work for each field. I’m always amazed and thankful when the new green plants come up and start growing! Then we have to keep the weeds out and for some fields we need to thin some of the plants. Harvest comes at different times for each crop. Plus each crop has sequenced sections planted at intervals so it doesn’t ripen all at once. It includes a lot of joyful work also because this is the reward for all the other work.”
“Thank you, Gary,” said Kim, “when we went to the farm on alternate weekends I got to see some of the progress, but I never knew it was so involved. I can tell you really do enjoy the work. I wonder if there would be a job for me to do on the farm, and if so, what would it be like?”
Gary responded, “My mom, whose name is Anna, would be able to explain it to you much better than I could, because I was always busy outside while they worked inside to prepare the harvest for delivery to the markets and stores. If you’d like to sometime, we could visit them on the farm and she can tell you all about it.”
“I would like to visit,” Kim agreed, “if we can figure out a time that is good for them and when Denji and Sara could drop you and me off there while they go to the ranch.”
Gary nodded. “Let’s plan on doing this soon. We can talk to Denji and Sara about it after the small group meeting and I’ll find a good time for my parents.”
Just then Yoshi brought their dessert of cookies and explained, “My mom and dad, Ami and Tomo, changed the name of their fortune cookies to Scripture cookies. You’ll see why when you look inside. Thank you for coming to our restaurant and we hope you’ll come again sometime soon.”
The couples thanked him, opened and read their scriptures, and enjoyed the cookies. The scriptures in these cookies were all chosen to encourage believers. Then they went to their small group which was as good as it usually was.
As they were driving the ladies to their home, Gary asked Denji about the plan to take Kim to visit his parents, and Denji said they’d work it out as soon as Gary got a time that was good for his parents for visit.
When Sara and Kim got inside their apartment, Kim told Sara the things Gary had said about being able to ask for younger boys on the farm instead of teenagers. She concluded, “I’m beginning to feel better about it.”
Maria and Tony Valdez still thoroughly enjoyed being married as they faithfully continued to serve God in their lives together especially by ministering to children in the park.
Tony mentioned one day, “I was trying to think of some songs and Scripture verses we could use with some of the stories we read to the children.”
“Maybe,” suggested Maria, “we could look on the web and get some help that way.”
Tony agreed, “I think so too, if you’ll help me since you’re so much better on the computer than I am.”
“I’ll be very glad to help,” Maria responded. “I’ll bring some of the big books and flannel stories. Then I can type in a topic and the word scripture or lyrics and see what comes up.”
First they found “He’s Got the Whole World In His Hands” to go with verses in Genesis 1 and their book about God creating the world.
Other songs and scriptures they found for other stories were:
“One Door and Only One” John 14:6, “Jesus said, I am the way, the truth and the life. No one comes to the Father except by me.”
“Stop, and Let Me Tell You,” 1 John 1:9, “If we confess our sins, God is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.”
“Jesus Loves Me” John 3:16, For God so loved the world, that he gave his only Son, that whoever believes in him should not perish but have everlasting life.
“Jesus Loves Even ME” 1 John 4:19, “We love him because he first loved us.”
“The Good Shepherd,” In John 10:11 Jesus said “I am the good shepherd, the good shepherd gives his life for the sheep.”
“Wow!” Tony exclaimed, “we found quite a few already! It will give us a good start to see if hearing the music will bring some children over to our booth in the park and the scriptures are all good ones.”
During their next four member team ministry time in the park, Gary and Denji had the opportunity to tell the Good News to an older man who was sitting on a bench looking very despondent. First they alerted the ladies, “We’re going to go back to that bench and talk to the man sitting there,” said Gary.
Kim replied, “Very good, we’ll sit on this bench near there and pray for you as you minister to him.”
As soon as they were settled, Gary and Denji built rapport with the man by listening to his problem. Then they shared how Jesus could help him with the problem. One verse they used was Psalm 37:5, Commit your way to the LORD, trust also in him, and he shall bring it to pass. Besides that help, Jesus would assist him the rest of his life, and give him eternal life. All the while they were talking with the man, Kim and Sara were praying for them to have the best words, and that the man would accept Jesus.
The man did ask Jesus to be his Savior and promised to meet the men at church on the weekend. After he left, the four member team had a wonderful time rejoicing and praising God.
Next, Denji and Sara dropped Gary and Kim off at the farm where Kim got all her questions answered and learned how the women worked on the farm.
Anna confided, “Kim, the work here is interesting and actually fun, but I’m getting too old to be able to do a good job anymore. My feet get tired and hurt by the end of the day. But since you are young and in good physical condition from your years on the ranch, it should be no problem for you.”
“Thank you, Anna,” responded Kim, “it does sound like a job I could enjoy even more than my work at the Discount Mart, if God does lead Gary and me to this farm.”
Denji and Sara had a great time with her family at the ranch on a horseback ride and then planning a picnic supper for a date that would follow a ministry time.
Sara explained, “We would like to have a double date here sometime this fall before it gets too cold.
Denji continued, “It would be fun to hike to Lavender Falls and eat a picnic supper there. My parents would accompany us and Gary said his mom would like to go also.”
“Perfect planning!” Ian exclaimed. “I appreciate the way you four are keeping your dates accountable to the LORD.”
After reading about an idea on the second church list, many people used or learned the skills they needed in order to have chat rooms on the web. Home bound people who were already doing it, continued having chat rooms. They stated that they would like to answer questions anybody had, about why it is important to believe in Jesus.
Hoping to generate some questions, they would quote a verse or two from the Bible like Romans 14:12, Every one of us shall give account of himself to God. And John 8:24b, Jesus said if you do not believe that I am he (the Son of God), you shall die in your sins.
Then they would check the site a few times a day to see if somebody had asked a question. If so, they would be quick to answer it and pray for the person, or carry on a conversation if the person was available right then.
There were many days with no questions, but there enough other days to convince the people it was worth the effort. Sometimes it took weeks of chatting before someone was ready to accept Jesus as their Savior, but then they could have joy like the angels of God do when a sinner repents, like it says in Luke 15:10.
William and Anna’s plan to have two senior boys assigned to their care worked out very well.
William explained, “We heard about the Hopkins family’s idea of having the ones who were already there, be roommates for the new ones so they could help them adjust and be good examples for them.”
Evan and Sam graciously agreed to do it, even though they really didn’t want to stop being roommates.
Evan volunteered, “I’ll move my things into the other room so we can be ready when the new boys arrive at their new foster home.”
Those two boys were grateful for a peaceful, loving home where they were encouraged to finish high school and learn about farming. Both of them had come very close to running away from their homes and dropping out of school. So this Caring Foster Home kept them off the streets and out of gangs.
Evan and Sam were glad to teach them about home and farm chores, and they all worked well together on school homework. At least the new boys were already attending the ‘right’ high school, so they didn’t have to get used to a new one. The new boys joined William’s Bible Study Group that had all seniors in it. At home with William, Anna, Sam and Evan, the new boys learned a lot of important Bible knowledge. They also saw many good examples of believers who were living their lives to please Jesus.
The new boys started asking questions and received good answers. Nobody pushed them about making a decision, but they were all praying extra hard for them, like it says in 1 Timothy 2:1, I exhort therefore, that supplications, prayers, intercessions, and giving of thanks be made for all men… This went on for several months and then they both accepted Jesus. After that, William spent extra time with them teaching them how to live for Jesus. One scripture he used was the way he personalized 2 Corinthians 5:15, Jesus died so we should not continue to live for ourselves, but for him who died for us and rose again.
On the farm Felix and Sunny Lucero and their four foster boys, Jose, Hugo, Pedro and Luis, were visiting in the living room after supper one evening. Jose mentioned, “Since Hugo and I started high school this year, I’m very thankful for all the help we got from you, Pedro and Luis, since you are both in your second year there.”
“Same here,” said Hugo. “It was really nice to have you show us around the school the last afternoon in December, when Dad and Mom picked us up at the middle school, so we could meet you there.”
Jose continued, “The floor plan you drew, Pedro and Luis, was just what I needed so I wouldn’t forget the tour over the two week vacation. It helped me not to be so nervous about going to a school as big as that high school is.”
Hugo added, “I liked it also, and now since we’ve been there so many months, December seems a long time ago. But I was wondering if there might be other boys from the farm who will be going into high school next year who don’t have older brothers in the high school. Maybe we could arrange to have their parents bring them some afternoon in December and we could show them around and give them the map.”
“What a good idea!” Felix exclaimed. “When it gets closer to December, I’ll contact those families to see if they'd be interested.”
Sunny concurred, “I like your idea also, and it goes very will with
1 Corinthians 15:58, Therefore my beloved brothers, be steadfast, unmovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, because you know your labor is not in vain in the Lord. I wonder if we could find some other verses on this topic by using the center references and the concordances in our Bibles for our family devotions right now.”
“Sure,” Pedro nodded as he stood up. “Let’s all go get our Bibles and notebooks right now.”
The rest of them followed his suggestion and returned with theirs from their study desks. Seated again, Luis was the first one to find a verse. “I think 1 Corinthians 3:8b and 9a go pretty well with 15:58,… every man shall receive his own reward according to his own labor. For we are laborers together with God.”
“Yes they do,” Pedro agreed and added, “and I like Ephesians 2:10. For we are his workmanship, created in Christ Jesus to do good works, which God has said that we should walk in them. So we could consider that doing those good works is the work of the Lord.”
Hugo nodded and went on, “I like your verse, and Hebrews 6:10 says, For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labor of love, which you have done in his name, in that you have ministered to the saints… Since those boys are believers, then they are saints and we would be ministering or serving them by helping them get used to the big high school building.”
“Exactly,” Jose tacked on, “and we can be available to answer questions when the new school year starts also. Plus we need to do all our work heartily, as to the Lord and not as to men, knowing that we shall receive the reward … since we serve the Lord Jesus, as I personalized Colossians 3:23,24.”
Felix commended them, “Great job guys! All the verses go very well together and fit with the topic of our earlier conversation. And here’s one to join them all together. 1 Corinthians 16:14, Let all your things be done with love.”
Sunny smiled at them. “I agree, this was a very good time of family devotions. It’s such a blessing to be able to talk about God’s Word as a family of believers.”
The company Ben had hired did a good job of putting in a road, making level places for the houses, digging ditches for water lines, natural gas, and sewer pipes. They also had excavated the trenches to put the forms in for the footings. The foundations forms would go on top of the footings. They had done this for all the houses including the garage and bedroom addition on the vet’s cabin on the ranch, using the blueprints Ben had supplied.
Unice had been gone to town shopping with Vera while the trenches were dug behind her cabin. Now she couldn’t tell Oscar and Vera not to continue with their plan, so she thanked them instead, and decided to look forward to having more room in her home.
By now the other house Ben had been building was finished, the new blueprints for the five two-story houses had been approved, and the building permits had been obtained. So Ben moved his belongings to the travel trailer on the ranch.
Then Ben and his crew of The Master’s Builders got started on the first new two-story house on Mercy Valley Ranch the second week in August. Everyone was so excited. They got used to the idea of having construction noise for however many years this project would take.
Jeff and Karen continued to live at the ranch in their same house. One evening after supper, Jeff went to visit Ben in his travel trailer. “Ben, I talked to Matt and Walt about transferring to your crew because then I would be very close to my job. I’d like to work for you, Ben and since I live on the ranch, it would be so handy for me. Besides I like the idea of having more homes for girls on this ranch.”
“I’d love to have you work with me!” Ben exclaimed. “You don’t need a resume or recommendation. I saw your good work while I was working on Matt’s crew!”
“Thank you, Ben,” responded Jeff, “for the compliment and for wanting me to work with you. I like your emphasis on that word.”
“You’re welcome, Jeff,” and Ben went on, “in fact this will be perfect. I’m thinking of hiring another crew to speed up the building of the houses. I’d like you to be the foreman for one crew, since I’m sure you already know how, because of all you experience. Walt trained me how to be a foreman during the time I worked for him, so I can train Denji to be foreman for the other crew. Then I could go back and forth between the two crews to follow progress, give guidance, and pitch in to help as needed.”
“What a great idea!” Jeff declared, “and it should make the progress go much faster.”
Ben agreed, “Right, and I think since all the trenches are dug, one crew could work on the footings and foundations for the other houses, starting first on the garage and bedroom addition for the smallest cabin on the lower level of houses, while the other crew gets the footings and foundation done and frames up the lower story of the first house. We might be able to get it closed in before the first snow flies. It would be great if we could get the concrete for all the footings and foundations poured and cured for all the other houses before it starts freezing at night.
“Excellent plan,” stated Jeff, “because then the trenches can be utilized before the weather makes the dirt fall back into them.”
“Exactly,” and Ben observed, “I’m going to like having you work with me, Jeff. I’ll be glad to have you experience and background. Be sure to let me know if you have any more ideas for this project. When can you begin working here?”
Jeff answered, “I only need to give them a one week notice so they can hire somebody to take my place.”
“Perfect, then I’ll expect you to start here in a week,” said Ben.
When Jeff and Matt parted on Jeff’s last day at work, they made plans to visit by phone and continue their friendship. They carried through with their plans at least a couple times each month.
For their next date, the couples again ate supper in their own homes and then went to a park for a leisurely couple’s walk beside Mercy River. This gave the couples some more time to just visit and enjoy the beauty of this park and river.
Gary mentioned, “I really like the parks in town with part of the Mercy River in them because it makes me think of Mercy Stream in Mercy Valley and all the other streams that come together to make this river. I know there must be dozens of others to make it grow this big.”
“Definitely,” Kim agreed, “and Mercy Valley is a wonderful place. I’m grateful that I was privileged to spend most of my teen years there, because of it’s beauty, being able to be outdoors, ride horses and for all the things I learned there, especially about Jesus.”
“For sure,” Gary nodded, “it’s scary to think of where I would have ended up without my outstanding foster/adoptive family. They taught me so much. And of course I learned about farming and decided I wanted to do that kind of work as my career.”
Gary and Kim continued talking about how Jesus had saved and restored them in their foster homes and the things they had learned while living on the farm and ranch. They found out they had much in common and began liking each other even more.
In the mean time, Denji was speculating, “I wonder how the horses we ride on the ranch would respond if we asked them to cross Mercy River. It’s so much wider and deeper than Mercy Stream.”
“Oh my!” Sara exclaimed, “I’m afraid they would probably obey their riders, plunge right in, and swim to the other side as they wondered why their riders didn’t use good horse sense and go a block further down to that good bridge instead!”
Denji laughed and shared, “Ah, Sara, you’re so fun to be with. I really enjoy your sense of humor!”
“Thank you, Denji,” she responded, “I like spending time with you also. We have fun times together.”
They all continued walking and conversing until it was time for them to go to their small group where the men praised God for the salvation of the man in the park during their last ministry time. They all enjoyed listening to the praises of the other members.
Then the facilitator had them look up Psalm 147:1, Praise the LORD for it is good to sing praises to our God, for it is pleasant and praise is proper. After reading the verse aloud, they sang “The Praise is Yours,” to go with the scripture. The lyrics stress that God sent his Son to save us, that God is good, and he alone is worthy of all praise.
Next they looked up and read Ephesians 1:13,14, you trusted in Christ after you heard the word of truth, the gospel of your salvation, and were sealed with the Holy Spirit of promise, who is the down payment of our inheritance until the redemption of our bodies, to the praise of his glory.
The facilitator commented, “These verses go very well with the next song we’ll sing, ‘I’ve Been Sealed.’ The lyrics tell about being born again with nothing to fear, and nobody can take the joy away. The Holy Spirit is God’s guarantee, who sealed us after we heard and believed the word of truth.”
Last they read 1 Thessalonians 1:9b,10, You chose to serve the living and true God and to wait for his Son from heaven, whom he raised from the dead, even Jesus, who delivered us from the wrath to come. Then they sang the chorus, “What a Mighty God We Serve.” The lyrics for this chorus start with the title and speak of angels bowing before God and how heaven and earth adore God.
After reading the scriptures and singing, the people talked about them some more and then included them in the conversational prayer time. Refreshments were good and visiting time was interesting.
When they arrived at the apartment, Sara emphasized, “Thank you very much for picking us up at our apartment and for the nice time in the park and for bringing us back here after the good small group meeting. We feel like you are taking very good care of us.”
Denji responded, “It is definitely our pleasure!”
Tony and Maria still liked going to the Mercy Valley Ranch every week to see their friends and ride horses with their families. One week they would spend time with the Blakes so Maria could have time to visit with her special friend, Julie, who had been her roommate in the other city they had lived in while they attended the university. The next week they would be with the Mendoza family because Esther was a friend Maria had made in Pine City and Esther now lived on the ranch.
Tony and Ted had become friends after they had met in a city park in Pine City where Maria and Julie were walking so they could visit while they exercised. Also, Tony had become friends with Nathan from the times they had come to the ranch to be with their family. They all realized how important it is to take time to nurture friendships, because it says in Proverbs 17:17a, A friend loves at all times,… So it was time well spent and it was enjoyable for all the adults and for the girls in each family.
Besides the pleasant horseback rides every week, Maria made sure she got to talk with each of the girls in whichever family they were visiting. She wanted to keep up with their progress at school and the things they were doing on the ranch. She was always amazed at how fast time went and how much the girls were learning and growing. The families enjoyed their visits also.
Tony liked working with Ted on various handyman projects that Ted would save for the weekend Tony would be there. Tony was eager to learn all he could about fixing things on houses in case he could use the knowledge on the house he and Maria had bought. On the other weekend, Tony would help Nathan with whatever he was doing. And Nathan always appreciated his help.
After they returned home from the ranch one day, their cat, Calico, came to greet them, obviously wanting some attention. Tony picked her up saying, “I’m enjoying Calico. It’s fun having a cat for a pet again.”
“I’m glad,” responded Maria, “I enjoy her also. When did you have a cat for a pet?
Tony replied, “It was when I was growing up. We always had at least one cat, and sometimes two of them. Cats are much easier to take care of than dogs are.”
Maria nodded. “I agree about dogs. I much prefer cats.”
“It’s good that we both prefer cats.” then Tony added, “I just never got around to getting a cat when I moved to Pine City.”
For many months during the times Mindy was at the Anderson’s house helping Fiona with Johnny, Patrick, and the twins, Grace and Faith, she had talked with Fiona for a short time each day. One day she asked, “Fiona do you remember when you first told me about some of the things you had learned from your aunt?”
“Yes I do,” answered Fiona, “and I’m glad you’ve taken her advice to just do what you have time for and not worry as much.”
“So am I,” Mindy agreed, “because I don’t have as much stress now. I would like us to take some time every day so I can use the notebook I bought and put here on this shelf to write all the wisdom you can remember that you had gleaned while you cared for your great aunt.”
When Fiona ran out of things she could remember, she got out the journal she had written while she was with her great aunt. She scanned parts of it daily and told Mindy the things she found. After that Mindy's notebook was almost full, so Mindy requested, “Fiona would you read through these and put stars by the most important ideas in this notebook and also numbers for the order they should be presented in a book of helpful ideas?”
“Sure, Mindy,” replied Fiona, “I can work on doing it after the children are in bed and Matt is busy with a project in the workshop area of the garage.”
In about a week, Fiona handed the notebook back to Mindy, “You took very good notes while I was talking. I couldn’t even think of anything to add.”
“Thank you, Fiona,” responded Mindy, “this has been a very interesting project.”
At home Mindy made chapters with titles by grouping topics together with the most important ideas coming first in each group. She typed it all into her word processor and proofread it many times. Then she asked Fiona to proofread it also. Afterward she made a table of contents for the book and even a glossary to explain some of the Irish terms. It was a very impressive looking book with the full color cover Mindy made for it using one of the scenery pictures she had taken on RV trips with her parents.
The title on the book’s cover was “A Legacy of Wisdom from Great Aunt Cara.” Mindy couldn’t think of a way to make the title any shorter and still have it say what she wanted it to say. The introduction stated that Fiona Anderson had learned these ideas from her Great Aunt Cara, and then had told them to Mindy Jones, who had compiled them into this book.
Later Mindy found out how to publish the book as a free ebook, and also how to buy printed copies from a print on demand company. She bought one printed copy each for Fiona, for Fiona’s parents, for her own parents, Vern and Lora, and one for herself when it was finished.
When Mindy gave her a copy Fiona exclaimed, “Mindy this is beautifully done! I’m very impressed and thank you so much for this gift! It will be a keepsake and source of many good memories of the time I spent with my great aunt.”
“You’re very welcome, Fiona,” responded Mindy, “and my copy will be a well used resource for me during many years as I learn to put her wisdom into practice. So I thank you also!”
Tomo and Ami Suehiro and their foster girl, Jenny went with the Jones family on an RV ministry trip in their motor homes to Canyonlands and Arches National Parks during the school vacation time for Labor Day. In February they had talked together about their favorite places to go in the fall, and since they both liked this area, they had gotten reservations in separate areas of the campground of Arches National Park seven months in advance of their trip. The campground there always fills up quickly in the spring and the fall since the weather is best at those times for the Moab, Utah area. Therefore it’s a good idea to get reservations well in advance. They wanted separate areas for each campsite, so their ministry times would have better coverage of the campground.
As they visited one evening during the trip in the Jones’ RV, after their separate ministry times, Tomo mentioned, “I like the way these trips work out. The booklet about travel evangelism has so many good ideas and we get to use them here in this park very well. For instance, it’s interesting to go during the day to various viewing areas and find Japanese people to converse with in our native language.”
“It certainly is,” agreed Ami, “I like being able to use our Japanese Bibles to show them answers to some of their questions. I’m amazed at how open many of them are to talk about spiritual matters.”
Lora went on, “Yes, and we even find that most English-speaking tourists are more open here than people are in Pine City.”
Mindy added, “Yes, It’s fun to mention God’s creation and wait to see if someone will agree or would rather talk about evolution.”
“Right,” said Vern, “and then the idea of having ministry meetings here in the national park campground works very well and it’s totally different than being at viewpoints or hiking.”
“Exactly!” Tomo declared. “Most of the time the people who come to the meetings speak English, and many times the people are already believers and are happy to have fellowship with us. Other times they are seekers and welcome the chance to get some of their questions answered. And most of the time they know of good churches they can attend when they return home. But I’m glad the church will provide a pastor to go start one if they don’t.”
Ami stated, “Indeed, and I like it either way. I think RV ministry trips are such a great idea for people who like to travel.”
“Absolutely!” Vern declared. “Our family was very grateful when we found this idea on the first list we got from church. After reading the booklet, we were able to turn our enjoyment of traveling into a ministry for Jesus that we can do together as a family.”
“Also,” added Mindy, “I like getting to teach some of the people how to sing using the hymnal if they’ve never done it before.”
Tomo declared, “We think it’s fun to do that also. And we got the RV ministry idea from the same list you did before we even started to travel. We sure have enjoyed it.”
“I’m glad,” and then Vern continued, “We found a new way to teach people how to use a hymnal. Please go get your large poster, Mindy.”
She came back quickly and held it up so Tomo and Ami could see it was an enlargement of a hymn out of a hymnal. Mindy explained, “I used the hymn, ‘One Day,’ because it doesn’t have a copyright so we won’t get in trouble. The song tells the story of Jesus and what he did so it gets a message across while they listen. It goes well with Romans 5:8, God showed his love for us this way: while we were still sinners, Christ died for us. I only drew in the lines of the music staffs to show where the words go, since I’m not good at drawing notes. But I wrote all the stanzas of the song.”
“Then,” continued Lora, “I hold the poster while Mindy and I sing all five verses of the hymn as a duet, and Vern points to the beginning of each line to show the people where we’re singing. By the time we finish they have a good idea of how it works.”
“After that,” concluded Vern, “we have them look up the same hymn in the hymnal and sing it with us. This time Mindy continues to sing with us as she accompanies us on the autoharp, but it would work just as well by using the SD card in a boom box.”
“What a great idea and a perfect song!” Ami exclaimed. “I’ll have Aneko help me make a poster like that when we get home and we’ll use it with the boom box for people who don’t know how to use a hymnal on our next RV ministry trips.”
One of the evenings during this ministry trip, the two families went on the sunset boat tour near Moab, Utah, on the Colorado River. During the ride, a man named Frank helped a lady get her comb out of the tight place it had fallen after she combed her hair. While he was getting it out, he was singing the song, “He is the Lord,” which includes names for Jesus like he is the King, and Mighty Prince of Peace.
Somebody asked him, “Who is all those things?”
Frank answered, “Jesus, the Christ or Messiah. Both of those terms mean the Anointed One. He is all of those things, and many, many more.”
He went on to share the Good News with all the ones listening, and the Suehiro and Jones families prayed that the listeners would be drawn to Jesus for salvation.
Frank did a very good job of explaining and answering questions, and many of the listeners did accept Jesus on that boat tour. Many of them said it was the best part of the whole ride even though the scenery was spectacular!
When they all returned home, Tomo and Ami thanked Afta and Hana for substituting for them in the Tea Room of their restaurant while they were gone.
For one of their dates, Denji, Sara, Gary, and Kim decided to use some pamphlets Denji had gotten from the Pine City Visitor Center so they could learn about some local history and visit some historical spots. The pamphlets had a map of the old downtown area. Denji parked in a place near the middle of the map so they could make a loop and end up back at the vehicle when they finished, and then they would go to the small group meeting.
They walked as couples with some space between them so they could talk as they went. They would stop at each place and read what the pamphlet said and then make comments about the place. The city had done a good job of restoring and maintaining these historical stores and civic buildings like the post office, library, town hall, and other government buildings.
There were even some large historic homes for them to look at from the street and read about the important people who had lived there. Some of them had very fancy, expensive architecture. There was also a small farm house that was much older, but it had been restored. It was in the exact place where it had been built before the area had become a town and then a city.
Each of the four young people learned a lot about Pine City. Three of them had been born there, but Denji was from another state. At the small group meeting the songs and teaching were about how the believer’s citizenship is in heaven and that while we’re living on this earth we’re pilgrims and strangers. It was an interesting contrast to the date the four young people had just finished.
The first hymn they sang was “Sweet By and By.” The lyrics are about a land believers wait for by faith that is much better than earth is. The next one was “When We All Get to Heaven.” It’s another hymn about how wonderful it will be in the place Jesus is preparing for those who believe in him. The last hymn they sang was “Face to Face.” The lyrics are about a longing to see our Savior, Jesus, in all his glory for all eternity.
After the singing time, the facilitator had the group members read Hebrews 11:1-3 aloud together. Now faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen. By it the elders obtained a good report. Through faith we understand that the worlds were framed by the word of God, so that things which are seen were not made of things which do appear.
He explained, “Verses 4-8 tell of things Abel, Enoch, Noah, and Abraham did by faith.”
Next he asked one of the group members to read Hebrews 11:9,10, By faith Abraham stayed in the land of promise, as in a strange country, living in tents with Isaac and Jacob, the heirs with him of the same promise. For he looked for a city … whose builder and maker is God.
Then the facilitator commented, “As I remember in Genesis, God told Abraham to leave his home and probably some of his relatives to go to a land God would show to him. Then when he finally got there, he never owned a home there but lived in tents as he moved from place to place.”
Someone else remarked, “I don’t think I could have enough faith to do what he did.”
The facilitator nodded, “It would be very difficult, just like the rest of the things talked about in the eleventh chapter of Hebrews. Please read Hebrews 11:13 aloud with me.” These heroes of faith all died in faith, not having received the promises, but having seen them afar off, and were persuaded of them and embraced them, and confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the earth.
Then Gary mentioned, “I think Hebrews 11:16 tells one reason they had such faith. It says, But they desire a better country, that is a heavenly one. Therefore God is not ashamed to be called their God, for he has prepared a city for them.
“I agree,” and then the facilitator suggested, “Let’s use our concordances and see if we can find some more scriptures to read and comment on for this topic.”
One member quickly found and read Hebrews 13:14, “For here we have no continuing city, but we seek one to come. This scripture includes all believers, and goes well with the hymn we sang called ‘Sweet By and By.’ It’s a wonderful hope for us.”
“It sure is,” and then Sara read Philippians 3:20,21, “For our citizenship is in heaven, from where we also look for the Savior, the Lord Jesus Christ, who will change our bodies that they may be fashioned like his glorious body, according to the power by which he is able to subdue all things to himself. And when we see him face to face, we will be like him as it says in 1 John 3:2b.”
Nodding, Kim followed with 2 Peter 3:13,14,… “according to God’s promise we look for new heavens and a new earth, where righteousness dwells. Therefore, beloved, seeing that you look for such things, be diligent that you may be found by him in peace, without spot and blameless. Our blessed hope gives us a good reason to live the way he desires for us to live while we’re still on earth.”
Another group member found and read 1 Peter 2:11, Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strangers and pilgrim, abstain from fleshly lusts, which war against the soul… This verse goes well with the verses Kim just read.”
Denji was last with 1 Peter 1:3-5, “Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who according to his abundant mercy has made us be born again to a living hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead, to an inheritance, incorruptible, undefiled, and that does not fade away, reserved in heaven for you, who are kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation ready to be revealed in the last time. These verses tell more about our blessed hope.”
During the conversational prayer the members praised God for his power and greatness, thanked him for the blessed hope and for the place Jesus is preparing for believers, and asked for help to live blameless lives for him here on earth.
The twins, Joy and Hope Foster, are in fourth grade in the public school. At home after supper, Joy remarked, “My partner, Lily, and I had a short conversation on the playground today with a couple girls who finally have agreed to be friends with us and they asked us some questions. We had just enough time to answer them before the bell rang. Maybe they’ll come talk some more tomorrow.”
Their dad, Roy, stated, “I sure hope so and we’ll all pray that they will.”
“For sure,” declared Hope, “and you can pray for my partner Rose and me as we eat lunch again with a new girl in our class. She was very pleased that we chose to even talk to her. So many times she has just been ignored when she goes to a new school, since they have to move a lot of times each year, because of her dad’s job.”
Their mom, Sherry, commented, “We sure will pray for you. I feel sorry for her. It must be a hard life. If she can accept Jesus before she has to move again, he can be her best friend and go with her.”
The twins nodded and then Joy suggested, “Hope, let’s go practice with our New Testaments some more so we’ll be ready when they are.”
“Good idea, Joy,” replied Hope, “it has been a while since we practiced. We want to be able to do this smoothly and with good expression.”
The next day Joy and Lily got to answer more questions and show the girls the illustration of Jesus being the bridge to God in their New Testaments. By the end of the week, they understood and accepted Jesus.
The new girl in the other class looked extra sad as she said, “We have to move again next week.”
Hope replied, “I’m sorry and I wish you didn’t have to move. Rose and I would like to show you something and you can ask questions about it if you have any.”
Hope and Rose took turns explaining the bridge diagram and then answering her questions. The girl accepted Jesus that day.
“I’m so glad you accepted Jesus,” exclaimed Hope, “because now he can be your best friend and go with you to all your new schools!”
The girl responded, “Good, then I won’t have to feel so lonely.”
“For sure,” and then Rose asked, “Do you have a computer or cell phone and an email address? If you do, then the three of us could be pen pals, or really email pals since we wouldn’t use pens.”
“Yes I do, and I like your idea, Rose,” the girl replied. “I’ll write my email address twice and give it to each of you next recess, and each of you two can give me yours.”
The next recess they exchanged addresses and Hope gave the girl one of the little booklets for new believers. She and Rose explained it to her and encouraged her to read it and share it with her parents.
The rest of the week they met at recesses and lunch to answer questions about the booklet they had given her and to make plans about how to continue being friends by email. They also taught her songs about Jesus as a friend like “What a Friend We Have in Jesus,” Friendship with Jesus,” and “The Best Friend is Jesus.”
Don mentioned, “Anita, I’m so glad about the announcement at our last small group meeting for pastors about a baptismal service for the people who have been saved recently.”
“So am I,” stated Anita, “Now you can teach the new believers small group about water baptism at the next meeting so they’ll be ready by the week after.”
Don nodded. “For sure, and I like watching how God adds to his church. I also like hearing the testimonies of the new believers at the baptismal service.”
So at the next new believers meeting he began his teaching, “When believers are baptized, it is in obedience to Jesus who said in Matthew 28:19 for his disciples to baptize in the name of the Father, and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit. Colossians 2:12 says that we are buried with Jesus in baptism, and are also risen with him through faith in God who raised Jesus from the dead. And 3:1 states: Since you are risen with Christ, seek those things, which are above, where Christ sits on the right hand of God. This is one good scripture that tells us how we are to live now that we believe in Jesus.
“Romans 6:11 says, Likewise consider yourselves to be dead to sin, but alive to God through Jesus Christ our Lord. This does not mean we'll never sin again though, because that won't happen until we get to heaven. But when we do sin, we do as 1 John 1:9 says, If we confess our sins, God is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness.”
Then he explained, "Here is the reason why water baptism is so important. Water baptism is a representation of being buried with Jesus when we go all the way down under the water, and of being raised with him when we come up out of the water. It is also a public testimony to the people we know, that we’ve decided to believe in, follow, and obey Jesus for the rest of our lives. Besides that, it is something we can look back on. When we remember what it means, it can help us to live our lives for Jesus.”
Next he showed them a video clip of a man and then a woman being baptized so the group would understand how it was done. He instructed them to take a shower before the service, wear light-weight, dark colored clothing, and bring a towel, and dry clothes to put on after being baptized. All this information and more was included in the little booklet he had given then the week before.
Since they were meeting at the church that evening, they got to see the nice men’s and women’s dressing rooms and showers, the steps into and out of the baptismal reservoir which would have warm water in it, and then got to have all their questions answered in the smaller men’s or women’s groups.
On the evening of the service, the people arrived early and were well prepared. They sat with the person or people who had introduced them to Jesus, because those people wanted to encourage and rejoice with them. Many brought one or more unbelieving friends with them to the service, since they were told there would be a teaching time including the Good News near the end of the service.
The service began with two songs. The first one was “He Ransomed Me” which goes with Hebrews 9:28a and 10:10b, Christ was offered once to bear the sins of many, … and we are sanctified through the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once for all. The second song was “Sunlight,” which goes well with John 8:12b where Jesus said, “I am the light of the world. He who follows me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.”
When it was time for one lady to give her testimony, she was full of joy. She stated, “Two young ladies sang a song about heavenly sunlight and I got to hear it. They were so nice, they explained the Good News to me and I asked Jesus to forgive my sins and be my Savior. Later I found the song we sang tonight, “Sunlight” in the hymnal and it is my testimony! We all sang it tonight!”
Sara and Kim were beaming smiles at her as they rejoiced again about her salvation.
Next was an older man, who was smiling as he came down into the water. He spoke up clearly, “Two young men interrupted their walk in the park to talk to an old man who was very despondent. By the time they finished, I was filled with the joy of knowing my sins were forgiven and that Jesus would help me with all my other problems. Now I want to live the rest of my life for him.”
Denji and Gary gave him big smiles and thumbs up to encourage him.
The two new senior boys gave short histories of their lives and how they changed for the better when they went to live on the farm with William and Anna Beckett and their other two boys. They mentioned they were praying for God to guide them into his service. The Beckett family was thrilled.
Next were the two foster girls who lived in the city. They gave testimonies similar to those boys. The mothers of infants and their husbands each had their own grateful story and so did other new believers from the ministries of other people in the churches.
One of the pastors gave a teaching at the end of the service which told all the unbelievers how they could have the same kind of joy and peace these others testified about. Therefore many people prayed the prayer with him to accept Jesus, and went to get the little booklet with the card in it to give the pastor of the church they would attend the coming weekend. Of course the other believers in the sanctuary were filled with rejoicing and thanksgiving about the newest believers who had accepted Jesus at this service.
When the second crew was finished with the footings and foundations for the new houses on Mercy Valley Ranch, they built the garage and bedroom on Unice’s cabin. The last things they put in were the doors leading into the kitchen from the garage and from the kitchen, dining, living area into the bedroom.
Unice was so pleased and grateful for the extra space that having a bedroom gave her in what had been like a studio apartment. Now it was more like a home and she could ask women from the ranch to come inside and visit once in a while. Plus it would be so nice to have a garage for her car with an entrance into the cabin from the garage. She would especially appreciate it when the weather was inclement.
For many of the years she had worked on this ranch, Unice was unsure and concerned about whether Oscar and Vera really liked the way she was doing her job here. But when they told her the reason they had the room and garage added to her cabin was to express their appreciation and entice her to stay and continue working for them, she was convinced and relieved.
So she went and invited, “Oscar and Vera, please come look at my home now that I have moved the furniture around and gotten things settled.”
After they had seen the completed project Vera exclaimed, “Hooray, I’m glad you like it! Now you finally have a roomier home that is more like the rest of the ones here on the ranch. We wanted you to know and to always remember that we both are very pleased with the way you do both of your jobs. I’ve heard many comments from the people living on the ranch about how kind and caring and knowledgeable you are.
Unice responded, “Thank you for the compliments and thank you both very much for taking such good care of me. This is a wonderful surprise you gave me.”
Next Unice called her foster parents, “Dad and Mom, the Visitor’s Cabin is empty so you could come for a visit if you have time. I sure would enjoy seeing you again soon!”
Her dad replied, “We’d like to see you also, and it just so happens that we are again between foster children, so we could arrive there this coming weekend and stay through the next one, if you can get reservations for us that soon.”
“Super, Dad,” she responded, “please stay on the line and I’ll use my cell phone to call Vera right now to see if it will work.” Unice quickly made the reservation with Vera and continued, “It’s all set, Dad. I’ll look forward to seeing you both this coming Saturday.”
They arrived mid-morning on Saturday with plenty of food to feed them and Unice all week in the Visitor's Cabin because they remembered how small her little cabin was, since part of it was her doctor’s office.
After hugs and greetings, she took them inside her cabin and explained, “I've done some rearranging and have moved things around and there is more living space in my cabin. We’ll even have room to sit in here and visit this time. Also, look at my doctor’s office and you’ll be able to see where I get to spend some of my discretionary time typing on my autobiography. I feel much more organized than I was the last time you visited here.”
“This really is so much better!” Mom declared. “Both rooms are less crowded and you cabin part is much more homelike. I like the way you’ve fixed both parts.”
“So do I,” added her dad, “you always did know how to make do or make things better.”
“Thanks, Dad,” and then Unice admitted, “but now I’ll show you the real reason there’s so much more room in here.”
She led the way to the bedroom door and opened it so they could go in and look while she explained the surprise Oscar and Vera had the building contractor do for her cabin. Then she showed them the garage.
Her mom exclaimed, “This is perfect! I’m so glad we got to come here and see this for ourselves.”
“Plus,” her dad continued, “I was glad to hear that Oscar and Vera made a way to lessen your work load, which is going to increase with each new two-story house that is finished and filled with two more families of six people each.”
Unice concurred, “Indeed, they are such nice people to work for. They’re really more like friends than bosses.”
“How wonderful for you,” her mom stated, “I’m so happy for you, and I’m relieved to know you have more room in your cabin and that you aren’t going to be overworked.
“I will admit,” her dad said, “that I was worried about you when you told me about their plans for the ranch. But it sounds like it will all work out very well, and I’m glad. So now I’m eager for our visits and as many horseback rides as we have time for while we’re here.”
After the baptismal service, the next small group for the new believers focused on teaching them about the Holy Spirit and his part in their new lives and the church. It included the basics of the Trinity which means we have one God in three persons: God the Father, God the Son, and God the Holy Spirit.
Then they looked up and read various scriptures and listened to the facilitator explain them. First they read John 14:15-17, If you love me, keep my commandments, and I will ask the Father and he shall give you another Comforter, to be with you forever, the Spirit of truth. The world cannot receive him … but you know him because he dwells with you and shall be in you. And, verse 26 says, The Comforter, who is the Holy Spirit, whom the Father shall send in my name, shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance that I have said to you. Jesus said all this to his disciples shortly before he died on the cross for them and all the people in the world. This is another reason it is good to read the Bible, so the Holy Spirit can remind you what it says.”
Acts chapter 2 tells how the Father sent the Holy Spirit. You can read that chapter at home.”
Next he said, "Jesus, by his Spirit, does his will and works through believers, who are filled with the Holy Spirit, and who are willing to serve Jesus in his church, which is called the body of Christ possibly because since Jesus is in heaven, he works through believers in the church to do his work on the earth. Believers all over the world are what Paul calls the body of Christ. In 1 Corinthians 12:12,13a it says, for as the body is one, and has many members, and all the members of that one body, being many, are one body: so also is Christ. For by one Spirit we are all baptized into one body, whether we be Jews or Gentiles. All believers are doing Jesus work all over the world because he is not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance as it says in 2 Peter 3:9b. But it's up to each person to repent and believe. It is a wonderful privilege and responsibility to serve Jesus!"
Then he had them find and read aloud 1 Corinthians 12:27,28,31. Now you are the Body of Christ, and members in particular. And God has placed some in the church, first, apostles, second, prophets, third, teachers, after that miracles, then gifts of healing, helps, governments, diversities of tongues. Desire earnestly the best gifts…
He stressed, “All the gifts listed in these scriptures plus others listed elsewhere are useless, unless they are done with love, God's kind of love, described in 1 Corinthians 13: 4-8a. Love is patient, love is kind; it does not envy or boast and is not proud. It does not behave rudely, is not selfish, is not easily angered, and does not think evil. It rejoices in the truth, not in iniquity. It bears and believes and hopes and endures all things, and it never fails.”
Then they had time to ask questions and get them answered, and each family or single went home with a booklet which contained a review of all that information plus more scriptures to read and explanations to help them understand them. During the next small group they could ask more questions so they would be sure to understand this important part of their lives as believers.
Denji, Sara, Gary and Kim had many other dates, ministry times, and small group meetings during the next several weeks while Denji and Sara allowed time for Gary and Kim to catch up emotionally and in their relationship to where they were. They all learned enough about each other to be very comfortable spending time together. The ladies were pleased that the gentlemen had passed all the tests on Fiona’s check list, and the gentlemen were truly pleased with everything about the ladies.
Gary liked conversing with Denji while he was riding back to the farm, after they spent time with the ladies. They shared how their relationships were growing and some of the things they liked about the dates they had been on together.
After those weeks had passed, one evening Sara and Kim were waiting for Denji and Gary to pick them up with their picnic supper to use after their ministry time as a team, when they would go on a date.
Sara mentioned, “Kim, I get the feeling it won’t be very long before we both hear proposals. How do you feel about it?”
Kim admitted, “I really love Gary a lot, but I’ll remind you that for a while I was worried about his desire to raise four teenage foster boys on the farm. I know nothing about teenage boys, so I was fearful for a while.”
“Right,” Sara remembered, “I had mentioned to you that Gary does, and he can teach you about them, and I can teach Denji about teenage girls so we can live on the ranch and raise four of them.”
“You're right of course,” Kim conceded, “and Gary did tell me he could teach me, plus I told you he said the farm isn’t changing to fourteen as a replacement age, so we can choose younger ages to begin with, since we’re still so young and the teenage boys might not respect such young parents. Besides, I know God will help us also, like it says in Psalm 124:8, Our help is in the name of the LORD, who made heaven and earth. So I don’t worry about it. In fact now I’m looking forward to his proposal.”
“I’m glad,” replied Sara, “and I think you two are right about the boys. But I don’t think the teenage girls will be a problem for us in that way.”
Kim agreed, “Right, because you’ve always been more mature acting than I was, and Denji is also, plus he is a year older than we are. I think you’ll do just fine with the teenage girls.”
Just then, the intercom sounded and the girls carried the picnic supper they had prepared and placed in a cooler to keep it cold and went down in the elevator to go with the men to a park for their ministry time and then ride with them to Mercy Valley Ranch. This week there were no opportunities to talk to people, but they did pray for them as they walked around in the park.
At the ranch, they hiked with Denji’s parents, Afta and Hana, and with Gary’s mom, Anna, to Lavender Falls. It was wonderful and full of good memories from past years for all of them.
Anna remarked, “This hike to Lavender Falls is one of my favorite hikes even though I’ve done it often and know what to expect, I still look forward to all we see along the way. And best of all is the falls, which is spectacular at any time of the year.”
“Yes,” agreed Kim, “today the fall wildflowers are still blooming and add their beauty along the trail.”
“Definitely,” Sara added, “we got to learn a lot about wildflowers of all three seasons when Vera’s girls taught us how to make a pressed wildflower scrapbook one year.”
Denji remarked, “It sounds interesting. I hope I’ll get to see it someday.”
“I’ll be glad to show it to you,” Sara responded.
“Same here, Kim,” Gary added, “it does sound interesting.”
Kim replied, “Certainly, we’ll bring them to show you during the next date we have on the ranch.”
They all relished seeing the falls when they reached them and the picnic supper was extra delicious in the fresh air and company. The girls received many compliments. They had become good cooks with all of Yolanda’s teaching.
Then the two couples found places where they could talk, and the parents made themselves “scarce.”
Denji told Sara about his job security and proposed to her there beside the delightful falls. Of course Sara was glad to say “Yes!” After he slipped an engagement ring on her finger, they stood up for their first hug and kiss. They would save the others for their wedding and afterward. It was very romantic and Denji’s dad had captured it all on a video for their later memories.
Since Denji and Gary had planned this together, Gary’s mom also got a video of Gary proposing to Kim and her answer, so they could enjoy their memory for years afterward. Kim was so glad that she could say “Yes!”
One day a member of the Grace ‘n’ Faith church was looking out her window to the street. She heard and saw a motorbike and it was going very fast toward the cul-de-sac at the end of the block.
“Oh no!” she stated, “I don’t want to see a wreck!” however she stayed and watched anyway.
The rider did well most of the way around the cul-de-sac until he hit some sand on the road and the motorbike slid right out from under him. The rider fell clear of the bike and lay still.
The woman called 911, reported the wreck and address, and then put on the orange vest she used for jogging, grabbed a blanket, and her cellphone and ran to see if she could help. The rider lifted his head to look for his bike, and put it down again with a moan.
She knelt beside him talking soothingly, “Please just lie still. Don’t try to move. I’ll cover you with this blanket and stay here with you until the ambulance arrives. Would you like me to call someone in your family and tell them about this?”
“No!” he exclaimed, “I don’t want to worry them. I should be okay in a few minutes and I’ll go see how badly wrecked the bike is.”
She responded, “Just relax for now. It doesn’t look too bad from what I can see. While we wait here, maybe you could tell me what you believe about Jesus.”
He replied, “That’s a strange topic. I’ve never even thought about him. My parents go to church but I don’t go with them.”
“Do you know,” she asked, “Jesus saw this whole wreck, just like I did? He wants you to know he loves you and died to pay the penalty for all your sins. Then he rose again and lives in heaven where he
knows everything about everybody. He knows you need to believe in him and ask him to forgive your sins so he can be your Savior and take you to heaven when you die.”
“Do you think I’m going to die from this wreck?” he asked.
She answered, “I honestly don’t know, but I do know you hit the ground very hard and could have internal injuries. Even if you don’t die from this wreck, you will die some day, like the Bible verse in Hebrews 9:27 says, it is appointed unto men to die, and after this is the judgment. You need to believe in Jesus before you die, because you won’t have another chance after you’re dead.”
“That’s scary!” he declared.
She soothed him again, “I didn’t mean to scare you, and you don’t need to stay scared, just confess your sins to Jesus and ask him to forgive you. Tell him you believe in him and want him to be your Savior so you can live for him if you recover from this wreck, or if you would for some reason die, you know you will go to heaven, like it says in Romans 6:23, For the wages of sin is death, but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.”
“All right,” he agreed, “I’ll do it right now.” And he did. Then he smiled a peaceful smile in spite of his pain and thanked her for caring enough to come help him. She told him he was very welcome.
Just then the ambulance came, and the paramedics took control. After answering all their questions, the lady took the blanket and went back to her house, praying for the young man and rejoicing that he had accepted Jesus. She left a note for her husband explaining that she had gone to the hospital to check on the young man who had been injured in a motorbike wreck on their street.
At the hospital she met his parents and found out he was going to be OK, aside from some road rash and a broken arm. They thanked her for helping and staying with him, and especially for leading him to Jesus for salvation. They had been praying for him for years. The lady was glad she had been able to help.
Lora commented after supper, “I thought our small group last night was extra special. The songs were some of my favorites.”
“Same here,” said Vern, “and I always like to hear the scriptures that go with the songs.”
“So do I,” Mindy added, “and I’m glad the three of us get to attend the small groups as a family. Plus I like the way the teaching time goes so well with the songs and Bible verses.”
Vern agreed, “Yes, and I like the way the teaching commended us for already doing what the songs and verses contained. The facilitator reminded us to use these as an encouragement to keep up the good work.”
Looking at her notebook, Lora nodded emphatically and stated, “The first song was ‘O Master, Let Me Walk With Thee,’ and the verse for it is 1 John 2:6, He who says he abides in Jesus, ought to walk as he walked. The hymn had some good ideas of how to walk in our service, with words of love, patiently, and with strong faith.”
“Right,” Mindy added, “I really liked the first part of the fourth verse because it was about sending hope as a light to brighten the future.”
“Yes we all need that hope,” continued Vern, “the next hymn was ‘Lord, Speak to Me,’ and it goes with 2 Timothy 2:1b,2, … be strong in the grace that is in Christ Jesus. And the things you have heard…, tell also to faithful men who shall be able to teach others also. The words of the hymn were like a sermon and prayer at the same time. All four verses were very meaningful.”
Lora looked it up and agreed, “Absolutely, Dear, I think the song writer wrote it like a prayer but it also teaches us to use Jesus’ manner of speaking and seek the lost, teach what he teaches us, be full of Jesus and overflow with kind and loving words. The last verse asks him to use us now and until we see his precious face.”
“Absolutely, it’s a very good song,” then Mindy went on, “the third song was ‘Come all Christians, Be Committed,’ which goes with Romans 12:11b, … be fervent in spirit, serving the Lord. As we were singing all those good stanzas, I noticed that the end of the first one would go well with Romans 12:2, Don’t be conformed to the world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind, so you may prove what is the good, acceptable, and perfect will of God.”
“Yes it does,” and Vern concluded, “The last song was ‘Make Me a Blessing,’ and it is one of my very favorite hymns to pray. It has so many good ways we can be a blessing by carrying sunshine into the darkness, helping those who are sorrowing, telling the Good News, helping those in need, and proving that we trust Jesus by the way we live. The song goes with Proverbs 11:11a, By the blessing of the upright the city is exalted. If everyone would live this way, Pine City would be changed for the better for sure.”
“Positively, and I like the way we can talk about church and small groups,” Mindy added, “we always have good things to say and never criticize like some people do. My parents are the best!”
Her dad and mom said back to her, “And you're the best too!”
The three families, Ross, Foster, and Iverson continued meeting at the park as often as they could find time and weather good enough to be outside. This time they had planned a picnic lunch on a Sunday where each family brought four of their favorite picnic foods to share with the other families. Since the Iverson family was so much larger than the other two, they brought large amounts of food so their growing boys would have enough to eat.
Greg Iverson called, “Boys, come to the back of the vehicle and you can help carry food and other things to the big table over there.”
“Yum!” Jack exclaimed, “this one might not reach the table. It smells so good I just might eat it all before I get there.”
The others just laughed with him since they knew he was just joking, but the pan he carried did smell delicious.
Kevin was next, “This large bowl of fresh green salad is so pretty with the vegetables we get to use sometimes from the farm that aren’t good enough to be sent to the markets.”
“It sure is and I’ll follow you, Kevin,” said Levi, “with this assortment of salad dressings, although the greens are so fresh and crisp they don’t really need dressing.”
Cory stated, “I’d like to sit down right here and eat a piece or two of this hot roasted chicken before I carry the rest to the table, but of course I wouldn’t do a thing like that!”
Max observed, “I get to carry the paper plates, cups, and plastic silverware. It’s not even heavy, and you don’t have to worry about me eating it before it gets to the table.”
Oralie laughed with them as she and Greg carried the rest of the food to the big table.
So after they got it all set up on the big table, Pastor Don gave thanks and they all enjoyed the pot luck picnic.
All the families had planned very well, and there was plenty for all. And because all those who desired to, went back for seconds and thirds, there wasn’t any food left to spoil in the sun, after the salad dressings were put back in the cooler. Therefore the parents could visit while the children played together and there was no worry about left over food spoiling.
This time when the families met at the park, the kids talked about how much they had grown and how many ball skills they had learned since the last time they had gotten to be together.
Toward the end of their first talking time, Joy emphasized, “Cory, I want to thank you again for all the ball skills you taught to Hope and me!”
“Same here,” added Hope, “and for the skills you taught your brothers, because they came during many of the recesses at the church school and taught us and the quadruplets some of them.”
Cory’s brothers added their thanks to Cory also. Then they all used some of the ball skills as they played. Later when they needed a rest they talked about what they were doing in school.
Denji, Sara, Gary and Kim continued to do their four member ministry team, date, and attend their small group, where they announced their engagements. Then they explained they couldn’t make wedding plans yet, because Gary was still saving money to buy a used vehicle, and they needed time to plan where they would live until they would be able to move to Mercy Valley Farm and Ranch where they would raise foster children. They were on the waiting lists for a house to live in for both places
There were lots of congratulations and then the conversational prayer time at that small group meeting contained many blessings and scriptures for the two happy couples. Sara and Kim took notes so they could review them later and feel blessed all over again. Those scriptures included the following.
Philippians 4:19,… my God shall supply all you needs according to his riches in glory by Christ Jesus.
James 1:17, Every good and perfect gift is from above and comes down from the Father of lights, with whom is no variableness, neither shadow of turning.
Numbers 6:24-26, The LORD bless you and keep you. The LORD make his face shine upon you and be gracious to you. The LORD lift up his countenance upon you and give you peace.
3 John 1:2, Beloved, I wish above all things that you may prosper and be in health, even as your souls prosper.
2 Corinthians 9:8, And God is able to make all grace abound toward you, that you, always having sufficiency in all things, may abound to every good work.
And Philippians 2:13, For it is God who works in you both to will and to do his good pleasure.
For many of their dates after their engagements, the two couples went to the ranch to ride horses with the Hopkins family. It was one of their favorite activities, and it gave Gary time to get to know Kim’s parents and the rest of her family.
One nice weekend they taught Denji how to launch the boat and how to row, so they had a nice time on Wild Mint Lake before it got too cold to go rowing.
Kim declared, “I especially like the fact that you're so strong, Gary, and I don’t even have to help with the rowing. I can just enjoy the ride. Besides, you are really good at launching the boat and getting in without getting your feet wet.”
Gary admitted, “It took me several weeks of practicing before I could do it with dry feet, but thank you for the compliments.”
In the other boat, Sara applauded, “Denji, you are a very fast learner and you’re doing a great job of making the boat go where you want it to go.”
“Thank you, Sara,” Denji responded, “you three are good teachers and I’m glad these boats have flat bottoms and are hard to tip over. This way I don’t have to worry about dumping us into the lake.”
Sara laughed, “I’m glad about that fact too. It wouldn’t be very fun to get wet and the lake isn’t very clean either.”
“No,” agreed Denji. “It’s nice for rowing, but I wouldn't like to go swimming in it.”
“The same applies for me,” stated Sara. “The lake is also good for irrigating the horse pastures and the lawn at the Yardley’s house. However, I heard they’ll use community water for the lawn at the house that we will get to live in on this ranch.”
“What a good idea!” Denji exclaimed. “This way the girls can play in the sprinklers if they want to, without worrying about whether the water is clean enough.”
Fiona was always grateful for the assistance from her mom, Glenda, and her “adopted” mom, Betty, when either of them had time to come to her home. And of course Mindy came every weekday afternoon and one morning of the weekend and they had established a great routine. But when Fiona was alone, she had also become very proficient in homemaking and in the care of all four children no matter what stage of development they were in at the time.
Right now Johnny was always busy, running everywhere he went, playing with toys on the floor, or climbing up on the couch. Patrick had a hard time keeping up with him since his legs weren’t as long and his balance wasn’t as good. The twins were just starting to learn how to walk. So when they were all awake, Fiona was busy every minute keeping track of each of them.
Even when she was tired from all the work involved, she smiled and kept going, doing these tasks for her family as if it were for the Lord, like it says in Colossians 3:23, … whatever you do, do it heartily as to the Lord, and not unto men… She knew that being a wife, homemaker, and mother were God’s will for her right now. This knowledge made the hard parts easier, and the fun parts, a joy.
Very early on a Saturday morning in the fall, the Yardleys and their four girls were in the special blind Nathan had built for watching the wildlife that came before the sun was up to get drinks from Wild Mint Lake and Mercy Stream. Of course they all stayed quiet until the animals left just before the sun came up. Then they went outside and found places to sit so they could talk.
Vera mentioned, “We got to see more animals than we usually do this time. I really enjoyed the fox family today. The kits are almost full grown now but they’re still playful.”
“Yes,” agreed Oscar, “I’m glad they stayed by the lake for what seemed like a long time today.”
Liz commented, “I agree and I liked to see the raccoon family catching and eating their breakfast. They don’t even look where they are feeling under the water, but they all caught something quickly. I remember, Dad, that you told us they wash it to feel more about what it is than to make it clean.”
“Yeah,” Emma remarked, “and I liked to see how much the doe’s twin fawns have grown. Their spots are almost gone now.”
Stella stated, “And, Dad, I’m really glad you had Nathan build this special building so we can come watch the animals once in a while without it bothering them.”
“Same here,” said Emma, “we get to learn so many neat things firsthand here on this ranch. It’s always so much better than just books or videos.
“Exactly,” Nan went on, “we’re getting a better education from all the things we do here on the ranch than we get in the public school, even though all four of us are in middle school.
Liz added, “And it will continue to be better even when Stella and I get into high school next year. Although I know we do need to learn what they are teaching there also, so I’m glad you encourage us to do our best and get good grades.”
“Right,” Nan continued, “but here on the ranch, we get to learn things they don’t teach in schools, like about the wildflowers, trees, animals, horses, and now we’re all learning how to use the sewing machine so we can start making some of our own clothes.”
“Definitely,” Stella concurred, “plus, I’m thankful for all the things we’re learning about cooking and housekeeping. Mom, you are such a good teacher and you make it fun and interesting to learn.”
Vera smiled with the joy of motherhood, “Thank you, Stella for the compliment and I’m so glad to hear all the good comments from you
other girls. Dad and I really like having all of you in our family.
“Absolutely,” Oscar exclaimed, “all of you girls have learned so much since you came to live with us here on the ranch! And the best thing is that all of you know and love Jesus!
Chapter 4
Ephesians 5:15,16a, Be very careful how you live, not as unwise,
but as wise, making the most of every opportunity…
There were two couples in the group that prepared the music for the church services who liked to join forces and sing as a quartet for their ministry times. They had music to accompany them on a small boombox, so they practiced together and memorized the scriptures that went with the songs so they could sing for people in the parks.
For many nice weekends of this spring, summer, and fall, they sang, “Only Jesus Can Satisfy Your Soul.” as their first song. A summary of this song is that people search the world to fill their inner longings, but the world can’t fill them. Being rich or famous or having a busy life won’t do it. Only Jesus can change, heal, and give love and peace and eternal life with him. Then they quoted the following verses.
In Ezekiel 11:19 God said, “I will give them one heart, and I will put a new spirit within them. I will take the stony heart out and give them a heart of flesh.”
1 John 5:11 says, This is the record, that God has given to us eternal life, and this life is in his Son.
The other song they sang was, “Jesus Is Still the Answer.” This song talks about people trying to prove that God doesn't exist, but the singers testify that Jesus is real because he saved and forgave them. People might look everywhere else, but only Jesus is the answer.
After singing that song they quoted the following verses.
Romans 5:9, being justified by his (Jesus) blood, we shall be saved from wrath through him.
Acts 16:31, believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you shall be saved, and your house.
Acts 2:21 And it shall come to pass, that whoever shall call on the name of the Lord shall be saved.
In John 10:9a, Jesus said, I am the door. By me if any man enter in, he shall be saved…
Psalm 86:5, For you, Lord, are good and ready to forgive, with plenty of mercy to all who call on you.
When they finished the verses they asked the people who had been listening if there were any questions about the Good News, answered all of them, and then invited the people to accept Jesus as their Savior. Many of them did, praise the LORD!
Nathan and Esther and their girls were looking at a new pair of horses. Nathan and Esther had just brought them to the ranch from the local humane society, while the girls were at school that day. Everyone spoke quietly.
“Oh! They’re so pretty!” Holly exclaimed. “And they look like identical twins just like Willow and I do.”
“They sure do,” agreed Willow. “I like their reddish brown color, and their coats are so shiny.”
Val observed, “If you look closely at their faces, a good way to tell them apart is that one has a narrow blaze and the other horse has a blaze that is wider. That horse also has a white boot.”
“But they look like they are so scared and nervous,” observed Lucia. “I feel sorry for them over there by the fence of the portable paddock, as far away from us as they can get.”
Esther noticed, “Oscar and Vera said almost the same things you girls just did, but Vera added that one horse is a little lighter color.”
“What did she name them?” asked all the girls at once.
Nathan smiled at them. “She named them for the colors of a couple spices. The one with the narrow blaze is Chile Powder, and the one with the wider blaze and one white boot is Paprika.”
“They are both 14 hands tall,” added Esther, “and Vera didn’t have to think very long to come up with names for them. I like the way she picks names for the horses on the ranch and they seem to fit each horse so well.”
“Yep,” agreed Willow, “and these will be easy names to remember. I look forward to riding these horses when they’re ready.”
“So do I,” stated Holly, “and I’ll be glad when they aren’t scared and nervous any longer.”
Esther nodded, “It will probably take several weeks, since they had some pretty rough treatment by other people.”
“What breed are they?” Val asked. “And do they have good comfortable gaits or do they trot?”
Nathan answered, “They are Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses, so we assume they don’t trot, but we didn’t try to ride them since they are so scared of people. We need to gain their trust and retrain them. These two will take us longer than Dapplie did.”
“Well,” Lucia declared, “it will be worth all your time and effort to give these two pretty horses a kind, loving home. I’m glad my dad and mom know how to do it.”
During the months before their high school graduation William and Anna’s new pair of foster boys had been listening to what Sam and Evan had said their plans would be for when they would turn nineteen. So they had begun to think seriously about what they would do. Their conversation with William and their decision follows.
One of them said, “I’ve heard about a lot of people joining the army after high school, but I’d rather do something to serve Jesus since he has done so much for me.”
William stated, “I'm glad you feel that way. We all owe a lot to Jesus for what he has done for us.”
The other one added, “I feel the same way, but what could we do? We don’t have any special skills.”
William explained, “There’s a man in Church #4 who studied in a seminary for four years to become a chaplain in the armed services. He joined the army and was a chaplain.”
“But, we have no money to attend a seminary,” declared the first one, “so we can’t do that.”
“No you can't,” agreed William, “but while he was there he developed a plan which he put into effect here in Pine City. He got the army to agree with his plan which is to let young men, who desire to stay single and serve Jesus, join the army and go to the Grace ‘n’ Faith school of evangelism for two years where he can teach them everything he learned in four years at a seminary within two years and they receive a certificate that the army accepts for them to be chaplains.”
The second one exclaimed, “I really like the sound of that plan, since I have no desire to get married! But who pays for it?”
“The army does,” answered William, “actually you do, by joining the army and working for them. You would stay in the barracks at the army base near Pine City and do whatever daytime jobs they have for you and then you would attend the ‘free’ classes at the church in the evening. In reality, the classes are paid for by donations of people who attend the church.”
“It sounds too good to be true,” sighed the first one.
William reassured him, “But it really is true. His first class has completed their first year and will graduate next December.”
They looked at each other and nodded. “Let’s do it then!”
So they decided to join the army when they could, and attend Kosuke’s classes to become chaplains in the army. They had made friends with the two boys in the other family who would also be graduating from the farm. They liked the idea also, so all four of them would join the Army and take Kosuke’s classes to become chaplains. From that point on they, with Sam and Evan, studied the Bible more in depth with William during their senior year and while waiting to turn nineteen at the farm.
They could stay on the farm until they were nineteen and social services would let them legally join the army. After high school they all attended the classes at the church until their nineteenth birthdays when they would go to live in the barracks.
In the fall a young man driving a van turned it and entered a small subdivision. A man in one of the houses heard a motor running that didn’t sound like it was working right, so he went outside to look for it and investigate. As he was closing the door of his house, the motor was turned off and the driver got out of the van. They met on the sidewalk near the house.
The driver said, “I’m looking for a place where I could rake the leaves and make a little spending money.”
“Well,” said the man, “If you look around this subdivision, you’ll notice it doesn’t have any deciduous trees, because the people living here don’t want to be bothered with leaves every fall.”
“Oh, I see,” responded the disappointed driver. “Do you know of some places in this city that do have deciduous trees?”
The man answered, “Yes I do, but before I tell you where they are, I also have a small job you could do in exchange for me fixing the motor in your van. You see, I’m a mechanic and I could hear that something is wrong with it.”
“Fantastic!” exclaimed the driver. “Just tell me what to do and I’ll get started with the job you have.”
The man took him into the backyard and showed him the weeds and tools he had just taken out there to remove them.
The driver commented, “This is a job I can do, but I know nothing about fixing motors. Here’s the key to the van.” Then he put on his gloves, picked up a tool, and started after those weeds.
The man was impressed and went to work on the motor of the van.
They both finished at about the same time. The backyard had never looked so good and the van’s motor ran like a new one.
“Come on in,” said the man, “we can get washed up and my wife has some refreshments for us. Then I can show you some places where you can find some leaves to rake.”
The driver replied, “Thank you. It sounds good.”
As they were drinking apple juice and eating ginger cookies the man remarked, “I saw a Bible on the passenger side of the van. Are you a believer?”
“A what?” asked the driver. “I don’t know what you mean.”
The man clarified, “I meant, do you believe what the Bible says?”
“I don’t know,” was the answer. “I’ve never read the Bible. The man at the last place where I raked leaves had no money, so he paid me with a Bible.”
“Terrific!” declared the man, “he gave you a real treasure!”
The driver was skeptical, “Why? Is it an antique that I could sell and get a lot of money for it?”
“No,” answered the man, “it’s a treasure because it contains the wisdom of God and can show you the way to have eternal life in Heaven and how to live here on earth until then.”
“Well,” contemplated the driver, “those are good sounding things, but I’ll have to admit that I’m more interested in making money right now.”
“I understand,” acknowledged the man. “Here’s a map of the city and I’ll mark some areas on it for you. In addition I’ll give you a little book about the Bible so you’ll know where to look for those good sounding things in it. My phone number is on the last page of this book, so if you have any questions, feel free to call and ask me.”
The driver responded, “Thank you. I’ll do it after I go rake some leaves and earn enough money to buy my supper.”
The man put his hand on the driver’s arm and admitted, “I didn’t know you were in that type of need. My wife and I would like you to come back here for supper and maybe we could help you find a permanent job.”
“Thank you very much,” he replied, “I can tell you people really care and are different from so many others. I’ll see you at suppertime. Thanks again.”
One evening when tasks and homework were finished, Jeff and Karen received a phone call. Their girls got to listen to it, since Jeff had turned on the speaker for Karen to join him.
“Hi, Jeff and Karen, this is Clara, and I just called to thank you again and give you an update on how our lives and ministry are going.”
“Hi, Clara,” responded Jeff, “We’re always so happy to hear from you. We’re glad you called.”
“And I’m glad you’re glad,” replied Clara, “I like talking to the two of you two even though it isn’t very often. My husband and I were reminiscing last night about our time in Pine City and about the astonishing way God worked through the church and used both of you to help the two of us to get married while we were living there in separate apartments. It was so much better than having to wait until we moved to this city, got jobs, and could afford a wedding on our own. The two of you planned a beautiful wedding for us and then even took pictures of it to give to us so we can have those pleasant memories whenever we look at them. So I just wanted to call and thank you again for all you did!”
Karen declared, “You’re entirely welcome and remember it was our pleasure to be able to do it for you. You make a very good couple and it’s perfect that you get to work together in ministry for Jesus.”
“Positively,” said Clara, “because it would have been very lonely and not very safe to try and minister alone here in this city. I told you last time about the church they planted here. It’s working very well and is growing steadily. We have had several baptismal services at private home swimming pools and we can still meet for services in the largest family’s home.”
Jeff mentioned, “That sounds like great progress, and we’ll pray for God to continue to help your new church.”
Then Karen told Clara about the happenings in Pine City and on Mercy Valley Ranch and Farm.
“Amazing!” Clara exclaimed. “I think it’s a wonderful idea to add more houses on Mercy Valley Ranch so forty more abused girls can be reached for Jesus and be restored. Then as each of them goes out to make her own living and do ministries, another girl can take her place on the ranch. I’m glad there are so many people willing to work for Jesus.”
They closed the phone call with praise and a conversational prayer time.
After the phone call, Jeff and Karen got to explain to their girls about the way the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church had helped Clara and her husband with their schooling and living expenses and more about how Jeff and Karen had gotten to help with Clara’s wedding. Their girls thought it sounded like an unbelievable love story in a romance novel.
Later in the fall, Tomo and Ami took their foster girl, Jenny, for a long trip in the RV to see some of the places they had traveled to, and also added some places that would be new to them. She could also help them during the ministry times. Several months ahead of time they had made reservations in the campgrounds of the national and state parks they planned to visit, so they had a full schedule to keep.
To begin with, they spent three nights in the Arches National Park Campground. They especially enjoyed the scenic drive all the way through the park to get to it. The first night they arrived too late for a meeting since they got a late start for the long drive from Pine City.
The next day they hiked to Landscape Arch and then on the way back, they hiked to Tunnel and Pine Tree Arches. As they were hiking back to the RV van, Ami took off running, while the other two watched, wondering why. They heard her shout, “Runaway hikers ramp!” So they joined her, running to, and up a natural sandy ramp between two rock fins, where they all collapsed on the sand and had a good long laugh. Then they drove to see North and South Windows, Turret Arch, and Double Arch from the road, but they didn’t hike up to them.
They got back early enough to have a late afternoon meeting, which had a good number of people attending. Their first song was “One Day” and they used the large poster Aneko had helped them to make, so they could teach the people how to use the hymnal. Then they sang “Softly and Tenderly,” which goes with Matthew 11:28-30, where Jesus said, “Come to me, all you who labor and are heavy laden and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you and learn of me, for I am meek and humble in heart, and you shall find rest for your soul, for my yoke is easy and my burden is light.”
They explained the Good News and answered many questions. Afterwards they sent a pamphlet with each family or individual so the people could read and have time to think it over before the next meeting.
The next day they got an early start carried their lunches and extra water so they could hike slowly, resting whenever they needed to, along the trail to Delicate Arch. Aneko and Kosuke had told them how they had enjoyed it and had encouraged them to go slowly and carefully.
Ami commented, “Aneko and Kosuke were right, you can’t see the arch while you are hiking, so it’s a good thing we saw some pictures of it so we know it deserves our time and effort.”
“Right,” replied Tomo, “and of course we can believe them when they told us it is worth the long steep hike.”
Jenny added, “I’m glad they have those markers called cairns to show us the way, or we’d never get there.”
As they rounded the last corner there were lots of oohs and aahs and Ami exclaimed, “They were right! This arch is awesome and it was definitely worth the long hike!”
They found a place to sit and eat their lunches while they looked at, and through the arch to the La Sal Mountains in the distance. The hike back down was easier, but they were very careful not to get going too fast or fall down. After that hike they still had time and energy to take the short hike to Sand Dune Arch.
Many of the same people returned for the second meeting which started with the hymn “Jesus I Come,” and the scripture in Isaiah 53:6, All we like sheep have gone astray. We have turned every one to his own way, and the LORD has laid on him the iniquity of us all.
After singing two other hymns that the people chose, Tomo and Ami’s foster girl, Jenny, told the people her story of how she had been abused, had run away from home and dropped out of school. But the Suehiros had found out about her and had the social services office assign her to their home.
Then she went on, “They took such good care of me and I went with them to church and I’m being tutored by their grown daughter so I can finish high school on the computer. They also taught me many things about the Bible and I listened at their church to the same Good News as you have heard here yesterday and today.
“I believed it and asked Jesus to forgive me for all my sins and be my Savior. He has healed all my past hurts and helped me forgive my parents for what they did. All my siblings who were still home when I left, have been put into Caring Foster Homes also where they also are learning about Jesus. Do you have any questions?”
She answered questions and was able to lead several people in a prayer to accept Jesus. Then she rejoiced with them, gave them the little booklet for new believers and encouraged them, “Be sure to find a good church and small group you can attend when they return to your homes. It needs to be one that believes like the last part of the little booklet explains.” They said they would. And she continued, “If you can’t find one, please call us using the phone number on the back of the booklet and we will do whatever we can to help you.”
Their next stop was at Capitol Reef National Park. They arrived in time to drive on the scenic road and then get set up for a meeting, which was similar to the first one at Arches.
The next day they hiked to Hickman Bridge. Tomo commented, “This hike seems steeper than it did the last time we came here.”
“I agree,” said Ami, “but it probably seems that way because we are getting older and some things get harder to do.”
Jenny added, “It does have some steep parts, but since we use the treadmill regularly, it’s not too tiring and this sure is a gorgeous place.”
“It certainly is!” Ami exclaimed. “This national park has more color and variety in its formations than many of the others we’ve seen.”
At the meeting that evening, they sang three more songs and Jenny gave her testimony again. Several more people accepted Jesus! The meetings for the rest of the trip went very much like these and the ones in Arches Park.
They reached Kodachrome Basin State Park in time to see the interesting scenery and hike to Shakespeare Arch. After the campsite meeting Ami mentioned, “This is the first time we’ve seen this park. I like all the spires here. They are so different from any other place we’ve visited.”
“Indeed they are,” agreed Tomo, “the Panorama Trail was a great way to see and get photographs of them.”
Jenny continued, “It sure was. I liked Shakespeare Arch and the trail to it. Also, I’m looking forward to stargazing here before we go to bed.”
Their next stop was Zion National Park where they spent a couple days showing Jenny the things they had seen on their other trip there. They had good campsite meetings there also. After that they went to Snow Canyon State Park near St. George, Utah to see for themselves the things their friends, the Jones family, had told them about in that park. The campsite meetings in their nice campground were good ones also.
At the far end of their trip the drove on into Nevada to see Valley of Fire State Park because the Jones family had told them how beautiful and varied the scenery was. It was even better to see it in real life than to just hear about it. They were glad to know what things to look for and the best way to access them. It had another nice campground where they had more good meetings.”
They took the interstate most of the way home, except for a side trip to see the Big Rock Candy Mountain in Utah. They turned south of I 70 at exit 23, and took Highway 89 to get there. There were interesting formations along the highway before they reached it. The mountain looks like a huge piece of marbled dark and light caramel candy and has a resort where some travelers can stay.
Since there are some more colorful formations along the highway as it goes south, they drove south for another half hour before turning around to enjoy God’s creativity and variety going both ways. They took many pictures along the way. Then they drove the rest of the way back home to Pine City.
Jenny had kept a daily journal which she shared with her foster parents when they got home and thanked them profusely for taking her with them to see some of God’s amazing creation. She was especially glad for the opportunities to help with the campsite ministry times.
After their own suppers, Denji, Sara, Gary and Kim went for a date to the Pine City History Museum so they could all learn more about the city. It gave them a chance to walk, read, and talk before going to their small group.
Gary remarked, “This is a good followup for our date where we went on a walking tour of the city and saw many historical buildings. I never learned much about Pine City as I was growing up here and when I went to live at the farm, we didn’t go to the city very often, except for school, church and shopping.”
“It’s the same for me,” Kim shared, “and I was just as glad, because the part I had lived in had no good memories. But we’re learning a lot today about the city’s history, and it’s interesting.”
Gary agreed, “Yes, and it might be a good place to bring our four boys when they get old enough to appreciate the museum and the learning experience.”
“I like your idea,” stated Kim, “and the interesting facts can help to replace the bad memories they might have.”
“Yes,” stated Gary, “we can help fill their minds with good things they can think about instead, like it says in my personalized version of Philippians 4:8, Gary you need to,… think about things that are true, or honest, or just, or pure, or lovely, or of good report or have virtue, or are worthy of praise.”
Kim commented, “I like the way you made the verse into an order for yourself to follow. It’s a good way to be reminded.”
Walking and talking some distance behind them, Sara mentioned, “Denji this is a good place to learn a lot of fascinating things about this city where I was born. When I was growing up, I didn’t like this city and was very glad we got to move to the ranch. But my foster parents did a good job of helping me delete the bad memories.”
“I’m glad for you, Sara,” he responded. “My parents and I like Pine City so much better than the other city we lived in, and for me it has fond memories because this is where Jesus restored my sight when Uncle Tomo and Aunt Ami prayed for me. Then they explained the Good News, and my parents and I asked Jesus to be our Savior.”
Sara replied, “Those are indeed good memories. I’m so glad we both know and love Jesus and want to serve him, and that we both have had good teachings from our parents, church and small groups.”
“Yes,” Denji commented, “I think small groups are an extremely good idea. There’s no time in or after the church services to get to know anyone, but being in a small group makes up for the lack of time. I’ve learned a lot from the ones I’ve been in since my salvation.”
“Excellent,” said Sara, “and I like the fact that Jesus said in Matthew 18:20, for where two or three are gathered together in my name, I am there in the midst of them. Oh my, I just looked at my watch and we have just enough time get to our small group on time if we leave right now.”
Mary was talking to Timmy and her parents, Don and Anita Ross, about third grade in Mrs. Blake’s classroom at the church school. She began, “Timmy, now I understand the things you said last year about third grade. It has been full of interesting things to learn, some of them harder than others. But she’s so good at teaching us that even the hard ones don’t seem as hard.”
“I agree.” Timmy smiled at his little sister, who wasn’t so little any longer. “I’m glad we both got to be in her classroom because she is a very good teacher.”
“So am I,” Mary continued, “and my favorite times of the day are when she reads stories to us and when we get to have Kippy time with the cute koala puppet, who taught us how to listen and ask questions without interrupting. I also like singing all those neat songs about the Bible and creation and how great our God is. On Fridays we have small group time to share something we learned from our individual Bible study time.”
“I liked all those times also,” he agreed. “The most helpful thing she taught us is how to be missionaries in the public school and for the rest of our lives. Everything she says is very true, and if you do things the way she teaches, it works, even though it’s not easy.”
Mary nodded looking very serious. “I’m listening very carefully and am trying to remember all she says, because I know how important this job is for us. There are very few believers in the public schools, and the students need to hear about Jesus.”
Don commended them both, “I’m so glad you both got to go to the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church School and learn these important things. Timmy is doing well this year, and I know you will also next year, Mary.”
“I’m glad too,” added Anita, “plus it’s good that I got to volunteer in both of your classrooms. I’ve learned a lot of interesting things, especially about God’s creation.
Just before Thanksgiving Karen had the girls bring their thankful notebooks to class again so they could read a verse about a promise that was precious to them. She started her lesson with the song titled Psalm 136:1 which says, O give thanks to the LORD, for he is good, for his mercy endures forever. Then she read from her notebook, Deuteronomy 7:9, Know therefore that the LORD your God, is God, the faithful God, who keeps covenant (or promise) and mercy with those who love him and keep his commandments…
Then she commented, “This verse is precious to me because God said it so many years ago to the people of Israel before they went into the promised land, and I’m thankful that he is still the same today. Who would like to be next?”
Stella volunteered, “I'm thankful for the same thing. Joshua 21:45 is precious to me because it proves God keeps his promises. I paraphrased it. Not one of the good things the LORD had spoken (or promised) to the house of Israel failed, they all came to pass.”
“I like that verse also,” one of the girls said, “I also like Hebrews 10:23, Let us hold fast to the profession of our faith without wavering, because he who promised is faithful. For this one we have to do our part for the promise to work.”
“Right, it seems like some promises are conditional,” the girl beside her added, “I think 2 Corinthians 7:1 tells us how to act. My paraphrase goes like this. Therefore since we have these promises, … we should cleanse ourselves from all wickedness … and make our holiness perfect in the fear of God.”
Nan was next. “That’s a good verse, and I like Psalms 85:8a, I will hear what God the LORD will speak, for his will speak peace to his people. This one doesn’t have the word promise, but it infers that it is a promise.”
“Yes,” another girl nodded and shared, “1 Corinthians 10:13 doesn’t use the word promise either but I think it is one. I’ll read my paraphrase of it. Our temptations are like others have, and God is faithful to not let us be tempted more than we can handle but will make a way to escape so we can bear it.
A different girl went on, “I’m glad to know that verse and I like 2 Peter 1:4a. … we are given especially great and precious promises so we can be partakers of the divine nature… “
“I agree,” then Liz explained, “This next verse was hard to understand, but when I finally did, it became precious to me. Romans 4:16, It is of faith by grace, so the promise might be sure to all of (Abraham’s) seed, not only that which is of the law, but also to that which is of the faith of Abraham, who is the father of us all.
“Yes, and my verses might help explain Liz’s verse,” then Emma read, “Galatians 3:13,14, 29, Christ has redeemed us from the curse of the law, being made a curse for us, for it is written, cursed is everyone who hangs on a tree, so that the blessing of Abraham might come on the Gentiles through Jesus Christ, and we might receive the promise of the Spirit through faith. And if you are Christ’s, then you are Abraham’s seed, and heirs according to the promise.”
“Your verses are good, Emma,” and then Lisa added, “These verses might also go with yours, Liz. Hebrews 6:13-15, For when God had made a promise to Abraham, because he could swear by no greater, he swore by himself, saying surely blessing I will bless you and multiplying I will multiply you. And so, after he had patiently endured, he obtained the promise.”
“I think so too,” said Hanna, “and these next verses explain how we Gentiles became heirs. Ephesians 3:4b,6, the mystery of Christ is that by the gospel, the Gentiles would be fellow heirs, and belong to the same body, and be partakers of his promise in Christ.”
“Yes,” Ellie continued, “and my verse maybe tells why the Lord did your verse Hanna. 2 Peter 3:9, The Lord is not slack concerning his promise … but is long suffering to us, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance.
“Very good,” and Christi added, “my verses go along with those verses also. Acts 13:32,33a, Paul said, We declare to you glad tidings, … the promise which was made to the fathers, God fulfilled to their children by raising Jesus from the dead…”
Karen concluded, “Thank you girls for sharing your verses. I’m amazed at the way some of them went together so well. Have a happy Thanksgiving and I’ll see you next time.”
William did a similar lesson on the farm.
A family in church #4 had a very big group of people for their Thanksgiving celebration. They had made arrangements to use the church school’s lunchroom so there was plenty of room for everyone. Each family paid its share to have the dinner catered, so it was much easier for all of them.
Included in this group, was a young man who had been in a terrible accident two years before, which had resulted in him being a quadriplegic. The doctors had all told the family there would be no way he could ever recover, so they had learned ways to care for him at home. But it was very hard for all of them. Somehow they managed to bring him and all the things they needed for his care to the reunion because they felt a need to see and spend some time with the family.
Toward the end of the meal, the host couple were talking to the young man and his parents. They told them about some of the miracles Jesus had done while he was on earth and that he still works that way today.
Then they asked if they could lay their hands on him and pray for Jesus to heal him. The parents nervously agreed and watched as the couple explained to their son what they were going to do. Then they were totally surprised when the host couple prayed and then told him to get up and walk, and he did!
Everyone else in the room was astonished as well and they were all very willing to listen to the Good News, ask questions if they had any, and then pray the prayer to ask Jesus to be their Savior. It was the best Thanksgiving any of them had ever had!
The families all attended church together and Pastor Don said he would send a couple who was ready to graduate, to their city right away. So that couple graduated early and was commissioned to go as pastors for the ones who had been saved in that city and to start a new church for all of them.
The pretty reddish brown horses, Chile Powder and Paprika had gotten over their fear. They had been gentled and trained by Nathan and Esther. Now they were being ridden by some of the other adults on the ranch to get them ready for the young people.
The next two horses Nathan and Esther obtained were Tennessee Walking Horses about three years old. One of them wouldn’t let people anywhere near it and stayed as far away from the other horses as he could. They had bought them from a family who had only wanted them for looks, and just let them stay wild in a pasture near the house. But now they had to move and couldn’t take them with them to the new place. Of course they couldn’t find anyone who wanted to buy untrained horses and they were thrilled when they heard about the ranch being willing to buy abused horses, so they sold them for a good low price. Although they didn’t think they had actually abused the horses, they did realize that they certainly hadn’t done them any good either.
When Oscar and Vera saw them they were pleased with their looks. Oscar declared, “They’ll be perfect to take the place of the tall, trotting buckskins we want to sell to a working cattle ranch.”
“Yes they will,” agreed Vera, “and I can just imagine how shiny and gorgeous they will look in the summer with their shiny coats. I’ve always wanted a horse called Ginger and the lighter one is just the right color. So that will be his name and the darker one will be Cumin. These look to be about 15 hands tall, but I guess they can’t be measured yet.”
Nathan smiled. “No, it may take a lot of time before we can get that close to either one of them. I’m glad the family had someone who could get them roped and loaded to deliver them to us. I didn’t want to have to manhandle them before we even had a chance to gentle and train them.”
Esther explained, “We didn’t bother Unice to go with us and check them out since they’re so wild, but we will keep them quarantined for a few weeks and she will come observe them.”
“Just don’t get yourselves hurt, please,” cautioned Vera.
Nathan nodded. “We will be very sure to be careful. I know how dangerous wild animals can be.”
After several days Esther said, “I guess we’ll have to let him get used to this on his own. Nothing we’ve done so far has worked.”
“Absolutely,” Nathan concurred, “so we’ll put them in two movable round pens at the far end of the pastures, away from the other horses until he accepts us.”
“Right,” Esther agreed, “then we can move them a little closer each day to the other horses like we did with Honey.”
They worked with the one horse together daily while the scared one watched it get brushed, have its hooves checked, and it got used to wearing a halter and bridle and saddle.
Nathan and Esther kept their equipment in the storage room of their garage to save them time since these two pens were close to their house. When Nathan was finally able to get into the pen with the scared one, he used Monty Roberts’ plan to achieve “join up.” Finally he could continue with brushing and so forth like they did with the first one.
They had made good progress, and Unice was even able to check them over for any physical problems. In another month Nathan and Esther were able to ride these two when their family went riding. Ginger and Cumin were both well on their way to being trained and gentle enough for other riders.
Oscar and Vera got acquainted with an older couple in Grace ‘n’ Faith Church #4 by talking to them after the services for several weeks and learned many things about them, for example:
The man said, “For years we’ve been running The Mercy River Equine Therapy Center, which is just east of town near the river.”
His wife went on, “The river isn’t on our property, but we can see it
from many places, and we like its name.”
He continued, “We started our center with just one small donkey we had bought to use in nativity scenes and on Palm Sundays to carry the person playing the part of Jesus in some performances we used to have the week before Easter/Resurrection Day. Since he is very gentle and a donkey is considered an equine because it belongs to the same mammal family as horses and zebras, we’ve been able to use him for smaller people and children who are afraid of the bigger horses.”
She tacked on, “But he’s getting older and needs to be sold to a nice family with a couple kids who won’t ride him as often as he’s ridden at the center.”
“Just like us,” the man laughed, “we’re old enough that we want to retire. So we’d like to introduce you to our son and his wife who will be taking over the running of the center.”
After meeting and becoming friends with them as well as with the older couple, Oscar told them about Mercy Valley Ranch and then mentioned, “The small girls have grown a lot the past few years and are getting too big for the smallest horses we have on the ranch.”
“Right, remarked Vera, “most of the girls have been choosing taller horses the past few months because they’ve outgrown the little ones. But we have made sure these get ridden once in a while to keep them well exercised, and used to being ridden.”
Next Oscar explained, “So we have four horses we would like to sell to a place where they would be useful. Plus to people who would give them the same good care they are used to getting on the ranch.”
Vera added, “Princess is 13 hands tall, Brownie and Rusty are 11 hands tall and Honey is only 10 hands tall. They are all well loved and are very gentle and well trained.”
The son exclaimed, “They sound perfect! I think all of us would like to come and see them sometime soon if we could.”
“Of course,” responded Oscar, “and when you come, we will get the family with the smallest girls to demonstrate how gentle and well trained these horses are, and the kind of care they are used to getting on our ranch.”
Vera commented, “These horses are all Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses and the first three are registered. Honey is one hand shorter than the association allows to be registered.”
“By the way,” Oscar concluded, “they do not trot. They all have the smooth single-foot gait which is so comfortable for riding.”
“That sounds extra special!” The son asked, “Could we come tomorrow after lunch? The forecast is for a nice afternoon. And may we bring our four horse trailer in case we can make a deal we all like?”
Oscar answered, “Yes to both questions. We’ll see you tomorrow afternoon then.”
After Timmy and Mary were asleep in the evening, Don remarked, “I wonder how the nineteen-year-old ‘graduates’ from Mercy Valley Ranch and Farm are doing in their new homes and jobs.”
Anita replied, “Yes, I’d like to know about them also. I’m glad we get to hear about some of them when we go visit their families on the farm and ranch, but I really miss seeing them.”
“Right,” agreed Don, “I know the goal is to make them independent and productive citizens who can provide for themselves, but they seem so young. I have been praying for them daily.”
Anita nodded, “So have I, so I’m sure God is helping them, like it says in Hebrews 4:16, Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace, so we may obtain mercy and find grace to help in time of need. I’m glad they all know and make use of that promise. It would be fun to learn how those who asked to be in the same small group as others are doing in getting to know each other. As it is, we only have a few names to speculate about for romances.”
“I think it would be fun too,” said Don. “So far I haven’t seen any of them sitting together in church. They’re still sitting with their families, but I guess we’ll find out if and when they come to ask me to officiate at their weddings.”
“Precisely,” Anita continued, “I think it’s amazing how closely the families on the ranch and the farm bonded in such a short time. Maybe that’s why they still like to sit together. The foster parents have done an excellent job.”
Don concurred, “Especially those who started out with older girls or boys like the ones who have just been on their own for part of this year. We’ve seen how God helped them all.”
At this point they spent some time praying together for all of the ones who were now on their own, by name, and for any specific needs they were aware of from their visits with the families.
Then they talked about some scriptures that had been meaningful to them recently.
Don remarked, “I was reading some scripture verses about Heaven yesterday. Hebrews 11:10 says Abraham looked for a city which has foundations whose builder and maker is God. … and verse,16, says other people mentioned in Hebrews 11 also desired a better country, that is, a heavenly one. Therefore God is not ashamed to be called their God, for he has prepared for them a city.”
“Those are very impressive verses,” said Anita. “God has been building for a long time. I think a city he builds is far more beautiful than we can imagine.”
“Without a doubt!” Don exclaimed. “Next I read Hebrews 13:14, For here we do not have a continuing city, but we seek one to come.”
Anita commented, “All those verses remind me of a verse I read today, in 2 Corinthians 5:1, For we know that if our earthly house (this body) is dissolved, we have a building made by God, a house not made with hands, which is eternal in the heavens. Our new bodies will also be amazing!”
“Indeed,” Don continued, “Just think about all the new things God is making or is going to make. There’s the city and our new bodies plus, 2 Peter 3:13 says, Nevertheless we, according to his promise look for new heavens and a new earth where righteousness dwells.”
Anita concluded, “What a precious promise! We have so much to look forward to for eternity.”
The next morning at breakfast they shared those verses with Timmy and Mary, and they added Isaiah 65:17a, Behold, I create new heavens and a new earth… and John 14:3, Jesus said, “if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself; that where I am, there you may be also.”
Mary commented, “I like all those verses. They give us something to look forward to in Heaven.”
“I do too,” Timmy agreed, “thank you for reading them to us.”
On Sunday Oscar called a meeting of the Blake, Mendoza and the farrier’s families shortly after breakfast. They all met in the lower game room of the big house.
Oscar began, “I called this meeting because you three families have the youngest and smallest girls here on the ranch. First I want you to know that we’re very pleased with the way all three of you families are doing and how much all you girls have grown and have learned here.”
They all nodded, smiled or thanked him in some way.
He continued, “Mr. Mendoza and I had a long talk not long ago about the best things we could do to provide horses that are the correct size and that don’t trot.”
“Yes,” Nathan agreed, “and we came up with some good ideas, one which we’ve already started, by finding, buying, and bringing abused horses, 14 to 15 hands tall, that do not trot, to the ranch. We are working to rehabilitate and retrain them to be gentle for all the girls and parents on the ranch.”
Oscar continued, “Correct, and it is working well, although it will take some time to get enough of them ready for all the new girls who will be in the new houses.”
Nathan remarked, “Since it will be a pretty long time before all the houses are built, I think we’ll have them ready in time.”
“I think so too,” Oscar nodded and said, “In addition, we talked about how most of you girls have grown too big to ride the smallest horses we have on the ranch.”
“Right,” added Nathan, “so we’ve encouraged you to try some of the taller horses and you are doing very well with them.”
Oscar explained, “Therefore we’ve been looking for a good place to sell four of them where they can still be useful and be cared for just as well as they have been here.”
“Absolutely,” Nathan exclaimed, “this is very important to all the people on this ranch.”
Oscar went on, “Mrs. Yardley and I have met some nice people who run a center where horses are used to help people with various problems. It’s just east of Pine City near Mercy River and they call it The Mercy River Equine Therapy Center. The people who started it are getting ready to retire and their son and his wife who have been working with them are going to take it over.”
Esther stated, “It sounds like a useful place for some of the horses we have now.”
“Indeed,” and Oscar added, “when we told them about Princess, Brownie, Rusty, and Honey, they were immediately interested and would like to come see them today after lunch.”
All twelve girls looked surprised and then gloomy.
Julie used her teacher voice to explain, “Girls, as you grow older you’ll find many times when you have to say goodbye to some things you’ve grown to big to use. Think about a dress you really liked and it got to tight and too short for you. It probably was given to a thrift store so some family could buy it and their own small girl could enjoy wearing it.”
The girls nodded and tried to smile.
Nathan inserted, “We decided it would be a good idea to keep Boots and Socks, even though they’re shorter than Princess. Since they are shorter and they’re a matched pair, they might be able to help some of the newly arriving girls who will be fourteen and might be frightened by the taller horses.”
The girls, especially the twins Holly and Willow looked relieved.
The farrier mentioned, “I’ve noticed several times when our girls haven’t chosen Honey because they’re too big for her, that she looks rather forlorn as the other horses go off without her.”
“So have I,” his wife agreed, “so it’s good that Rose and Val continue to ride her while they’re still small enough.”
“I agree,” then Oscar concluded, “The people I mentioned will be here after lunch and I’d like to ask the Blake girls to demonstrate to these people how we care for the horses and to ride them up and down the road showing their gaits and how well trained and gentle they are. If they agree to care for them like we do and will pay the price we ask, they will probably take them with them today.”
The listeners all nodded in understanding and agreement. But it was going to be hard for them to see those horses leave the ranch.
When the people from the equine center arrived, Oscar, Vera and their girls, plus the Blakes and their quadruplets went with them to the pasture. The people were totally impressed by the way the whole herd of horses came to greet all the people, and they all looked so healthy and well cared for.
Then they were amazed when they saw the four ten-year-old girls each walk up to the horse of their choice, talking and patting or rubbing them before putting on the halters, lead ropes, and leading them to the gate. Their dad opened the gate and then closed it when all of them were out of the pasture.
Everyone went to the tack room and watched as the girls brought out the equipment and tack. They were tall enough now, to not need the platform as they brushed the horses’ hair smooth, checked and cleaned their feet, and put on the blankets, saddles, and bridles. The saddles were tightened the last bit by their parents since the girls weren’t strong enough to finish that job yet.
The girls mounted the horses and walked them for five minutes, timed by their mother who had a watch, up and down the road in front of their audience, to get them warmed up before showing the other gaits. It made a very good show!
When they were finished, they demonstrated how to take the tack off, replace the halters, tie them again, brush the horses another time and check their feet. The audience followed them back to the pasture so they could see how the horses were thanked and stroked before removing the halters so they could go free.
The Blake family went back to clean the tack and then to their house. In the meantime, Vera invited the guests to their home for tea and talking time. They got all their questions answered, including the asking price for each horse and its tack.
The four guests went to the living room to talk and decide. They all agreed these horses would be a perfect addition to the little herd at their equine therapy center. Buying these horses would make it possible for them to help more people at a time. They promised to care for the horses the way the ranch did and paid the asking price, knowing it was a fair price and the horses and tack were well worth the money.
Oscar went with them to help load the tack, and then watched as the four guests, walked up to the four horses, talked, stroked and rubbed them before putting on the halters and lead ropes to lead them out of the pasture and to the horse trailer. Each horse entered the trailer with no problems, and then they were on their way to their new home.
All the young girls who had ridden those horses for the past years were watching from inside their houses. They all wiped away the tears that flowed down their faces as the trailer took away their friends. But they understood that it was for the best, because Oscar had explained the reasons and what might happen.
With tears running down her face, Esther consoled their girls by admitting, “Girls, I understand how you feel, because I feel the same way. When I first learned how to ride a horse, many years ago, Rusty was the horse I started out riding and I loved him. I’ll miss him and the others also, especially Honey, because I helped to rehabilitate and train her, but I know this is for the best, since the ranch needs larger horses now.” The girls came to her for hugs and they all felt better afterward.
When Hope and Joy and Timmy and Mary came to ride with the quadruplets, they were sad and missed their favorite horses too, but they understood, when it was explained to them. Mary soon learned it was just as easy to ride Boots or Socks when she got used to being up so much higher than she was on Honey. All the children learned to accept this as part of growing up.
One day in a grocery store the boss said to a new employee, “Put the green bananas on the bottom of the box, and the yellow ones on top.”
“Please tell me why,” requested the new employee.
“So the people won’t have to dig around looking for the ripe yellow ones, The green ones will ripen on the bottom of the box and neither color will get bruised.”
“Thank you for explaining it to me,” he responded. “When I understand the reasons for doing things, I remember them better.”
A man shopper who was a believer started talking to another shopper and the believer’s wife who was with him said she would go ahead with the shopping. He knew this also meant she would pray for him. The man nodded and continued talking. He used the short conversation they had overheard as an opener and commented, “I like the patient way the boss explained ‘why’ to the new worker.”
“Yes,” the second man replied, “it’s nice to see people being kind to each other. And the new worker even thanked the boss.”
The first man nodded, “Right, and I think the new worker will feel free to continue to ask questions and be able to learn how to be a good asset to the ones who hired him.”
“Absolutely,” declared the second man, “I’ve seen it happen the opposite way too often.”
“So have I,” agreed the first man. “Many people have questions about important things but don’t feel free to ask them. Do you have any questions about the Bible? I will be just as patient as I try to explain my answers as the boss was, if you’d like to ask.”
The second man thought a while, “Well, I don’t know much about the Bible. Why do some people think it’s so important?’”
The first man answered, “For me the Bible is important because it tells the story of how God created everything including humans, even knowing they would not obey him. It goes on to explain how God loved the people he had made and made a way for them and all other people to be forgiven for not obeying God, which is called sinning.”
The second man asked, “What is the punishment for sinning?”
The first man answered, “The Bible says in Romans 6:23, The wages of sin is death, but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.”
“So,” the second man assumed, “then does that mean everyone will be saved?”
“No,” the first man patiently replied, “only the ones who confess their sins, ask forgiveness, repent, and believe in Jesus and all he did, will be saved.”
“Who is Jesus, and what did he do?” was the next question.
The first man responded by summarizing and reading verses from the Gospel of Luke. “In Luke chapter one it says, Jesus was born to a virgin named Mary. Verse 32 says, ‘He shall be great and shall be called the Son of the Highest.’ We celebrate his birth at Christmas time.”
“Oh, so that’s why Christmas is important, not because of Santa Claus,” the man realized.
“Precisely,” and the first man continued, “The second chapter in Luke tells us that Jesus was born in Bethlehem. When an angel announced his birth to some shepherds they hurried to find and worship him. Then you can see here in chapter three of Luke, the genealogy of Jesus going clear back to God, his father.”
The man declared, “This is impressive!”
“It certainly is,” agreed the first man who went on, “the rest of the Gospel of Luke tells of Jesus doing good, teaching about God, the miracles he did, people he healed, and how the leaders of his people the Jews wouldn’t believe him and had the Roman ruler execute Jesus by crucifixion, even though he had done nothing that would deserve death. This is recorded in Luke 22 and 23.”
After a short pause the first man went on, “Jesus allowed this to happen so he could be the perfect sinless sacrifice to pay for all the sins of every person who would believe in him. Then on the third day, as it says in the last chapter of Luke, God raised Jesus from the dead, which is what we celebrate at Easter time. He was seen for many days by those who had traveled with him to Jerusalem where he had been executed.”
All the man could say was, “Wow!”
“Jesus explained why he went through all of those things was to fulfill prophecy in the Bible. Then he said in Luke 24:46b,47, Thus it is written, that Jesus would suffer, die, and rise from the dead the third day, and that repentance and forgiveness of sins should be preached in his name among all nations, beginning at Jerusalem.”
The second man responded by praying, “God, I believe in your Son, Jesus. I repent and confess these sins:” he listed many. “Please forgive me so I will have your gift of eternal life through Jesus. Thank you, God.”
The first man exclaimed, “Excellent! Now you are a believer who is on your way to eternal life in Heaven! I’m so happy for you. Here is a little booklet that will review for you what you’ve done and some of the next steps you can take. There’s a little card inside you can fill out and bring with you to the church at this address and time is listed right here. You can meet me and my wife there and sit with us. If you fill out the card saying you’d like to join a small group so you can learn more about Jesus, we will take you to meet the pastor and you can give him the card.”
“I would like to do that,” said the man. “I’ll meet you there.”
Just then the first man’s wife came up and was introduced and she rejoiced with them.
Greg Iverson mentioned after supper, “I heard that they sold some of the small horses on the ranch. They sold Honey, Brownie, Rusty, and Princess, but kept Boots and Socks for smaller fourteen-year-old girls who would replace the ones who left the ranch because they were nineteen. Some of them might be afraid of the larger horses.”
Cory observed, “In that case, it’s a good thing we started riding the taller horses already, because they sold three of the ones we had been riding.”
Max commented, “I agree, but I’ll miss seeing Honey, Brownie and Rusty.”
“Ditto,” and Levi asked, “did they go to a good home where they will be loved and well cared for?
“Indeed they did,” answered Greg, and he explained how the sale had come about, and finished by saying, “So those four little horses will still be useful and have good care too. But I have to admit that I’ll miss seeing them also.
“Same here,” Oralie agreed, “It has been so interesting to see the different sizes of horses all these years.”
Jack remarked, “I’m glad I didn’t have to be one of the riders who had to demonstrate their care, gentleness, and gaits, because I get nervous doing things in front of strangers.”
“Likewise,” then Kevin went on, “and I'm glad you told us, Dad, that they’re going to replace those and most of the trotting horses with medium sized, comfortably gaited horses. Otherwise there wouldn’t be enough horses to go around.
Cory continued, “Right, especially with all the new girls who will be living on the ranch when all those houses are finished and filled. It will be such a good way to increase their ministry.”
“I was hoping they’d do the same thing here,” Kevin added, “But then I heard that the farm doesn’t need any extra workers, so that’s why they aren’t going to build any more houses here.”
Max reasoned, “It’s OK with me this way. I like this farm just the way it is right now.”
“So do I,” Jack concurred. “And I’m also glad I don’t have to be the one to make those kinds of decisions.”
Levi added, “I feel the same way, but I just realized I missed my chance to ride Princess, and now she’s not there any longer.”
“Correct,” and Oralie sympathized with Levi, “but some day you’ll be big enough to ride Queen, another beautiful black horse on the ranch.”
“Thanks, Mom,” he responded, “you always know how to help me feel better, when things seem to go wrong.”
The building project on Mercy Valley Ranch was going well. Ben had hired all but one member for his second crew and knew he’d find another good one if he kept looking. But he wasn’t in a hurry. In the meantime, he and Jeff were training the other crew members how to install plumbing, electricity and HVAC, which stands for heating, ventilating, and air-conditioning. A couple of the members decided to go to night classes to get their licenses in plumbing or HVAC since Jeff was already a licensed electrician. Then the company wouldn’t need to hire subcontractors.
Ben was glad that all the footings and foundations had been poured and cured out before it started freezing at night, and they had all passed the inspection. The second crew had covered the concrete for the other houses with tarps and made sure they wouldn’t blow off so the concrete would be protected from weathering. Then they had gone down to the lower level of houses to build the garage and addition on Unice’s little house.
During the time they second crew were working on Unice’s house, the first crew had filled in around the foundation of the first two-story house and had installed the floor joists to support the floor and walls. Then they put down the subfloor. Now they could frame the walls with windows and doors and their headers, while they were still down on the floor and then the workers lifted them up into their places and the house started taking shape.
Next some of the workers put the sheathing on the outside of the building while other were framing and putting up the rest of the inside walls for the rooms. Then they formed the floor for the second level house. So, the first crew had the lower level almost closed in and was working on framing the second level so it could be closed in also. When the addition on Unice’s cabin had been completed, the second crew put all the windows and outside doors in their places on the lower level of the first house. Afterward, they started putting on the house wrap over the sheathing and later the exterior siding on the outside of the lower level and later did the same on the upper level so they could stay busy, but out of the way.
They had to use tall scaffolding to put the wall sheathing, windows, outside doors for the game room and into the kitchen, plus the rest of the exterior items on the outside walls of the second level. When that was finished, a big crane came and lifted the roof trusses up from the ground to their places on the roof. Two of the workers were up there to guide them into place and secure them. Then it was time to put on the roof sheathing along with the felt underlayment and finally the shingles. Now both levels were weatherproofed and had the proper kinds of fire escape ladders for windows in the upper levels.
They had all felt like they were having a race with winter to get both levels closed in before it snowed and got really cold outside. Then they could work inside with electric space heaters comfortably through the winter.
Their hard work and planning paid off. Before it started snowing, one crew was working inside the lower level while the other crew worked inside the upper level and there was plenty to keep both of the crews busy through the winter. That included roughing in the electrical and plumbing and heating and ventilation, and air conditioning. Then they were ready for insulating the outside walls, putting sound proofing between the two levels and insulating the upper level above its ceiling.
Next they put up plasterboard on the walls and ceilings, taped the cracks and filled over the nails, sanded it, and applied the texture before painting it. Then they would be ready to put down the flooring, which was good vinyl with a cushion so it was easy on the feet for standing. Next they installed the light fixtures, outlets and switches, and completed the electrical panel.
Now they could bring in the cabinets that were already built, and put them in place. Mirrors, sinks, tubs with rods for shower curtains, faucets, and toilets would be set in place. Next they would order and receive the appliances and get them ready to be used. Afterward they installed all the inside doors.
On nicer days they worked on the attached garages and the staircase in the one for the upper level. They had been using the outside staircase to the game room, but it would be nicer to be able to use the one that would be inside the garage for the upper level. It wasn’t long before they had both garages closed in so the weather didn’t bother them while they worked inside of them.
They waited for the warmer weather of late spring to have the garage floors and sidewalks poured. After everything was finished, inspected, and double checked, each crew did a final cleaning of the houses. They cleaned the insides of the microwave, refrigerator, and cabinets, mopped the floors and washed the windows. They used a simple solution of two parts water and one part distilled vinegar which left everything smelling fresh and there was no residue.
A landscaper was hired to install a sprinkler system and lawn for the first house. Then Vera and Karen added some perennial flowers to finish the front yard. For the other houses when they were finished, Oscar, Nathan and Ted did the landscape work with weed stop under three colors of gravel in a pleasing design, much like the lower level of houses had. When they were completed, Vera and Karen planted some perennial flowers in the front yards. They would tell the lower level families how much to water the plants and how to care for them.
One afternoon after school, Joy and Hope Foster were helping their mom, Sherry, with the laundry. While she was in the twin’s room Sherry requested, “Girls, would you please bring the clean sheets in here?”
They went quickly to do as she had asked. As soon as each girl had a set of sheets for her bed Hope suggested, “Let’s go into our room singing the chorus of “Bringing in the Sheaves,” but we’ll change it to sheets instead, just to be funny.”
“Oh, let’s do!” agreed Joy, “it will be fun and funny because Mom knows we understand the difference. She was in my classroom when the teacher showed us pictures of sheaves to help us understand the song better. I saw her nodding in agreement that day.”
So they skipped down the hall singing all the way into the room with the sheets and then handed them to her with happy smiles. Then they all dissolved into laughter and had a three-way hug.
Sherry exclaimed, “I remember when I first heard that song I thought it said they were bringing in the sheep. Sometimes it’s hard to hear what the words really are. Thank you girls for doing as I asked and for bringing so much fun and laughter into my life, even when we’re doing housework!”
“You’re welcome,” Hope replied, “we like to hear you laugh.”
Joy added, “Yes, and we thank you for all the things you do for us. Are you going to teach us how to put on the sheets today?”
Sherry responded, “You are both welcome also, and yes, I will teach you today. Watch what I do as I put on the fitted bottom sheet. Then I’ll remove it and you can each try it on your own bed.”
Mom made it look easy, but it wasn’t easy for girls who were only ten years old. They had to pull very hard on each corner of the sheet to get the sheet to go under the corner of the mattress, but they finally finished.
“Good job, girls,” commended Sherry. “It will get easier for you as you get stronger and until then, would you like me to put on the bottom sheets each time?”
They nodded in relief and Hope remembered, “It’s time to put on the clean pillowcases now, and we already know how to do it.”
After they finished, Joy asked, “Are the top sheets easier to put on the bed?”
“Indeed they are,” answered Sherry, “because they’re flat. I’m glad you both like to learn. As it says in Proverbs 18:15, The heart of the prudent gets knowledge, and the ear of the wise seeks knowledge. Watch again as I do this one and then I’ll remove it so you each can try it.”
She showed them how to know which end went at the head of the bed and demonstrated how to get the sides even and how to tuck in the bottom, without square corners so it would be easier for them. They did a good job on that part and then put the blankets on next.
Joy remarked, “I’m glad Fiona told us why they didn’t buy head and foot boards for any of their beds. So you asked Dad to take ours and yours off too.”
“Right,” said Hope, “I remember we thought their beds looked strange without them, but it sure does make the beds easier to make with those out of the way.”
“I agree,” Sherry nodded, “Fiona has some good ideas. We learn a lot by going to her house a couple times a month so you girls can play with their little boys, Johnny and Patrick and dress their twin girls, Grace and Faith, in the clothes we were so happy to give to them.”
“For sure,” added Hope, “we get to enjoy our gift to them every time we go there. We have way more fun with her children than we ever did when we played with dolls.”
“I think so too,” and Joy went on, “besides we’re getting good training for being babysitters someday. Plus I remember the last part of Acts 20:35 where Jesus said, It is more blessed to give than to receive.”
Ruth Beckett went to visit her mom, Anna, on Mercy Valley Farm one Saturday afternoon. “Hi, Mom! How are you and Dad doing?”
Anna answered, “We’re fine. Welcome! It’s so good to see you.”
“Likewise!” Ruth stated as she gave her mom a hug. “I think it will be grand when you and Dad get moved to the ranch and I can see you every time I spend the weekend with Nathan and Esther and their girls!”
Anna responded, “We’re both looking forward to it, and we’re praying there will be a house available when all our boys have gone out on their own this coming year.”
“I’ll keep praying about that too,” offered Ruth, “and that God will work out the timing for you.” She sang the chorus, “In His Time.” Anna joined her and then Ruth continued, “I know he’s able to do it, like it says in Psalms 27:14, Wait on the LORD, be of good courage, and he shall strengthen your heart. Wait, I say on the LORD. Do you think you’ll miss giving piano lessons to the ones you’ve been teaching here on the farm?”
“I think I will in some ways,” replied Anna, “But Felix and Sunny’s boys really don’t need any more lessons, and Sunny has learned enough that she can take over teaching the other family.”
Ruth remarked, “If you still want to teach piano, there will be many new girls coming to the ranch. Some of them might want to learn.”
“True,” Anna agreed, “and I don’t suppose Esther will have time to add any more to the ones she already has.”
Ruth agreed, “I think you’re right about that. But we all know what good therapy piano playing can be.
“Certainly,” Anna remarked, “and I was thinking I could teach our new girls using one of the pianos in the game rooms of the big house, and the other girls could do homework or games until it would be their turn for a lesson.
“It’s worth a try,” Ruth pondered, “would you do the same thing for their practice times?”
Anna admitted, “I hadn’t thought that far ahead yet, but since you asked, I’m afraid it would not work very well. Also it would be even harder to figure out ways to teach girls in another family.
“I agree,” Ruth said, “it was easier when Felix and William did sport games together for the unoccupied boys on the farm. And for Esther, it has worked well for her girls and for the other girls near their ages. The parents who aren’t watching the lessons can supervise the ones not having a lesson while they play young girl games.”
“Right,” Anna concurred, “and more importantly, I think I would need a piano in our house for teaching just our girls so they could practice while I do house work and the other girls could keep busy either helping me or doing things on their own.”
“I think so too,” then Ruth suggested, “Maybe you and Dad can find a good used console piano like Ted and Julie on the ranch did at a thrift store or for sale in the newspaper or on the web.”
“Brilliant idea!” Anna exclaimed. “Even if none of our girls want lessons, I would like a piano again in my own house for whenever I have time to play it. It’s good that we talked about this topic today. It helped me figure out what would be the best thing to do, like it says in Proverbs 27:9, Ointment and perfume rejoice the heart, and so does the sweetness of a person’s friend by hearty counsel.”
“I’m glad we are friends, Mom,” Ruth remarked. “I like to think of you with a piano you can play whenever you have a chance, and I’m sure Esther will feel the same way. She’d probably even offer to give the upright piano back to you and Dad.”
Anna declared, “I don’t want it back! It needs to stay right where it is now! I’d like to buy a pretty used console and have it moved into our house at the ranch just before we bring all our other belongings and get settled into our new home.”
“Excellent planning, Mom,” stated Ruth, “Your mind works so quickly and comes up with good solutions.”
William and Karen had made up separate lessons for their older Bible Study Groups to do when they were seniors in high school to help them learn to become committed, virtuous believers who could choose the kind of person they would want to court or be courted by, while they were looking for a possible marriage partner. These groups were smaller and were limited to only that age group. The ranch and farm both used these lessons for the first group that were seniors and each group of seniors after them.
Karen and William both used a book William and Anna had written about some of the noble people in the Bible so they could emulate their good points. They would read part of it each class time allowing time for comments, questions and answers. The students enjoyed it and learned a lot.
Karen used Fiona’s list, and William used one he had developed. Both lists included good and bad things to look for in the other person. These things can be noticed by observing the person in large or small group situations or on double dates. The lessons encouraged them to watch how people treat others, listen to how they talk, and even what they laugh about, and especially what they criticize. Many of the bad things could be a stop sign for the relationship. The following ideas were compiled from the first three books in the Sunshine Series.
Bad things included, being a bad loser, constantly teasing others or you, being critical of others or you, especially when the others are not present, making fun or others, especially you, complaining or arguing about many things, ignoring you, not listening and/or not trying to understand you, using what you say against you later, being pushy, disagreeing about important issues, or trying to convince you to have sex before marriage. If the person is an unbeliever, it would be best to not even consider him or her as a possible marriage partner. You can’t change or convince a person after marriage and it would only cause trouble and heartache.
Good things included the opposites of all the bad ones, plus acting like a gentleman or lady, caring about your comfort or feelings, listening carefully and agreeing when possible, treating others with respect, being a believer so you can have unity.
The following questions can be asked about some issues to check for compatibility. What kind of movies do you go to, or watch on TV? How do you feel about jokes and teasing? How do you feel about having premarital sex? What other relationships have you had or what dating have you done?
How often do you like to go to church and small groups? How much money do you like to give to do God’s work? What’s your opinion about finances and having a budget? What place should God have in a person’s life? What place does God have in your life and what does God want you to do in the future? How does it mesh with God’s plan for my life? Do you agree with and adhere to the beliefs of our church? Are you committed to following Jesus and doing his will? Is putting God first in your life and each other next essential? Would you be willing to pray about a ministry we could do?
If you get married, would you like to have a family, and if so how many children would you like to have, and do you want to have them naturally or would you rather adopt them or have foster children? The woman might ask, what do you think about me continuing to work after we would be married or after we would have children?
How shall we handle disagreements? Will we talk over and pray about every important decision? Do you agree that a healthy diet and good exercise are necessary for a good lifestyle? Plus you can add any other questions you think are important.
All the high school seniors at the farm and ranch took these lessons very seriously and since the things to look for were written as lists, they were easy to check off and keep track of as they got to know each other. In addition they were good reminders of the ways good believers should act in order to please Jesus as it says in Ephesians 4:1b-3… walk worthy of the vocation to which you are called, with all lowliness and meekness, with patience, bearing with one another in love and endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace. The answers to the issue questions could be written out to be read by the other person and it would save time during dates and also help the people to answer the questions honestly.
During a lull at the tea room, Afta inquired, “Tomo and Ami, what did you think about Denji and Sara’s idea to live on Mercy Valley Ranch and raise four foster girls?”
Tomo replied, “It sounds very generous of them, and it will be a good ministry for them, but I’ll have to admit I think they are rather young for such a big responsibility.
“But,” objected Ami, “I thought they both acted very mature at their engagement party a couple months ago.”
“You’re right,” Hana agreed, “they have both acted very mature for several years and especially during this courtship. They’re not even rushing the wedding like so many young people these days. Instead they’ll continue to get to know each other better first.”
“Precisely,” stated Afta, “Denji even told me he waited several weeks to propose to Sara so Gary and Kim would have a chance to catch up to where Denji and Sara were emotionally since they had known each other so much longer.”
Tomo conceded, “Well then, I agree and I also think they’ll do a good job. I was just thinking how it is for us with only one foster girl most of the time. We have two for a month or more so the older one can help the younger one to adjust.”
“Not to mention,” added Ami, “We have Aneko and Kosuke to add their help when needed. They’ve been great!”
Just then two couples came into the tea room, got and paid for their tea, and sat at different tables. Tomo and Ami went to greet one couple while Afta and Hana welcomed the other, both mentioning they’d be glad to answer questions about the Bible if they had any. This time each couple explained they only wanted to get out of the wind and warm up for a while with some tea.
When they left, the others continued their conversation. Ami declared, “We really enjoyed the engagement party and were so glad it was warm enough to have it in the garden area of the restaurant.”
“Positively,” Hana nodded. “It’s always so beautiful out there that no decorations are needed. It just feels festive, and our whole extended family always loves a party for any reason, so they can celebrate.”
Afta announced, “Yes, and now I think it’s time for us to share our plans with the two of you. We’ve been talking, praying and planning for many months about raising some foster girls ourselves.”
“Right,” continued Hana, “we thought we would start in town with one girl for a couple months and when she seems very settled she can help when we add one more.”
Tomo observed, “It sounds like a good plan. What ages are you considering?”
Afta responded, “We’ll do like Mercy Valley Ranch is doing for all the parents there. First we will take two who are fifteen and then add two more who are fourteen.”
Hana explained, “Afta and I have also decided we also would like to move to the ranch when there’s an opening because of the new houses being built there.”
“During the mornings,” Afta was quick to add, “we will still be able to come to the tea room here at the restaurant on the days when the girls are in school to help or substitute for you when you travel doing evangelism.
Tomo complimented, “Afta and Hana, you’ve done a lot of Bible study and have progressed quickly in your lives as believers, so you are definitely ready to teach and raise foster girls.
“Thank you, Tomo,” and then Hana went on to say, “After riding horses often with the Hopkins parents and with Denji and Sara, and much conversation with all of them, we decided we could move with our jobs to the ranch and raise four girls also.”
Afta tacked on, “Then we can also invite you two and whatever foster girl or girls you have, to come to the ranch and ride horses with us. It will give you a chance to learn why we enjoy doing it so much.”
“Thanks for the invitation!” Tomo exclaimed. “I think we all would enjoy learning how to ride horses, especially ones that don’t bounce the riders up and down.” Ami nodded in agreement.
Hana declared, “Then you’ll be glad to hear that they’re going to sell all but two of the horses that trot and replace them with the kind that have the comfortable gaits.”
When Karen realized that some people only want to think of Jesus as a baby, she also decided that must be why the Christmas season is so popular with many people. So she developed a lesson to share this idea with the girls on the ranch several weeks before Christmas.
She began the lesson time with several questions to start the girls to thinking. “When you wish someone a happy birthday, what age do you think he or she is?”
Lisa answered, “I think she’s one year older than last year.”
“Yes,” Karen agreed and asked, “Who receives gifts on birthdays?”
A girl stated, “The person with the birthday gets presents.”
“Right,” Karen nodded, “then on special days for the birthdays of historical people, what do you think about the age of those people?”
Stella replied, “I try to remember how old they were when they died, or figure out how old they would be if they were still alive.”
“That makes sense,” then Karen continued, “Do you ever think about those people as babies in their cribs?”
The girls all laughed and shook their heads.
Next Karen questioned, “Do you know or think about the circumstances surrounding their births?”
Another of the girls laughed and declared, “No way!”
“Of course not,” Karen stated, “I only know of one person whose birth is remembered in detail, and he was born about 2000 years ago. We know all the way back to the time of his conception, which is explained in Luke chapter 1, while the other details are added in chapter 2 and Matthew chapter 1. You all know who HE is. Everything about Jesus is special, so it’s no wonder there are so many songs and hymns written about him.”
The girls nodded in understanding and agreement.
Karen instructed, “Now, write the answer to this question in your notebooks. Since Christmas is Jesus birthday, then why do so many people give gifts to each other, and to family and relatives, and spend way more money than they can afford to spend?”
After a pause Karen asked, “What are some ways you and your family could change this tradition? Write your answers.”
She continued her lesson after those questions by having them sing with her the song “Come and Praise the Lord Our King,” which tells the story of Jesus birth, life, sacrifice, resurrection, ruling from Heaven, and that believers will live with him for eternity.
She explained, “I know you girls all know the correct story about Jesus, but many people don’t. Or if they do know it, they ignore the fact that the baby grew up and by the third chapters in Matthew and Luke he was ready to be baptized by John the Baptist and empowered by the Holy Spirit. Then he began his ministry, after being victorious over Satan’s temptations.”
Karen paused again to let them think and then went on, “Some people only want to think of Jesus as a baby so they never have to deal with who he really was, who he is, and who he will be. This way they don’t need to be accountable for their actions, or his claim on their lives.”
Next Karen said, “There are many scriptures to go with the song ‘Come and Praise the Lord Our King.’ Write each reference in your notebook before they are read, so you can look them up again. Let’s read Matthew 1:18-24a out loud together since it’s so long. Now the birth of Jesus Christ happened this way. When his mother Mary was engaged to Joseph, she was found to be with child of the Holy Spirit, before they came together. Joseph was a just man and not willing to make Mary a public example, he thought about divorcing her privately. But while he thought about it an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream saying, ‘Joseph, you son of David, do not fear to take Mary as your wife, for that which is conceived in her is of the Holy Spirit. And she shall bring forth a son, and you shall name him JESUS, for he shall save his people from their sins.’ Now all this was done, that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the prophet saying, ‘Behold, a virgin shall be with child, and shall bring forth a son, and they shall call his name Emmanuel, which being interpreted is, God with us.’ Then Joseph awoke and did as the angel of the Lord had bidden him.”
Then she handed out slips of paper with references written on them that went with the song “Come and Praise the Lord Our King.” The girls took turns reading the verses.
Emma read Romans 5:6, “For when we were yet without strength, in due time Christ died for the ungodly.”
Then Liz read Matthew 27:59,60, “When Joseph (of Arimathaea) had taken Jesus body, he wrapped it in a clean linen cloth, and laid it in his own new tomb, which he had cut out of a rock. Then he rolled a great stone to the door of the tomb and departed.”
Next a girl read Luke 24:6, “Jesus is not here, but is risen. Remember how he spoke to you when he was still in Galilee.”
She was followed by Nan who read Matthew 24:31, “Jesus shall send his angels with a great sound of a trumpet, and they shall gather together his elect from the four winds, from one end of heaven to the other.”
Then Karen suggested, “Let’s sing another good song, which also tells about Jesus birth and life, ‘Who Is He in Yonder Stall?’ We can notice that the same verses go with it plus one other one, which Ellie will read.”
So Ellie read Luke 2:20, “The shepherds returned, glorifying and praising God for all the things they had heard and seen, as it was told to them.”
Karen said, “The next song we’ll sing and study verses for is ‘Come and Praise the Lord Our King.’ Many of the verses we just looked at go with this song also. In addition let’s look at Psalm 89:27, where God said, I will make him my firstborn, higher than the kings of the earth.”
A different girl read Psalm 150:1a, “Praise the LORD. Praise God in his sanctuary.”
Christi read 1 Peter 2:10, “In time past you were not a people, but are now the people of God, who had not obtained mercy, but now have obtained mercy.”
And Hanna finished with 1 Thessalonians 4:16,17, “For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, with the trumpet of God. The dead in Christ shall rise first. Then we who are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air, and so shall we ever be with the Lord.”
Karen concluded, “As you get ready to celebrate Christmas this year think of some ways you can use some of these songs or scriptures to help your unbelieving friends to think about what Christmas really means. Write them in your notebook and then discuss them with your roommate at your home, and you can decide together which ones you might want to try as partners at school during lunch.”
Then she added, “Just before you leave today, let’s sing “Down from His Glory” as a way to praise and remember Jesus. This song is another good summary of Jesus leaving the glory of heaven, to be born in a manger, live a compassionate life, die on Calvary and be raised again. I especially like the part that says how I love him.”
The girls all did what Karen had suggested and several of the pairs had good success talking together as pairs during lunch time to any of the girls who would listen to them.
Matt and Fiona talked about what they could do to serve Jesus even more than they already were. Then Fiona talked to Anita about how she had done daycare and thought the idea might work. So they had prayed about Fiona doing daycare when Johnny reached three years old. She thought she could manage four more plus her own, so she could care for one girl Johnny’s age, another girl Patrick’s age and two boys the same age as her twin girls, Grace and Faith. This would provide other children their ages and give them opportunities to learn how to get along together.
If they decided to go ahead with the idea, she could use the books the church gave out to mothers just as she already had been doing. Plus she could use ideas she got from Mindy and also obtain and use the church’s curriculum for daycare mothers, so the children would be ready to enter the church school for kindergarten through third grades. These materials are available for all mothers to buy just for the cost of printing them, and they are a storehouse of knowledge. As an alternative, downloads of the materials in English, Spanish, or French onto personal computers are free of charge. But most people would choose to buy them from the church because they would already be printed and would be easier to use on a daily basis.
After praying about the day care idea for several weeks, there was a word of knowledge in their small group saying, “For the couple considering doing daycare along with the children you already have, it would be better to focus just on your own.” This made their decision much easier for them.
Therefore both Matt and Fiona believed she should just get the church day care curriculum and use it with their four children, rather than adding four more to the number. They didn’t need the extra money and knew Fiona could be a better mother to her own if she didn’t have so many more to care for every day.
When their twin girls, Faith and Grace, were old enough to be out of their cribs, Matt and Fiona donated the cribs and other nursery furniture to needy families. And when the children would grow out of their clothes, they planned to donate them to another family who had boys and twin girls in their church.
Their twin girls used the beds the boys had used in the old sewing room, and the nursery became the new sewing room by moving the cabinets, table, and sewing machine into it. The boys moved into one of the bedrooms where a missionary couple had been, and then they had only one missionary couple staying with their family at a time.
Nathan, Esther, and Unice went to see two more horses for the ranch. They were an odd looking, unmatched pair in the corral at the humane society. One was a bay roan and the other was a brown and white pinto.
The person in charge informed them, “The people who brought these two horses here told us they’re Tennessee Walking Horses, and they’re both 15 hands tall. But as you can see they are in very poor condition from neglect and malnutrition. They don’t even have enough energy to run away from us, but they are eating what we feed them. Unice, you can go ahead and check them over.”
She did and agreed with the person in charge, who then stated, “I don’t think they have the energy to be ridden today to see if they’re gaited. But maybe after a couple weeks with your good diet and pasture grass they’ll improve quickly. They really do need some tender loving care. We’ll just charge you the regular low fee and send them with you today. If they aren’t gaited you can return them.”
Nathan filled out the paper work and handed her the money saying, “Thank you, and be sure to come see them and the others we’ve rehabilitated. I think you’ll be pleased.”
“I'm sure I will be,” she replied, “thank you for the invitation.”
When Nathan and Esther put the two horses in the portable paddock, they gratefully started eating the grass and got drinks from the water provided for them. Oscar and Vera came right away to see the new arrivals.
“Oh my!” Vera exclaimed. “How could anybody stand to let horses get that run down? I’m glad you brought them here to take care of them.”
“Same here,” stated Oscar, “I feel angry with the ones who did this to them, but at least now they’ll have a chance to recover.”
“You’re right,” then Vera commented, “We’ve never had a roan horse on our ranch. This one will be a nice looking bay roan when he has had the proper care. His white hairs mixed with the brown look like they don’t start until about his middle and go on back to his tail. I think Roanie would be a good name for him.”
Esther inserted, “Yes it would. When Unice measured him she said he was 15 hands tall. So is the pinto.”
“Oh look,” noted Vera after nodding, “this pinto is the same brown and white as Patches, but she has more patches.” Then she realized, “I just said her name! Her name will be More Patches.”
“Perfect,” agreed Nathan, “I’m always amazed by the way you can come up with great names for the horses so quickly.”
Oscar applauded quietly so as to not startle the new horses and Vera smiled at her beloved husband.
Chapter 5
Matthew 5:16, Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father who is in heaven.
Last year at the end of the last day at school, Candy and June from the ranch had shown Ellie and Lisa around the high school so they wouldn’t be overwhelmed when they started high school. They also helped them the first day or two in January.
So the last class day in December this year, Karen Spencer was going to take Christi and Hanna as well as Stella and Liz to the high school where Ellie and Lisa would show them around the school and promise to be near to help the first day or two in January. It’s a wonderful way to be helped and then pass on the help at the end of the year to others on the ranch. They got the idea from people on the farm who had done it and William had told Karen about it.
Before the boys or girls had started middle school, their parents had prepared them by sharing things about it from their own experiences, and from web sites. They were following the advice given to Ezekiel in chapter 38, verse 7, Be prepared and prepare yourself and your company and be a guard to them.
Foster family roommates ate lunch together most of the time in middle school so they could make friends with loners and share the Good News with them. But on their last day at the middle school during lunch Liz, Stella, Christi and Hanna all ate together.
Stella suggested, “Let’s see if we can remember some of the ways middle school was different from elementary school, like we’ve had several different teachers and needed to change classrooms for many classes.
“Right,” agreed Liz, “plus the school is much bigger and we had to get used to having a locker.”
Christi continued, “We’ve had to change into a gym uniform and take showers after gym. On top of that, we have had much more homework and excuses aren't acceptable.
Hanna went on, “There’s more pressure from the teachers to excel in the classes, and from some peers to do other things that are not as acceptable.”
Christi changed the subject, “According to Ellie and Lisa, the changes increase in high school, with even more different teachers and classes, and peer pressure to do wrong things.”
“In addition,” Hanna tacked on, “they said the school building is even bigger, since it has two stories, so it’s easy to get lost.”
Liz declared, “Then I’m extra glad we get to go there after school today and they will give us a tour of the building.”
“I agree,” stated Stella, “and I’m sure our parents would tell us to keep our old friends and develop new ones, especially in order to share the Good News.”
Candy and June and their friends in the neighboring house on the ranch graduated from high school in December. Vern, Lora, and Mindy Jones attended their graduation ceremony.
Sara and Kim got to attend their graduation by riding the bus to the high school. Then they rode to the ranch with the family for a graduation party in the game room of the big house. After their enjoyable time, Yolanda took Sara and Kim back to their apartment in Pine City.
The people on the farm had graduation celebrations also. Evan had gone to the trade school in the evenings during his senior year and learned to be a construction worker. Therefore he graduated from trade school and high school in the same month of December, so his family had a second party for him along with the one they had for all four members of their farm family. William and Anna were pleased with the progress of all four young men.
Soon after Evan graduated from high school, and trade school he contacted Ben and told him he would like to help build houses on the ranch. His good resume and reference from his trade school teachers convinced Ben that he would be a good one to hire. So Ben did hire him and now Ben had two full crews working full time on the first house.
While Evan was still eighteen, William rode with him in the mornings to the ranch and then drove back to the farm so the vehicle would be available if they needed it. Evan stayed on the ranch to work all day and Ben drove him back to the farm in the evenings. Evan really enjoyed this short driving/riding time asking questions and learning many things from his dad about the Bible and from Ben about building.
One day at home Evan mentioned, “Sam, I’m saving all but the tithe of the money I am earning working for Ben, so I can buy a good used vehicle and pay for food and rent when it comes time for me to graduate from the farm.”
“It sounds like a good idea,” replied Sam. “Dad and Mom told me what they and learned from Oscar and Vera Yardley on the ranch about the people from The Mercy River Equine Therapy Center buying four of the smaller horses from the ranch for their center. I caught a ride with a man here on the farm one day and went there to interview for a job.”
“I noticed you studying diligently on the web,” then Evan asked, “How did your interview go?”
Sam answered, “I got a job and I’ll earn apprentice wages until I get more experience. I really like working with the horses and the people who are getting therapy. I get to walk along beside some of the young children like Dad and Gary and also Mom and Carlos did for Max and Levi when they were first learning how to ride. You and I helped by leading the horses.”
“I like that memory,” stated Evan. “Max and Levi were fast learners and got over their fears quickly. It was nice we could be of help to them.”
“Yes it was,” then Sam went on, “I’m also saving all but my tithe for the same things you mentioned. There are a few small houses on the property of the equine therapy center that they rent out to workers and their families. Maybe you and I could rent one where we could live and share the rent when we graduate from the farm.”
“Great idea, Sam,” declared Evan, “it’s nice to be able to make some plans together for that time in our lives.”
Sam smiled and nodded, “I agree, and you would get to help me care for the horses they bought from the ranch in the evenings.”
“Which ones did they buy?” Evan questioned.
Sam responded, “Princess, Brownie, Rusty, and Honey.
Evan realized, “Ah, so that’s why I didn’t see them the last times we got to go to the ranch to ride horses.”
“Right,” agreed Sam, “plus, when I start working there full-time I’ll get to ride a larger horse leading one of the small ones to exercise them before the people come for therapy. I’m glad I learned so much about horses from our field trips to the ranch.”
The last week in December, Denji, Sara, Gary and Kim ate supper at the food court in the mall where they could learn about the kinds of food the other person chose and they talked about food preferences.
Later they went and sat on two benches facing each other so they could talk as a group of four. Denji mentioned, “We probably won’t be in the same small group, in January because they change all the groups the first week.”
“I agree,” Sara went on, “but I hope we can continue our four member ministry group.”
“Indeed,” and then Gary suggested, “Possibly it would be better if we’re not in a small group at all since we all need to take the training for being foster parents.”
“Right,” Kim agreed, “the four of us can do it along with any others who might be there at the same time. Then when we get moved to the farm and the two of you move to the ranch we’ll join the small groups there.”
“Yes,” Denji continued, “so I’ll tell Pastor Don about our plans and ask him to not put the four of us into a small group in January. Plus we can continue our dates before the training time.
“Certainly,” and then Sara added, “and we can start talking about wedding plans.”
Kim exclaimed, “Brilliant idea, because I’m looking forward to planning and having our weddings.”
Gary and Denji nodded emphatically because they felt the same way, but Gary changed the subject. “For sure, and we can also plan some ideas for some other dates.”
After a few other topics, they rode around town looking at the Christmas lights before going to their small group meeting, where they shared their praises and listened to the praises of others. During announcement time they promised to call and invite the people to their wedding when they would get it planned. Then they all sang some great songs, enjoyed communion together, and prayed for God to bless each member of the group. They ended with a nice time of fellowship during refreshment time.
The Spencer family was getting ready for family devotions after supper and all the usual tasks had been finished. Jeff started their devotions by finding the song, “That’s What Faith Must Be” by Michael Card on the web. They listened to it a couple times and then sang along with the music and words on the monitor.
The lyrics to the chorus are meaningful, explaining that faith must be hearing with our heart, seeing with our soul, and being guided in a way we can’t see by Jesus’ hand that we can’t hold.
Jeff suggested, “Let’s see if we can find some scriptures about faith that go well with this song.” So they started looking in their concordances.
Lisa was first, “I found Hebrews 11:1,6, and they give a good definition of faith,” then she read, “… faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen. But without faith it is impossible to please God, for those who come to him must believe that he is, and that he rewards those who diligently seek him.”
“Those are really good, Lisa,” remarked Ellie, “in Romans 10:17, it says how we get faith. … faith comes by hearing and hearing by the word of God. That’s how it worked for us girls. We came here not knowing anything about the Bible, but you and Mom taught us so we could have faith and be saved.”
Christi commented, “I’m very thankful about all we’ve learned and for our salvation. Ephesians 2:8,9 tell how we were saved, For it is by grace you are saved through faith, and that not of yourselves, it is the gift of God, not of works, lest any man should boast.”
Hanna nodded, “I agree about your statement, because we were like the poor in James 2:5b, God chose the poor of this world to be rich in faith and be heirs of the kingdom which he has promised to those who love him. Now we’re rich because we’re heirs of the kingdom.”
Karen continued, “Exactly, and listen to 1 Corinthians 2:5, 5:7. Your faith should not be in the wisdom of men, but in the power of God. … for we walk by faith, not by sight. This is what we and you girls have done. We have faith in God’s power shown to us by his word.”
“Absolutely,” concluded Jeff, “and 1 Corinthians 16:13 says, Be watchful, stand firm in the faith, … be strong. This verse tells us how to live each day. Thank you all for finding such good scriptures.”
The Jones family decided to stay home rather than take an RV ministry trip during the two week vacation in December and January. After their trip to the Moab, Utah area during the week of Labor Day, they talked it over and all agreed they would prefer not to go in the winter this year. Vern would keep working at the dental clinic, but Lora and Mindy would have some time at home together to sew and get caught up on some other projects, plus just rest and relax.
Also in Pine City the Ross and Foster children got together several times to play in the snow at one house or the other. Mindy even came over a few times for old times sake, like when she had done day care or had looked after them at night. For this vacation they liked to have her join in the fun or give them ideas of other things they could do outside in the snow. Timmy, Mary, Hope and Joy still thought she was a great friend to have.
Mindy also made time to go daily to Fiona’s house during those two weeks. On one of the days she explained, “Fiona, this next year while I’m a senior in the online university, I won’t be able to come here every week day, but I can still come for one half day on the weekends.”
Fiona nodded in understanding, “I'll miss you, but I’m very thankful for all the times you’ve been able to come here over the past years!”
“I'll miss you also,” admitted Mindy, “and I almost wish I didn’t have to grow up so I could just continue coming here, but of course I know I can’t do that. So I asked Miss Davis, the principal of the church school I attended, if I could come and volunteer daily in different classes from Kindergarten through third grade. It will help me decide which grade level I would prefer to teach.”
Fiona agreed, “It’s a good plan, Mindy. You’ve done what it says in 2 Peter 3:18, … grow in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. To him be glory both now and forever. Amen. You’re already very grown up and mature for your age, and you will make a great teacher. Maybe someday you’ll have one of my children in your class.”
“I hope so!” Mindy declared, “also I asked her if I could do my student teaching in her school after I decide on the grade level I like best. She said it would be fine.”
“Good,” concluded Fiona, “and we’ll look forward to the half days you’ll get to come here on the weekends.”
Also during their vacation for Christmas and the New Year holidays, the boys and girls on the ranch and farm enjoyed some fun times. For instance, the Mendoza and Blake families got some used ice skates and were able to go skating on Wild Mint Lake, with the help of parents who walked on the ice with a girl between them until she could balance on her own. They still fell down a lot, but nobody got hurt.
There was enough snow on the hillsides that the farm boys got to use inner tubes, sleds, or toboggans to slide down the hills. The older boys cleared the snow off the pond and then everyone who had skates enjoyed skating. It was also fun to go snowshoeing on the snow covered fields.
Unice had developed a diet for the two new horses, Roanie and More Patches. Along with the pasture grass, and the new diet, Nathan and Esther and their girls could see daily improvement in the looks and health of the horses.
On the first day of the vacation Nathan instructed, “Girls, please stay outside of the paddock still, but do talk and walk around outside of it so the horses can get used to younger people being around as well as us.”
Esther continued, “Papa and I will go in and talk to them and stroke and groom them like we’ve been doing for several days now. They aren’t as frightened or as nervous as they were when we first brought them here.”
So the girls nodded and started walking and talking. Lucia mentioned, “They already look a lot better than they did the first day.”
“For sure!” Val declared. “I felt really sorry for them that day, but now I think they will be all right pretty soon.”
“Yeah,” agreed Willow, “I like to see how quickly they start improving with good food and care.”
Holly continued, “Same here, and I’m really glad our papa and mama are smart enough to help these horses and the other ones they already worked with.”
Val suggested, “It’s kind of like they did with us and whatever problems we had when we came to this ranch.”
“Right,” Lucia acknowledged, “and they continue to take care of us, like when Mama saw I had a problem with my eyes, they took me to an eye doctor and got glasses for me. Plus, they have my eyes checked every year and get me new glasses whenever I need them.”
“I agree,” inserted Holly, “and they love us and teach us what we need to learn. But I think it must take longer with people than it does with horses.”
Willow remarked, “Maybe that’s because we don’t grow up as fast as horses do. They’re ready to be trained and ridden by the time they’re three years old, but we aren’t ready to go out on our own until we’re nineteen years old.”
The girls continued with conversation and walking near the paddock for several days of the vacation and then they also went inside and talked to the horses as they stroked and rubbed the places the horses liked.
By the end of those two weeks these horses were looking much better and were much more used to people being around them. Nathan and Esther were able to ride them a short while each day by then and found out they did indeed have comfortable gaits.
Near the end of the winter vacation, the families conversed about the grade levels the boys or girls would be in for the next year. All of them would move up a grade level.
Mary would be in fourth grade, the quadruplets and Hope, Joy, Timmy, and Max would be in fifth grade. Levi, Val, Lucia, Holly, and Willow would all just be starting middle school. Levi and had been given a tour of it by Jack and Kevin the last day of school in December. Val, Lucia, Holly, and Willow had been given given a tour of it by Emma and Nan. Jack and Kevin, would be in the seventh grade at a middle school. Emma and Nan would be in eighth grade there. Cory, who had completed all of middle school in two years instead of three, would start high school along with Stella, Liz, Christi, and Hanna. These four girls had been given a tour of the high school in December by Ellie and Lisa, who would be in tenth grade. Jose and Hugo, who would also be in tenth grade and had given Cory and two other boys from the farm a tour of the high school in December. Pedro and Luis would be in the eleventh grade.
Candy and June went ahead with the plans they made last year to work at the Serving Joyfully Restaurant after high school graduation. They had interviewed and were hired with hours that would coincide with being able to ride there and back with their parents and the two new sisters. Then when they were nineteen they would move to Pine City and work longer hours.
In Pine City, other plans were being made by two families. Anita Ross remarked, “Since Mary will be in fourth grade in the public school this year, I will no longer need to volunteer at the church school. So I talked with one of my good friends who is our age and her last child is also now in fourth grade.”
“Oh, I think I know what it was about,” so Don asked, “did she agree with your idea? I sure thought it was a good one.”
“I’m glad you like it, Dear,” she said first, and continued, “and she did also, so we decided to partner to do preschool day care for three and four year old children who will then go into the church school as soon as they’re five years old by January. Then we’ll replace them with more children who are three years old each time.
Don commented, “It sounds good, please tell me more.”
“We will use the other mom’s house for the day care,” responded Anita, “since it’s bigger than ours and therefore we can have a total of more kids in one daycare than if we each do it alone. This way there will always be one adult with the group in case the other one needs a break or has to take care of any pressing issues.”
Don inquired, “Will you compensate her in some way for the use of only her house?”
“When I asked her about it,” replied Anita, “she said if I would walk with the children to public school in the mornings and then do after school projects or homework supervision like an after school place, for her children and my children until 5:30 when the day care children are gone, it would come out even.”
“Perfect,” stated Don, “then I can drop all three of you off at her house on my way to work and pick you up at 5:30. When we get home, we can all help with supper preparation and cleanup and other household tasks as a family.”
The other family making plans was Tony and Maria Valdez. Tony asked, “Maria, my dear wife, we’ve talked off and on about another ministry we could do. Do you have any new ideas.”
“Well, Honey,” she answered, “it’s not really a new idea, since others have been doing it for years, but it would be new to us. Maybe we could use our second bedroom for one missionary couple attending the church school of evangelism to stay in and we can cook their meals, except for lunch, when the new classes start in January.”
Tony considered and then responded, “It might work now that we’ve been married long enough to share our time together with them. Maybe they could do their own laundry using our facilities so you wouldn’t have that added to your already busy schedule, Honey.”
“Thank you for your thoughtfulness, Dear,” Maria smiled at him and went on, “I talked to Fiona the other day when we visited with them and she explained how she and Matt do it. I agreed with her that I wouldn’t want them using my kitchen so it would be easier to cook breakfast and supper for them and maybe they could eat lunch out.”
Tony nodded his agreement, “We could try it for the next two years and see how it works for them and us. If we start it, we’d have to carry through with the plan for those two years.”
“Certainly,” agreed Maria, “and it won’t take much work to get ready since that bedroom is already set up with a bed, dressers, and study desks.”
Karen and William used Titus 2:11-15 and 3:1-9 for their Bible Study Groups on the ranch and farm. They would go one or two verses at a time and the students would read them and comment on them. First they all silently read the whole scripture as an overview.
Next William explained, “I’ll give each of you a verse or two to read aloud. Practice silently and write a comment in your notebook so you can share it when it’s your turn. Also see if you can write a quick summary of everyone's comments as we go.”
Sam was first, “Verse 11 says, For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men. To me this means that God in his grace has made salvation known and available to everyone. All the things I’ve ever heard or learned about the gods in history is that they are not gracious and never offered salvation to anyone.”
“I agree with you, Sam,” stated Evan, “verse12 goes on, It teaches us that, denying ungodliness and worldly desires we should live soberly, righteously, and godly in this present world. This verse clearly instructs us believers how we need to live, keeping away from sins and the things the world wants us to desire. Instead we need to be serious, upright and like God is in this world.”
“Without a doubt!” Jose declared. “And verse 13 is a favorite of mine, Looking for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of the great God and our Savior Jesus Christ. This verse gives us the incentive to live the way verse 12 says to live. That blessed hope is for me a very good incentive.”
“Absolutely,” concurred Pedro, “and Jesus is the other incentive in the verse because verse 14 says, he gave himself for us, that he might redeem us from all iniquity, and purify to himself a separate or distinct people who are zealous for good works.”
One of the other boys read verse 15, Speak and exhort these things with all authority… I think this verse introduces verses one and two in the next chapter because they tell some more ways to live.”
“I think so too,” continued a second boy, “because 3:1 says, Remind them to be subject to (those in authority) and to be ready to do every good work, and to me the word ‘them’ means the ones who are being urged about how to live. But I guess it also could go with the verses that came before and after it.”
The next boy commented, “I like to think that verse 15 goes with the verses before and after it because it makes them all more important. Verse 2 tells us, to speak evil of no man, to not be brawlers, but gentle, showing meekness to all men. I wish everybody would live that way!”
“For sure,” said another boy, “then nobody would have to say verse 3. At one time we were foolish disobedient, deceived, serving other pleasures, living in malice and envy, hateful and hating one another.”
“Exactly,” then Hugo observed, “I’m glad I get to read the next two verses together. Verses 4 and 5 say, But after the kindness and love of God our Savior toward man appeared, he saved us according to his mercy, not according to our works of righteousness. He saved us by the washing of regeneration and renewing of the Holy Spirit. These two verses are a very good summary of how we were saved.”
“Yes they are,” Luis concurred, “and I like the word ‘abundantly’ in verse 6, whom he shed on us abundantly through Jesus Christ our Savior, because it reminds me of the synonym ‘extravagantly,’ which means even more than enough.”
A different boy nodded and said, “Definitely, and verse 7 has some more of that extravagance by saying, so that being justified by his grace, we would be made heirs according to the hope of eternal life.”
“Precisely,” Jose went on, “the next verse reminds me of verse 15 and goes on to tell more about how to live because verse 8 says, This is a faithful saying and you should affirm them constantly, so that those who have believed in God might be careful to maintain good works. These things are good and profitable to men.”
Pedro finished, “Yeah, and Verse 9 has really good advice. But avoid foolish questions, and genealogies, and contentions, and fighting about the law, for this is unprofitable and vain.”
William commended them, “You did a very good job today, boys, and I enjoyed writing your comments beside the references in my notebook so I can review them later.”
For one of their winter dates, Denji and Sara and Gary and Kim had a fun date with Kosuke and Aneko learning how to do origami.
On another weekend, Denji and Sara were going to visit at the ranch where they would spend some time getting to know the new fourteen-year-old girls, Darla and Rita, who were now in the Hopkins family. This would give them a chance to observe how young teens act, and how Ian and Yolanda parent them.
And on the way to the ranch, they dropped Gary and Kim off at the Mercy Valley Farm to spend time with his adoptive family and so Kim could get to know them better. This time she would meet his other adopted brother.
First Gary told his family how he worked on the other farm which was like a mission field. The owners were converted first, then the rest of the employees. Gary had explained to those employees how Mercy Valley Farm had been changed from just a farm to one with families who would take in foster children and teach them about salvation. Then on the farm where he was working, any families who had no children took two or more foster children into their homes.
Carlos and his girlfriend, Jana, were also there, so he and Gary reminisced, laughed about, and shared an earlier conversation they had had with their dad, William, which they all three repeated from memory. Carlos asked, “Dad,” would you arrange for me to be in a small group with the girl with the long dark hair from the ranch? I was impressed with her while the group practiced for the song at the party and I liked what she had said in her speech at the party.”
William answered, “It sounds like you’re already smitten.”
“Not exactly, Carlos replied, “but I need to start somewhere, and she seems to be a good place.”
“I agree,” William said, “and I know she had good parents and a good Bible teacher on the ranch, so she would be a good possibility. But we don’t attend the same church as she does.”
“I know,” agreed Carlos, “but I’m willing to change to hers. And while you’re at it maybe you could find out her name too. It would be a good idea for me to know her name.”
William stated, “OK, it is unusual to be able to request a small group placement, but I will sure try for you.”
“Thank you very much, Dad,” and then Carlos stated, “now it’s your turn Gary.”
Gary laughed, “OK, Carlos, I’ll ask. Dad, would you also see if I can be in the same small group as Kim. I was impressed with her at the party also.”
William mentioned, “I think it’s too late now to invite their families to our house for a meal or something to get acquainted. So I’ll do my best to get you guys into a small group with those two girls.”
Gary continued, “Thank you so much. I think I’d like to get to know her and see if she would be interested in raising four abused boys on the farm. I’m hoping I can be rehired at Mercy Valley Truck Farm when someone there moves away. I’d like to be able to help other boys like you and Mom helped me here.”
After they had finished repeating their earlier conversation they all had a good laugh and William admitted, “I’m glad to see how it is working out so well for both of you. Gary and Kim are already engaged and Carlos and Jana are getting close. I think both of you made good choices.”
Then just as she had done for Esther, Anna advised both couples, “Take it slowly. Date until you really know each other and have learned how to settle disagreements so both of you win. It’ll make your whole married life go better. And be sure to keep Jesus central for the rest of your lives!”
“Yes, Mom, we will,” Gary and Carlos answered in unison.
After the first day of school in January, Mary and Timmy Ross were excited to tell about their experiences, but knew they needed to wait until they got home with their mom from their After School Place at her new job. She would also have a lot to talk about. After his prayer of thanksgiving for the food Don invited, “I'd like to hear about each person’s day, starting with the youngest first and going to the oldest.”
Mary was glad to be first. “I agree with Timmy that public school is totally different than the church school! It is easy school work so far, but the kids aren't at all friendly or helpful.”
Don commiserated, “I’m sure it’s hard and a shock for you to be out in the real world after four years in such a good school.”
“For sure,” she continued, “But I’m thankful for the years I got to be in the church school, and for one of my good friends who is in my new class this year. We talked at lunch about how we could be good missionary partners. I enjoyed going to the After School Place. Now it’s your turn Timmy.”
He smiled at his sister and began, “So did I, and I think you’ll get used to public school in a couple weeks because it happened like that for me. I had a very nice surprise first thing today! I was amazed and thrilled that Max and I get to be in the same class again in fifth grade and besides, Hope is in our class this year, and so is Violet. Max and I will be able to pick up where we left off, so I’m thankful too. Now please tell us about your day, Mama.”
Anita smiled at her dear children and commended them. “Timmy and Mary, your behavior was exemplary at the After School Place, and also when we got home and worked together on supper. So I thank you and I know you’ll continue.”
They smiled and nodded in agreement. Then she continued, “I also liked the way you were already friends with my partner’s children since they had gone to the church school also while you were there. My day went very well. Since my partner and I had reviewed the curriculum and ways of doing day care, we both adapted to doing our former jobs with ease.”
Don exclaimed, “Thank you Father for answering yes to our morning prayers for help through this day and that I had a very good day at the Local Grocery also!”
Stella and Liz, and Christi and Hanna, talked on their way to Karen’s Bible Study Group when they got off the bus the first day of high school in January.
Christi asked the others, “Do you remember what we talked about last year after the first day of school in January?”
“Yes” said Liz, “I had asked, ‘Did you see the new boy from the farm on the bus?”
Stella continued, “I answered you, that I saw him get off at the farm, and I thought he was really handsome!”
Hanna went on, “I agreed with you and mentioned that I didn’t remember seeing him in any of our middle school classes.”
Christy said “I suggested he might be a new boy on the farm.”
Liz remembered, “Then I stated that I didn’t suppose we could find out, because if we ask our parents, they would just tell us we’re too young to be thinking about boys, but it sure was fun to wonder.”
“For sure,” Hanna agreed, “and I suggested that we could talk about him with just the four of us anyway and have fun that way.”
Stella added, “But I hesitated, and said, ‘Well, I don’t know, it sounds like we would be doing something behind their backs, and I’d rather not have to feel guilty about it.’ Then Christy had an idea.”
Christi nodded, “I proposed that we four stay after the group and ask Hanna’s and my mom who teaches the group. Maybe we can find out who he is at least.”
Liz tacked on, “We all nodded as we went into the game room of the big house where the group meets. Then after the others left when the class was over, we went to talk to Karen. And then Christi asked our question.
Stella recalled, “Karen didn’t look surprised when she answered us, ‘It’s normal for you girls to wonder about a new boy. His name is Cory Iverson, and he’s been living on the farm as long as you girls have been living here.’ But that didn’t make sense to us.”
Hanna said, “So I questioned, ‘How can that be? We’ve never seen him on the bus before today?’ It sure didn’t make sense.”
“But,” Liz went on, “Karen explained to us, ‘Cory had ridden with his mom and the rest of their family of foster boys until now, because they all went to the church school for at least a year. His mom volunteered there five days a week to help pay for their tuition. The last one just finished third grade, so now all of them are riding the buses.’ Then we understood better.”
“That’s basically what I had remarked,” declared Stella, “I had said, that this makes much more sense now. I remember seeing a couple other new boys on the bus also but they looked younger than we are.”
Liz added, “Then I guessed that maybe Cory is younger than we are too, and that could be why we hadn’t seen him in any of our classes.”
Hanna concluded, “Our mom nodded and told us we might be correct about that, but she needed to remind all of us to wait until we graduate from high school to think about getting acquainted with him since we all know the rules for the farm and the ranch.”
They all nodded and repeated in unison, “No dating is allowed on the farm or the ranch, because we all need to focus on learning all the things we need to know before we go out on our own when we turn nineteen years old.”
“So now,” reasoned Christi, “we’re still in the same place where we were last year, except that we remember his name and have found out by observation that he is now in high school just like we are this year, and he’s even in some of the same classes as some of us are.”
Stella reminded them, “Our class with Karen that day was about not complaining, but being thankful and content, so let’s each say something we are thankful for as we walk the rest of the way to her class. I’m thankful that the four of us are good friends.
“So am I,” said Hanna, “I'm thankful that the game room will be nice and warm when we get there.”
Christi added, “Same here, and I’m thankful we all had a good first day at school and didn’t get lost because Ellie and Lisa were close by to help us.”
“I agree,” and Liz finished with, “I'm thankful we can learn about the Bible here on the ranch, since they don’t teach about it in the public schools.”
In February a text was sent to the cellphone of Tomo and Ami’s new foster girl, Ivy, who had only been in their home for a couple weeks. The other girl, Jenny, was still there. The text said, “Please come home. We’ve changed, and we’re sorry.” The girl showed it to Tomo and Ami.
Tomo explained to her, “This has never happened to one of our girls before, and I’m not sure how to handle it.”
Ami suggested, “I think we could call social services and get their instructions.”
So they called social services with the speaker on so the new girl could hear also. They said they would have the girl’s parents come into their office and talk with them. Later social services called Tomo and Ami and said that since the parents sounded very sincere, they suggested that Tomo and Ami accompany the girl to talk to the parents and check it out.
Ivy was very nervous about having to decide whether she would go home or stay with Tomo and Ami.
Tomo, Ami, and Ivy went to see her parents the next day, and all of them agreed to be very alert, looking for things that would point them one way or the other.
In the meantime Jenny was with Aneko and Kosuke. The three of them were praying for God to guide and clearly show Ivy what would be best to do.
When they got there, Ivy noticed that the house was a mess as usual, and her parents barely greeted her when they came inside. They looked disinterested as they usually did. In a short while, the mom told Ivy to go clean up the kitchen.
Of course Tomo and Ami noticed all of this also and tried unsuccessfully to start a conversation while Ivy was in the kitchen. So in about ten minutes Tomo told the parents it was time for them to go back home. Ami went to the kitchen and asked Ivy to come with them which she gladly did.
As soon as they arrived home, social services was called and Ivy told them she would rather stay with Tomo and Ami. Of course they agreed after hearing about how awful the visit had been from Tomo and Ami. Ivy was very grateful for these excellent foster parents.
By the end of another month she had learned enough about Jesus and the Good News from her new parents and from Aneko and Kosuke that she prayed to accept Jesus as her Savior and started learning how to live for him.
One weekend Ruth was wondering while she was at the ranch, “Esther do you remember when you were dating Felix and Nathan?”
“Yes,” Esther interrupted, “and I’ve always wondered about the time we talked about who would be the best for me, and you said you did have an idea, but wouldn’t tell me. … Was it Nathan?”
Ruth nodded, “But I didn’t want to say anything in case I was wrong, but I thought he would be the best, since you both came from families with good parents.”
“You’re so right, big sister,” stated Esther, “just like you always are. I’m so glad we were living in the same apartment and you were such a wonderful help to me during that time. And I’m still very glad I didn’t have to choose between Nathan and Felix and have to hurt the feelings of one of them.”
“Same here,” agreed Ruth, “it’s no fun to see someone get their feelings hurt. As I was reading the other day, I found a good scripture that describes what you did during that time. It’s Psalm 37:3a,4,5, Trust in the LORD, and do good; … Delight yourself also in the LORD, and he shall give you the desires of your heart. Commit your way to the LORD; trust also in him and he shall bring it to pass.”
“Oh!” Esther exclaimed, “and this is exactly what the LORD did for both Nathan and me. What a great God we have!”
“Absolutely,” Ruth concurred, “just like Isaiah 48:17b, says, I am the LORD your God who teaches you to profit and who leads you by the way you should go. Without him, we’d just flounder and get lost, but with him we go the right direction and enjoy his blessings.”
Esther nodded and inquired, “Do you ever wish you could be married?”
Ruth replied, “No way! I like being single! I get to have plenty of family life here on the ranch and when I visit Jason. And then I can go home to peace and quiet.”
“I’m glad you like your life the way it is then,” stated Esther.
Joy and Hope continued their friendships with Lily, Rose, Violet, and Iris through horseback rides and at the public school. Even though they weren’t always in the same class they could meet together at recesses to talk or form a ministry team. Timmy and Max often joined the group as they were talking, but didn’t stay very long since they knew recesses were short and were the best time they would have to do their missionary work in the public school.
One Monday later in the year, Mary’s partner for evangelism in fourth grade wasn’t at school for some reason, so at the first recess Mary decided to go talk to Timmy and Max.
She smiled her happy smile and stated, “this reminds me of two years ago when we were all still in the church school and had recesses together.”
“Same here,” agreed Max, “and I’m glad Timmy and I are in the same classroom again for fifth grade.”
“Right,” Mary nodded, “he told me he was thrilled about it.”
Timmy declared, “Indeed, it’s a big blessing for us since we can just keep going like we did last year.”
At that moment, Hope and Violet came over. Hope greeted, “Hi, Mary, Timmy, and Max! This is almost like old times at the church school.”
“We did have a lot of fun there,” Violet concurred. “Where’s your partner today, Mary?”
Mary replied, “I don’t know. She might be sick and I miss her. But I just realized I should let all of you go, so you can continue your evangelism.”
Hope asked, “Would you like to come with Violet and me? Maybe you could help us.”
“Yes, thank you,” answered Mary. They said goodbye to the others and went looking for a girl playing alone. Pretty soon they found one playing with a ball. They went up to her and introduced themselves.
Then Violet suggested, “We have just the right number to play four square in that empty playing area over there.”
Mary shyly asked, “Would you like to share your ball and play with us over there?”
The girl smiled at Mary and nodded so they went there and reviewed the rules. They decided they could catch the ball to make it easier, since they weren’t very good at the game.
Just when the bell rang Violet proposed, “Let’s meet here after lunch today and I’ll bring a ball this time.”
They all agreed and ran to get in line. They had some more fun playing after lunch and everyone improved their skills.
Near the end of that recess Hope recommended, “Since it’s usually hotter at last recess, let’s find a place in the shade and just talk next recess.” The other girls thought it was a great idea.
During the last recess they all got better acquainted and decided to play together again the next day. Since Mary’s partner was not there the rest of the week, she joined the group each day.
On Wednesday the three evangelists started sharing some of the things they had learned in third grade and the girl was interested. By the end of the week she was asking questions and the three were able to lead her to Jesus for salvation.
The next Monday Mary’s partner was back and they carried on with what they had been doing before. Hope and Violet continued being friends with the other girl and she learned a lot from them. So she joined them in making friends with other girls who were alone and they became a team of three winning others to Jesus.
Patrick and Glenda O’Connor were talking after hearing some bad news on the radio during breakfast one weekend. Patrick remarked, “Bad news don’t go very well with breakfast. I long for Jesus to return and make everything right.”
Glenda changed the station to one where they got to hear the song, “We Will See Him as He Is.” The lyrics speak of pain in this present world, and how the creation groans as it waits for Jesus return. When he does come back the song title will happen for believers.
Glenda observed, “I would change the part of the song that tells of seeing the Father. Since he is a Spirit and Jesus has a glorified body, I think we will get to see Jesus.
“Right,” agreed Patrick, “and then it would go better with 1 John 3:2 which says, Beloved, now we are the sons of God, and it does not yet appear what we shall be. But we know that when Jesus shall appear, we shall be like him, for we shall see him as he is.”
Glenda continued, “Indeed, and verse three says, every man that has this hope purifies himself as he is pure.”
“What a good verse,” stated Patrick. “I like the part of the chorus that talks about shadows being gone and our eyes clear enough to see his beauty like it says in Isaiah 33:17a, your eyes shall see the king in his beauty… I like to look forward to that time.”
“So do I,” stated Glenda, “I remember another song called ‘Give the World a Smile Each Day.’ It’s a song about bringing wanderers to know Jesus. In John 10:15b,16, Jesus said, I lay down my life for the sheep. I have other sheep which are not of this fold. I must also bring them and they shall hear my voice. There shall be one fold and one shepherd.”
Patrick remembered, “I like that scripture. Some of the lyrics in that happy song talk about how just smiling can cheer up others we meet along the way.”
“Exactly,” continued Glenda, “then they can see that we enjoy serving Jesus with a sunny smile.”
Patrick remarked, “What a good thought, and it goes well with Psalm 100:2, Serve the LORD with gladness and come before his presence with singing.”
“It sure does, Honey,” Glenda concluded, “and these songs and scriptures are very good to take with us through this day.”
One weekend Mindy was visiting with Fiona while the children napped and she brought one of her notebooks and a booklet with her. “Fiona, I’d like to share with you some of what I’m learning so far about the church school.”
“Great!” Fiona exclaimed, “I’d love to hear all about it.”
So Mindy continued, “First I got this booklet from the church and it tells a lot about the school. The reason they have the school is stated in Psalm 78:5b-7 which says the LORD commanded our fathers that they should make them known to their children, so that the generation to come might know them, and declare them to their children: that they might set their hope in God, and not forget the works of God. Plus Deuteronomy 6:7a says You shall teach them diligently to your children…”
Fiona nodded, “Those are good scriptures to follow in the school.”
“I think so too,” and Mindy went on, “and I like the fact that it is a year round school so they don’t lose so much of what they learn over a long summer vacation. But we still get a week before Easter, and one with the Fourth of July and the Labor Day week, two days at Thanksgiving, and two weeks which include Christmas and New Year’s Day.”
Fiona mentioned, “And you are already used to that schedule since you’ve been following it for so many years.”
Mindy agreed, “Yes, and I like it, and it’s also good there can be no more than 25 students per room with a licensed teacher and parent volunteer who helps all day and since they rotate they can keep up with their children’s progress in each grade level.”
“I’ve heard about that,” remarked Fiona, “and I’m looking forward to volunteering when my children are in the church school. Tell me more about the curriculum. I haven’t read that booklet yet.”
Mindy explained, “It’s pretty long, but we might be able to finish it before the children wake up.”
So Mindy opened the booklet to those pages and read the following, which was also in book one of the Sunshine Series and its addendum: The school curriculum includes all subjects covered by the public schools plus Bible and Christian Living training. It emphasizes Creation by the Triune God, and that evolution is just a theory. The children are taught how to deal with the teaching of evolution before they go into the public schools in fourth grade. They will know what it is and to basically ignore it, because it does not help to argue with the theory that makes it possible for humanity to not have to be answerable to its creator.
Fiona inserted, “This sounds like a very good idea so the children won’t have to confront the theory and alienate people.”
“I definitely agree,” Mindy stated and continued reading.
All the skills needed to pass each year's proficiency tests are taught, drilled and learned so that most children do well on those tests. If a child is not ready for the next level, he or she might need more extra help at the next level to become proficient in some of the skills. It is not called failing. As much as is possible we do individualized teaching and learning for those children, but most children move forward in small groups.
Mindy took a sip of water and explained, “The following is just a short summary of the curriculum for each grade level.”
Kindergarten: The year begins like preschool with fun and learning how to play and get along together. They will hear many stories, poetry and rhymes. There are a lot of Big Book stories with the teacher pointing to words as she reads to acquaint the children with left to right reading and that there are words on the page. They will learn the alphabet and the sounds of the letters, but nobody will be required to learn to read yet. Some children might on their own, but most children are not physically or mentally ready to read at this age. Their eyes need time to develop to be able to focus on small things like letters and words. They will learn to count to 20 by using hands-on methods, to help with understanding, and use active games that reinforce the learning and keep them moving. They will be taught healthy social and physical habits. They will have a time of resting in the morning and afternoon, since many of them have been doing that at home.
“Very good,” remarked Fiona, “because most children at that age really need a rest both times, but they don’t realize it and make themselves do it.”
Mindy agreed, “I’m sure you’re right,” and then went on reading.
First Grade: The children will continue to hear many stories, poetry, and rhymes. They will learn how to print the capital and small letters of the alphabet and be encouraged to keep their work neat and legible. Those whose eyes are ready will start learning to read. Others will continue with Big Books, phonics drills using fun games, and being read to one-on-one by those who are already reading. Since reading and spelling go hand in hand, they will learn how to spell using phonics. But they will memorize the words that cannot be sounded out (sight words). The children will write simple stories that they will read to the parent volunteer, who will help them make corrections. Then they will recopy the stories to put in a little book that they can take home and read to their parents. They will be learning to use correct oral and written grammar, and how important it is to spell correctly when they write anything. In Math, they will be counting to 100, and will learn to add and subtract those numbers but without carrying or borrowing. They will do simple oral story problems and later in the year those who can read, will work on simple written story problems. They will continue to learn healthy social and physical skills. We follow the public school curriculum for Health, Science, Social Studies, and the History and Geography of Pine City. Art and Music will include many projects that coincide with other learning in the classroom.
Fiona exclaimed, “This is impressive! First grade sounds like a very busy year of learning. I’m glad they don’t have to work so hard in kindergarten.”
“I’m glad also,” remarked Mindy, “now I’ll read about my favorite grade level.”
Second Grade: The children will continue all those skills, plus everybody will focus on learning to read if they are able to, so that all can read by the end of the year. (There may be some who cannot read even then, and they will not be considered failures, just not ready yet. They will go on with their class to third grade but be given extra help in learning to read, without any stigma attached.) The children will review printing and practice improving their letters. Their short stories will get longer and they will use their new spelling words and correct grammar. They will learn how to write simple friendly letters and thank-you notes. We follow the public school curriculum for Health, Science, Social Studies, and the History and Geography of our state. In Math they will count to 1,000 and add/subtract those numbers learning how to carry and borrow. Those skills will be demonstrated and practiced using hands-on materials that improve understanding. They will learn about geometric shapes and simple fractions by using hands-on materials that enhance understanding. They will learn basic computer skills.
Fiona declared, “I can understand now why second grade is your favorite one.’
“Thank you for saying so, Fiona.” And then Mindy read about:
Third Grade: The children will continue all the second grade skills becoming proficient in them and expand their reading to longer books, then chapter books. They will learn and practice writing in cursive, or longhand as it is sometimes called. They will learn to write simple book reports and get up and share them with the class. Later in the year they will learn to write a simple business letter, do short research reports and write short nature essays about animals, plants, and human body parts that include scientific facts that show the design and engineering of the Great Creator, God. They will do these with the individualized help of fourth and fifth grade students who come to help on Wednesday afternoons when they have early release time so their teachers can have meetings. (Our school does not have early release days or teacher's meetings, because our teachers get the training they need and all teacher's meeting topics by way of memos and booklets.) We follow the public school curriculum for Health, Science, Social Studies, and the History and Geography of our country. In Math they will count to 10,000 and add/subtract those numbers with carrying and borrowing. They will learn to multiply and divide, first with smaller numbers with hands-on materials, which will help them understand the concepts involved. They will also learn to add/subtract, multiply/divide fractions in the same way. They will review and learn more computer skills.
Each grade level except Kindergarten will take the school district proficiency tests in the first part of December. The tests help us to explain to parents why a student might need more extra help at the next level to become proficient in some of the skills.
When Mindy stopped to take another drink of water Fiona declared, “I can now understand why each grade level needs a whole year to complete just what’s in that summary.”
“For sure,” agreed Mindy, and the rest of this is about The Bible and Christian Living Curriculum.” And she continued to read. This school uses age appropriate scripture verses especially from Proverbs and the New Testament, plus stories that teach how to live for Jesus, fun action games, drills, memorization, songs, poems, rhymes, and role-playing, Some of the materials that will be used are ‘Keys For Kids’ Devotionals, songs with scriptures by Steve Green and the Hide 'em in Your Heart Gang, songs by Buddy Davis that emphasize that God created the universe, and online materials available from creation.org. and answersingenesis.org. They will hear and read many Bible verses about creation, and numerous stories on Nature Corner about plants, animals, and humans that emphasize the variety, intricacies, and ways of living that could not have happened by evolution, but instead had to be designed and engineered by an all knowing, loving, all powerful, Creator.
Kindergarten: They will hear many Bible stories and the gospel, learn the Golden Rule and be taught to ask themselves: "How do I want others to treat me?" Then they will try to treat others that way. They will get much practice using role-playing to act out how to get along with others well, how to share and take turns and follow rules. When problems arise, they will discuss how to solve them and keep them from happening again. They will learn the difference between make-believe (including Santa Claus and the Easter Bunny) and reality. They will learn why fairy tales can't be real, and are therefore make-believe, and why the Bible is not make-believe, but is real and true and can be trusted.
First Grade: Continue the above with changes appropriate for this age level, plus: they will start scripture memorization, with and without music, learn to encourage one another, and do conflict resolution, and forgive and be forgiven. They will also memorize simple poems and rhymes that teach valuable Christian living concepts.
Second Grade: Continue the above with changes appropriate for this age level plus: they will start a devotional journal, during a daily time of reading the Bible and write one thing they learned. Then once a week they will get together with a little group to share at least one thing they learned and wrote in their journal with the group. They do not have to share something that is personal though. They will learn about Creation by the Triune God versus evolution, using many verses from Scripture, and many stories from nature to prove it. The scriptures will include Genesis 1:1,21,27; Isaiah 45:7,12,18; and Colossians 1:16,17; this last one will be memorized.
Third Grade: Continue the above with changes appropriate for this age level, plus Evangelism. Each child will prepare and write his own story of how he received Jesus to be his own personal Savior. Then he will practice it and become at ease with sharing it with one or more other classmates. They will practice how to witness using many different methods or presentations and by role-playing with each other to become familiar and comfortable doing it. They will learn how to believe in Creation by God in spite of the public school focus on evolution and how ignore, but not confront. They will learn what has been and will be taught about evolution in the public schools. They will learn what flaws are in that theory, and why it cannot be true. If asked what they believe about Creation by God, they will be able to explain what it is and why it is true. Scriptures about Creation by God will include the ones for second grade plus: Genesis 14:19,22; Psalm 33:6, 9; 89:12; 148:5; Isaiah 41:20; 42:5; Proverbs 3:19,20; Mark 10:6; Romans 1:20; Romans 8:19-22; 1 Timothy 4:4; Hebrews 4:4; 2 Peter 3:4; and Romans 11:33-36. Many of these will be memorized.
Fiona exclaimed, “The Bible Curriculum is very well planned and I’m sure all those scriptures are excellent ones!”
“Oh, they sure are.” Mindy concurred, “I still remember most of them and they come in very handy when we do family ministry times together even now. They were great for being missionaries in the public school also. I’ve used Proverbs 3:19 20 often, which says, By wisdom the LORD founded he earth, by his understanding he established the heavens. By his knowledge the depths are broken up and the clouds drop down the dew.”
Just then she and Fiona heard Johnny and Patrick waking up, so they hurried in to get them out of their room before they would wake up their twin sisters in the next room. Mindy enjoyed the rest of her time there helping with Fiona’s children.
For some of their other winter dates, after group ministry times, which often had good results, Denji, Sara, Gary and Kim went to the ranch to ride horses with the Hopkins family in the big building on snowy or cold windy days. Other times if it was nice enough outside, they went ice skating on Wild Mint Lake with only part of the family so they could borrow skates, since they had none of their own.
On their first day of skating Denji mentioned, “I’m glad I learned how to ice skate in the other city since all of you already know how.”
“I'm glad for you too,” Sara remarked. “You’re a good skater, and today is just the right kind of weather for skating.”
“Positively,” Kim agreed, “the wind isn’t blowing, and it doesn’t feel too cold. I especially like to see the snow sparkling in the sun.”
Gary nodded, “Everything about this whole valley is extra special. Three of us were privileged to get to spend most of our teen years in it and soon all four of us will get to live here and raise some more boys or girls. We can teach them to be grateful for this valley also.”
Then they had a time of praise to their amazing God who could work even the bad things that had happened in their lives into good things in accordance with his will.
For another of their winter dates all four of them went bowling even though none of them knew how to bowl. They watched some videos on Denji’s laptop before they went in and actually were able to do better than they expected. Plus they had fun laughing at themselves when their ball went down the gutter instead of down the alley to knock down the pins.
Walt and Betty Evans called the Yardleys and invited themselves to come for a Sunday afternoon visit to the ranch on a relatively warm day. When Ben heard about their plan, he dropped in about half way through their visit, and asked them if they’d all like to come see how much had been done so far on the first two-story house. Of course they were glad to be asked and they all went to look.
Ben had remembered helping to clean up Matt's house before showing it to Fiona and her family, so he had done the same thing before showing the progress to the Evans and Yardleys.
Walt complimented, “Ben, this is looking very good! You’ve made a lot of progress, and the workmanship is excellent.”
“Thank you, Walt,” Ben responded, “and I thank you for all the things you taught me when I was working for you. I also thank God for his help with this project and for helping me find such good workers for my two crews.”
Oscar remarked, “I like to hear you give God the glory for the things he does and I agree with all that Walt already said.”
“So do I,” added Vera, “and I’m glad we got to come see what has been done so far on this house. I’m pleased with the progress.
Betty went on, “Same here, and I can understand why contractors like their jobs so much when they can see the progress they and their crews are making.”
Ben remarked, “It is a satisfying career, and I’m very glad I chose it even though it took many years to get it going. This project on Mercy Valley Ranch is extra rewarding because it’s for such a good cause.”
“Yes it is a very worthy cause,” stated Walt, “and I wish I could bring my crews here and work on it also, but I’m already committed to the houses we’re building in the subdivision.”
Ben suggested, “I think you could consider yourself helping here also anyway, since you taught me so much, and you still answer my questions whenever I have them. So I thank you again.”
“You’re welcome” replied Walt and he smiled and continued humbly, “and I thank you, also for that thought. I do feel better now about not being able to come here and help with this project. Betty and I will continue to pray for you often.”
Mary and Timmy were remembering the fun things they had done in Mrs. Blakes third grade classroom. “Mary,” Timmy asked, “do you remember that we got to listen to stories while we practiced handwriting and during story time also? Which stories that Mrs. Blake read aloud did you like the most?
“Yes, I remember,” answered Mary, “I liked all of them a lot, but my favorites were, ‘Caddie Woodlawn,’ because she and her brothers did exciting things together. Both of the books about Winnie the Pooh were extra fun, because Mrs. Blake had made the stuffed animals to go with the stories and she read what each one said in a voice that went very well with each animal and its behavior. And of course I liked ‘Misty of Chincoteague’ because I like stories about horses a lot. It was very exciting in places, and the brother and sister got along and worked well together like you and I do. Now it’s your turn, which stories were your favorites?”
Timmy replied, “My favorite was ‘The Good Master,’ because it was about boy and girl cousins who liked doing things together kind of like a brother and sister would do. Other favorites were ‘Inky,’ the one about the seeing eye dog, and I really liked all the stories about famous Americans because they were important in United States history. Then he asked, “Which plays did you get to be in and what part did you play?”
“Oh,” she pondered, trying to remember, “I got to be Betsy in the ‘Making of our Flag.’ Then I was a Pilgrim in the Thanksgiving play. And I got to be in the audience for ‘Make Do Stew.’ I enjoyed watching that play, and it taught a good lesson about not complaining and also one about sharing what we have with others. Which ones were you in the year before.”
Timmy recalled, “I was only in “Make Do Stew’ as the one who often said, ‘We’ll just have to make do.’ I got to be in the audience to watch the other two plays and it was fun also. What other things did you enjoy in third grade?”
Mary responded, “I liked listening to stories while we practiced cursive handwriting after I learned how to make the letters. I liked all the songs we sang, especially the ones that went along with what we were learning. And of course I liked Kippy. Your turn.”
“So did I,” agreed Timmy, “and I liked all the science experiments, and having the booklets with word and number puzzles to do at our desks when we finished another task sooner than the others did. It kept me from being bored while I waited for others to finish. Mrs. Blake was a great teacher!”
“She certainly was!” Mary exclaimed in agreement.
During the winter, a church member started writing creation story booklets for each age level, including preschool, elementary, middle, and high school. Each book would contain explanations and photographs of different parts of creation, proving only God, the Master Designer, could be the Creator.
She got her idea from volunteering in the church school while her children were attending. Each of the four booklets began with Genesis chapter one through verse three of chapter two, in her own paraphrase of the King James Version of the Holy Bible. She used words the children could understand. She made it especially simple and shortened it to a summary for the preschool booklet. Each of the other booklets used language appropriate for its age level.
She included animals, plants, and body parts not on Nature Corner so there would be variety for those who had bought that series and her books. She took and used her own photographs or made her own drawings. Also each booklet level had different animals, plants, and body parts, in case a family wanted to buy the whole set and use the books as their children matured. This way there would be variety for the children.
These booklets would be made especially for families who didn't get to put their children in church day care or the K-3 church school. They were also very good for use in the After School Places some of the church members were doing.
She did not get copyrights for the booklets. Instead she gave people permission to use them and make copies to give away, but not to sell. She only charged as much as it cost to have them printed and bound like the church did all it’s little booklets. To keep the printing cost to a minimum she used only black and white photography and drawings. People could look up color pictures on the web.
Her booklets would be made available to buy for use in day care and after school groups or for families to buy for their own use. Now that her children were finished at the church school, she would use her volunteering time to work on the booklets. It would probably take her years to complete the series, but she was glad to have this as a ministry.
The next horses Nathan and Esther rehabilitated and trained were two more bay horses and they were a little lighter brown than the Morgans were.
They had been used by rough men who used hackamores
to break them and rode with just neck reigning and whips to get them going. Their noses had been rubbed sore from the hackamores, because the men were so rough with them. Even their necks had tender spots from the rough neck reigning.
So it took several weeks for them to heal up enough to even wear a halter. But Unice had medicated ointment for Nathan and Esther to apply several times a day. This gave them time to talk and stroke and groom the horses, so they could gain the confidence of the horses while their noses and necks were healing.
Oscar and Vera had come right away to look at the newcomers, and Oscar exclaimed, “I hope those men never get to work with any other horses and treat them so badly!”
“So do I,” agreed Vera, “and I’m glad these two get to be here now.”
Oscar commented, “They make a nice looking matched pair like the Morgans, only they’re a lighter brown.”
“Indeed,” continued Vera, “and it’s good they have white facial markings that are different so we can tell them apart. They will be easy to name. The one with the very narrow blaze we can call Stripe, and Arrow fits the other one just right.”
Esther declared, “Those are perfect names, Vera. I look forward to riding Arrow or Stripe.”
“Same here,” and Nathan added, “They are Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses and are 14.3 hands tall.”
Tony and Maria were on the ranch visiting the Mendoza family one day of the weekend after these horses were brought to the ranch.
Val greeted them, “Uncle Tony and Auntie Maria, we have two more new horses on the ranch and you can come with us and watch while Papa and Mama take care of them.”
“We’ll enjoy doing that,” Maria replied, “and you girls can tell us about them while we walk over to their private paddock.”
So on the way, the girls explained everything they had heard the day the horses arrived, including the names Vera had given them.
Today and every day while the horses were healing, a soft rope around the necks was sufficient to tie them to the fence for putting ointment on the sore places and for grooming and earning their trust. These two horses never saw another whip and never had rough handling again.
One day in Pine City while their son, Mark, was napping Amelia remarked, “Riley, I’ve added a new idea to this independent Bible study notebook. This time I’m writing the title of a song I like, a summary of part of the stanzas, and a scripture or more that go well with the song.”
“It sounds like a good idea, Honey,” Riley responded. “Please show me an example.”
“OK,” she replied, “look at this one. The song is ‘From the Rising of the Sun,’ and the lyrics say the name of the LORD should be praised all day by all his servants.”
Riley commented, “I like that song and the way it praises God.”
“I do too,” she agreed and continued, “the song goes well with these three scriptures. I’ll read the first one and you can read the next one. Psalm 113:3-5, From the rising of the sun, to the going down of the same, the LORD’S name is to be praised. The LORD is high above all nations and his glory is above the heavens. Who is like the LORD our God, who dwells on high?”
“Those are good verses,” then Riley read, “Isaiah 45:5a,6,7a, I am the LORD, and there is none else; there is no God beside me. May men know from the rising of the sun and from the west, that there is none beside me. I am the LORD, and there is none else. I form the light and create darkness.”
“Yes, and the third one,” explained Amelia, “is similar to the first one. Malachi 1:11a, … from the rising of the sun to the going down of the same, my name shall be great among the nations.”
Riley commended, “I like this idea well enough that I will add it to my notebook off and on also.”
“Good,” she finished, “then we can share them once in a while for evening devotions and maybe even play the song on the boom box and sing along.”
Just then Mark woke up, so they both went together to take care of him.
The same weekend, Ernest and Connie Clay were spending a Sunday afternoon with their daughter, Amelia, and her husband, Riley, and grandson, Mark, who was playing happily on the floor while the adults visited.
Connie commented, “Mark has grown a lot since the last time we were here. While you were still working at The Garden Shop it was easier to keep up with his progress since he came with you each day. But I know it was time for you to stop working, so you could be home with him as soon as he became a toddler.”
Amelia responded, “I do miss working with you and the people and plants and flowers at The Garden Shop, but I wouldn’t trade my time at home with Mark to be able to do it.”
“And we wouldn't want you to either,” stated Ernest, “your job has changed now to full-time wife, homemaker, and mother.”
“Absolutely,” agreed Riley, “and Honey, you do an excellent job in all three roles.”
Amelia blushed. “Thank you, Dearest. I’m glad we saved money while I worked so I can stay home now, and that you got another raise at your job, because when we went to the doctor on Friday, she confirmed our suspicion. We do have another one on the way, but it’s too early to know anything more about it.”
“Hooray!” Connie exclaimed. “We’re so happy for you and for us too! We totally enjoy both of you and your growing family!”
Ernest prayed, “We praise you LORD for this good news and pray that you will keep mother and baby, or babies in good health.”
Riley added, “We agree with that prayer and also ask for your help in raising the children to know and love you. And Ernest is right. It could be twins, since my mother has a twin sister. We thank you either way!”
Johnny and Patrick were fighting over a toy one day and Johnny spoke angrily, “I had it first!”
But Patrick yelled, “Mine!”
So Fiona went and took it away from both of them. “Hush for now,” Fiona gently commanded, “just sit still there until I tell you to get up.” After about two minutes of silent sitting on the floor where they had been fighting, she went and sat with them. It had seemed like a very long time to the little boys, but it gave time for their anger to be defused. Now she could talk and they would listen.
“Remember,” she began, “we have a rule that says, ‘it doesn’t matter who had it first,’ and another rule that says ‘no toy belongs to either of you, but to both.’ Since both of you broke a rule, I took the toy and put it away for today. Do you understand?”
“Yes, Mama,” Johnny answered first, and then Patrick did too.
“Good,” then Fiona prompted, “what do you need to say to each other?”
Patrick was first, “I sorry Johnny,” followed by Johnny, “I’m sorry Patrick and I forgive you.”
Then Patrick copied, “I forgive you too.”
“Good job,” commended Fiona. “Do you feel better now than when you were fighting.” They both nodded.
So Fiona asked them, “What are some things you can do to keep from fighting again?”
Patrick tried, “Not break rules?”
“Yes,” responded Fiona, “what else Johnny?”
Johnny stated, “Play with the same toy together.”
“Those are both good ideas,” agreed Fiona. “Now get up and go find a toy in the toy box you can play with quietly together. I’m glad the twins didn’t wake up because of your fight.”
They obeyed quickly and played nicely together for a while. Then
Fiona called them over and taught them the song, “Jesus Wants Me For a Sunbeam.” First they listened to it a couple times on the boom box. Then she explained, “The words of the song speak of shining like a sunbeam for Jesus everyday, wherever we are. One way to do this is to be kind, pleasant, and happy. Plus we can try to reflect Jesus goodness.” Then she helped them memorize Ephesians 4:32a, Be kind to each other.
One day Kosuke mentioned, “Honey, I have a new good sized class of students that just started this January, and it has four young men who are still living in their foster homes on the farm until their nineteenth birthdays when they can legally join the army.”
Aneko asked, “Then will they go live in the army barracks?”
“Indeed, Dear,” Kosuke answered, “and this is really nice for those boys from the farm, because it gives them jobs, accommodations, and a ministry they can prepare to do for Jesus who saved and restored them.”
“How wonderful for them!” Aneko exclaimed.
Kosuke nodded and continued, “Also now I have enough classes to double my teaching time, which is how we planned it, so every December a class will graduate and be ready to go where they are needed. And we pray for enough new students to start a new class every January so I will have a way to continue with this plan.”
“Definitely, Honey,” agreed Aneko, “and we pray in faith with the confidence that our Father will bring those students, since this was the plan he gave to you in the first place, as it says in Philippians 1:6, we can be confident of this very thing, that he who has begun a good work in you will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ.”
“Exactly,” he concurred, “and I’m so thankful that the plan is working and I get to be home in Pine City with my wonderful wife and both of our extended families!”
She declared, “It is indeed a blessing for all of us! Plus I was just remembering another way the Lord has favored our family. When Roy and Sherry Foster and their twins, Hope and Joy, were renting my parents’ RV van, Sherry ‘paid’ the rent by doing sewing and mending for our family.”
Kosuke mentioned, “I like that way of paying rent with service rather than using money.”
“Same here,” and Aneko continued, “When she had all the sewing and mending caught up, she taught me how to sew as a way to pay the rent. It turned out to be a good thing, because they quit traveling and no longer needed to rent the van when the twins started fourth grade.”
He added, “And it continues to be a blessing, because you are able to teach the foster girls how to sew and therefore pass it on to them. Then they can share it if they have a girl or girls in their families.”
“Positively,” and she concluded, “our God is so good!”
Here are some interesting happenings in and around Pine City.
First: Two people in a pickup backed up enough to see the people in an RV next to them at a traffic light so they could talk. It turned out to be their parents and the daughter reminded, “Mom, please be sure to send a birthday card to your granddaughter. I know she’d like one.”
“Sure,” said the mom, “I have a card right here and I’ll put it in the mail today. Thanks for reminding me.”
The light turned green and they all continued on their way.
Second: A lady in a church small group that was having a picnic on a Saturday, went to ask another lady if she’d like to be in the same small group next time, but first the lady asked her to help her find something. She later found out was a little red setter puppy.
They were at a large lake with a beach and then a forest that went up the hill. That afternoon the two ladies carried two-way radios and climbed up the hill in the forest for ten minutes and then went back down. The lady found the puppy and carried him back to the other lady, who was very grateful and gladly agreed to be in the same small group the next year also.
Third: An older man and woman who had been single all their lives were talking about getting married. She was not sure about him, but he really wanted to marry her and declared his feelings to her. A minister had come with him to perform the wedding if she would say, “Yes.”
Instead, she asked for more time to get to know him by continuing to live separately and going on chaperoned dates until she could get to know him better and be sure marriage to him would work. The minister agreed that it would be a good idea.
As it turned out several months later during the dates, they learned that both of them as singles wanted to raise foster kids, but knew it would be best if there would be a father and a mother, not just a single person. They were already both believers and attended separate Grace ‘n’ Faith Churches. So they became engaged, went to marriage counseling and were married and she chose to go to the same church as he did. After a few months of being happily married, they took the training needed in order to be foster parents and were assigned one child. In two weeks they were ready for a second one. Both children adjusted well to their new home. And before the year was over both children had accepted Jesus.
Fourth: Many times people driving toward an unusual house they could see from the highway, would turn off the highway and drive right up the narrow road and park by the patio. Then they'd get out and knock on the door. “Could we please see what your house looks like inside? It’s so unusual looking on the outside.”
They would be welcomed inside and be given a tour of the house. The visitors could see why the shape was so different on the outside, because the inside was so different. It looked like it was built right into the hill, but some of the rooms were sticking partway out with windows facing the spectacular views of the mountains. The two end rooms had an extra window looking out the sides. All these windows gave daylight to the interior of the house.
But they needed a guide to get all the way through it. Plus there were many scripture verses done in colorful calligraphy on the walls in every room. All of them together told the Good News in a very understandable progression. When they got back to the entrance the owners asked if they had understood the scripture verses and if they had any questions. After answering questions, they would invite the visitors to accept Jesus as their Savior. Many of them did.
Chapter 6
1 Peter 4:11, If any man speaks, let him speak as the (prophecies)
of God. If any man ministers, let him do it with the ability God gives,
so that in all things God may be glorified through Jesus Christ,
to whom be praise and glory forever and ever. Amen.
William and Anna’s four boys would all graduate from the farm the same year, so there would be two more young men in the group of the ones leaving the farm and ranch when they turned nineteen. Therefore Ted Blake had ten singers instead of eight to train for the songs the young men and the young ladies would sing for the party.
Candy, June, Evan, and Sam and their two new ‘brothers’ along with the other four from the farm and ranch would practice together in order to sing the restoration song and the new song Ted had written for the girls who were leaving last year.
So all these seniors met each other while practicing for the group songs for the graduation party. Eight of them had seen each other at the first graduation party last year, then they got better acquainted while they practiced for the songs for their own party.
First Ted taught the boys the song he had taught the girls last year about serving Jesus in the sunshine of his love. Again he explained that lyrics for songs do not always have to rhyme, and that he had used several scriptures out of Philippians for most of the words. The lyrics for that song were based on Philippians 1:6,9-11; 2:13; 4:4-9,11,and 13. They are repeated here so you don’t have to go hunting near the beginning of this story to find them.
“Faithfully Serving Jesus In the Sunshine of His Love”
We’re faithfully serving Jesus in the sunshine of his love,
confident that he who began his work in us, will complete it.
So our love will increase and we’ll be blameless and sincere,
filled with the fruits of righteousness for God’s praise and glory,
since it’s God who works in us, his good pleasure and his will.
We will rejoice in the LORD, pray with thanks, and won’t worry.
God’s surpassing peace keeps our hearts and our minds in Jesus.
We’ll think about what is true or honest or just or pure
or lovely or honorable or virtuous or praiseworthy.
We’ll do the things we learned from instruction in the scriptures,
like being content, and the God of peace shall be with us.
We know we can do all things through Jesus who strengthens us,
so we will continue serving him in the sunshine of his love.
Except for the two new boys, the others had heard the restoration song that was sung last year for the graduation, and of course they wanted to sing it again this year. The lyrics are repeated here from book 2 in this Sunshine Series, since you might not have it handy.
“Rejoice as the Sun Shines on Restorations”
We rejoice as the sun shines on restorations,
And thank God for his plan of salvation.
We were brought to Mercy Valley Ranch and Farm,
Where we soon learned we wouldn’t come to harm.
We came out of an abusive situation,
But you gave us much love and compassion.
We learned a lot from the Bible you taught us.
And that’s the way, to Jesus you brought us,
Since Jesus said, “Let the children come to me.”
Then he saved us, restored us, and set us free.
Jesus broke the painful cycle of abuse,
For which there is never any excuse.
We have forgiven and put the past behind.
And we will live only a life that is kind.
We are all very grateful for Mercy Valley.
People, views, horses, … just start the tally.
So rejoice as the sun shines on restorations,
And thank God for his plan of salvation.
They were all glad to practice these songs and get good at singing them because they knew how important this graduation party was for them and their friends. At home all of them also were getting their speeches ready for the party. This was an important and exciting time in their lives.
Unice continued to write on her book regularly. After she had completed enough pages so she was convinced she would be able to continue it, and finish it, she called her foster parents and told them about it. Then she asked, “Mom, would you be willing to listen to part of this book once a week on the phone. I heard somewhere that it can be very beneficial to read it aloud to someone you can trust and get their feedback, comments, and opinion. It can also help the author find and fix mistakes that could be missed by just proofreading it silently.”
“Yes, Unice,” her mother answered, “I would enjoy hearing all of it and I’d be extra glad if it would help you in any way. I have some mending and handiwork I can do while I listen, so it will be time doubly well spent.”
Unice declared, “Thank you, Mom! This will be one very helpful time of proofreading the book while I’m writing it and then I’ll need to edit, proofread, and check it over it several times when it gets finished.”
“Good idea, Unice,” and then her dad asked, “What did you decide on for the title?”
Unice answered, “I want to title it, ‘We Let the Children Come to Jesus,’ because that is what we do here on this ranch.”
“Oh, I really like that title!” Mom exclaimed. “Bringing the children to Jesus is the purpose of Mercy Valley Ranch. We could clearly see that when we visited you the last time.”
“I’m glad you could see it.” Unice responded. “I count it a privilege to work with people who are committed to helping the children.”
Her dad complimented, “Your mom and I are very pleased with what you do on the ranch and I look forward to reading your book when you get it finished.”
Just before the graduation party for Mercy Valley Ranch and Farm would be held on the ranch, the families reminded the young men and ladies that it could be a time when they would get to meet and talk to the ones in their age group.
If they did find someone they were interested in, they could ask their parents if they could get together as families to do some activity like horseback riding, playing sports, ice skating, star gazing, or a meal together as families. It would not be considered dating, just families doing activities together so they could get better acquainted.
During the farm and ranch graduation party, Candy, June, Evan, Sam, their two new brothers, and the other families whose young people were the same ages, observed each other. There were other girls a year or so younger, who were also observing boys from the farm, who in turn, observed them. Their parents saw it, but didn’t say anything, since they understood how normal it was.
After the party for the farm and ranch graduates, Candy asked Yolanda, “Mom, would you invite the Beckett family from the Mercy Valley Farm to go horseback riding with our family several times so I could get to know Evan better?”
Yolanda answered, “Well, when I was young, it was not the girl’s family who invited a boy’s family, but the other way around. Of course I realize times have changed, so I’ll do it.” And she smiled.
“Thank you, Mom,” and Candy continued, “I’d like to find out if he might be the one God has for me. He would also need to desire to raise foster girls on this ranch.”
Yolanda agreed, “It would be a good way to find out. I remember that Proverbs 16:9 says, A persons heart devises his way, but the LORD directs his steps. So I know you’ll let God guide you.”
“I sure will, Mom.” Next Candy requested, “June, I know you changed your mind since high school graduation and told me that you want to remain single, but could you just be friendly to Sam when they come?”
“Sure, Candy,” replied June, “you always do nice things for me. This will give me a way to do something nice for you.”
Just then the phone rang. Evan had taken William’s advice to ask the Hopkins family to come to dinner on the farm.
The day before, Evan had requested, “Dad, could you set up a family time with Candy’s family so I could get to know her better?
“Yes,” answered William, “I’ll be glad to do that for you, Evan. Your mom will be glad to fix a dinner for them with us.”
“Thank you, Dad,” then Evan asked, “Sam, I know you’ve told me you’re thinking you’d rather stay single than get married, but would you just talk to June. You could let her know you would just like to be friends.”
Sam replied, “Sure, Evan, I can do that. She seems like a nice enough person.”
So the phone call was an invitation for the Hopkins to join the Becketts for dinner on Sunday evening at the farm. In spite of the fact that all of them were nervous, they still had a pleasant time getting acquainted.
Before they left, Ian and Yolanda invited the Beckett family to come horseback riding a couple times a week at the ranch so the young people could continue talking as they rode side by side while the two families all rode horses together. This was even more enjoyable for all of them since riding was a favorite activity for all the members in both families.
In the spring in Pine City Yoshi’s wife, Sakura, gave birth to twin boys. She had been so excited when the doctor informed them she was carrying twin boys.
After they arrived Yoshi commented, “Now we have three boys to carry on the Suehiro name. The first boy is Naoki, meaning truthful. The twins’ names are Haru meaning born in the spring, and sunlight, and Haruto, also meaning spring and sunlight.”
“I like all those names,” remarked Sakura. “The twins are definitely identical so I got my desire to have twins and I’ll be able to see just how interesting it is to have twins, especially identical ones. The first thing I’ve learned is that it is triple the work all at once!”
“For sure!” Yoshi exclaimed. “It’s a good thing we can work together when I’m home from work, and that their grandparents on both sides of our family like to come help you when I can’t be here.”
“Exactly,” agreed Sakura, “plus my brother, Kosuke and his wife, who is your sister, Aneko, make a very good uncle and aunt for the boys even though neither of them wants to change diapers.”
“You’re right,” and Yoshi observed, “I think it’s best for them that Aneko found out she couldn’t give birth. She never did want to have a baby anyway. But you make a very good mother my dear wife! And I enjoy helping you.”
“Thank you, Honey,” Sakura responded, “you make a very good father also and I love you so much, my wonderful husband.”
“I love you very much too, Dearest,” replied Yoshi, “and I’m so glad your family decided to move to Pine City and I was able to meet and marry you.”
Denji, Sara, Gary, and Kim prayed first, because Jesus said in Matthew 18:20, … where two or three are gathered together in my name, there am I in the midst of them. They talked together about plans for their weddings at the end of a date that came after one of their ministry times
Denji mentioned, “My parents and extended family would like my wedding to be in the garden area of Ami’s Japanese Restaurant.”
Kim exclaimed, “What a beautiful and appropriate place for a Japanese wedding!”
“Absolutely!” Sara declared. “We wouldn't even have to add flowers or candles!”
Gary remarked, “It does sound perfect for you.”
Sara and Denji looked at each other and nodded so Denji suggested, “Since all four of us don’t want to spend a lot of money on our weddings, could the four of us have a double wedding there?”
Kim looked at Gary who smiled and nodded, so they happily agreed, and Kim asked, “Will we all wear Japanese kimonos?”
“Yes,” answered Sara, “We think it would look best that way.”
Denji agreed and then explained, “I think there’s a place where you and Gary could rent one each. I desire for Sara and I to buy ours as keepsakes, and use them for other celebrations that our extended family likes to have from time to time.”
Kim smiled and was thinking, “The timing will work perfectly so I don't have to live alone waiting for my wedding.”
They chose the first Friday in May for their wedding and Denji declared, “It will be a perfectly gorgeous time for our weddings. The early spring flowers will be blooming in the Japanese garden.”
The other three nodded emphatically in agreement and then they also talked of plans for after the weddings. Neither couple could get time off work to go on a honeymoon, so they chose a Friday evening in order to have at least the weekend together in the home they would live in until they could move to Mercy Valley Ranch or Farm.
Denji mentioned, “My parents plan to be assigned one or two foster girls while they’re still living in the city, and then get the others after they move to the ranch.”
But he and the others decided it would be better for newlyweds if they would wait until they were settled on the ranch or farm before they were assigned any boys or girls.
After their wedding, Sara and Denji would stay in the apartment in Pine City, and continue saving money to buy two computers, a sewing machine and a family van, during the time it took to finish the house they would live in on the ranch. They also prepared for and got their license for being foster parents in the new ranch house, and had time to get used to married life. Sara would learn how to drive and get her drivers license so she could commute to work from the ranch each day.
Gary had enough money saved by springtime that he was able to buy a good used van so it would be big enough for a family of six. After the wedding he and Kim would go to live on the farm where he was working until someone on Mercy Valley Farm would move away and there would be a place for them to live there. He had already been assured of a job there at that time.
Kim also learned to drive and got her license so she could use the van to drive to work at the Discount Mart until they would move to Mercy Valley Farm. Then she could work right there on the farm and not need to drive to the city. But they would still need the van for their new big family.
Both couples had gotten into the habit of planning things together as couples and they continued it all through their married lives so they were able live in unity.
Since it was springtime, Nathan read Genesis 1:12 to the family. It says, And the earth brought forth grass and herb yielding seed after its kind, and the tree yielding fruit with seed after its kind, and God said that it was good. Then he had his girls listen to Malcolm Milkweed on Nature corner again. At the end Holly exclaimed, “It’s a good plant and a bad one, all at the same time!”
“Yeah,” agreed Willow, “We like to see the Monarch butterflies that need it for its poison to keep their babies and themselves safe from animals that might like to eat them, but its poison could make horses die.”
Nathan continued, “You’re both right. Some people like to plant and grow milkweed plants to attract the butterflies, but we have to pull them or spray them to kill them so they don’t harm our horses.”
Next they looked up milkweed on the web and learned how people can grow them in their gardens to attract Monarch butterflies to their yards. Then they looked up its dangers to horses and found out what they already knew, it’s necessary to keep pastures free of milkweed.
Then they looked up foxtail and were reminded that in some ways it’s even worse. They also reviewed other toxic or harmful weeds, got a good look at all the plants again so they would know which ones to pull so they could keep the pastures safe for the horses.
“Thank you, Papa,” Val declared, “I needed this reminder, and I’m glad we still have the Weed Brigade to help you get rid of weeds in the pastures.”
“You’re welcome,” he responded, “and I thank all of you girls in the brigade for your help with the bad weeds.”
Lucia remarked, “We’ve learned a lot about horses and how to care for them on this ranch. It’s great fun to ride them, but that’s only a small part of taking care of them. They need people to help keep them safe and to not mistreat them like some of the people did with the horses you’ve been rehabilitating.”
“Good comments girls,” Esther complimented, “Papa and I are very pleased with all you’ve learned here on the ranch and in our home. And we’re thankful that it was God’s plan for you to come here to live with us.”
All the church families in Pine City and the ranch and farm families taught their children the reasons for holidays before the holiday came. Then if the holidays were Bible ones, the children could share what they learned with friends at the public school as another way to be missionaries.
Instead of decorating eggs for Easter, some families had their children decorate one of their own special notebooks with paper cutouts, scraps of material, permanent markers, confetti, or other things. The children made up their own ideas of things that would go with other Bible holidays.
For Easter/Resurrection Day, one of the boys on the farm used dark colored paper to make a silhouette of the empty tomb and put a yellow sun just peeking over the horizon. He carefully printed on the cover, Matthew 28:5b,6,7a, the angel said, “Fear not, for I know you seek Jesus who was crucified. He is not here, for he is risen, as he said. Come, see the place where the Lord lay. Go quickly and tell his disciples that he is risen from the dead.”
The families used age appropriate activities and songs for their children. For Thanksgiving some parents taught their kids several songs they found on the web that go with James 1:17, Every good and perfect gift is from above and comes down from the Father of lights, with whom is no variableness, neither shadow of turning. And then they had them tell some of the things they were thankful for. They could write what they were thankful for in a notebook. Another song that goes well with that scripture is “Grateful Hearts.” The lyrics contain a very good list of the good things the Lord has given us and would make a good prayer to sing before any meal.
When the actual day for the holiday came, the families celebrated in appropriate ways, especially remembering the reasons for the holidays they had studied about in the Bible.
For holidays like the Fourth of July, Labor Day, and New Year’s Day, the families would celebrate in suitable ways after teaching the children about the historical reasons for the holiday. They tried to emphasize ways to celebrate that didn’t cost much money and were fun for everyone.
In daily life the parents found other scripture verses and ways the families could put them into practice. For example for school notebooks, they could have children put a pretty picture from a magazine on the cover and a verse about whatever they needed to remember during the school day.
Parents would also read make-believe stories to them at other times during the year and explain the difference between the real stories in the Bible and the make-believe ones. They could also have the children make up their make-believe stories about animals or other things they liked.
The Jones family was getting ready to go on another RV ministry trip during the week before Resurrection Day/Easter.
Vern mentioned, “Since we skipped a trip in the winter, I’m very eager to go this coming week.”
Mindy agreed, “I am also, especially because I’m ready for a break from studying.”
Her parents were relieved, since they had worried about her studying too hard.
Lora nodded, “I’m enthusiastic about this particular trip because the scenery looks like it will be so different in the Tent Rocks National Monument in New Mexico.”
Mindy added, “I'm glad we found the right place on the web and made our reservations for the campground and daily entrance fees. Then I enjoyed looking at all the pictures on the web, and I’m sure we’ll enjoy taking pictures of our own when we hike the trails there.”
“And I’m glad” Lora tacked on, “that we decided to just go part way up the Slot Canyon Trail.”
“Same here!” Vern exclaimed. “It’s not my idea of fun to go along steep ledges looking down on drop offs, or use both hands and feet to scramble up and through the narrow cracks.”
“I definitely agree, Dad and Mom,” stated Mindy. “I would NOT like any of us to get hurt in the slot canyon.”
Vern remarked, “It’s good we can all agree about things like this.” Then he changed the subject. “I liked the information we found on the web about the area and how it is made up of balanced rocks and cones that have eroded from a huge volcanic eruption. The colors are light cream and shades of tan, brown, buff and gray.”
“Right,” continued Lora, “when I think of volcanic eruptions, I remember the black lava we’ve seen in other areas. But this area doesn’t have any lava.”
Mindy said, “I was surprised about those other colors also until the web site explained about the formations eroding the layers of sand, gravel and volcanic ash into such interesting formations.”
“Yes, and on the way there and back,” Vern went on, “we can see other interesting areas near I 25 in Colorado, like Roxborough State Park, near Denver, Garden of the Gods, near Colorado Springs, and Lathrop State Park near Walsenburg, with it’s great views of the Spanish Peaks.”
“Perfect,” Mindy declared, “and I think planning trips is almost as fun as going. Roxborough State Park sounds very interesting. I’m going to look it up on the web so we can get an idea of what’s there.”
Vern and Lora looked with with her. “Those red rocks are extraordinary. Most of the ones in these pictures are slanted up out of the ground at a similar angle,” stated Lora.
“I agree,” and Vern added, “it will be fun to drive through part of it and also hike along some of the trails. The Fountain Valley Trail sounds interesting. The South Rim Trail looks steeper but also has some good views.”
“They sound good, Dad,” Mindy said and then suggested, “Let’s plan some new songs and scriptures we can use after ‘One Day” during ministry meetings in the campground. I like the others we’ve been using also, but I want some variety. And I can practice the new ones on the autoharp while we travel.”
“Good idea, Mindy,” Lora applauded, “I like variety too. Let’s get our Bibles and hymnals and see what each of us can find.”
Vern was first with an idea. “How about ‘Grace Greater Than Our Sin?’ The lyrics tell about how wonderful Jesus’ grace is because he willingly gave his life to wash away our sins. One scripture that goes well with it is Romans 5:20b, Where sin abounded, grace did much more abound.
“Excellent choice, Dear,” stated Lora, “and I really like the melody for that hymn too. Here’s another one I like, ‘And Can It Be?’ which asks the question about us being able to be saved by Jesus sacrifice and how amazing his love is. It goes well with Ephesians 2:4-9, God, who is rich in mercy, because of his great love … made us alive with Christ by his grace, even when we were dead in sins, and has raised us up together and made us sit together in heavenly places in Christ Jesus, so that in the coming ages he might show the exceeding riches of his grace in his kindness toward us through Christ Jesus. For by grace you are saved through faith, and not of yourselves. It is the gift of God, not by works, so that no man can boast.
Mindy commented, “It’s a long scripture, but a very good one and I like the song also. I found just a chorus, but I think it goes well with these two hymns. It’s called ‘We Are the Reason,’ and the lyrics say Jesus suffered for us, died for us, and gave his life for us, in order to show us how to live. It goes with Romans 5:8, God showed his love to us by having Jesus die for us while we were still sinners.”
“Very good and now,” suggested Vern, “since we have some good new songs and we are all packed, let’s get to bed early so we can get up early, finish loading the RV, and be on our way tomorrow.”
Beth and her believing Jewish friends continued partnering to minister to other Jewish women by encouraging them to memorize Scriptures in the Old Testament that were prophecies about the Jewish Messiah. The partners would also memorize those Scriptures plus the New Testament fulfillment. They would all check each other when the verses were quoted. Then they would comment on the verses and take time to visit and become friends. They were hoping to find opportunities to explain that Jesus is the Jewish Messiah and be able to present the Good News to them.
This year, as usual, Jews for Jesus did “Christ in the Passover” presentations at the church during the week before the actual Passover holiday. So each of these Jewish believing women asked many of the people in their families to attend one of the presentations with them. They were thankful for the ones who were curious enough and would consent to go with them.
Some of the women had shared with their families the verses they had memorized and it helped lay the ground work for what they would hear in the presentations.
A few of the unbelieving Jewish people who did attend the presentations were convinced and did accept Jesus as the Jewish Messiah and their Savior. Others were just not ready yet or needed some more time to think about it all. So the women kept praying for them and shared more verses with the ones who were open to listen. They knew that it takes more time for some than for others.
Larry and Jane Kelsey came from the southern city where they had moved to help plant a new church, to visit friends in Pine City and to see Mercy Valley Ranch in operation. They were able to stay in the Visitor’s Cabin during the week they were in the area.
Saturday morning Ted and Julie ran outside to greet them and Julie stated, “It’s so good to see you in person again. It seems like you’ve been gone a long time.”
“Actually,” Larry observed, “it has been a long time. The last time we were here was to help the two of you get moved to this ranch.”
Jane continued, “So this is a very special treat for us! Plus it’s extra nice that you and the girls will be here all week since it’s the vacation that goes with Resurrection Day (Easter). We’ll have a better chance to get acquainted with them. We would like to let them call us by our first names if it’s OK with you.”
“Great!” Ted concurred, “and we thank you again for your wonderful help to get us moved. Our girls are in the living room right now waiting to meet you. They’re looking forward to teaching you how to get the horses ready to ride.”
Julie led the way, the girls stood up when they came in, and everyone was properly introduced. “Girls, these are our friends, Mr. and Mrs. Kelsey, who get to visit us this week. They would like to have you use their first names, Larry and Jane.”
In unison the girls said, “We’re glad you came to visit us.”
“It’s our pleasure,” replied Jane.
Julie continued, “Larry and Jane, these are our girls, Lily, Violet, Iris, and Rose, who are all 10 years old and are fraternal quadruplets.”
Larry mentioned, “Even though you aren’t identical, I’m very glad you are wearing name tags until we learn which name goes with each one of you.”
“I agree!” Jane declared, “since your mommy is a school teacher, she knew just what we’d need to help us this week. What time do you get to ride horses today? We’re looking forward to it.”
The girls laughed and looked at their name tags thinking it was like the first day of school. Then they looked at the clock and Lily replied, “We get to ride at ten o’clock today.”
Rose observed, “It looks like you are already dressed for a ride, just like we are.”
“Yes,” responded Larry, “we thought it would be a good idea to be prepared so we wouldn't waste valuable time.”
Violet asked, “Do you already know how to get the horses ready for a ride, or will we get to teach you?”
“We’ve never done it before,” answered Jane, “so we will be very glad to have you teach us how to do it.”
“Perfect,” stated Iris, “then two of us can teach Jane and the other two will teach Larry. It’s really not very hard to get them ready.”
So when it was time for their ride, they all went to the pasture to choose a horse for this ride. Lily chose Patches, the brown and white pinto, Violet chose Queen, the solid black mare, Iris picked Dark Cocoa, a dark brown horse with a flaxen mane and tail, and Rose decided to ride Socks, a light brown horse and one of the smallest horses left on the ranch. This way they were all on stairstep horses like their own sizes were. Larry and Jane chose Coffee, a dark brown horse, and Tea, a coppery colored horse, and Ted and Julie picked Blaze and Star, matching palominos, and so all eight of them were on horses that did not trot for this ride.
One girl of each pair demonstrated how to prepare the horse, while the other explained how important it was to brush the hair smooth especially where the blanket and saddle would be, and to check the hooves for stones. Then the two girls, who had their horses ready went with Larry and Jane to help them or review as needed, while the other two got their horses ready. When all were ready, they mounted and only rode for half an hour this time so their guests wouldn’t get too sore and stiff.
After that, the same girls helped teach Larry and Jane how to groom the horses after the ride and clean the tack.
Larry expressed, “Thank you girls for helping us learn so much today. We might need a little review tomorrow, but we’ll try to remember all you taught us.”
“I can see why you all enjoy riding so much,” Jane remarked, “and I look forward to riding every chance we’ll get while we’re here.”
On the first weekend in April the church time had changed again, so Church #4 met at 4 PM on Saturdays. The girls’ father had not been able to go riding with them this week, but planned to the next Saturday. He did come pick the girls up for their family time after lunch. He would bring them to the church for the service and then out to supper before bringing them back home.
Everyone enjoyed the Palm Sunday service even though for some of the churches it was on Saturday. This was just one of the by products of having so many churches use the same building, so the people just accepted it. They sang two hymns that go with the triumphal entry of Jesus into Jerusalem. "All Glory Laud and Honor," which goes with this summary of John 12:12,13, people took branches of palm trees and went to meet Jesus as he came to Jerusalem and cried, Hosanna! Blessed is the King of Israel who comes in the name of the Lord. The second one was "Hosanna, Loud Hosanna," which goes with Matthew 21:9, … the multitude that went before and those who followed cried, ‘Hosanna to the Son of David. Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord. Hosanna in the highest.’
Next they sang “Bless His Holy Name,” a chorus that goes well with Psalm 103:1, Bless the LORD, O my soul, and all that is within me, bless his holy name. Then the pastor read and commented on the verses in Matthew 21:1-16, because they tell what happened on that day in Jesus life.
After the church service, Larry mentioned, “The music that goes with the singing still sounds beautiful, so the preparation time must be going very well also.”
“Indeed it is,” agreed Ted. “The bass singer, who took your place, is singing so much better since I talked to him. Later he even thanked me for encouraging him, because now he enjoys it and puts his whole heart into singing rather than worrying about how he sounds.”
“Super!” Larry declared. “A little encouragement can go a long way to help someone do a better job.”
Ted nodded emphatically, “For sure, Larry, and I thank you again for your encouragement when I had to sing the lead on that song. Now it doesn’t bother me when they ask me to do it.”
“You’re entirely welcome,” Larry responded, “I’m glad it helped you and that you are still singing with the group.”
Larry and Jane got to ride horses almost every day during their visit. Some of the rides included Pastor Don, Anita, Timmy and Mary, or Roy, Sherry, and the twins, Hope and Joy, who came extra times because of the school vacation. It was so good to visit with some of their Pine City friends after so long.
Early in their visit Jane mentioned, “I really like seeing your finished embroidery of the Names of God the Father and God the Son hanging on the wall here in the living room. It’s very well done and the colors are brilliant.”
“Thank you, Jane,” responded Julie, “like you said, it was a lot of work and took a lot of time. But I had the time that year, and it made me think of you and pray for you.”
Jane commented, “I'm glad you did pray too, because I needed extra help that year. Do you still have your notebook with the scriptures listed that go with each name? Somehow I lost mine during the move.”
“Sure,” replied Julie, “it’s right here on this shelf.” She brought it and found the page. “If you like I’ll scan this page and make a copy of it for you to take with you.”
“Thanks,” Jane smiled, “I'd like that a lot.”
The girls gathered around and looked at the list in the notebook where they saw something like this:
Names of God the Father
The LORD and the Lord: many places
King of heaven: Daniel 4:37
El Shaddai: Genesis 17:1
The God Who Sees: Genesis 16:13
The LORD Will Provide: Genesis 22:14
The LORD My Banner: Exodus 17:15
The LORD My Shepherd: Genesis 49:24
The LORD Who Heals: Exodus 15:26
The LORD of Hosts: 1 Samuel 1:11
The LORD is Peace: Judges 6:24
The LORD our Righteousness: Jeremiah 23:6
God Almighty: Genesis 17:1
God Most High: Genesis 14:22
Names of God the Son
Jesus: Matthew 1:21
Lamb of God: John 1:29
Savior: 1 Timothy 1:1
Prince of Peace: Isaiah 9:6
Good Shepherd: John 10:14
Light of the World: John 9:5
King of kings: 1 Timothy 6:15
Bread of Life: John 6:35
The Word: John 1:1 and 14
Wonderful Counselor: Isaiah 9:6
Emmanuel: Matthew 1:23
Son of Man: Luke 6:5
Lord of lords: 1 Timothy 6:15
Then Julie went to make a copy, and when she returned with the copy Violet asked, “Did you make that wall hanging, Mommy?”
“Yes, I did,” Julie answered, “but only after Jane had written all the words in calligraphy on the material for me to use as the pattern.”
Rose observed, “It does look like a lot of work.”
“Is it very hard to do?” Iris questioned.
And Lily inquired, “Do you think we could learn how to do it?”
Julie nodded and smiled at them, “Of course you can learn how to embroider. You already know how to thread a needle and have made some doll clothes by hand. Embroidery is just more colorful and uses fancier stitches with heavier thread.”
“Good, I’d like to learn,” Lily stated and then asked, “Jane, what is calligraphy?”
Jane replied, “It is the art of making beautiful and elegant handwriting with a pen on paper or material.”
Julie requested, “Would you write in calligraphy a short scripture on a piece of material for each of these girls to work on after they’ve practiced some of the basic embroidery stitches.”
“I’d be glad to if you have the material here,” answered Jane. Julie went to get some. “Girls think of a scripture verse you would like to embroider and write the reference for me. I’ll write them while your mommy teaches you the stitches you will use.”
The girls hurried to do as she had instructed while Julie studied the wall hanging and wrote down the stitches she had used so she could teach them to the girls. Then she went to get the four kits she had put together for a time like this when they showed an interest in learning how to embroider, or for a rainy or snowy day that needed some added interest. Each kit had a hoop, several pieces of cloth with patterns of the stitches, and other pictures to embroider. It also had small scissors, a seam ripper for removing mistakes, seven skeins of colorful embroidery thread, and two embroidery needles.
Violet exclaimed, “Thank you, Mommy! This is so interesting and it looks like we will learn a lot of new things with it.”
“Yes, thanks, I really like the pretty colors of thread,” added Rose, and Lily nodded in agreement.
Iris went on, “I’m glad we already know how to be careful with the things that could hurt us. Thank you for all you teach us.”
“You’re welcome girls,” Julie responded. “I’m glad you all like to learn new things and are such good students.”
Julie taught them the back stitch first, since it was used for outlining. Then she taught them the stem stitch for the wider parts of some of the letters and the satin stitch for even wider parts of letters. And last they learned the chain stitch to make a border around the verse. The girls practiced the stitches for several days before starting on the scripture verse.
In all the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church services on Resurrection weekend the following scriptures were used. Hebrews 13:20,21, Now the God of peace who brought again from the dead our Lord Jesus, that great shepherd of the sheep, through the blood of the everlasting covenant, make you perfect in every good work to do his will, working in you that which is well pleasing in his sight, through Jesus Christ, to whom be glory forever and ever. Amen.
Hebrews 7:25, … (Jesus) is able to save those to the uttermost who come to God by him, seeing he ever lives to make intercession for them.
1 Peter 1:18a,19,21, … you know that you were not redeemed with corruptible things, like silver and gold, … but with the precious blood of Christ, as a lamb without blemish and without spot. … You believe in God who raised Jesus up from the dead, and gave him glory, so your faith and hope are in God.
Then on Sunday, Larry and Jane got to attend and enjoyed the Resurrection Day service on the lawn of the big house at the ranch where they sang the same songs and listened to Ted read the scriptures he had read last couple of years.
The songs they used for those services were: “Celebrate Jesus,” “He Is NOT Here,” “My Redeemer Lives,” “Crown Him With Many Crowns,” “Amazing Grace (My Chains are Gone),” “The Hallelujah Chorus,” “Glorious Day (Living He Loved Me),” “He Arose,” “Christ is Risen,” “I Know That My Redeemer Lives,” and “In Christ Alone.”
The scriptures were: Matthew 28:5,6a, The angel said to the women, Do not fear, for I know that you seek Jesus who was crucified. He is not here, for he is risen, as he said…
Romans 14:9, which says, … Christ died, and was raised to life again so that he might be Lord both of the dead and the living.
1 Peter 1:3, Blessed be the God and Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who according to his abundant mercy has made us be born again to a living hope by the resurrection of Jesus Christ from the dead.
1 Corinthians 15:3b,4, Christ died for our sins according to the scriptures, he was buried, and he rose again the third day according to the scriptures.”
Romans 8:34b, Christ who died, yes rather who is risen again, is at the right hand of God and also makes intercession for us.
1 Thessalonians 4:14, For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so those also who sleep in Jesus, God will bring with him.
Besides all the fun things they did, plus visiting, the girls finished their homework for school, practiced the piano, and did their tasks. The days all went too fast, because soon it was time for their guests to leave and for school to start again.
Candy turned nineteen before June did, so they had a Birthday party for her at the ranch. Since the next day was Saturday, the whole family helped her clean and move into the apartment she and June had found very close to the restaurant where they were working, so they could walk to work.
June’s birthday was just two weeks after Candy’s, and after her party on the ranch, the move was easy for her. She had gotten better at organization and was mostly packed the day before she moved.
Right after Candy had moved, Edna, who was fourteen, was assigned to live with Ian and Yolanda Hopkins. She was helped by her roommate Darla, as she adjusted to the home and school and learned how to prepare and ride horses. Then a couple days after June had moved, Libby, who was also fourteen, joined the family on the ranch. She was assisted by her roommate, Rita. Now Ian and Yolanda Hopkins had four young teenagers again.
June and Candy had saved all except the money they gave to the Lord’s work while they were working part time there, so they were ready to make it on their own easily for the first month until they got paid for working full time. It was interesting to learn how to keep up with all the housework, but they had learned a lot from Yolanda, who had kept the house running smoothly with everyone doing their share of the tasks.
One evening in the Pine City apartment Candy mentioned, “June, I really like working at the restaurant. It’s a great feeling to be ready to witness to any patrons who are interested enough to ask us why we’re glad we believe in Jesus, since it says to ask us if they want to know, right on our name tags.”
“Yes,” agreed June, “it’s nice to have a ministry in the same place where we’re working and to know that the rest of the waitresses will take over serving our other tables, and they’re praying for us while we are witnessing.”
Candy continued, “For sure, and every day we each get our share out of the Tip jar which the boss divides evenly for all the waitresses.”
“Indeed and besides,” added June, “the tips add to our wages and make it very comfortable for us to live here.”
Candy agreed, “Definitely, plus on top of that, I’m even saving money to buy a sewing machine and computers for the ranch like Sara told us she’s doing.”
The next evening Sara and Kim showed up at the restaurant for supper. Candy and June took turns waiting on them so each of them got a chance to talk a short time to their foster sisters. They made plans to take turns cooking supper and eating at alternate apartments once a week so they would have better chances to visit until after the weddings. Then they would only visit once in a while.
Since Candy and June didn’t want to have a vehicle, they didn’t join a small group. Instead they bought a Bible study book on Romans, recommended by their parents and wrote the answers in separate notebooks so they could discuss them once a week, and sing small group songs with the SD cards in their boom box also. They rode the bus to go to church services and did two by two ministries together when they went shopping.
One evening Tony mentioned, “I think our plan to have a missionary couple in our other bedroom is working well.”
“So do I,” agreed Maria. “We have gotten to know them and it’s like having some new friends, and since their classes are in the evenings at the church during the week, we still have time together alone here at home.”
Right, and it’s wonderful,” then Tony suggested, “Shall we get ready for our next small group meeting.”
“Yes, let’s do,” Maria nodded. “The topic for the last small group was ‘The Glory of God.’ Our homework is to find some more scriptures about his glory.”
So they got busy with their concordances and also looked on the web.
Maria said, “I looked up 2 Corinthians 4:4 and 6, … the god of this world has blinded the minds of those who do not believe so the light of the glorious gospel of Christ, who is the image of God, would not shine on them. … God who commanded the light to shine out of darkness has shone in our hearts to give us the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.”
“I like that scripture,” remarked Tony, “because it tells of the glory of God being on Jesus. The last verse in the chapter before those verses says, But we all, with open faces beholding … the glory of the Lord, are changed into the same image from glory to glory, by the Spirit of the Lord. It’s found in 2 Corinthians 3:18.”
Maria stated, “It’s a good one also and it even sounds like we will show his glory. Psalm 19:1, says, The heavens declare the glory of God, and the firmament shows his handiwork. We saw that one night when we went out in the park to look up at the stars.”
“Indeed we did,” declared Tony, “and I sure enjoyed it! Isaiah 43:7 says, … I have created everyone who is called by my name, for my glory. I have formed him, yes I have made him.”
Maria observed, “I like the way it says we’re created for God’s glory. It gives us all a reason for living. Romans 9:23 tells about God making known the riches of his glory on the vessels of mercy, which he had prepared for glory. I think we are two of those vessels.”
“I agree,” replied Tony, “and Romans 5:1,2 are also good verses. Therefore being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom we have access by faith into this grace wherein we stand and we rejoice in hope of the glory of God. It sounds like part of this will be in the future.”
When they looked up verses about the glory of God on the web, they found more than a dozen others they could use, but they decided they already had enough for this homework project.
A small town several miles from Pine City has a retreat center teaching on different topics many people are interested in learning about for their lives as believers. There are cabins for people to rent, and a meeting hall. The center serves the surrounding cities and people come from other states also.
During the week people come for five days and stay in the cabins, bringing their own food since there’s no food provided. In the evenings, the people do homework for the next day.
Then on Saturdays the center has one day seminars for people who are within easy driving distance. It takes five weeks of Saturdays to equal the one week stay. But it costs less than renting a cabin and works well for people who don’t have to have a vacation or don’t want take time off work. They bring their own lunches and have completed their homework from the week before.
While the Saturday seminars are in progress, other workers launder sheets and towels, clean, and get the cabins ready for the next week of renters. Then on Sundays, the meeting hall is used as a church for the small town. They have Sunday School, a worship service, and a prayer meeting.
One day the manager was talking to a woman who came to the seminar, “We really need more donations to keep this center going. But I hate to ask people for donations.”
The woman attending the seminar was surprised and suggested, “I think you could raise the rent on the cabins to help this wonderful place be self-sufficient. I was comparing prices for renting vacation cabins for five days, and they’re much higher than what you’re charging.”
“Thanks for the suggestion,” responded the manager, “I’ll talk it over with the rest of my team and maybe we can try it.”
She did that and they researched prices also. Then they decided how much they needed to raise the rent in order to be independent and not have to rely on donations to keep their center operating. It worked very well for them and people continued to come and learned many helpful things.
The first Friday in May for the double wedding was finally here. Gary and Kim were able to rent kimonos large enough to fit them for the wedding so they wouldn’t feel out of place or look strange in a double wedding with their Japanese friends. The night before the wedding, all the parents had given the young people a copy of a book with a chapter that could prepare them for the wedding night, and then answered all their questions, so they all felt ready for this new adventure.
There was room to seat the extended Japanese family, the small group they had attended, Vern, Lora and Mindy, plus their families and friends from the farm and ranch. Denji was right, the spring flowers blooming in the garden were perfect and no other decorations were needed.
The foster sisters, Sara and Kim, stood in the middle between the two grooms with no attendants, so it wouldn’t be too crowded at the front. Ian, the proud foster father, escorted both of his girls down the isle at the same time, one on each arm. Then he placed one hand at a time into the hand of the waiting groom.
They had asked Pastor Don to do the ceremony. He taught about the permanence of marriage and included Mark 10:6-9, From the beginning of creation God made humans male and female. For this cause a man shall leave his father and mother and cling to his wife. They shall be one, … therefore what God has joined together, do not let man separate.
The reception took the place of showers for the couples, because those who attended the wedding brought gifts for each couple which were opened and held up with thanks to show everyone, before refreshments were served. Candy wrote for Sara and June wrote for Kim, what the gift was and who gave it as each gift was opened, so each couple could write and send special notes to thank the people again later.
Before the wedding, each couple had made a list of things they still needed, after taking inventory of what they had bought for the apartment and what Gary and Denji had to add. They gave the lists to Yolanda and people would call her to find an item to buy that had not been crossed off the list yet.
Denji’s parents had put the money they had saved for Denji's college education into a savings account earning good interest, and it had kept on growing. Since he had gone to trade school instead of a university, they gave the rest of the money to him and Sara as a wedding present. Denji and Sara used some of it to put with the money Sara had been saving to buy the computers and a sewing machine for the ranch house. They kept the rest in a savings account to buy a vehicle big enough for a family of six. They would also keep the other vehicle so they could both drive to their jobs.
Both couples enjoyed their wedding nights plus many others in the homes they would share with their husbands and in the houses on the Mercy Valley Farm or Ranch where they would move when they were ready, as places for them to live and raise foster children.
On the way home from the wedding that evening, Don commented, “The ceremony was just perfect for the four of them at their double wedding tonight.”
“Definitely,” agreed Anita, “and we didn’t need to speculate about them because we knew about the men asking to be in the same small group as the ladies. But we would have been right even though the couples didn’t sit together in church while they were dating..”
Don continued, “I agree and I liked the way each couple held hands and looked up toward heaven to sing ‘Our Wedding Prayer,’ asking God to guide them and walk with them, and then added a few words to include helping them to be good foster parents to the children he would entrust to them.”
“For sure and they will need all the help he will give, because it’s a big job they’re undertaking,” Anita concluded.
June and Candy had done their Bible study time separately and then sat at the table to read some of the scriptures aloud and answer the questions or make comments about the verses.
June commented, “The first question was too easy, because the answer is right in the first two verses, so I’ll read them. Romans 1:1,2, Paul was a servant of Jesus Christ, called to be an apostle, set apart to the gospel of God, which God had promised before by his prophets in the holy scriptures.”
“I agree,” and Candy continued, “the second question was also easy. Its answer is in verses 3 and 4, this gospel was concerning God’s son, Jesus Christ our Lord, who was a descendant of David, and was declared to be the Son of God with power, … by his resurrection from the dead.”
June went on, “The book had us choose verses to memorize so I picked Romans 1:16a and 17. Paul stated, For I am not ashamed of the gospel of Christ, for it is the power of God for salvation to everyone who believes… For in it, the righteousness of God is revealed from faith to faith, as it is written, the just shall live by faith, Romans 1:16a and 17.
“Those are good ones, June,” stated Candy, “and you did a good job of quoting them. I chose three verses, so mine is pretty long. Romans 1:18-20, For the wrath of God is revealed from heaven against all ungodliness and unrighteousness of men, who hold the truth of God in unrighteousness. Because that which may be known of God is manifest in them, because God has shown it to them. For the invisible things of God like his eternal power and divine nature are clearly seen in the creation, being understood by the things that were made, so men are without excuse, Romans 1:18-20.”
“I’m impressed, Candy!” June exclaimed. “I followed along and it was word perfect! We could use the verses in Romans chapter one when we do our two by two ministry if we find some evolutionist who is willing to listen.”
“Definitely,” Candy agreed, “and we can also include a summary of Romans 2:1,3,4, You are inexcusable if you judge another, because you are condemned yourself if you do the same things and therefore will not escape the judgment of God. Don’t despise the patience and goodness of God because they lead to repentance.”
June responded, “Yes and I think this Bible study will be a good one for us to do separately and then talk about it together.”
One day Oscar informed Nathan, “I’m going to visit a ranch that has just put a want ad in this newspaper to buy trained cattle horses. Would you like to accompany me?”
“Yes I would,” answered Nathan, “we need to evaluate them to see how they treat their horses before we could consider selling Bronze, Topaz and Dappled to them.”
“Exactly,” Oscar continued, “I made an appointment for us at ten AM tomorrow morning and it takes about an hour to get there. Will that work for you?”
“Sure,” Nathan replied, “I’ll be ready to go with you at nine AM tomorrow.”
When they arrived at the ranch Nathan mentioned, “I’m impressed with how clean and orderly everything is here.”
Oscar nodded, “I agree. First impressions are important. We can tell a lot by just looking. I think I see the owner coming out to greet us.” So they both got out of the vehicle to meet him.
“Welcome to the ranch,” the owner said, “I’m glad you could come here today.”
“Thank you,” replied Oscar. “We’d like to have you show us around so we can see your horse pastures and watch how your workers prepare and ride the horses you have and what they do when they’re finished.”
“I’ll be glad to do that,” he replied, “Come right this way.”
As they walked the owner explained, “I like the idea of hiring workers with wives so they can care for and raise two or more abused foster boys, and teach them about Jesus. Then when he saves them, he also restores them. In fact we just about have another house finished for another couple. The boys who are already here are all saved now and have become good workers learning how to ride horses to move the cattle from place to place.”
“Praise the Lord!” Oscar exclaimed. “My wife and I converted our dude ranch into homes for ten families raising abused foster girls for the same purpose and we are in the process of building more houses so we can have even more families on the ranch.
The owner responded, “It is indeed a pleasure to meet fellow believers.”
Nathan agreed, “It certainly is, and I pray that God will bless both ranches and make our efforts thrive.”
Then the owner showed them around, including the tack room where everything was neat and clean and in its correct place. The horses were in a lush looking pasture and were rotated from one to another pasture as needed. He had two of his workers get two horses from the small herd. The horses didn’t run from them, but let them put on halters and attach lead ropes.
They led them to the tack room, properly groomed them and checked their hooves before tacking up the horses. Then they double checked the girths to see if they were properly tightened.
They mounted properly and walked the horses for a short time to get them warmed up and then expertly posted the trot to reach the cattle pasture where they roped one steer apiece, got off and checked it for any problems, let it go and then cantered back to the gate, opened and closed it and rode the horses at a walk back to the tack room.
Then the procedure was reversed and the horses were taken back to their pasture. The men cleaned the tack and put it back in its place.
Smiling, Oscar stated, “This is exactly what I was hoping to see, and now I’ll tell you about the three horses we have available to sell. They were trained as cattle horses, but have been just ridden as trail horses on our ranch for several years. They might need a little retraining so they can remember how to work with cattle. You are welcome to come and try them out to see if you would like to buy them.”
Then he told the owner about the details of each horse and they set up a time for the man and two other workers to come see and ride them. They came the next day and were very impressed with the three horses.
They even wanted to learn how to train the rest of their herd to come greet them in the pasture like this whole herd did. So Oscar and Nathan gladly explained it to them, including being able to walk up to the horse of your choice, talk, stroke or rub it in places it liked and then put on the halter and reverse the procedure with thanks at the end of the ride.
Oscar told the cattle ranch owner the price for each horse including its tack, and the man agreed to it thinking it was a fair price. “I’ll pay you for them now and send my ranch foreman and two other workers with the four horse trailer to pick them up tomorrow.”
“Fine,” replied Oscar, “we’re glad to know these horses are going to a good home where they’ll be properly cared for and useful.”
During the work week at her office, Sara had been using the idea she had gotten from talking to Ruth and Maria when they visited the ranch one day while she was also visiting there. Of course she cleared it first with her boss. In fact her boss liked the idea of going with coworkers at lunch time so much, that she decided to join Sara and one other coworker three days a week for lunch.
At first the two of them would take one other worker with them so Sara could get better acquainted with the other workers in the office. They would either walk to the nearby park with sack lunches or the boss would take them all in her vehicle to a cafe where each one bought her own lunch. Each day when they returned, Sara quickly wrote notes about that person’s interests. After Sara had met all of them she chose two coworkers with similar interests and asked if they’d like to go to the park for lunch together.
Sara was hoping for a chance to use Maria’s idea of getting them talking about their fear of death and then saying that she was not afraid of dying and even looked forward to it. Therefore Sara memorized the following scriptures and some ways to explain them in appropriate situations with the coworkers.
Romans 6:23, For the wages of sin is death, but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.
A summary of Hebrews 2:14b,15, Jesus himself became flesh and blood, so that through his death he could destroy the devil who had the power of death, and deliver those who through the fear of death were in bondage to fear all their lifetimes.
John 3:36, He who believes in the Son has everlasting life, but he who does not believe in the Son shall not see life, but God’s wrath abides on him.
John 14:1-6, Do not let your heart be troubled. You believe in God, believe also in me. In my Father’s house are many rooms. If it were not so, I would have told you. Since I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again, and receive you unto myself, so that you also may be where I am. You know where I am going and you know the way. But Thomas said to him, Lord, we do not know where you are going, so how can we know the way? Jesus answered, I am the way and the truth and the life. No one comes to the Father except by me.
John 11:25, Jesus said to Martha, I am the resurrection and the life. He who believes in me, though he die, yet he shall live.
2 Corinthians 5:6-8, … We can be confident since we know that while we are at home in this body, we are absent from the Lord, for we walk by faith, not by sight. Our confidence makes us willing to be absent from the body and to be present with the Lord.
Paul said in Philippians 1:21,23,24, 3:21a, For me to live is Christ, and to die is gain. … I desire to depart and be with Jesus, which is far better, but it is more needful for me to remain in the flesh. … And someday, Jesus will change our bodies to be like his glorious body…
She would only use one or two of these scriptures each day so the coworkers wouldn’t feel overwhelmed and would have plenty of time to think and ask questions. It was slow progress, but she was prayerful and hopeful that God would use her efforts, and that he would bring them to salvation.
Nathan and Esther had gone to see Oscar and Vera. Esther asked, “Would it be satisfactory to tell the other families about going to see the fox cubs with binoculars and a video camera, so they could go also?”
“Sure,” answered Oscar, “it would be a great experience for all of them as long as you stress the importance of staying behind the rope we put up on the path, and being very quiet with little movement.”
“In addition to that,” Vera suggested, “let’s have a sign up sheet so only one family goes at a time with at least a day in between, when nobody goes, so the fox family won’t feel like they have to move away to a different den.”
“Absolutely,” agreed Nathan, “I hope they’ll continue to use that den for many years so we can enjoy seeing them once a year.”
Then they all sang the song, “All Wild Things.” They sounded almost as good as the Sons of the Pioneers did when they sang it.
Esther stated, “This ranch had so many things that can enrich the lives of all the people who live here. I’m thankful for all the times my family got to come here as I was growing up when it was still a dude ranch. And I like it even better now that Nathan and I get to live here with our family of foster girls.”
“I’m glad. And furthermore,” continued Vera, “I think more people have gotten to enjoy and explore it in depth since we changed it to homes for abused girls, than when it was a dude ranch.”
“Exactly,” agreed Oscar, “and on top of those people we can add all the boys and their parents from Mercy Valley Farm plus all the visitors the girls or their parents have invited to come and go horseback riding or hiking with their families.”
Vera laughed, “Not to mention, it’s a lot less work for the two of us even though we are also parents. You two, Nathan and Esther, plus Karen Spencer, and Ted Blake have taken over our other jobs, so it’s much easier for us.”
Esther prayed, “Thank you, Father in Heaven, for the way you’ve worked and helped to make this ranch into such a benefit for so many people, and we know you’ll continue.”
The others added their thanks and praise to God, before Nathan and Esther went back to their home.
Cory was talking with his parents, Greg and Oralie Iverson. His mom remarked, “I got to talk to Anna at church this weekend. She told me that her daughter and son-in-law had gotten an OK to tell other families about going to see the fox cubs near their den at Lavender Falls.”
“But,” wondered Cory, “there’s a rope across the trail during the time the fox babies are in that den.”
“Oh, my!” Oralie exclaimed. “I forgot to mention that the families can only go as far as the rope and need to stay quiet and just look with binoculars and with a telephoto video or camera.”
“What a good idea!” Greg declared. “The people on that ranch have been so generous to share their horses and the lake and waterfall with us!”
“Indeed they have,” agreed Oralie, “and I sure have appreciated all the times we’ve gotten to go to the ranch. Anyway, I called Esther Mendoza and got our family signed up to go up there this coming weekend.
“Super!” Cory cheered. “I think all my brothers will be able to stay quiet and motionless while we’re looking at the fox cubs through binoculars. It’s good we have several pairs so they won’t have to wait very long for their turns.”
After supper Cory’s parents explained the outing to the other boys, and they were almost as excited as when they heard about their first fishing trip the first year they were on the farm. It was good for them to have a chance to be noisy about it at home rather than when they got to the rope on the trail.
Max jumped up and down stating, “Foxes are my favorite wild animal. We’ve seen lots of neat pictures of them and we learned a little about them at the church school. I wish there had been a Nature Corner story about them, but there wasn’t.”
“Same here,” agreed Levi, “maybe we could look up some more facts about them on the web before we go.”
“Great idea, Levi,” Oralie applauded, “and then when we get back we can look up answers to any more questions we might have.”
Kevin asked, “Will we take a lunch like we do when we hike all the way to the falls?“
Jack added, “Oh, please, let’s do take a picnic lunch and eat it on the way back near the stream since we won’t get to go to the falls.”
“Sure we can,” answered Greg, “but all of us have to remember to be very quiet not move around much when we reach the rope area. Do you think you can remember?”
All five boys nodded seriously, but then Max laughed, “It's a good thing we won’t be taking our dog, Jolly, with us. He’d be barking and trying to get free of his leash so he could go chase them.”
“That’s for sure,” Cory laughed also, “and it’s the reason the people on the ranch don’t have any large dogs and even the small ones are not allowed to run freely.”
Jack mentioned, “I’m glad they do things differently on the ranch than we do on the farm.”
“Ditto,” said Kevin, “I think it’s what makes the ranch such an interesting place to visit on alternate weekends.”
While living in the apartment after their wedding in Pine City, Denji
taught Sara how to drive and she read the state book on rules and was able to pass the test easily.
Later, Denji and Sara needed an idea to use for their own two by two ministry, so they talked about it.
“We both still like to go walking in the park,” stated Denji, “so we could do like we did when we were dating only now we’ll get to walk together.”
“Yes, that will be extra nice,” then Sara suggested, “and we could use your own testimony.”
“Right,” Denji agreed, “Maybe we could start with the first verse on the song ‘Since Jesus Passed By.’ It talks about how hopeless a blind person feels. Then we could get them interested in the topic of Jesus still healing people.”
Sara continued, “Yes, and then I could read a summary of Matthew 20:29-34, As they departed from Jericho, a great multitude followed (Jesus). There were two blind men sitting by the wayside. When they heard that Jesus passed by they cried out, “Have mercy on us, O Lord, you Son of David. And the multitude rebuked them, because they should hold their peace. But they cried even more, “Have mercy on us, O Lord, you Son of David. Jesus stood still and called them and said, What do you want me to do to you?” They said to him, Lord, please open our eyes. So Jesus had compassion on them and touched their eyes. Immediately their eyes received sight, and they followed him.”
“Then,” Denji went on, “I could tell how my uncle and aunt had prayed for Jesus to heal my eyes and restore my sight which I had lost in an automobile accident as a teenager. Jesus did restore my sight, so I now follow Jesus like the last sentence Sara read.”
Sara mentioned, “We should have their attention by then and we can tell them the Good News.”
“And answer their questions,” he tacked on, “and invite them to accept Jesus and follow him also.”
So they used this idea when they went walking in the park after work or on the weekends and it worked well for them. Sometimes the people would just walk away in disbelief, but others would stay and listen and ask questions. If they weren’t ready yet, Sara would give them a tract with more information. They could take it with them and read it later. Sara wrote Denji’s cell phone number on the tract so the people could call if they had questions. Once in a while one or two people would become believers and they could all rejoice.
After their nineteenth birthdays, Evan and Sam had moved into Pine City to rent one of the little houses at The Mercy River Equine Therapy Center, and soon the Beckett's other two foster boys would also turn nineteen and move to the barracks on the army post. So William and Anna had called and alerted Oscar and Vera, “We can move to the ranch in two weeks because that’s when all the boys will be gone.”
Vera exclaimed, “God is so amazing! We just got word that the husband of the family in the last house on the lower level of ranch houses came home with the unwanted news that his job was being transferred to another state and therefore they have to move away from the ranch and Pine City. But God has already provided a nice house with good views for them, close to some other horses they can rent once in a while if they desire.”
“Which means,” continued Oscar, “that you two can move into the house that family will have cleaned and vacated by then.”
William stated, “Wow! We’re extremely grateful to God for working out the timing for this move and he blessed the other family also!”
“So are we!” Oscar and Vera declared together.
“I’m thankful too,” Anna added, “on top of that, he gave us another of our desires, a house on the lower level of houses. This way we won’t have to climb stairs to the upper level of one of those new houses. Plus we won’t have to go up and down the hill on the way to visiting or going for horseback rides, since we are getting older.”
Then William went to see the farm owner, “I’m here to give you our two week notice about terminating our jobs and rent like we talked about a couple months ago.”
“OK,” The owner said, “We’ll miss your good work and your many other contributions to the farm, but we understand your reason.”
“Thank you,” then William continued, “We’d like to give our furniture, which is in the house we’ve been renting, to the farm since we won’t need it when we move to the ranch. Plus we’d like to request that Gary and Kim Beckett will get to rent that house since they need to rent a furnished house, and want to move here as soon as there is a house for them.”
“That’s a nice gift for the farm, and perfect timing,” stated the owner, “I’ve already promised Gary and his wife jobs here as soon as a house is available. So this will work out for both families.”
“Yes it will,” agreed William who then added, “Gary will also be taking over my job as Bible teacher.”
“Very good,” the owner declared. “I was wondering who could do that job when you leave. I’ll add it to his wages.”
A couple months before this time, at the end of their last piano recital, Anna had told Luis, Pedro, Hugo, and Jose, “You boys are all doing so well with your piano playing. I don’t think you need any more lessons. Mr. Beckett and I will be moving to the Mercy Valley Ranch to care for four foster girls. I’ll be here until our other boys leave, so you can come ask me any questions you have until then. After that you can call me on my cell phone. Here’s my number. Besides, you can ask your mom and she can probably answer just as well as I could.
She gave them each a paper with her number on it and also a nice certificate listing all the lesson books and extra music books they had finished and how many years they had been taking lessons.
She told the other family about her decision to move to the ranch and added, “I talked to Sunny Lucero and she said she would be glad to continue teaching lessons to your boys. She has become very proficient at the piano. She soaked up my teaching like a sponge while I was teaching her boys and she will be a good teacher for you.”
So William and Anna got moved, with Nathan and Esther helping them. Nathan used his pickup to carry several loads of their clothes, linens, etc. from the farm to the ranch. Esther brought a lunch to their house to celebrate their move to the ranch and then helped them get unpacked. The used console piano William had bought for Anna had already been delivered and placed in their “new” house the day before they moved. And the next day all four of them went and cleaned the house on Mercy Valley Farm.
William and Anna would have two weeks to get themselves settled in the house on the ranch. Then they would be assigned one new girl every two weeks until they had two who were fifteen and then two who were fourteen.
Shortly after William and Anna had moved to the ranch, they helped Gary and Kim move to Mercy Valley Farm and into the cleaned house they had vacated. Then the four of them went and cleaned the house on the other farm. Gary enjoyed using the Beckett furniture he had come to like while he had lived with William and Anna. It also helped him remember that he was one of their adopted sons.
William had taken his lesson plans and had given them to Gary so he could be the next Bible Study Group teacher for the boys on the farm. It was easy for Gary to take over William’s job of teaching the boys’ Bible studies, because he had studied with William and had learned a lot! He was also able to use William’s teaching style since he had observed it in all the classes.
Gary and Kim realized they had not had time for ministry time as a couple, because of being able to move to the farm so soon, and two weeks after they were settled, they were assigned foster boys with two weeks between each, until they had four. Since Gary had wished for more time with his foster parents, they asked for two who were twelve and then two who were eleven. Kim had agreed and was relieved since they weren’t quite teenagers yet. Their foster boys’ names were Ryan, Bruce, Tyler and Leo.
Kim was glad to have a job on the farm so she didn’t have to drive to Pine City every day to work at the Discount Mart. She enjoyed this new job after she learned all she needed to know about how to do it.
At a restaurant with outside seating in the summer, two thugs with masks on tried to kidnap a young boy by hooking crowbars under his arms, lifting and carrying him out to the sidewalk. The surprised people were slow to react, but one man quickly called the police and Felix jumped over the little wall, called his boys to follow, and they ran after the thugs.
Felix, who had grabbed two table knives, ran very fast and poked the handles of the knives in the backs of the men so they felt like gun barrels, commanding them in a very loud, low, authoritative voice, “Stop! Lower the boy slowly and carefully to the ground and remove the crowbars. Lay the bars down on the sidewalk. Now you two walk two steps forward and then get down on all fours. Next lie flat on your stomachs with your hands behind your backs. You four guys come over here and tie these thugs up tight while I keep them covered. I’ll stand over here aiming at their heads. Tie their hands together and then their feet so they can’t get away.
To the young boy he said soothingly, “We’ll take you back to your family soon, little boy.”
Felix's boys did a good job of tying them with rolls of kite string they had in their pockets.
Felix then commended, “Good job guys, now quote some Bible Scriptures to these thugs, telling them what will happen to people like them if they don’t repent and turn from their lives of sin and then quote some other verses to tell them the Good News about Jesus.
Pedro quoted, “Luke 13:5, Jesus said, ‘I tell you, unless you repent you shall perish,’ Luke 13:5, and Ezekiel 33:11b, turn from your wicked ways, for why will you die? … Ezekiel 33:11b.”
Hugo recited, “John 3:36, He who believes in Jesus has everlasting life, and he who does not believe shall not see life, but the wrath of God abides on him, John 3:36.”
Next Luis quoted, “Acts 3:19a, Repent therefore and be converted, so your sins may be blotted out, Acts 3:19, and Romans 6:23,The wages of sin is death, but the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord, Romans 6:23.”
Jose finished with, “1 John 1:9, If we confess our sins, God is faithful and just to forgive us our sins and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness, 1 John 1:9, and Acts 16: 30b,31, A man asked, What must I do to be saved? … the answer is to Believe in the Lord Jesus Christ, and you shall be saved, Acts 16: 30b,31.”
Then Felix added, “You thugs think about those scriptures as you wait for the police come take you to jail and as you spend time in jail.”
During this time the boy’s parents were reunited with their son, and the rest of the people in the restaurant had come to watch. When the police came, they were all glad to tell them what they had seen. After that, the two thugs were picked up and carried off to jail.
Felix went later to try to talk to the men, but the police wouldn't let him because these two had been known to try to get revenge. It was good they had not seen who had thwarted their plans to make money by kidnapping the small boy. So Felix and his family prayed for them instead of trying to talk to them any more.
At school, the quadruplets who lived on Mercy Valley Ranch, talked about horses and riding to the friends they had made at the public school. If they saw interest, they invited some friends and their families to come ride with them like Esther's girls had told them they were doing.
A few of the families who came had very small children. When those families came for horseback riding, the parents held the very small children in front of them on their horses. If the siblings were primary age children, they were usually able to ride Boots or Socks or hold on and ride double behind their parents.
Other girls on the ranch also continued to invite friends and their families to come horseback riding or hiking on the ranch. All the parents now realized that as the new houses were built and filled, scheduling such invitations would have to be more precise, so there would be enough horses available and also not too many people hiking at the same time. They decided it would be a good problem for them to have and would give them more opportunities to work together.
Sometimes the friends and families, who were invited to come to the ranch, would stay to visit and ask questions. Then they might come back again another week to enjoy some activity again and ask more questions. Their hosts were eager to answer questions and to explain the gospel very clearly and of course there was much rejoicing when any of the visitors accepted Jesus.
Ernest Clay injured his back doing some repairs at The Garden Shop, which he and his wife own. So he went to a good chiropractor in Pine City to have some adjustments. It really helped him and in less than six weeks he was feeling back to normal. At the end of his last appointment he expressed, “Thank you so much! I feel much better, and I’ll take it easy and do the exercises you suggested.”
“You’re welcome,” replied the doctor, “and I’m glad you’ll follow my suggestions. If you have any trouble come see me again.”
Ernest responded, “Yes, Sir, I’ll do it, and now I have a question for you. What do you believe about Jesus?”
He answered, “I was raised in a church, and know some things about him.”
Ernest remarked, “I asked because I’d like to know that I’ll see you in heaven.”
“Well,” he said, “I hope I’ll go to heaven.”
Ernest shared, “You can know for sure. Would you like to read how?” Ernest reached into his pocket for a tract.
But the doctor shook his head, “It’s OK, I’m fine.”
“All right,” acknowledged Ernest, “I hope you have a very nice weekend.”
The doctor replied, “Thank you. You do the same.”
As Ernest left the building and drove back to the shop, he prayed, “Father in heaven, please help the doctor to want to know Jesus as his Savior. Help him to realize it is not OK and he is not fine. Do whatever it takes to bring him into the fold.” Throughout the afternoon and evening he prayed for the doctor off and on, and then left him in God’s hands.
On Monday morning as Ernest was working, he got a call on his cellphone. It was the doctor. “Hello, Ernest, a patient just called and canceled his 11AM appointment. Would you be able to come to my office and talk to me about Jesus at 11 o’clock?”
“Of course doctor,” answered Ernest, “I’ll be glad to. I’ll see you in a little while.”
When he walked into the office he could see that the doctor appeared to have gotten very little sleep over the weekend.
“Thank you for coming,” said the doctor. “I had the same terrible dream three nights in a row, and was not able to get back to sleep. I don’t want to end up like the person in the dream, so when I got to the office, I got your phone number from the receptionist, and called you just as soon as I found out about the cancellation. Please tell me how I can know for sure that I’ll go to heaven like you said Friday.”
“Certainly,” stated Ernest, “it will be my pleasure.” Then he explained the Good News using the Bible he had brought with him. The man listened carefully, asked a few clarifying questions and then prayed aloud using what he learned and accepted Jesus as his Savior.
“This is such a relief!” the doctor exclaimed. “I have such a deep peace, and all the dread and fear are gone!”
They rejoiced together and the doctor said yes to the invitation to come to church and bring his wife and family the next weekend.
As Oscar and Vera hiked with their girls along the hill behind where the new houses would be built Oscar mentioned, “Now you can see that the view here is just as good as we have in our house.”
“Yes, and I’m so glad to know,” stated Emma, “that the new families on the ranch will be able to enjoy good views of the mountains and valley like we do. I think just being able to look at them helped me a lot when I first came here.”
“I know what you mean,” agreed Nan, “and it was even better when we learned about the creator and could praise him for making such beauty and giving us eyes to see it.”
Liz added, “Yes, and I remember that even before Jesus healed my hand and wrist, I would feel more peaceful when I looked at the mountains, and after he healed me, I could raise both hands and praise him.”
“I agree,” Stella continued, “and I think this ranch is the best place to have foster parents who are willing to help abused girls, because of the view and the horses and because the parents believe in Jesus and teach their girls about him also.”
Vera applauded, “Thank you girls for your comments, because you all stated very clearly the vision of mercy your dad and I had when we started this project and as we continue to add more houses to expand it as much as we can.”
Another day Oscar asked, “Would you girls like to go to supper at the Serving Joyfully Restaurant this coming Friday?”
They all nodded and said “yes” in different ways, so Vera continued, “We thought a Friday would be the best day, because you don’t have to do your homework until the weekend.”
“What a good idea!” Stella exclaimed. “I like the way you plan things so they work out in the best ways!”
“So do I,” stated Liz, and then she asked, “Is that the restaurant where Candy and June are working?
“Yes,” answered Oscar, “I called and found out that they will be working there that evening.”
Nan remarked, “It will be nice to see them again. I miss the ones who have moved away from the ranch when they turned nineteen.”
“Same here,” added Emma, “plus this will give us a chance to see how it works to have the waitresses be able to witness to unbelievers like they said in their speeches at the graduation party. I’ve been wondering about that.”
So they had the rest of the week to look forward to a fun time out and even think of a question or two to ask Candy or June. When the day came and they went to the restaurant, they all enjoyed the food and service and short visits with June and Candy. Plus they got to see another waitress witness to a customer and lead that one to accept Jesus!
Ernest and Connie Clay were at their small group meeting. The praise reports were extra good this evening and so were the songs. The last song they sang was, “Jesus Shall Reign.”
The facilitator said, “The lyrics of this song, are mostly about how it will be when Jesus comes back to the earth to reign. At that time he will reign wherever the sun makes its daily journey. Then everyone of every nation and language will praise him.
During the discussion time someone said, “I wish all people would praise him now!”
“That would be a good idea,” agreed the facilitator, “but I’m afraid it won’t happen until Jesus returns. Your homework to do before our next meeting is to prayerfully read all of Revelation and find out why it won’t happen. Be ready to share what you find next week.”
The people wrote their assignment in their notebooks and he went on to say, “The last song we sang goes well with Psalm 72:8, who would like to read it?”
Ernest read, “He shall have dominion from sea to sea, and from the river to the ends of the earth.” Then he commented, “I like the way this verse says Jesus will reign everywhere in a different way than the song stated the fact, but it means the same thing.”
“Yes,” a woman continued, “it might make an interesting home Bible study project to find some more examples like that.”
Many people nodded and some of them wrote the idea in their notebooks so they could remember to try it.
Someone else stated, “I looked in the concordance, and another good verse for this song is, 1 Corinthians 15:25, He (Jesus) must reign, till he has put all enemies under his feet.”
“Yes it’s a good verse,” a man agreed. “I like the way it shows how powerful Jesus is.”
“He certainly is!” exclaimed another woman, “and I also like how permanent his kingdom will be as it says in Luke 1:33, He shall reign over the house of Jacob forever, and of his kingdom there shall be no end.
“I do too,” agreed Connie, “and Romans 15:12 adds all of us to his kingdom, who are not of the house of Jacob,… Isaiah said, there shall be a root of Jesse, and he shall rise to reign over the Gentiles. In him the Gentiles shall trust.”
The facilitator concluded, “Thank you Father in Heaven for making a way for us Gentiles to be redeemed and included in your family.”
The members of the group added their thanks and other prayers during the conversational prayer time and then they enjoyed refreshments and visiting time before going home.”
Evan had saved enough money to buy a used vehicle by the time he and Sam moved to the equine therapy center. So he was able to drive to work at Mercy Valley Ranch and also take Sam, Candy, and June to the ranch so they could continue horseback riding or hiking to Lavender Falls in the summer and fall on the ranch, and later do winter family activities like ice skating on Wild Mint Lake or riding in the big inside arena together. Therefore Evan and Candy didn’t need to go on other dates in order to get to know each other better. Sam and June were content to just be friends and enjoy the activities on the ranch.
Back when they were still living on the farm and ranch, Evan and Candy had talked seriously when they went on their second horseback ride.
Candy had asked, “Evan, what do you think about marrying a girl who would like to live on this ranch and help to raise four foster girls?”
“I think,” answered Evan, “it it would be a very big and hard job for people as young as we are to undertake. But I do also think that the mission of this ranch is very important, which is why I studied to become a construction worker so I could get a job here and help to build more houses.”
“Wow! What a great thing for you to do,” then Candy continued, “I agree with you about the important ministry of this ranch. And I do think God would help to make it work for people as young as we are.”
“I agree,” replied Evan, “our God does have awesome power.”
“Absolutely!” Candy exclaimed. “I have a very big desire to live here and raise foster girls with a believing husband who has the same desire. If you don’t think you could be that man, then I will need to look somewhere else for one who does. So would you please think and pray about it and let me know what you decide? I am not in a big hurry to know, so don’t rush, just let God guide you.”
“I surely will, Candy,” Evan responded, “and I appreciate your honesty and frankness. I can tell that you are very serious about it.”
She admitted, “Yes, I really am.”
Then she stayed quiet hoping she hadn’t ruined her chances with Evan, because she already liked him a lot. But she knew that finding the right man was even more important.
On their fourth horseback ride Evan had informed her, “I’ve been praying a lot, and I talked to my adoptive parents William and Anna Beckett who will be living on this ranch so they can raise four foster girls. They said they would assist us if God leads me to this ministry. Then I prayed some more and I do think God wants me to do it. He even gave me the desire to do it and said we don’t need to wonder or worry about having natural children of our own because if we did, we’d need to move to the city into a bigger house.”
“Hurrah!” Candy exclaimed, but quietly so as to not draw attention to them. “Thank you, Evan, for telling me all the details so I am convinced about God leading you. Now we can continue getting to know each other better and get ready for this big adventure!”
Evan replied, “You’re welcome, Candy. Your enthusiasm is helping me to look forward to our adventure.”
“I’m glad. Did you know,” asked Candy, “Denji and Sara Suehiro are also planning to move to the ranch and raise four foster girls as soon as the first two-story house is finished?”
Evan answered, “No, I didn’t know, but knowing it also reassures me, because Denji is a committed believer and they’ll have some experience by the time we are ready, so they can help us too.”
“By all means,” Candy agreed, “and besides that, my foster parents are wonderful and will continue to live here on the ranch raising four more foster girls, so they can help us also.”
Evan stated, “Yes they are wonderful and I already like them a lot. With God’s help and all the others here who can add their help, we should do fine.”
Chapter 7
Psalm 150:1,6, Praise the LORD. Praise God in his sanctuary
and in the heavens of his power…
Let everything that has breath praise the LORD…
During a rainstorm on the farm one Wednesday, Felix, Sunny, their boys, and two boys from school who were visiting them, were watching the downpour out their sliding patio doors. It was harder, longer, and more intense than any of them had ever seen before.
“Wow!” Jose declared, “I’ve never seen a rain like this before. It’s neat to get to watch it from here in the safety of our house.”
Pedro agreed, “I haven’t either. It just keeps coming and coming, and the wind is blowing it right at the windows.”
“Yes,” observed Sunny, “it’s doing a good job of washing them all by itself, so I won’t have to ask you boys to help me wash them like we usually do this time.” They all laughed.
As the wind was blowing extra hard and the rain started coming down in sheets, Hugo shivered. “I was thinking about the story in the Bible about Noah and the flood. I think I can understand a little how all those people felt when the rains came and didn’t stop.”
Luis concurred, “They must have felt horrid when they realized that what Noah had told them was the truth and they had no way to escape. I’ll bet they went and pounded on the door that God had shut on the ark Noah built. But there was no way for them to get in.”
“I agree,” Felix said, “and it makes me think of another time when people are going to realize the truth of what the Bible says about the end times.”
One of the visiting boys asked, “What do you mean?”
Felix answered, “Let me get the Bible and I’ll read that part to you.” He read Matthew 24:36-42, where Jesus said, “But of that day and hour no man knows, not even the angels of heaven, but my Father only. But as it was in the days of Noah, so also shall the coming of the Son of Man be. For as in the days before the flood they were eating and drinking, and getting married, until the day that Noah entered into the ark, they didn’t know until the flood came and took them all away. So also shall the coming of the Son of man be. Then shall two be in the field, one shall be taken and the other left. Two women shall be grinding at the mill, one shall be taken and the other left. Watch therefore, for you do not know when the Lord will come.”
The other boy asked, “Who is the Son of man?”
Hugo answered his friend, “That’s another name for Jesus.”
The first one asked, “Where will the ones be taken to in those last sentences?”
Jose replied to his friend, “They will be taken to live in Heaven with Jesus for eternity. The others will be left on Earth, and go through some very hard times.”
Luis continued, “The lesson these verses teach is that people need to be ready when Jesus returns so they can live for eternity in Heaven with him.”
“Right,” agreed Pedro, “And that’s why it is so important to learn how to be ready, and then do it.”
Felix questioned, “Do you two boys want to learn how to be ready?”
They both nodded, so Felix, Sunny, and their boys explained it to them, and answered their questions. When the two boys understood how, they each prayed, confessing their sins, asking for forgiveness, and for Jesus to be their Savior.
Hugo and Jose gave each friend a little booklet and read through it with them, explaining anything not understood. Then they invited them and their families to church on Saturday.
When the boys got home they explained to their families what they had done and had them read the booklet. Both families attended church on Saturday, and for the following weeks. After some more teaching, they also accepted Jesus.
Now there were enough people for Pastor Don to start another new believers small group and get them ready for the special baptismal service in a couple weeks.
On a quiet morning in the tea room Afta mentioned, “Tomo and Ami, we finished the foster parent training a couple months ago and it was very good just like you said it would be.”
Hana continued, “Now that Denji and Sara are married and living in an apartment, we have a room available for two foster girls. We were already assigned our first one about two weeks ago. Her name is Dana and she’s fifteen years old.”
“I like that name,” Ami commented, “how’s she doing so far?”
Hana answered, “She came from a very difficult background as most of them do, but she is trying to follow the rules.”
Afta continued, “Since we’re on the waiting list for a house on Mercy Valley Ranch, we’ve been taking her for counseling two times a week with Nathan Mendoza, who had university training in being a counselor. I think it’s helping her.”
“Plus,” Hana went on, “she’s now looking forward to our weekend horseback rides. She was a little scared the first time, but she got over it quickly.”
Tomo guessed, “I would imagine it is very different for you to parent a teenage girl after one very well behaved son.”
“You’re right,” admitted Afta, “this is a very different experience for us, but it will stretch us and help us learn new things.”
Hana observed, “I’m just thankful that we are only being assigned one at a time. I heard that some of the families got all four at once.”
Ami cringed, “I don’t think I could do it.”
“Don’t worry, Darling,” soothed Tomo, “we won’t even consider it. We don’t have a portable job we could take to the ranch anyway.”
They all laughed at the thought of taking the tea room and restaurant jobs to the ranch.
“Besides,” Hana added, “What you both are already doing is working very well for you and the girls you are helping.”
Afta went on to say, “Definitely, and besides, your RV travel ministry and this tea room, plus the times you still work in the restaurant are very fruitful also. I’m glad we don’t all have to have the same kind of ministry. Our God is a God of variety.”
Hana concluded with a request, “Would you please agree with us in prayer that a house on the ranch will be available for us soon, and that it won’t be very close to the new two-story house where Denji and Sara will move? We don’t want them to feel like we’re too close to them.”
“Of course,” Ami declared. Then they all prayed about it right then and thanked God for his ability to work it out just right.
One couple in the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church had a good business renting paddle boards and other equipment to people who came to play in the water of a quiet, shallow lake. The lake was located in one of the parks in Pine City and their store was very close to it.
The owners of the store were talking during breakfast at home. He asked, “Have you looked at the second list the church handed out?”
“Yes,” she answered, “I’ve read some ideas on it and have been praying we could find something from it to use at the store.”
“So have I,” he continued, “and I especially would like to find something we could do as part of our lifestyle there.”
She nodded, “It would be much easier, Dear, since our lives are so busy already. Let’s pray and look at the list some more. Then we can talk some more about it when we get home this evening from the store, maybe during supper.”
“Good idea, Honey,” he responded. “We can also look around the store today and think about what we could do.”
As they ate supper she mentioned, “I was noticing today that our store is very quiet, especially when people are looking and deciding what they might want to rent.”
He exclaimed, “What you just said gave me an idea! Maybe we could use psalms and hymns and spiritual songs for background music in the store and be ready to explain why we do it and answer questions about the meaning of the songs.”
“Perfect,” she agreed, “the store is definitely part of our lifestyle! All we have to do is add the music from the church SD cards filled with that kind of good music, and be ready to answer questions.”
So they started doing it the next day and since then they’ve had many opportunities to answer questions and have meaningful conversations. They know they’re planting gospel seeds and they pray that many will take root and grow.
This summer during the Fourth of July vacation time, some travelers drove their car loaded with things they would need, to a large lake in the mountains. They rented two rowboats for fishing and to transport them to a cabin they had reserved for three nights. It was on an island in the lake. Motors were not allowed on this lake, so it was like a nice, quiet retreat.
It was a good thing this family had a strong dad and three teenage boys who liked to show off their muscles. Two of them rowed the boat with all their gear. Dad and the other boy rowed the boat with Mom and little sister.
After rowing for a while, big brother teased, “OK, little sister, it’s your turn to row now.”
Mom whispered to her, “He’s teasing, so just laugh at him.”
She laughed at him and smiled at her mom, remembering that Dad had called them precious cargo.
It seemed to take a long time to get to the cabin, but it was only about an hour. After they unloaded all the things and put them in the cabin, the men got ready and went fishing while the ladies unpacked and organized the rest of the things. Then they went outside to explore.
The cabin was in a group of a dozen others with room enough between them for quiet and privacy. One of the cabins had a sign out inviting people to come after supper to their yard for a time of singing hymns and getting questions answered.
Mom commented, “This sounds interesting. I’ll tell Dad about it and see if he wants all of us to go there.”
In about two hours, the men came back with enough fish to cook for supper, so after the men cleaned the fish, the ladies were busy cooking them and other food to go with them. It all tasted delicious.
After the supper things were cleaned up, Mom asked Dad about the meeting. He answered, “Sure, it might be interesting, let’s go.”
At the first meeting the family in that cabin taught the people who came how to read the verses in the hymnal before they sang. It was a good thing they did because it was so foreign to them they might have tried holding the book upside down trying to figure it out. But after the lesson they were able to keep up and try to sing. By the fourth verse they did pretty well.
After the singing Dad asked the people, “What does the word ‘grace’ mean in the last song, ‘Wonderful Grace of Jesus’?”
The dad in the host house answered, “It means loving kindness. Jesus, the only son of God, willingly left his glory in heaven, came to earth to be born as a baby, grow up and live a perfect, sinless life, and then die on the cross to pay the penalty for all the people’s sins, and on the third day be raised to life again.”
Mom questioned, “You mean he didn’t have to do it?”
“No,” the mother replied, “Jesus chose to do what his Father wanted him to do in order to make the way for people to be saved.”
The two teenagers in the host family were quickly looking up verses in their concordances to help answer the questions.
The boy in that family added, “Listen to what the Bible says in John 6:38 and 40, Jesus said, I came down from heaven, not to do my own will, but the will of him who sent me. This is the will of him who sent me, that everyone who sees the Son and believes in him, may have everlasting life.” And he explained, “We can’t see Jesus with our eyes like people did so long ago, but we can learn about him from the Bible and believe in him.”
His teenage sister continued, “I’ll read 2 Timothy 1:9, God saves us … not according to our works, but according to his own purpose and grace, which was given to us in Christ Jesus before the world began.”
There were other questions and answers and then the people were invited to come back the next night to continue since it was getting chilly and would be dark soon.
The next day people who liked to fish went fishing again, but without as much luck as the day before. Most of the same people went to the meeting plus an extra couple. The brother and sister of the family helped the new couple learn how to read the hymns while the first song was being sung, and then they joined to sing the rest.
After more questions and answers, the people went home with a little pamphlet to read about how to have peace with God, and an invitation to come back with questions about it the last night they’d be there. Most people only had reservations for three nights, so that’s how the host family had planned their meetings.
During the day, the families or couples read and discussed the little pamphlet, went fishing again, walked around the little island and enjoyed their time there.
For the last meeting, most of the people returned with more questions. When all the questions were answered, the host dad asked how may people would like to have peace with God like the pamphlet had explained. All of them did, so he led them in a prayer like the others in these stories. Then they all rejoiced together and sang “Wonderful Grace of Jesus” again.
A little booklet was given to each family or couple to read and they promised to use the information at the end of the booklet find a good church in their city with a small group where they could learn more about their new life. But one family came from a small town with no church. After the others left, the host couple told about their church being able to send a pastor to start one. And then they called their pastor immediately with all that family’s information and he took care of it right away. The family was very grateful.
Dad exclaimed, “We got way more than we paid for in our reservations, because we’re going home as new believers, children of God, with eternal life!”
One of his sons agreed, “For sure, and we got to row the boats and catch a lot of fish besides.”
Mom and little sister nodded and smiled thinking about how they had enjoyed the quiet times and chances to wander around the island to see the scenery. Then they all sang “Wonderful Grace of Jesus” thanked and praised him again for all he had done for them.
Also during the Fourth of July vacation, another family with two foster children in third grade at the church school traveled by plane to Tacoma, Washington, rented a car and toured Olympic National Park. They stayed in hotel rooms they had reserved beforehand.
Before they went, they did a lot of research as a family activity so they could know what to expect and plan for every day. They wanted to make the most of the trip. Tomo, Ami, and Aneko Suehiro, who were in their small group this year, had told them about the park, and what they had seen when they were there. So they planned to see everything they had seen and more if there was time.
As part of their planning, they listened and took notes on the Nature Corner stories called “Deer Moss” and ‘Old Man’s Beard” which grow in the Olympic area rain forests. They would use the information as ways to open conversations when they were walking on trails where those could be seen. When they got there and were walking on those trails, the two children would comment on facts from the stories loudly enough that other people stopped on the trail could hear them. Sometimes a person or more would come, listen, and ask more questions.
The dad in the family would then ask them if they knew the creator of all the beauty they were seeing. If they did, they would all praise him together, but if they didn’t, he would introduce them to him, and tell them the Good News. Many times the people would listen for a while but want time and more information to think about, so they were given a booklet especially prepared by the church for these types of conversations. The family’s phone number was written on the back of the booklet so the people could call after they got home.
Once in a while the people would walk away in disgust after just a few minutes, but occasionally a person or family would stay long enough to get their questions answered and would say yes to the invitation to pray for Jesus to be their Savior.
The family was able to spend a part of most days walking in a rain forest, and sharing with people along the way. Plus they were able to see everything the Suehiros had seen plus an extra lake and waterfall before they returned their rented car and flew back to their home.
While those people were gone on their travel ministry during the Fourth of July week, Tomo and Ami Suehiro took Ivy with them and went to the places in the mountains near Pine City that they had heard about from Roy, Sherry, Joy and Hope Foster, who had rented their RV van at times a couple years ago. Tomo and Ami made their reservations in the campground ahead of time.
Joy had said, “Be sure to get up early and take the short hike to the beaver pond.”
“Oh yes!” Hope had exclaimed. “It’s really the best part of the trip. We went there two times because we liked it so much.”
Sherry had agreed, “Roy and I enjoyed it also along with the field of wildflowers, the lakes and waterfalls and the mountains.”
“Indeed,” Roy had added, “and it was extra nice to not have to drive so far to get there and only far enough each day to see the other sights.”
When Tomo and Ami told Vern, Lora, and Mindy Jones where they were going, the Jones family decided they’d like to see it all again in the summertime rather than in the fall like they had the last time. So they asked the Suehiros if they could join them in their own RV on this ministry trip like they had the other trip to Canyonlands and Arches Parks. They said, “Of course,” so all of them enjoyed the trip. Ami showed the Jones family the poster she and Aneko had made for the song, “One Day,” and it was very nicely done. It worked very well for them at their campsite ministry meetings, which went well.
By this time, Ivy had accepted Jesus as her Savior and was happy she could go praise God for his beautiful creation and also share her testimony at the ministry meetings. She got to rejoice with the ones who made the same good choice she had made.
At the end of the week Tomo and Ami called the Fosters and Ami
declared, “You were right Hope and Joy, the beaver pond was the best part of the trip, so we went there two times also.”
Tomo continued, “Roy and Sherry, you were also right about everything you said. I’m glad we went to see these mountains near Pine City. They are as beautiful as many of the other places we have traveled many miles to see.
June and Candy studied some more in Romans separately and later talked together.
Candy observed, “The last few verses in chapter two of Romans caused the question and answer in Romans 3:1,2, What advantage do Jews have? … Much every way, and mostly, because the laws and words of God were given to them.
“I agree,” said June, “but they weren’t able to keep the law so I made a summary of Romans 3:20-28. No person shall be justified in God’s sight by the deeds of the law. The law gives the knowledge of sin. God gives his righteousness to all who believe in Jesus. For all have sinned and come short of the glory of God, but are justified freely by God’s grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus. God had Jesus be the payment for sins by faith in his blood. This way God justified the ones who believe in Jesus. Therefore we conclude that man is justified not by works of the law, but by faith.
“It’s a good summary, June,” remarked Candy. “I’m glad we don’t have to be justified by keeping the law since nobody could do it except Jesus, but we can have faith in what God did for us through Jesus, like in this summary of Romans 4:18-25, Abraham believed God and was strong in faith, giving glory to God, and was fully persuaded that God could do what he had promised. Therefore God counted it as righteousness. And God will do the same for us if we believe in God who raised Jesus our Lord from the dead. He died for our offenses, and was raised again for our justification.
June continued, “I like your summary, and it goes very well with Romans 5:1,2, Therefore being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom also we have access by faith into this grace in which we stand, and we rejoice in hope of the glory of God.”
“Yes, it does go well,” agreed Candy, “and Romans 5:3,4 continues the idea about glory in a way I had never thought about before. It says, Not only so, but we glory in tribulations also, knowing that tribulation produces patience, and patience, experience, and experience, hope. Hope does not make us ashamed, because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the Holy Spirit who was given to us.”
June nodded and went on, “You’re right. I never thought about tribulations being a way for us to glory. I personally don’t like them, so I’ll have to work on doing what verse 3 says.”
“Same here,” admitted Candy, “and now we have some housework tasks we need to do, so let’s start with the rest of Romans chapter five next time.”
“Fine with me,” stated June and they both got busy with tasks in the apartment. When they finished June mentioned, “It’s been fun to have Evan and Sam come once in a while to the Serving Joyfully Restaurant where we’re working.”
“I agree,” Candy smiled. “Most of the people who come there are strangers to us, so it’s nice to see familiar faces. I just wish we’d have more time to visit with them, but our jobs don’t allow for visiting with believers, just potential believers.”
“True,” and June asked, “How are you and Evan progressing with getting to know each other?”
Candy answered, “Really well after he told me he had prayed and gotten counsel, and that God had also given him the desire to raise foster girls on Mercy Valley Ranch. We have both told each other about our abusive backgrounds and how Jesus saved and restored us. It gives us some more common ground for building our relationship and more reasons to want to work together to help other abused teenagers.”
“I'm glad,” June stated, “I enjoy watching the two of you and your lively conversations while you ride side by side on one matching pair of horses or another. There are a lot of matching pairs to choose from, but Sam and I would rather choose ones that do not match. He makes a nice friend, but both of us would still rather remain single.”
Candy commented, “I’m glad God likes variety and leads people in different ways. Plus he often gives them the desires of their hearts.”
Mindy mentioned at supper, “I have liked all my classes for my senior year in the on line university, especially the one for student teaching. The introduction and instructions for this class gave me lots of questions to ask and suggestions about how to get the most out of the experience.”
Vern commented, “I think it is probably one of the most practical classes you’ve taken so far.”
“Absolutely!” Mindy exclaimed. “Since I had already volunteered in the church school one day every week in each grade level the first part of this year, I knew better what to expect.”
Lora continued, “Plus you also obtained one of the church’s booklets about the school and read and studied it carefully.”
“In addition to all that,” added Vern, “you studied the curriculum for each grade level in depth. That was quite a research project!”
“It sure was,” agreed Mindy, “and the best part about it was that at the end of each day as I volunteered I was able to ask the classroom teacher questions.”
Lora stated, “I was impressed with your notebook where you had written the questions and left space for the teachers’ answers and filled them in as you went.”
“I tried to keep it neat so I could review it later,” explained Mindy. “And all the research helped me decide that second grade would be my most desired choice because then I would be able to teach the most children how to read. The students come into second grade with a good foundation from the curriculum in their first two years at the school. So I’m doing my student teaching in the second grade with my favorite teacher in the school.”
“Right,” Vern acknowledged, “She was your teacher when you were in second grade. She told me the other day how thrilled she is to be able to teach you all she knows about teaching, and she’s going to write a recommendation for you to take to interviews.”
Lora went on, “We’re glad you already told us that you hope to be able to teach in the same school you went to as a child.”
“Yes, I think it would be perfect!” Mindy declared. “As soon as I finish my student teaching and get my diploma and certificate, I’ll ask Miss Davis, the principal, for an interview.”
Vern encouraged, “We’ll keep praying in agreement with you about your desires, Mindy.”
“Thanks, Dad,” she responded, “then if she will hire me, I’ll have a career and a ministry and a way to support myself, like the girls on the ranch are doing; and I won’t have to worry about finding a marriage partner.”
“Positively,” Lora concurred, “and it’s the best idea to leave that question for Jesus to answer.”
“I agree,” declared Mindy, “and just like he has guided me about my career, he will show me his will about singleness or marriage. But I still have a hard time believing any man would want me for a wife.”
Carlos did marry Jana, the girl with the long dark hair, from the other Mercy Valley Ranch family. He had observed her at the graduation song practice and at the graduation. William had managed to get him into a small group with her, when they had both moved to Pine City, and they worked together in a four member ministry team. They continued to date while he worked as a mechanic for a local car dealer. Also in the evenings he had studied the copy his adoptive dad had given him of his lesson plans, so he could learn to be a teacher on a cattle ranch like William had been on the farm. He wanted this to become part of his ministry.
Carlos and Jana lived in Pine City for a few more months of work after their wedding so they could get used to being married, which of course they loved. During this time they also studied and prepared to be foster parents so they could move to a working cattle ranch and raise four foster boys at a time. They were very happy that they got to move to the ranch that had bought the three trotting horses from the Mercy Valley Ranch.
On this cattle ranch, Carlos was able to ride Dappled and it brought back many good memories. He also got to see Bronze and Topaz as they were being ridden. He and Jana liked riding horses so she helped out sometimes. At other times they just rode for enjoyment with their foster boys, Mike, Alex, Eric, and Lane, in the evenings.
This cattle ranch raised range fed cattle so they were organic and had no hormones, etc. like other types have. They had many acres of pasture land to grow the grass the cattle needed and they rotated them through the irrigated fields. There were several tractors to pull the drags to spread the manure in the spring and to remark the rows for the water to run and irrigate the fields.
While the cattle were up in the hills beside the ranch during the summer, the fields had a chance to grow long and lush. When the cattle were moved back to the ranch in the fall, the cattle stayed in one field until it was eaten down and then they were moved to another. They kept several fields that were only partly eaten in order to have places for the cows to have their calves in the early spring, so they would be able to see the little ones better and take care of any problems that might arise.
Carlos had learned how to maintain and repair tractors and other vehicles on Mercy Valley Farm and they were the same kind as were used on the cattle ranch for work in the fields. He maintained and repaired them and the other vehicles on the farm, so he had a full time job on the ranch.
Jana drove to work in the city. She was a receptionist at a doctor’s office so she looked forward to doing active things when she got home to the ranch, along with being his wife, homemaker, and the mother to their four foster boys. She felt very fulfilled.
The following Scriptures reminded many parents in the Grace ‘n’ Faith churches to teach their children and/or foster children about the LORD daily. Deuteronomy 4:9b,10b, Teach (the things of the Lord) to your children and grandchildren … so they will learn to fear me all the days that they shall live on the earth, and that they may teach their children. Many parents wrote that scripture on a large piece of paper and mounted it near the mirror in their bathroom.
Psalm 78:4, We will not hide God’s laws and words from our children, but show them the praises of the LORD and his strength and the wonderful acts that he has done. Parents chose appropriate scripture verses and stories to teach to their children.
Proverbs 29:17, Correct your child, and he or she will give rest and delight to your soul. Parents memorized this verse and quoted it to themselves just before disciplining a child.
Matthew 5:19b, Whoever shall do and teach the commandments shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven. The parents used this verse to remind them how important it is to teach their children.
Psalm 34:11, Come, children, listen to me and I will teach you the fear of the LORD. Some of the parents would quote this verse when calling their children to come for a time of Bible study.
The mealtime prayer of thanks could be a scripture verse. Near the end of the meal, parents could alternate reading a story from a young person’s devotional book or read a scripture and have a short discussion including comments and questions from the children.
Some parents had the children copy scripture verses in large letters and put them up on the walls of every room in the house reminding everyone to do what they say, like: do all for the Lord, build each other up, do your best, love the Lord and others.
Just before they would leave the house to walk to school or go to the school bus, many parents played one scripture memory song all the way through and then turned it off so that one would stick in the mind of the children for at least part of the school day.
At Mercy Valley Ranch, with one crew working downstairs and one upstairs, the work went much more quickly than they had thought possible on the first two-story house. When the downstairs was finished, that crew got started on the second house. Sara and Denji happily got to move into the lower level of the first house, even though the upstairs wasn’t entirely finished. It was the first week in August of the year after it was started. And the game room was also furnished and equipped with everything it needed, including a piano, activity tables, small puzzle tables, coloring pages, concentration, other card matching games involving author and book title names, bird and flower and tree names, table tennis, Jacks, puzzles, plus Bible and other good quality board games. But they would still use the library in the lower game room connected to Oscar and Vera’s house.
Before moving into the house, Denji and Sara had completed the training for foster parents at the same time as Gary and Kim did theirs. Both couples had become very well adjusted to their marriages.
On moving day, which was a Saturday, Oscar and Ian left their girls in the care of their wives and drove their vans to Pine City to help Sara and Denji load and move their belongings to the ranch. Just before unloading, they prayed as they all walked through the new house.
Oscar began, “Father in Heaven, we’re so thankful that the first house is ready for this dedicated couple, Denji and Sara, to move into the downstairs and start caring for and teaching their first foster girls about your love for them. We are now dedicating this house and this couple to you and for your service.”
“Yes, Father,” continued Ian, “and we thank you for their desire to join this project of mercy for abused girls and ask you to help them as they get settled and as the girls are assigned to them. Give them your wisdom and your love for each one.”
Denji went on, “Please do, and I thank you for granting me the opportunity to help build this house. Please fill every room with your presence and your peace.”
“I agree with all these prayers,” Sara said and added, “and I thank you for giving me the desire of my heart, which is a wonderful Christian husband who also wants to help abused girls. We will rely on you to draw these girls to salvation and restoration.”
After the prayers, the men unloaded all the belongings into the appropriate rooms of the new house. Then Denji and Sara worked together to put everything away and started getting settled.
While they were still in their apartment Sara had inquired, “Denji Dear, what do you think about me getting shortened work hours at my job as a secretary so our foster girls would not have to go to an After School Place and wait for me to come pick them up there?”
“Perfect, Honey,” responded Denji, “because it will keep them from having to walk from school to the home that provides it. They won’t have to meet new people either. They’ll have enough new things to get used to at first anyway.”
“For sure,” agreed Sara, “we will want to do all we can to make this a success for them and us.”
Therefore, Sara as a foster mom did get her boss to agree to having her secretary hours match the time the girls spent riding the school bus and the hours in school, even on Wednesdays in spite of of early release. Sara could leave home when they did and actually get to work earlier than they got to school because of the many stops the bus had to make. And she could also work later than school hours for the same reason, and still be home when the girls arrived.
When Denji and Sara were established in the new house at the ranch, they were assigned one foster girl who was fifteen, then in two weeks another one who was fifteen, and two weeks later, one who was fourteen, and finally in another two weeks the last one, who was fourteen. Their foster girls’ names were Ruby, Irene, Lois, and Vicky. Liz helped Ruby for her first week in the high school that was new to her. Then Ruby helped Irene, and both of them helped Lois and Vicky find their way around since they had to change high schools.
When the last one, Vicky, arrived on a Saturday morning, she was so amazed that she exclaimed, “Wow! This place is much prettier than all the pictures I’ve seen of dude ranches with very high prices. Do I really get to live here?”
“Yes you do!” Sara responded. “I understand how you’re feeling, because I felt the same way when my foster parents brought me here. There was no way I could have ever have gone to a dude ranch, but I did get to live here with them.”
Vicky asked, “Did this place used to be a dude ranch?”
“It was indeed,” answered Denji, “and I heard that it was making a lot of money.”
Ruby questioned, “Then why did they change it into homes for girls like us?”
Sara quoted part of the graduation speech she had given in the second book of the Sunshine Series to give the answer to that question. “When I asked my foster mom why she or anyone else would choose to make a home for abused girls, she told me, ‘because it’s a mission of mercy. We love Jesus and want to serve him and leave a legacy or benefits that will carry on after we’re gone.’ I’m so grateful my foster parents did that, and for Oscar and Vera Yardley changing their prosperous dude ranch into homes for forty abused girls and their families. I will be forever grateful.”
Denji went on, “And now they’re building more homes so that number can be doubled.”
“You mean there will be forty extra girls here after the houses are finished?” Irene inquired.
“Exactly,” replied Denji, “and I’m so glad I get to help build them and that your mom and I are already living in one and that you girls are the first four of those extras.”
Lois stated what all four of them were thinking, “I’m so glad I get to be one of those girls!”
After the other girls nodded Sara declared, “Your dad and I are really glad also! We think God is very good to bring us here together to be a family.”
Sara’s foster parents, Ian and Yolanda, were an invaluable source of helpful information during this time. Denji and Sara were glad they could buy a van and had an extra vehicle already, which would be needed after all the rest of the houses were finished so Denji could drive to other job sites where Ben’s crew would be working.
It was great to already have two computers for the girls to use for doing their homework. They were also grateful for the several copies of the teen devotionals called, “Unlocked,” that they had obtained from Keys for Kids Ministries. The quarterly booklets were written especially for teens who had became believers and would give them topics to talk about as a family, and ideas about how to live for Jesus.
Later when the girls were settled, Sara would teach them how to sew, using the sewing machine she and Denji had already bought. This would give the girls a feeling of accomplishment and a way they could help their parents save money for other things the family might need.
Tony and Maria went for a bike ride one evening and came upon a couple having trouble with their bikes. Since Tony knew so much about bicycles, they stopped and he offered to help them. The other couple was conversing in Spanish, so they all continued in that language.
They explained that their chains had come off the sprockets, and they didn’t know how to get them back on. So Tony showed the man how to do it on one of the bikes and then had him try it on the other one with help as needed. It went well and the couple was very grateful.
Both couples continued their ride as a group until they found some nice benches where they could sit and visit for a while. One thing they conversed about was their desire to learn English, so Tony and Maria told them about their church’s evening classes to learn English as a second language and also keep their own heart language. Tony and Maria offered to take them to the first class and stay with them giving them a chance to get used to the way it was done. Then that couple would continue to attend on their own.
At home after that class Maria commented, “I think this experience with the Spanish speaking couple could be classified as ‘lifestyle ministry’ which was on the last list the church handed out.”
“I agree,” Tony responded, “it was something we did naturally as part of our lifestyle. And even though we didn’t get to share the Good News with them, they will get to hear the gospel at the classes and they can even ask questions and get answers.”
“Exactly,” agreed Maria, “and those classes are another good way Grace ‘n’ Faith Church ministers to people in Pine City.”
Sam and Evan were doing some homework for the small group they were in and got stuck on one of the hard verses.
Evan recalled, “Isaiah 55:8,9 says, For my thoughts are not your thoughts, neither are your ways, my ways, says the LORD. For as the heavens are higher than the earth, so are my ways higher than your ways, and my thoughts than your thoughts. Maybe this explains why some of these verses are harder to understand than others.”
“I agree,” then Sam reminded his housemate, “Remember Dad said we could call them if we have questions or problems, because that's what parents are for. So let’s call our parents about this question.”
“Do you really think,” asked Evan, “it would be all right to call them now that they’ve moved away from the farm?”
“Of course it would!” Sam declared. “They adopted us and therefore they are our parents no matter where they are or where we are.”
“You’re exactly right,” Evan conceded, “I just lost sight of that fact for a few minutes. They are the nicest parents I can imagine. God was really good to us when he put us into their family.”
“I agree,’” stated Sam, “So let’s call and ask them about these verses. And we’ll have to be willing to leave a message if they can’t answer right now.”
“OK,” said Evan, “I'll call right now.”
He did have to leave a message and gave them his cell phone number. He and Sam went on with some of the other verses while they were waiting for a call back. It was only about ten minutes before William called back and explained the other verse. They both thanked him a lot.
Later the same evening Sam asked, “Evan, how are your times with Candy going?”
“Really well,” answered Evan. “After we had that serious conversation about her wanting to marry someone who also desires to raise foster girls on the ranch, I was pretty upset for a while as I told you earlier. I was wondering if I would have to look somewhere else for a good Christian woman to marry or else just be willing to do as she desired, because I already liked her a lot. So I prayed a lot and also and got counsel from Dad and Mom. Then I was able to agree with her and even desired to do it myself. Now we’re enjoying getting to know each other better as we do things with the family on the ranch. How are you doing with June?”
“Fine,” he responded, “we agreed to just be friends, since neither of us wants to get married. You already know my reason: I’ve been thinking for a long time now that Jesus would like me to stay single so I can do a better job of serving him.”
“Yes, I do know,” Evan replied, “and I understand. It’s much more important to do what you think Jesus wants you to do.”
“Thank you for understanding.” Then Sam continued, “June is a nice person and it’s easy to be friends and enjoy the times with the family on the ranch. I’m sure it’s a lot better than having June and me go with you and Candy on double dates. That would be much more awkward!”
“Definitely,” then Evan concluded, “I’m glad this is working out well for you and June. I like it better than double dates anyway. Candy is a very nice person also. I’m beginning to like her a lot.”
The next two horses Nathan, Esther, and Unice went to check on at the Humane Society would have been magnificent looking palominos, but their heads hung low like they had given up hope. It would have been a heartbreaking scene except for knowing they could be helped at the ranch.
The person in charge informed them, “Both horses are 15 hands tall and are Tennessee Walking Horses. The people who had them were trying to get them to trot so they used whips on them.”
“How awful!” Esther exclaimed. “They should have bought a trotting breed instead of these.”
“Yes,” continued the person, “a concerned neighbor reported them to us and we went to watch with the authority to take them away if we saw the whips in action. We got a video as proof, brought the horses here, and called you immediately. They haven’t eaten anything here, so it would be good if you can take them right now and get them settled so they can eat, and then you can work on their wounds.”
Unice checked them both over while Nathan took care of the paper work and paid the required fee. Then the horses were loaded into the horse trailer and transported to the ranch. As soon as they were in the portable paddock they gratefully began eating the wonderful green grass.
When Oscar and Vera came to see them she mentioned, “They’re both a darker gold than Star and Blaze are, so they’ll be easy to tell apart from that pair of palominos.”
“True,” Oscar agreed, “and I’m glad the horses you’ve been bringing to the ranch are mostly matched pairs like the rest of our horses are. And as soon as you can get those wounds healed up and the hair can grow again, they’ll both be beautiful.”
“I think so too,” stated Vera, “I've been looking in this wildflower book for some flowers that would be close to their colors. I would like to name them for wildflowers.” She looked a little longer and said, “Since the gelding is an even darker gold, his name could be Goldenrod, and the mare can be Marigold.”
“Perfect again my dear!” Oscar exclaimed. “And I’m glad we just sold Spots to a nice family who will take good care of him and not overwork him. Now these two new horses will bring our herd count to more than we had before we sold all the others. And they’re all more useful because they don’t trot, except for the Morgans.”
Nathan nodded and commented, “And the Morgans are, and will continue to be useful here on this ranch. As soon as we get these two rehabilitated there will be enough horses to easily schedule riding times for two extra families since the first house is now complete.”
“Indeed,” stated Oscar, “we knew this project would take time and effort, but it is well worth both the effort and the time to see horses like these restored to health and usefulness.”
Julie continued using her second koala puppet, also named Kippy, at home with the quadruplets because they still enjoyed pretending he could talk and listen to them. One weekend on the day when Maria was there visiting, she called the girls for Kippy time and she had them bring their notebooks and a pen. She knew how much Maria liked to see the girls interact with Kippy.
When they got there Kippy instructed, “Use the next five minutes to write in your notebooks some of the things you like about Mercy Valley Ranch.”
They looked up at him when they had finished and he continued, “Put your finger on one you’d like to share and listen to each other. If someone uses the one you were going to share, just choose another one when it’s your turn. You can tell as much as you want to about the one you choose.”
Violet was first, “I like the way we are a family here at this ranch with a full time daddy and mommy and a cute puppet to share with during Kippy time. It’s also nice our birth father can come here once a week and be a part of our family. I’m very thankful he decided we needed two parents, who could do what he was not able to do alone, since our mother died right after we were born. I’m especially glad Daddy and Mommy wanted all four of us so we could stay together as sisters.”
“Same here,” Lily agreed and took her turn, “plus I like riding horses as often as we can here on this ranch. Not very many people in Pine City get to ride very often. I like the way we learned how to take care of the horses also. It will also fun to ride a different horse, when the new rehabilitated horses are ready for us to ride. For a while I missed the little horses, but since we’re too big for them, it’s nice to have others take their places.
“I like those same things,” and Rose continued, “and besides, I like the valley this ranch is in and especially the views of the mountains we can see from our dining room and many other places on the ranch. I’m glad our family bought a book like Mrs. Yardley has so we could memorize the names of the mountains that have names.”
“I’ll ditto all three of you.” Iris and the others all laughed before she went on, “I like all the flowers that grow wild on the ranch, plus all the ones growing in the gardens. Someday I would like to learn their names and more about all these flowers. I guess the ones growing wild are called wildflowers. Anyway all the flowers add a lot of beauty to the ranch.”
Kippy had nodded and listened carefully to each of them, and Julie had wiped a few happy tears away with her other hand. Maria had been smiling as she listened and had a few tears of her own. When the girls finished Kippy exclaimed, “Wow! I really like the way each of you shared and listened to each other! Plus when I think back to when you first came here to live, I’m amazed at how much all of you’ve grown and how much you’ve learned. I’m so pleased with all of you!” Then he clapped his hands and jumped up and down for joy.
Julie exclaimed, “So am I, Kippy, so am I!”
The girls all smiled and took turns going to Mommy for a hug rather than all at once like they had been able to do when they were in kindergarten and first grade.
During the following time for communion in a small group meeting, it was a little different from others in the Sunshine Series. First the facilitator mentioned, “I just wanted to remind you that there are other titles for communion. It is also called the Lord’s Supper and the Eucharist, which is a word that comes from the Greek and it means thanksgiving or gratitude.”
Then he explained, “Today we will sing only one song so we’ll have some extra time at the end for a different activity. Please find the song, “How Beautiful,” and we’ll sing verses one, two, and four.”
One of the group members commented after singing the song, “The words in those verses are a very meaningful reminder of what Jesus did for us the day he gave his life for us, and the melody of the song is beautiful.”
“I totally agree!” declared the facilitator. “Now I’d like to encourage you people to write down in your notebooks some things you could thank each one in the Trinity for, because of his part in making these times of communion possible for believers.”
When they had done it, he passed out the unleavened bread and small glasses of the fruit of the vine. Then he read the verses in Mark 14:22-26 that go with the Last Supper. As they ate, Jesus took bread, blessed it and broke it and gave it to them. He said, “Take and eat. This is my body.” Then he took the cup and when he had given thanks, he gave it to them and they all drank from it. He said to them, “This is my blood of the new testament, which is shed for many. Truly I say to you, I will drink no more of the fruit of the vine until that day that I drink it new in the kingdom of God.” When they had sung a hymn, they went out to the mount of Olives.
When he finished reading the scripture, they took communion together. Then the facilitator suggested, “Next while we have a time of quiet contemplation or silent prayer, you might like to think about or silently pray the things you wrote down.”
One person silently prayed the following: “Father in heaven, thank you for loving us so much that you gave your only begotten Son to die and pay the penalty for our sins.
“And thank you, Jesus, my Savior and Lord, for leaving your glorious home in heaven to come to earth, live a perfect life, and teach the disciples to take communion in remembrance of you before you died on the cross to pay for our sins. I’m so glad you rose again and ascended to heaven where you intercede for us. I long for you to come again and take us home to live with you. Lord Jesus, please help me to live a life that glorifies you.
“And Holy Spirit, thank you for coming to this world to seek and draw lost people to Jesus, and that you live in us and empower, seal, comfort, and teach us, and also intercede for us.”
Other people in the group wrote and prayed other things. It was a very meaningful assignment, and since they had written it in their own notebooks, they could review and add to it later. Since they always brought their notebooks to small group times, they could use it during another time of communion. Many of the group members thanked the facilitator for the good idea.
On the ranch, William and Anna thoroughly enjoyed their new lifestyle during the two weeks they got to have to get settled before any of the girls were assigned to them. Oscar and Vera had come to pray with them as soon as they got settled. Vera explained that they had done this for each couple as they had moved to the ranch to be foster parents and they were so glad to have them join this project.
Later, Anna exclaimed, “This is like a second honeymoon for us on a dude ranch doing whatever we want, whenever we have some free time. It didn’t take us long to get moved and unpacked with all the help Esther and Nathan gave to us.”
“For sure, Darling,” William agreed, “and it has been extra nice to have this time by ourselves. It is just like a honeymoon and even better because we’re already used to being married! And I’ve really enjoyed our extra times of intimacy since we got moved.”
Anna continued, “Same here. This is very refreshing after the years on the farm with very little time to be by ourselves.”
“I agree,” he smiled at her and nodded, “and we will still have more time here than we did there, because the girls will ride the bus to school and we will have time together while they’re gone at school since we don’t have jobs to do here, except for your homemaking, my CPA work, and learning more about how to care of four girls who have been abused.”
“Precisely, Honey,” she replied, “this will seem like a vacation compared to our lives on the farm. I’m very thankful we decided to move here and change our occupations again.”
“So am I,” he concurred, “this will be a very different ministry with teenage girls instead of boys, but at least we’ve had experience with Ruth and Esther.”
When their first girl, Nora, was assigned to them they were ready for some of those differences because they had talked to some of the other parents on the ranch during their first two weeks and had learned a lot about how different it is to raise teenage girls in this day and age, especially ones who had been abused.
Nora was very much like one Karen had told them about. When she arrived in the afternoon, she had nothing with her, so Anna took her shopping for clothes and school supplies. The next day Anna took her to her new school and helped her find her first class. She had also arranged for Stella, who was one of Oscar and Vera’s girls, and was close to the same age as Nora, to help the rest of the day and week at school. Stella also offered to sit with Nora on the school bus until she would have a roommate she could help the same way.
In her new foster home, Nora was very withdrawn, sad, and had very little to say. She was completely afraid of horses, because they seemed so big. So William and Anna asked Vera to come with them right away to help her get over her fear. When she saw the size of Boots compared to the rest of the horses, she relaxed a little bit. Then Vera was able to talk to her and teach her how to relax and feel safer. William led Boots while Vera and Anna walked beside Nora assuring they would help her if she lost her balance.
It took them two days with Vera’s help and teaching her to do some exercises with her hands while she sat on the horse gripping the saddle with her knees, like letting go of the saddle with her hands, putting her hands on her legs, then her waist, then on her head. Then she pretended to hold the reins as the horse walked slowly along being led by William on a horse the second day.
By the middle of her second week on the ranch, she had learned how to ride and guide the horse gently with the reins. It was a good thing they had two weeks with her alone before the second one would come. They were able to help her much better this way.
She had several counseling sessions with Nathan and she was finally feeling more settled and more willing to talk. He had suggested to her that it would help her a lot if she would talk to her horse as she got it ready to ride. She could tell it all her sad, hard past and it would never remind her. After telling her horse, she could throw away all those sad memories and never pick them up again. Then she could use the time with her horse to talk about good and pleasant things.
When her roommate, Kathy, was assigned to the Becketts, Nora was able to help her learn some of her tasks and how to prepare the horse to be ridden. Kathy was not at all afraid of horses and had ridden before, but did need to learn the rules for riding horses on this ranch and how to care for the horses before and after the rides. The rules are few, including No racing, No stunts, and Never give treats to horses. They were easy to follow. Kathy was already attending the same high school so she had less adjusting to do.
Both Nora and Kathy were a big help for each of the next two girls, Gina and Helen, who were a year younger than they were. So they got to act like big sisters to them at home and at school, both of which were new to them. Nora was ready to move up to riding a taller horse by the time Helen came, so Helen and Gina could both ride the shorter ones.
Their time of living at the other farm as newlyweds had given Gary and Kim the time they needed to get used to marriage. So they were able to settle right into life on Mercy Valley Farm and being foster parents to four lively preteens.
Kim reasoned, “Because we’re young ourselves, we’ll have plenty of energy to keep up with Ryan, Bruce, Tyler and Leo.”
Right, Dear,” agreed Gary, “and all four of the boys are in middle school, so they ride the same school bus each weekday to school.”
Kim remarked, “Yes, Honey, that should help them a little. They have so many changes to get used to here at first.”
“I think so too,” he concurred, “but we will do all we can to help them adjust and thrive.”
Since Gary’s work at the farm was more intense and Kim had more discretionary time, she accepted the responsibility of going to the school during lunch once a week at first to see the boys’ teachers and find out how they were adapting to their new school and how they could be helped at home. After the boys realized how good it was to get the extra help at home for their school work, they came to appreciate her efforts. They also realized there could be no excuses for not doing their best, so they all became good students.
Gary often took them with him on the weekends to see various aspects of farm work. He made it so interesting that they looked forward to those times. They also liked going to the Bible Study group he taught some of the days after school. They were extra happy about the field trips to Mercy Valley Ranch on alternate weekends. Horseback riding became one of their favorite things to do there.
As third grade teachers in the church school, Julie and Pam still took time to eat a quick lunch together and visit as often as they could find time. One of those days Julie asked, “How are your parents doing?
Pam answered, “They’re doing great, and have grown so much in the Lord by going to church and small group meetings ever since Jesus healed my mom of the effects of that stroke. I don’t even remember how many years ago it was when you took over my class so I could go be with and help her and my dad.”
“I don’t either, but what an amazing God we have!” Julie exclaimed. “He performed the miracle of healing your mother, and they and their friends were saved as the result. I’m so glad they’re growing as believers. Plus he worked it out that you could come back here and take over the class of another teacher who had to leave the same year.”
Pam agreed, “Yes I still praise and thank him every day for that. And I’m glad we get to take time at least once a month to have lunch together so we can nurture our friendship and keep up with happenings in each other’s lives. How are your foster quadruplets doing now that they’ve finished their time at the church school and are being missionaries in the public school?”
Julie responded, “They’re doing very well academically and as missionaries. The quadruplets are in fifth grade now and so are the twins Hope and Joy and even though they aren’t in the same classrooms this year, they still partner in some way with each other or with friends they led to Jesus last year. It’s slow going because they still follow the directions of making friends before sharing the Good News. But every now and then one of them comes home with the glad news that a friend has accepted Jesus.”
“Excellent!” Pam declared. “It’s so good to hear success stories about former students. I enjoyed having Lily and Rose in my class for the year when they were in third grade. It worked out very well.”
Julie added, “And I thank you again for doing that for me. How’s the teacher next door to you doing this year?”
“She’s doing very well,” replied Pam. “It has been a good idea for both of us to eat lunch with the teacher next door to us once in a while in case they have questions or just need to talk.”
“Indeed,” Julie concurred, “and the one next door to me is doing very well also.”
Greg and Oralie Iverson were talking after their boys left on the school bus. Oralie mentioned, “I'm glad the ages of our boys are spread out like a normal family except for our two who are like fraternal twins, and also that we don’t have to get any new ones right away.”
“I agree, Honey,” and Greg nodded. “It must be extra hard for William and Anna Beckett to get four new girls in the space of eight weeks. But at least it will be easier than the fast way they and we were assigned our boys in quick succession the first time except for Cory of course.”
“For sure,” and she continued, “and we won’t be assigned a new one when Cory leaves, so when it comes time for us to get new ones it will be two the first time and then just one each of the next two times.”
“Right, Dear,” and Greg commented, “and I’ve noticed that Gary and Kim seem to be doing very well with their recent marriage and their new big family of eleven and twelve year old boys.”
“Definitely,” Oralie concurred, “and their boys are close to the ages of some of ours, so maybe we’ll all get to be friends with that family. Jack, Kevin and Levi already did a good job of helping Ryan, Bruce, Tyler and Leo find their way around the middle school, since their boys all had to change schools when they were assigned to the farm.”
“That was nice of our boys,” Greg remarked. “It worked well to have one of our boys go over to their new house to get acquainted with each new boy on the first night in their new home and show them around the middle school the next day.”
Oralie added, “Yes, first each one explained about the school and promised to help the new one find his classrooms, etc. and then he played his guitar and taught him a fun scripture song before coming back to our house.
“It was a good idea,” and Greg went on, “and they’ve continued to be friends afterward. Cory was disappointed about not getting to help, but he was already in high school.
Oralie smiled, “Yes, our Cory is always ready to help anybody who needs some help.”
Indeed he is,” Greg agreed, “Cory has done such a good job with his little ‘brothers’ and has helped make them feel like a part of this family. To change the subject, I do miss working with William here on the farm. On the other hand, I also know that Gary is a very good worker too.”
“Yes, I was surprised,” added Oralie, “when I heard that William and Anna were going to move, but I don’t blame them, since they are getting older. I miss Anna also, but Kim is learning quickly, so the work will get done just as well.”
Ted and Nathan’s families met in one of the game rooms at the ranch and set up chairs for an audience. They came prepared to recite one memory verse apiece for the ‘audience’ and then say why they liked the verse or what it meant to them.
On the way as they were all walking there Esther mentioned, “This is kind of like a piano recital, but without playing the piano. Our two families will be the audience. Plus we’re doing easy verses for this time.”
“Right,” agreed Julie, “we are performing for each other but not to see who can do the best. We’re just sharing verses we like and telling something about them. So there’s no pressure on us, but it is good practice to do things like this in front of a group.”
All the girls were relieved to hear this way of thinking, because they had been nervous about this.
Lucia got to be first, “Philippians 4:13, I can do all things through Jesus who strengthens me, Philippians 4:13. I like this verse because it reminds me that Jesus will help me do even hard things.”
Rose followed with, “1 Peter 5:7, Cast all your cares on God, because he cares for you, 1 Peter 5:7. This verse helps me to not worry about things like performing.”
Holly was next, “Acts 17:24a, God made the world and all the things in it, and he is the Lord of heaven and earth, Acts 17:24a. I like to say this verse silently when one of my school teachers says it all got here by evolution.”
The next girl was Lily. “Psalm 103:19, the LORD has established his throne in the heavens, and his kingdom rules over all, Psalm 103:19. This verse reminds me that God in heaven is in control.”
Val continued with, “Psalm 119:64a, The earth is full of your mercy, O LORD, Psalm 119:64a. I like this verse because it reminds me to look for God’s mercy even when something happens that I don’t like.”
Iris quoted, “Deuteronomy 32:4a, He (the LORD) is the Rock. His work is perfect, for all his ways are just, Deuteronomy 32:4a. I like knowing that our God is always good and right.”
Willow recited, “Psalm 100:5, For the LORD is good, his mercy is everlasting, and his truth endures to all generations, Psalm 100:5. I like the way this verse goes with the one Iris just quoted and with so many other verses in the Bible.”
The last girl to recite was Violet. “Matthew 7:11b, our Father in heaven gives good things to those who ask him, Matthew 7:11b. I like this verse because it tells me how my Father in heaven acts.”
Esther came next, “1 John 3:16a, This is how we know the love of God, because Jesus laid down his life for us, 1 John 3:16a. I like the way this verse goes with the one most people know in the Gospel of John 3:16.”
Then Julie recited, “Jude 1:2, Mercy unto you, and peace and love be multiplied, Jude 1:2. I like to use this verse as a closing on an email to a friend.
Nathan went on, “Romans 5:6, when we were without strength, at the right time Jesus died for the ungodly, Romans 5:6. This verse helps me remember to be thankful for all Jesus did for me.”
Ted was the last performer and he sang his. Psalm 8:1, O LORD our Lord, how excellent your name is in all the earth! You have set your glory above the heavens, Psalm 8:1. I enjoy singing this verse as praise to the LORD. Thank you all for sharing a memory verse with us. I like to hear them and the reasons you like them.”
In Pine City a girl came home from fourth grade one afternoon with a mama cat and two kittens plus one half grown kitten with bells around its neck. Her older brother saw her bring them home and they talked about them. “If we keep them we’ll need money to buy food for them.”
“You're right,” she agreed, “but the kittens are so cute, I wish we could keep at least one of them.”
“Yeah, they are cute,” he admitted, “but on top of food we’d need to buy a litter pan and litter and keep it cleaned every day.”
“Yucky!” she declared. “I never thought of all those things, and it would make more work for Mom too. But I couldn’t just leave them there by the road. See how skinny the mama cat is. Some mean people must have just dumped them off there by the side of the park.”
“I know what you mean,” he agreed, “let’s go talk to Dad and Mom about them. They’ll know what to do.”
So they went to show their parents and some more conversation resulted in a unanimous decision to not keep them because of the cost, the extra work, and especially since Mom is allergic to cats. So Dad took them to the Humane Society where someone else could adopt them who didn’t have the same problems as this family did.
Of course Denji and Sara were happy to be able to teach their girls on the ranch the rules for riding horses, how to prepare them, mount and ride them, and how to care for them and the tack after the rides.
One day just before the girls came home from school Sara observed, “I noticed that Ruby and Irene, who are fifteen years old, weren’t afraid of horses, so they were able to begin learning to ride on Coffee and Tea. On the other hand, Lois and Vicky, who are fourteen and are quite a bit smaller, were very grateful for the smaller size of Boots and Socks.”
“I see what you mean,” Denji replied. “These four horses were just right to use in teaching, since they’ve been ridden by many girls, and our girls have continued to ride the one they started on for the time being. Later they might experiment with some of the others.”
“Yes,” Sara continued, “and I’m glad we are good enough riders that we can choose some of the new horses, especially Chili Powder and Paprika, since they’re more for our size.”
“Same here, Dear,” he agreed, “they’re the same size as Coffee and Tea, and the platform works well for all of us in our family.”
Sara went on, “I can’t think of a better place to raise teenage girls, and I’m glad all four of them are beginning to like horses and will be helped by the way they can interact with them. Horses are very good therapy for abused girls. I know how much they helped me.”
“Exactly,” Denji stated, “and you are good therapy for them also, since you understand where they came from and know so many ways to help them. I think this is the perfect ministry for us, and I can easily see why you decided you wanted to do this.”
“Thank you, Honey,” she responded going into his arms, “and I’m so glad you also felt God call you to this ministry. We make a good team, even if we are pretty young to be Dad and Mom to these girls.”
“I agree but they’ve accepted us very well,” he declared, returning her hug and kissing her.
About a month later Denji and Sara had a chance to talk to Irene by herself and she said, “I don’t know why I was ever born. My life has just been a big mess.”
Denji stated, “You didn’t just happen, You were planned by God.”
Irene exclaimed, “No, they told me that I was an accident, and they didn’t want me in the first place!”
“The statement may have been true for them,” Sara continued, “but God knew about you and he wanted you. He knew what you would do on your own.”
Irene questioned, “You mean all the bad things I’ve done?”
“Yes,” said Denji, “and all the good ones also. I bet you could name some good things you’ve done.”
“Well, maybe a few,” Irene admitted, “but they aren’t enough to make me worthwhile.”
Sara continued, “I think every person is just like you. No person is good enough to be worthwhile on his own, but God made the way to bring you to himself and then you’ll be able to do the rest of his good plan for you.”
“What do you mean?” Irene asked incredulously.
That was just the opening they hoped for, so Denji and Sara explained the Good News to her and answered all her questions. In a little while the light came on for Irene as she asked Jesus to be her Savior and make her into the person he had planned for her to be.
Many of the church foster parents on the ranch or farm or in Pine City told each boy or girl something similar. For some it would take several repeated times of hearing the gospel before the child would be ready to accept Jesus, but the parents kept praying and telling them the Good News and living their lives as a testimony.
Karen remembered that Pastor Don had taught the congregation how to use some Bible verses as personal praise, so she taught the girls on the ranch how to personalize some of the verses in Psalms by saying, “I Praise you, LORD.” and making other changes to the verses. First she read to them the definition and some synonyms for ‘praise.’ “Praise is telling someone of your warm approval or admiration. For praise to God, it can be grateful homage in words or songs to worship him. Synonyms are commendation, applause, or cheers, and compliments.”
Karen demonstrated, “Here is how I did that to Psalm 9:1a,2, by changing to personal pronouns. I praise you, O LORD, with my whole heart, … I am glad and rejoice in you, I sing praise to your name, O you, most High.”
Next she handed out slips of paper with references on them. The shorter ones were combined for some of the girls. She gave time during the class to look them up, write them in their notebooks as a personal praise, and then they took turns reading what they had written as a praise to the LORD.
Lisa read, “Psalm 92:1,4,5, It is a good thing to give thanks to you, LORD, and to sing praises to your name, O most High… for you, LORD, have made me glad by your work. I will triumph in the works of your hands. O LORD, how great are your works, and your thoughts are very deep!”
Emma was next, “Psalm 42:11 wad already written in the first person. It says, Why are you cast down, O my soul, and why are you distressed within me? Hope in God. I shall continue to praise you God. You are the health of my countenance, and my God.”
Another girl read, “Psalm 18:49, I give thanks to you, O LORD, among the (unbelievers) and sing praises to your name, and Psalm 52:8b,9a, … I trust in your mercy O God, forever and ever. I will praise you forever…”
Then Ellie praised, Psalm 54:6b, I praise your name O LORD, for it is good. And Psalm 61:8a, … I will sing praise to your name, O God, forever.
Hanna was next, “Psalm 63:4,5, … I will bless you while I live. I will lift up my hands in your name. My soul shall be satisfied as with marrow and fatness, and my mouth shall praise you with joyful lips.”
When it was Christi’s turn she read, “Psalm 86:12, I will praise you, O Lord my God, with all my heart, and I will glorify your name for evermore, and Psalm 138:2b, … I will praise your name for your loving kindness and for your truth…”
Stella explained, “First I made a summary and then personalized
Psalm 103:1-4, My soul blesses you, LORD. All that is in me blesses your holy name. I praise and thank you for all your benefits, like forgiving sins, healing diseases, redemption, and for your loving kindness and tender mercies…”
Then Liz read, “Psalm 105:1-4a, I give thanks to you, LORD, I call on your name and make known your deeds among the people. I sing psalms to you and talk of all your wondrous works. I glory in your holy name and rejoice because I seek you, LORD, and your strength…”
A different girl praised, “Psalm 139:14, I praise you for I am fearfully and wonderfully made. I know your works are marvelous, and Psalm 71:8, Please help my mouth to be filled with your praise and with your honor all day.”
Last it was Nan’s turn, “Psalm 145:1-3, I will extol you, my God, the King. I will bless your name forever and ever. Every day I will bless you, and praise your name forever and ever. Great are you LORD, and greatly to be praised. Your greatness is unsearchable.”
Karen commended them, “Girls, you did a very good job of making these verses fit you personally and then reading them with good expression as you sincerely praised our LORD. This is something you can do with other Psalms and other scriptures in the Bible, and it is a very good way to praise God.”
Later Karen wrote an email to her former coworker explaining how she had taught this lesson to her classes on the ranch. It was so uplifting to personally praise God that it might be a good exercise for her to do especially when she was discouraged. Then Karen included the above list of scriptures as examples of easy ones to personalize.
Karen and Gary didn’t need to send ideas by email for study groups like she and William had done. They both already had enough ideas and could reuse former lesson plans. They did need to schedule classes just for the newly assigned girls or boys so they could be taught the basics about the Bible. But they would continue with other lessons that were already planned for the ones who had been there longer and for the ones who were getting ready to graduate.
Candy and June liked to do their grocery shopping and combine it with their two by two ministry early on Saturday mornings before it got too hot and the store got too busy.
One week they didn’t have an opportunity to minister to anyone. Then after arriving home from shopping June asked Candy, “Did you see all the mothers shopping with their kids in tow. It must be very hard for them to work all week and then have to bring the kids and do the shopping on the weekends.”
“Yes, I did notice them,” answered Candy, “and it doesn’t seem fair at all to them. But of course we don’t know what the situation is in each home.”
“True,” June agreed, “but that’s just one of the reasons I don’t want to get married. Plus I’ve never met a man except our foster dad that I felt I could trust. My birth dad did every wrong thing in the book, and it was so hard on my mom, that she finally ran away and left us. I certainly don’t blame her and I might do the same thing, so I don’t have much confidence in myself. I did forgive him and still do, but I don’t want to take any chances with my future. So now you know that my distrust of men is another reason for wanting to stay single. But I’ve also been thinking ever since you got me back on track to preparing for our graduations and being on our own, that God might want me to stay single so I can serve him better without worrying about what a man might do.”
“Thank you for explaining it to me,” Candy responded, “and I’ll admit I had been wondering, and now I understand. My birth dad was horrid also, but probably not as bad as yours. I forgave my dad also. Now I feel such a call or desire to help other abused teenagers that I really do want to get married and I think Evan will be one I can trust.”
June responded, “I am glad for you, Candy, and I thank you for understanding me. I do think Jesus will guide me to a good way to serve him. The restaurant is good for now, but eventually I think I might like something different.”
Ernest and Connie Clay went once in a while to visit their son, Ben, at the Mercy Valley Ranch where Ben and his crews continued building two-story houses.
Connie mentioned, “I really like this ranch. The valley is beautiful and the mountains are spectacular. I can see why you like it here so much, although you might be too busy to look at it very often.”
“I do look as often as I can,” explained Ben. “There’s even a place on Mercy Valley Ranch where the mountains can be seen behind the horses in the pasture. Since I don’t have to drive home and back here every day, I make sure I use part of that time to relax and enjoy the scenery.”
Ernest declared, “I'm glad to hear you say that! It’s good to know you aren't pushing yourself into working overtime.”
Ben laughed, “Vera won’t allow me to work overtime. She often invites me over for supper and I really enjoy their whole family. How do you like my little home here?”
Ernest answered, “It’s perfect for you and you do a good job of keeping it clean and picked up just like your mother taught you.”
“Indeed, as I look around,” observed Connie, “I can only see one item missing. A sweet little wife would be very good for you and I think there would be plenty of room here for one.”
“Thanks, Mom,” responded Ben, “and you are sounding very much like my sister Amelia. As I’ve told all of you before, I’ve been waiting until I’m sure I can support one. To be honest, I think I can now, but now I have to wait a little longer until the timing is right for a certain person.”
Ernest questioned, “You mean you actually have someone in mind? I’ve never heard a single clue.”
“Yes, I do,” Ben replied, “but I would rather tell her myself than have the news reach her via the grape vine. She might run away!”
Connie stated, “If she has any brains at all, I think she would run to you, knowing what a good catch you would be.”
Ben laughed uproariously at his mother’s outrageous statement and changed the subject. “Mom, how is work going at The Garden Shop now that Amelia has quit working there so she can be a full time mother, homemaker, and wife?”
Connie answered, “Work is going very well, but I miss having her bring Mark to work every day, and besides that, I miss having you live at home with us too. I don’t like having an empty nest! However, I should not complain, and therefore I will learn to be content.”
“I think I understand, Mom,” Ben sympathized. “It must be hard to change from being a busy mother and worker to just being a worker. I wish there were some way I could help, but I can’t think of a way.”
Ernest added, “Yes, I think it must be harder for you, Dear, than it is for me, since you were the mother with so many responsibilities.”
“Well,” Connie declared, “I’ll just quit feeling sorry for myself and make sure we go see both our beloved children more often!”
“Please do!” Ben exclaimed. “I really like having you come here, and just this week Oscar and Vera told me I would be welcome to ride the horses that are already well trained, and could invite my parents or friends to go with me. We would just have to follow the rules and learn how to ride. It can’t be too hard, since even the young girls can do it by themselves.”
“I like the sound of horseback riding,” Connie remarked. “How do you feel about it, Ernest?”
Ernest replied, “It sounds good to me too. When can we have our first lesson?”
“Just as soon as I learn how myself,” answered Ben. “I’ll call you and we will set up a time. It’s something I’ll look forward to doing.”
When Ben asked Oscar and Vera about a lesson for himself so he could teach his parents, they offered to teach all three at once on the Sunday coming up. They all learned rapidly and it made a nice activity for the three of them to do when their time allowed it.
Chapter 8
1 Chronicles 29:12, Both riches and honor come from you, LORD, and you reign over all. In your hand is power and might,
and to make great and to give strength to all.
On Tuesday at the tea room Afta exclaimed, “Tomo and Ami, we’re so thrilled! We get to move to Mercy Valley Ranch next week because a couple in the house next to William and Anna Beckett on the lower level chose to move into the upstairs of the first completed two-story house.”
“Wonderful news!” Tomo declared. “It’s actually sooner than you even hoped for. Are you ready?”
Hana explained, “Yes, because we had told our landlords we would only rent week to week, when our lease was up last month. So we gave them notice the first day of this week.”
“We’re getting packed,” continued Afta, “and Dana is a very good helper and hard worker. It’s very good we only have one girl so far and she’s looking forward to living on the ranch.”
Hana went on, “Plus we thank God for answering our prayer about the location. The house is on the lower level and is the next to the last house on the end of that row, so it’s not too near Denji and Sara. But it’ll still be pretty easy for either family to go visit the other one.”
“We’ll have two weeks to get settled,” added Afta, “and then the other three girls will be assigned to us at the rate of one every two weeks.”
Ami stated, “We’re happy for you and we can understand how exciting this will be for you. It seems the perfect fit to go with your jobs, and I’m so glad you’ll still be able to come here and help us once in a while in this tea room. This is a perfect place for us to visit and keep up on the happenings of both our lives.”
“Definitely,” agreed Hana, “plus you and your new foster girl, Ivy, can come visit us during our first two weeks there and we’ll teach you how to prepare and ride the horses so you’ll already know how when we’re teaching our other girls. Then if you’ll come a couple times a week, your body will get used to riding and you won’t feel stiff and sore.”
Afta added, “You’re right, Honey. We got permission to do that after Dana arrived and it really does help a lot. And besides we will want all our girls to meet you and Ivy. It will be interesting to see if they can tell the two of us twins apart.”
“It sure will,” Tomo concurred, “we haven’t had an opportunity to do that very often lately. So let us know when you’re ready to give us our first lesson.”
In Pine City when Roy, Sherry, Hope and Joy Foster went places where they might have a chance to minister to people, the twins always dressed alike. It helped draw attention to the family because they always looked so attractive.
They liked learning new songs and some more scripture verses to use in ministry times. This time when they were ready, they sang “In Times Like These” to people in the park on nice weekends or in the inside shopping mall when it wasn’t nice outside. Sometimes they would hear people talking about the bad news on on the radio, television, or web and they would start singing to get their attention. The song’s lyrics told people how important it is to have Jesus be the solid rock for the anchor of their lives to grip. Then if the people were interested, they could ask questions.
The Foster family was glad to answer them and explain the Good News using many scripture verses including the following.
Hebrews 6:18b,19, … we can have a strong consolation if we have fled for refuge to take hold of the hope set before us. We have this hope as an anchor of the soul, both sure and steadfast,…
Romans 5:5, Hope does not make us ashamed, because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts…
Psalm 62:1,2, Truly my soul waits on God. My salvation comes from him. Only he is my rock and my salvation and my defense, so I shall not be greatly moved.
Many people liked to hear this family sing because they sang in harmony. They did a good job even without accompaniment so they were often asked to do an encore or to sing other songs. Some of the other songs and scriptures they used included these.
“Amazing Love,” which goes with Romans 5:8, God showed his love for us, in that, while we were still sinners, Christ died for us.
“God Is My Refuge,” which is Psalm 46:1,2 set to music. God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble. Therefore we will not fear, though the earth be removed, and though the mountains be carried into the midst of the sea.
“Christ Is Made the Sure Foundation,” which goes with 1 Corinthians 3:11, For no man can lay any other foundation than the one that is laid, which is Jesus Christ.
The lyrics of these songs explained more about salvation and helped answer some questions or bring others to mind. Roy and Sherry were glad to answer questions. There was much rejoicing when people decided to accept Jesus as their Savior and the anchor for their lives.
Patrick and Glenda often asked their son Riley, his wife, Amelia, and son, Mark, to come for supper on an evening when neither family had a small group to attend.
One evening Glenda asked, “How are you feeling, Amelia?”
Amelia answered, “I’m feeling well. The morning sickness went away after about two months, so I was very thankful. But I’ll admit, I am more tired this time around, and feel very heavy with these twin girls, who seem to be growing rapidly. Of course this is good, and it probably won’t be much longer until they’re born.”
“I’m glad you told us,” stated Glenda. “Remember since I’m not working I’ll be glad to come help you at your house with anything you need to have done any time except when the school children are at my house for the After School Place.”
“Thanks, Mom,” Riley inserted, “I tried to tell my dear wife you would be glad to come help her, but maybe it will mean more coming from you.”
Amelia laughed, “All right, you both win. I’ll call you, Glenda, and I’ll welcome your company and help. I just have a hard time asking for help because my upbringing encouraged us to be independent.”
“And it is a good trait,” Patrick remarked, “but sometimes it’s also good for us to accept help from others who want to give it, like Fiona is so happy that you are the one she and her family get to give the clothes for the twin girls as her twins grow out of them.”
“Indeed,” added Glenda, “and it was such a blessing for Fiona to receive all those clothes from Sherry Foster and her twins. Fiona said it’s like a gift that can keep on giving. Everything is still in great condition.”
Amelia exclaimed, “It sure is! She already brought over a box of clothes for the first year and most of it still looks almost new. Sherry did such a good job with the sewing and the material is all good quality. I’ll be sure to save everything so I can bless another family who has twin girls.”
“Absolutely!” Riley agreed. “Fiona and Matt have already been bringing us the clothes their boys, Johnny and Patrick, have outgrown. We’ve been saving them also after Mark gets too big for them so we can pass them on to someone else too. Plus we bought another crib and have the nursery all set up for the twins when they arrive.”
“Excellent,” Glenda declared, “I look forward to seeing it when I go to your house to help Amelia.” To Amelia she said, “Even if you just need a nap, I’ll be glad to come care for Mark so you can rest.”
Amelia responded, “Thank you again, Glenda. I tend to forget that parents are willing to help their children and like to spend time with their grandchildren. I guess I needed to be reminded.”
So Glenda went to Riley and Amelia’s house several times a week and encouraged Amelia to rest while she did some of the house work or played with Mark. It was an enjoyable time for all of them and they got to know each other better also.
In about three weeks the twin girls were born and Riley and Amelia named them Lydia and Phoebe after those ladies in the Bible. Then Glenda went even more often to help with the twins, like she had with Fiona. Amelia’s mother, Connie, came in the evenings and on Sundays, since that was her only time off from The Garden Shop.
When it was time for the babies to be dedicated to the Lord, Riley remembered, “Fiona asked Sherry, Joy, and Hope to sing a very nice song for the dedication of her twins. Maybe they would do the same for us.”
“What a great idea!” Amelia exclaimed. “Maybe Fiona would help us to ask them.”
They agreed and Roy joined them to make it a quartet in four part harmony. They sang, “May Blessings Be Upon You Precious Baby,” changing it to babies so the song would work for the twins. The song goes well with the following scriptures. Psalm 103:17, The mercy of the LORD is from everlasting to everlasting on those who fear him, and his righteousness unto children’s children. And Psalm 129:8b, The blessing of the LORD be upon you, we bless you in the name of the LORD.
Just as soon as Goldenrod and Marigold had their whip wounds healed up and had learned to trust the adults on the ranch, the other adults were also able to start riding them. Those horses had now been trained to respond to direct rein for turning and stopping and to move faster after gentle bumps with the heels and speed up to their comfortable running walk or a canter. Now they did look like magnificent palominos. And they never did feel another whip.
The woman in charge at the Humane Society had come to see the horses Nathan and Esther had worked with after they had invited her, and she was very pleased. That’s why she was sure to call them right away whenever she had others for them to help. This time it was two of Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses. One was reddish brown and was 14.2 hands tall. The other one was black with a small star on her forehead. She was 14 hands tall.
They didn’t look like they had any problems, but soon it was very evident that did not want people to touch them, so Unice wouldn’t be able to check them over first.
The woman in charge suggested, “Since I trust all of you and have seen how much you’ve helped all the other horses you’ve taken from here, you could take them to the ranch and not even pay the fee until you are sure you can restore them to usefulness. If you can’t, then you can bring them back here and I’ll decide what to do with them. I’ll even get somebody else to load and deliver them so they won’t associate that with you.”
“Perfect idea,” agreed Nathan, “We’ll do our best to rehabilitate these two. They’re so beautiful and they need a useful life with good food and care.”
So the three went back to the ranch and readied the portable paddock for the horses, which were delivered within the hour.
“Well,” observed Vera when they came to see them, “these two aren't a matching pair like most of the others have been, but they surely are beautiful.”
“Right, Dear,” Oscar agreed, “it is fun to have matching pairs, but it’s not necessary. Besides, we still might get matches for them in the next four horses we get after these.”
Vera replied, “In that case, we better give them each a name.
Lollipop goes well with the facial markings on the reddish brown one. And the name, Princess, still fits the black mare very well, since she looks a lot like the Princess we sold to The Mercy River Equine Therapy Center, except she’s taller and we’ll just have to remember she’s the new Princess and still goes with the royal family with King and Queen.
Esther clapped, “Those names are sure better than the former owners gave them, All Day Sucker and Midnight.”
Nathan explained, “These two might take longer since neither of them wants to be touched. We have no idea why, so we’ll just have to take it slowly and be very patient.”
“That’s no problem for you and Esther,” Oscar stated, “you’ve done very well with all the other horses you’ve rehabilitated. We have confidence in you.”
“Thank you,” responded Esther, “we’ll do our best.”
Candy said, “June, let’s continue our Bible study in Romans. Are you ready with the next part of chapter 5?”
“Yes,” replied June, “chapter 5 has a lot of good verses in it. I chose to memorize Romans 5:6-8, for when we were without strength, at just the right time, Christ died for the ungodly. Scarcely for a righteous man will one die, or even for a good man, but God showed his love for us, in that, while we were still sinners, Christ died for us, Romans 5:6-8.”
“Good job, June,” Candy commended, “I especially like the part that says it was at just the right time. Also having verses 6 and 7 before saying verse 8, emphasizes how great God’s love is. I chose Romans 5:9-11, Much more then, being now justified by Jesus blood, we shall be saved from wrath through him. For if when we were enemies, we were reconciled to God by the death of his Son, much more, being reconciled, we shall be saved by his life. So we have joy in God through Jesus’ atonement, Romans 5:9-11.”
“Well done,” and June applauded. “The part I like best in those verses is the last part about joy.”
“Same here,” Candy remarked, “and joy is not just a feeling. In another place it is called part of the fruit of the Spirit.
June agreed, “Yes I remember that. Next I like Romans 5:19,21 because it’s a good summary of the Good News. For as by one man’s disobedience many were made sinners, so by the obedience of one shall many be made righteous. … Sin reigned unto death, but grace reigns through righteousness unto eternal life by Jesus Christ our Lord.”
“True,” Candy went on, “and then Romans 6:4,11 tell us how we need to live because of what Jesus did for us. We are buried with Jesus by baptism into death, so that as Christ was raised up from the dead by the glory of the Father, even so we also should walk in newness of life. … Likewise consider yourselves to be dead to sin, but alive to God through Jesus Christ our Lord.”
June mentioned, “The verses we talked about today would be good ones to use when we go to the grocery store and find someone who will listen to the Good News.”
Candy agreed, and then they sang the hymn “Grace Greater Than Our Sin” because it goes so well with many of the verses in Romans chapter 5.
On Saturday morning Tomo, Ami, and Ivy helped Afta, Hana and Dana move to Mercy Valley Ranch by using both of their vehicles and a rented trailer. The move was made easier because they didn’t have furniture to move.
“This is a very nice house,” Tomo observed, “it’s roomy and the furniture is all in good shape.”
Dana observed, “The room I like the best is the dining room, because it has such a great view of the mountains.”
“Same here, so maybe,” suggested Hana,”we can rotate places so all the people will get the same opportunity to enjoy the view.”
“Perfect,” agreed Afta, “and when we have company come from Pine City, we can seat them with the good view also.”
Ami declared, “Good, I’ll look forward to this view when we get to come here.”
When they had unloaded all the belongings, Tomo’s family left them to unpack and get settled while they drove back to Pine City and returned the rented trailer.
The day after they had gotten unpacked, Oscar and Vera came to pray with them to bless their house and dedicate them to their new position as foster parents. They all prayed for God to guide them every step of the way.
In a couple days Tomo, Ami, and Ivy came back for their first riding lesson. This time they came while Dana was in school. Afta taught Tomo and Ami, while Hana taught Ivy how to prepare the horses to be saddled. Then Hana went over all the rules for all three of them at once. They all learned quickly and enjoyed their first ride, which lasted only about half an hour so they wouldn’t feel too stiff and sore.
While Afta and Hana were talking to Tomo and Ami, Ivy figured out a way to tell Tomo and Afta apart. She looked very carefully at both of them and was able to see that Tomo had a cowlick on the left side, which caused him to comb his hair back away from that side of his face. Afta had a cowlick on the right side, so he combed his hair back from that side. Now she knew which one to call Dad, and which one to call Uncle Afta. She’d be sure to tell Dana the next time she saw her if she hadn’t figured it out yet. And she always remembered to thank them for inviting her to come ride horses with them, because she had always wanted to ride a horse.
During their two weeks of getting settled, Afta and Hana met and got to talk to Karen Spencer while Dana was at school. One thing she shared with them, and each new couple who would come to he ranch to be foster parents, was how very important it was to teach the four girls that they would be sisters now in a new family with a new mom and dad, so they could begin doing fun or helpful things together. This would help them develop good new memories to take the place of the bad ones they had when they arrived here. And later after they have all accepted Jesus, they could learn that they are sisters in the family of God. She also explained how her Bible Study Groups were conducted and of course Afta and Hana agreed to help with the one their girls would be attending.
They were also given many useful ideas by William and Anna, who lived right next door to them in the last house on the lower level of houses. Plus Ian and Yolanda Hopkins, who were already good friends from all the times they had come to ride horses with them were very helpful as well. Likewise Sara, now Denji’s wife, was a great resource for them to be able to learn about how it was when she was a foster girl with the Hopkins. She explained a lot about having family meetings and listening to the girls’ ideas, because it had often helped the family to operate more smoothly. Later she shared about how much her girls liked using “Unlocked,” the teen devotional book, after they became believers.
After two weeks, Wendy was assigned to Afta and Hana. Since Dana had already been with the family she was able to help Wendy adjust to the home and school and teach her about riding horses. Then she and Wendy also helped Sylvie when she joined the family. But the next girl who was assigned to them didn’t like one of the other three girls, who were already there, because of something that had happened the year before in school, so she ran away the first night and went back to the other foster parents. The social worker was glad they decided they could keep her.
When Kendra was assigned to Afta and Hana, she was thrilled about being able to live on a ranch with horses to ride and the three who were already there helped her get settled. Sylvie assisted her at the high school which was new to her and sat with her on the school bus. So after the other problem, the move and adjustments went well for all of them.
The Labor Day trip for the Jones family this year had been planned carefully, right after they got home from their July trip. This year Vern, Lora, and Mindy were in a small group with a couple whose names were Frank and Becky Warner.
Vern was reminiscing, “It took a few small group meetings for me to realize where I had seen Frank before. When we got home from one meeting I had exclaimed that I had finally figured out why Frank looks so familiar! So I told you that I think he is the same one we saw retrieve the comb for the lady and we listened to him sing and then explain the gospel to the other passengers on the boat cruise last September on the Colorado River near Moab, Utah!”
“I had been wondering about the same thing,” admitted Lora, “and I still think you must be right. They just moved to Pine City in December from a city in the south because his job transferred him here. I’m glad we are in the same small group with them.”
“So am I,” Mindy nodded and continued, “I like to hear them talk. Their southern accent is very different and interesting to hear. They mentioned that they owned a four-wheel vehicle that could do well on four-wheel drive roads and would also pull a small trailer.”
Vern continued, “Yes they did, so after hearing them praise God for the places they had gone and scenery they had seen, I had asked Frank and Becky to come over for lunch one Sunday in May.”
And together they remembered part of the conversation. Vern had mentioned during lunch, “I’m very interested in all the details. It would be a new way for us to travel and see things more in depth, rather than just from the paved roads.”
Lora had agreed, “Yes, we’ve been to many of the places that aren’t too far to drive to for a week of vacation, and we’ve gone back to some of them again.”
“Indeed,” Mindy had continued, “and they’re always beautiful and interesting, but it would be nice to see other things in the area.”
Frank had commented, “It was the same way for us, and this other way of traveling fills in that gap.”
“Plus,” Becky had added, “We can still see our favorite things in each area, since this vehicle can go on both kinds of roads.”
So Frank and Becky Warner had invited the Jones family to join them for a ride in the back of their vehicle on a day of the next weekend. It was very enjoyable to see more of the mountains near Pine City from roads that were too rough for their RV motor home or family car. Both families had brought sack lunches, so they were able to spend most of the day.
After the Jones’ July trip, the two families had gotten together with a map and found a place that was easy enough for both of them to drive to, during the Labor Day week where both of them could camp in a Forest Service campground. So they both made reservations there and planned for ministry times in the evenings. It was a big campground so they camped on opposite sides of it to give it better coverage.
In the day time the Jones family rode in the back seat of the other couple’s four-wheel drive vehicle for two days. It was bumpy and rather crowded, but they thoroughly enjoyed it. Then Frank offered to teach Vern how to drive on this kind of roads, so the ladies rode in the back for the next days. Then it wasn’t as crowded since Becky was smaller than Vern.
When they got back home from that trip Vern asked, “What do my two ladies think about the new kind of travel?”
“It sure was different,” Mindy answered, “but I liked it.”
“I liked it also,” Lora agreed, “and I think we should do some more research about it to see if it would work for us.”
Vern declared, “Good idea, Honey. Let’s all see what we can find out on the web and then we can have a family meeting to share what we’ve found and talk more about it.”
Later in the fall, at the ranch that had bought Topaz, Bronze, and Dappled, the boss instructed, “Tomorrow is Saturday and we plan to ride up into the hills where the cattle have been grazing all summer so we can round them up and bring them down to the main part of the ranch for the winter.”
He went on to explain more details, and the boys listened carefully. In one of the houses, two of the boys were roommates and talked about it some more.
The first one remembered, “The boss said, ‘Dress appropriately for crossing the stream both ways, and the forecast is for colder weather with a possibility of snow in the hills and rain down here. So dress accordingly.’ I think this means we should dress in layers and be sure to take our mackintoshes because they’ll cover us and part of our horse too.”
“Yes,” agreed the second one, “Water proof boots would be a good idea also, especially for crossing the stream both ways.”
“Right,” the first one went on, “plus I like to wear chaps anyway and they’ll help us get the cattle out of the bushes.”
“Same here,” the second one continued, “and he said to move them slowly, with no running so they won’t lose weight from the move, but to keep them moving. And be sure to go after the strays and bring them back to the group.”
The first one stated, “It’s a lot to remember, but I really like the new buckskin quarter horses you and I get to ride. They’re so well trained too. I even like their names, Bronze and Topaz, because they go with their colors.”
“Yes,” the second one concurred, “and we each chose the one we prefer to be the horse we take special care of here on this ranch and ride when we need to, or want to even just for enjoyment.”
“Indeed,” replied the first one. “I remember when our ranch bought them, and when we went to Mercy Valley Ranch to pick them and the dapple gray horse up with the horse trailer, Mr. Mendoza was so nice and was glad to hear we already knew how to take good care of the horses we ride.”
“Right,” remarked the second one, “he was relieved to hear they would be well taken care of in their new home.”
The first one remembered, “That ranch is a pretty place and Mr. Mendoza told us that only families with girls live there and that most of the horses don’t trot.”
“I’ve never heard of a horse that doesn't trot,” commented the second one, “but it would be interesting to ride one sometime.”
“I think so too,” the first one stated, “but we better get back to our preparations for the roundup tomorrow so we’ll be ready and well equipped.”
“I agree,” said the second one. “The boss said it will take most of the day, so we should probably take our canteens full of water.”
The first one exclaimed, “Definitely! And they’ll bring lunch to wherever we are at lunch time, so we don’t have to worry about it.”
The second one expressed, “This is a very good ranch, and I thank God for putting me here.”
“Same here,” and the first one admitted, “my other life was a nightmare, but living here is like a good daydream come true!”
The first one concurred, “Right, it reminds me of the song our foster parents played for us sung by the Sons of the Pioneers, ‘Lord You Made the Cowboy Happy.’ I feel like that happy cowboy when I’m riding ‘my’ horse and helping with the cattle.”
Oscar, Vera and their four foster girls were listening to the song. “Sunshine in My Soul,” on one of the churches SD cards. The lyrics say that Jesus is our light. He is brighter than the sun and he brings music, springtime, and gladness. We can praise him for the hope and love we have here and the blessings that will be in heaven.
Vera suggested, “How would it be to use this song as a Bible study search?”
“It would be a good idea,” Oscar replied. “We could each find a scripture that would go with a part of the song. So let’s go get our Bibles and notebooks and meet back here.”
Liz was first, “I found one about sun in Matthew 5:45b, Our Father in heaven makes his sun rise on the evil and on the good, and sends rain on the just and on the unjust. And we’re to be like him.”
“That’s a good one, Liz,” Stella commented and went on, “I looked up gladness and found one that kind of goes with yours. In Acts 14:17b it says, part of God’s witness to men was that he did good, and gave us rain from heaven, and fruitful seasons, filling our hearts with food and gladness. I’m thankful he does this for all people.”
Emma stated, “Yes, and I like the ones in John 1:4,5,9 about Jesus being the light. (In Jesus) was life and the life was the light of men. The light shone in the darkness and the darkness did not understand it. The true Light that gives light to every man came into the world.”
“Great, Emma,” Nan applauded, “I’ll continue that idea in John 8:12, where Jesus said, “… I am the light of the world. He who follows me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life.”
“Good job, girls,” Vera commended them, “in John 9:5b, Jesus said again, “I am the light of the world.” Then in verses 6,7 Jesus healed a blind man and in verse 38 the man believed in Jesus.
Oscar concluded the study, “There were a lot of verses about Jesus being the light. I chose 1 John 1:7, If we walk in the light as he (Jesus) is in the light, we have fellowship with one another, and the blood of Jesus cleanses us from all sin.”
In Pine City a church couple, who owned a three bedroom house prayed about becoming foster parents since they never had been able to have children of their own. They decided it was time to fill those two bedrooms with some children who had been abused.
As soon as they finished the training, they were assigned two girls as foster children. The girls started out in the same bedroom. The mom had a problem the first day. She was at the doctors office, so she was late getting to see them that day, but she knew their names. When she came home she was very tired so she went and slept for a while. The younger one, who was also very tired, crawled up beside her and also went to sleep. When she woke up, she loved and hugged her new mom right away.
Later the mom and dad prayed for each child aloud and found out the older girl was already a believer. She opened her hands to receive the good things they prayed. When they asked her, she told them she had been kicked out of the house when her parents found out she had believed in Jesus. They couldn’t tell about the other one. Later the mom and the youngest one napped again for a little while. Then they both felt better.
When the girls had been with this family for about a month, their new parents asked each one separately if they would like a different roommate who was their same age. Each one decided it might be better that way.
So the couple requested and was assigned two other girls, whose ages matched the first two so they were able to share rooms with the girls their ages. The girls who had been there about a month were able to help the new ones get settled and learn the rules of the household. So this arrangement worked well for this family, like it did for people on Mercy Valley Ranch and others in Pine City.
In early December Mindy graduated from the online university with a diploma, a degree, and a certificate to teach in public or church schools. She quickly set up an appointment with Beth Davis the principal of the church school for an interview. Beth was very impressed with Mindy's maturity and accomplishments and the resume and recommendations she brought to the interview.
One of the second grade teachers had decided to quit teaching at the end of this school year and start a family the next school year, so this made an opening for Mindy to fill. It was a win-win situation for everyone concerned. When Mindy got home she told her dad and mom the outcome of her interview.
Vern exclaimed, “We’re so pleased with your progress and accomplishments Mindy! All your hard work and perseverance has paid off. You graduated from the online university less than a year after you would have graduated from the public high school! Now you are ready to be a teacher.”
“Thank you, Dad,” responded Mindy, “and with my former teacher and my parents recommendations and my resume, I’ll get to start teaching this coming January in the same church school where Mom is still the nurse, and where I went to primary school. I’m so eager to get started with a class of my own!”
“I can understand that,” Vern declared, “I hope you’ll agree to continue living here with us while you are teaching.”
“Right!” Lora concurred, “you and I can ride over to the school and back home every day like we’ve been doing while you volunteered there and did your student teaching this last year. I'm sure you’ll do a superior job as a teacher in second grade. Your cooperating teacher for student teaching told me how well you work with the children and some of your comments about how important it is to teach the children how to read when their eyes are developed enough to learn.”
“Thanks, Mom,” and Mindy continued, “In fact, I think that’s why I stressed to Miss Davis that second grade would be my first choice if possible. Are you both sure you would like me to continue to live at home? The girls at Mercy Valley Ranch have to go out and make it on their own when they turn nineteen. My nineteenth birthday was several months ago.”
Vern clarified, “That rule is only for foster children and was made by social services. Our family has no such rule and you are welcome to live here with us as long as you want. Your mom and I have no desire to have an empty nest!”
“Absolutely!” Lora exclaimed. “We would miss you a lot, but if you would really want to go live somewhere else we would understand.”
“And besides,” continued Vern, “those girls were all preparing for being on their own by getting jobs and saving as much as they could before they turned nineteen. That way they could start out with enough to pay their rent and food for the first month until they started earning enough to continue.”
Lora added, “I recall hearing Sara, Kim, Candy, and June tell of their plans and preparation. Each of them also bought all the homemaking necessities from thrift stores or the Discount Mart while they were still living at the ranch.”
“Yes, I remember now,” admitted Mindy. “I, on the other hand, have been busy getting a university education and preparing to teach students in the church school. I realize a person can’t do both, so I’ll be glad to keep living here while I teach. I can start saving and buying things I would need if I ever do go out on my own.”
Vern inserted, “Or if you get married. We’ll continue to pray about singleness or marriage and it is all up to our Father who knows best! I do think it would be a good idea to start saving money to buy a car. You already have your driver’s license. And remember my dear daughter, we still have all the money you didn’t spend on going to live on campus at a university, so it can help you with the car and other things you might need.”
“Exactly,” agreed Lora, “and if you ever do want to go out on your own as a single, I think buying a small condominium would be a better choice than paying rent, because you can build equity that way. But it would also be a very lonely way to live.”
“Thank you both!” Mindy exclaimed. “And it sounds like I still have a lot to learn. And like I always say, my parents are the best!”
They both responded, “And you’re the best too!”
Nathan and Felix, and Esther and Sunny continued their friendships and worked at making time to get together off and on. They all realized their farm and ranch lifestyles were very busy but that these friendships were also important and deserved to be nurtured.
But Nathan and Esther also knew that after all the horses would be rehabilitated, Esther could go visit with Sunny more often especially now that the girls were in public school and she didn’t need to volunteer any longer. And Nathan would also have more time to go visit Felix. In the meantime, they would continue making phone calls, sending email messages, and praying for each other. When time allowed they would go visit in person.
Every year on their double wedding anniversaries, Sunny and Esther would send each other an anniversary card congratulating each other for another happy year of marriage.
Esther would be sure to remind and thank Sunny for all their years of friendship. In addition, she was still grateful for Sunny’s willingness to be in the four member ministry team while Esther was supposed to be observing and choosing between the two suitors who had both declared their love for her. Then she always thanked God for choosing for her instead.
Sunny would mention their good friendship and thank Esther for her good idea and help in making Sunny’s honeymoon a fun and memorable time. The short skit after their wedding and her horseback ride behind her knight in shining armor to the castle for their honeymoon had been a great way to start her marriage to Felix.
During December before Christmas time, Felix, Sunny, and their boys sang the songs, “No Room” by John W. Peterson and “Have You Any Room for Jesus?” which is a hymn out of the hymnal.
Luis mentioned, “The song ‘No Room,’ tells of there being no room for Jesus when he came to be born, and that even today people have no room for Jesus in their lives.”
“Right,” Hugo agreed, “the song goes well with Luke 2:7, Mary brought forth her firstborn son, and wrapped him in swaddling clothes, and laid him in a manger, because there was no room for them in the inn. It must have been hard for Joseph to not be able to find a better place for his wife to have her first baby.”
Sunny concurred, “Indeed, especially since he knew what a special baby Jesus was.”
“I agree,” Jose commented, “and I like the way the song, ‘Have You Any Room for Jesus?’ asks that question and encourages people to open their hearts and ask him in while there’s still time.”
“Yeah, said Pedro, “those two songs go together very well, and the second one tells how Jesus suffered for us, like it says in 1 Peter 2:24, Jesus in himself bore our sins in his own body on the tree, that we, being dead to sins, should live unto righteousness… “
“Precisely,” Felix nodded, “then parts of Isaiah 53:3-6, add to it, Jesus was despised and rejected by men, a man of sorrows, and acquainted with grief. We hid as it were our faces from him… Surely he has born our griefs and carried our sorrows … He was wounded for our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities… All we like sheep have gone astray. We have turned every one to his own way, and the LORD has laid on him the iniquity of us all.
“Jesus did so much for us!” Sunny exclaimed. “I wish more people would accept him! In 2 Corinthians 6:2b, God said, Behold, now is the accepted time, behold, now is the day of salvation. Maybe our family could go to the inside shopping mall several times a week during this month of December. We could sing these songs and recite these verses so some of them would at least have a chance to think about Jesus, who is the reason for the Christmas season.”
“What a good idea, Honey,” Felix agreed, “especially since nobody is doing the living nativity scene this year.”
Their boys all nodded in agreement and the plan worked well. Almost every day when they were there, one or more people stayed to talk and ask questions. Once in a while someone would accept Jesus. Then they all got to rejoice!
Evan and Candy and Sam and June continued doing family activities on the ranch like horseback riding and talking. Since it was winter now, and after the ice got thick enough, they borrowed ice skates from their foster families so they could add ice skating with part of the family, instead of rowing and hiking.
But more often they would ride horses even in the winter. If it was snowy or windy, they would ride inside the big building. Candy and Evan had learned they would have more chances for private conversations about their opinions on the list of issues while they were riding side by side. Plus they enjoyed telling and hearing how much they liked each other.
Vern, Lora, and Mindy also continued to come for weekly horseback rides with the Hopkins family. Sometimes the visits overlapped and Mindy got a chance to talk to Candy and June, but more often Mindy went to visit them at their apartment where she could get an update on how their lives were going and whether they liked Evan and Sam. She could also tell them about her own life. Other times she had them over for supper with her and her parents.
After one such evening Mindy stated, “It sure is different now that Candy and June aren’t living on the ranch any longer. I know it’s all part of growing up, but I miss the fun we used to have.”
“I understand,” Lora replied, “but I’m glad you’ve found other ways to continue your friendship with them.”
“Positively,” added Vern, “since friendships are very important, it’s good to make the effort needed to nurture them.”
“Especially since I didn’t attend the public school,” Mindy went on, “I’m glad I have at least two friends my age. Anita and Fiona are also good friends of mine but they’re older. I don’t get much time with Anita, but I’m glad Fiona still wants me to come for half a day on weekends. Now that Amelia is married, I don’t get to see her very often, but I do get to see her brother, Ben, once in a while when he comes to visit with Matt while I’m there. I like to hear him tell Matt how the building project is going on Mercy Valley Ranch.”
Lora observed, “You do have quite a few friends and maybe now that you aren’t studying so hard you could make time to go see Anita and Amelia once in a while also. I’m sure Timmy and Mary would enjoy your visits also when you go see Anita.”
“You’re absolutely right, Mom!” Mindy declared. “Thank you for your good suggestion! I’ll call both of them right away. I could even practice singing with Timmy and Mary using the autoharp so I’ll get better and can use it with my class when I’m teaching.”
Patrick and Glenda O’Connor were visiting with Matt, Fiona, and their family after bringing supper in a slow cooker and a salad with such fresh vegetables, they didn’t need any dressing.
While they were eating, Fiona remarked, “I'm sure thankful for grocery stores that sell fresh produce. I never even planted one garden in this backyard. The timing just didn’t work right.”
“No it didn’t,” then Glenda recalled, “and the last garden we had in our backyard was the one Matt came and helped us spade the year you got home from taking care of your Aunt Cara.”
“So,” inserted Patrick, “neither family wants to spend the time and effort to have a garden in the summer any longer. Besides garden produce never did last into the winter.”
“Right,” Matt agreed, “it’s so much more practical to buy it from the store when we need it. Maybe when our children get old enough to help plant, weed, thin, and harvest a garden, we might have one then to add to their learning and experiences. It might be a good family activity. But right now we’re far too busy caring for our growing children.”
After supper Matt and Patrick washed the dishes while Fiona and Glenda gave baths and got the children ready for bed. Then all four adults played with the children for a short time before it was their bedtime.
Glenda and Fiona took Grace and Faith to their bedroom first, tucked them in their beds and sang “Now the Day Is Over,” stanzas 3,4, for a lullaby. That part of the song goes with Psalm 3:5, I laid down and slept. I awoke, for the LORD sustained me. The twins were asleep before the end of the last stanza.
Next they did the same thing for Johnny and Patrick, who also went to sleep quickly. Then Glenda and Fiona went back to the living room so the four adults could visit some more.
After Patrick and Glenda went home, Matt and Fiona had enough time to cuddle and talk on the sofa and then went to enjoy more ways of showing their love to each other in the bedroom.
Candy and June talked some more about their study in Romans. June remarked, “Today I’d like us to skip to Romans chapter 8 for our sharing time. I know we’re both finished with the rest of chapter six and on through eight.
“Good idea, June,” replied Candy, because eight has so many good verses in it. I know both of us have been working on memorizing the whole chapter, and it’s a big project!”
“It sure is,” June agreed, “so I’ll start us off by quoting Romans 8:1,2, There is therefore now no condemnation to those who are in Christ Jesus, who walk not after the flesh, but after the Spirit. For the law of the Spirit of life in Christ Jesus has made me free from the law of sin and death, Romans 8:1,2.”
“Good job and word perfect,” commended Candy. Next they sang the song that goes with those verses. Then Candy continued, “The next four verses tell about Jesus being sent by God to take care of sin and fulfill the righteousness of the law. I especially like Romans 8:6b because it is such a good reason to be what it says, to be spiritually minded is life and peace.”
June nodded and continued, “Verses seven through thirteen tell about the difference between believers and unbelievers. And Romans 8:14,16 tell about the result, For as many as are led by the Spirit of God, are the sons of God. The Spirit himself bears witness with our spirit that we are the children of God. The first part of verse seventeen continues by saying, we are children and heirs of God.”
“Right,” Candy responded, “the second part of the verse states we might have to suffer with Christ, but we will also be glorified with him. In Romans 8:18,23b Paul explains, I consider that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us. We are waiting for the adoption, which is the redemption of our body. This makes it all easier to accept.
June questioned, “wasn’t there another verse about adoption?”
“Yes,” answered Candy, “it’s verse 15, and it tells how we have the spirit of adoption and can say, Abba Father. Evan was telling me how special he and his foster brothers felt when William and Anna Beckett adopted all four of them so they could really be part of the family and have their last name.”
June added, “I remember Sam telling me about it being almost like he had felt after accepting Jesus his Savior and becoming a part of God’s family. Anyway, continuing in Romans, verses 19-23 tell how the creation had been subjected to decay and earnestly waits to be delivered like believers wait for the redemption of our bodies.”
“Right,” Candy went on, “I remember seeing how the flowers and leaves from the trees decay in the fall. In heaven that won’t happen any longer. So verses 23-25 tell of our hope and to wait patiently.”
“Exactly,” June concurred, “and Romans 8:26,27b are a wonderful promise, The Spirit helps our weakness, for we do not know what we should pray for as we ought, but the Spirit himself makes intercession for us… and he makes intercession for the saints according to the will of God.”
Candy continued, “And another promise is in Romans 8:28, 29,31,33b,34b, … We know that all things work together for good to those who love God, to those who are called according to his purpose. For those God foreknew, he also predestined to be conformed to the image of his Son, that he might be the firstborn among many… If God is for us, who can be against us? … God justifies, and Christ makes intercession for us.”
“Definitely,” then June went on, “I especially like the way the chapter ends in Romans 8:38,39, For I am persuaded that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor demons, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord. This is a very conclusive list!”
It sure is,” Candy concluded, “I don’t think the list left anything out. It’s a great encouragement.”
Afta asked his big family, “Even though it’s still winter, would you all like to continue to go horseback riding two times a week?
“I sure would,” Hana answered, “if we can find time and weather good enough so we can go.”
“So would I,” added Dana, “even if it’s only in the big inside arena. I like the way going two times a week keeps my body in better shape, so my muscles don’t get sore.”
“Same here,” agreed Wendy, “and besides, it’s fun to ride and I like the way I feel when I brush the horse and check its feet before and after our rides.”
“I like it also,” Sylvie added, “and Boots has become a good friend to me, and I’d ride him every day if we had the time and weather.”
Kendra concurred, “Socks is such a nice small horse, and I like everything we do with the horses.”
“And besides,” Wendy mentioned, “we need to ride at least two times a week so that Uncle Tomo, Aunt Ami, and Ivy can come ride with us.
“Right,” Dana continued, “she clued me in on how to tell Dad and Uncle Tomo apart and I told the rest of you, my ‘sisters,’ so it’s fun to be able to call them by their correct names.”
Kendra said, “I think so too, and she’s a nice girl even though she’s older than we are.”
Sylvie went on, “I like our family and their family too. It’s fun to go riding with them and without too.”
“I like both of our families also,” stated Hana, and this Thursday Dad and I have a surprise planned for you girls.”
“And,” continued Afta, “we’ll even tell you what it is right now, so you can look forward to going.”
They all sat on the edge of their chairs ready to listen, so he went on, “My twin brother Tomo and his wife, Ami, own Ami’s Japanese Restaurant and Tea Room. It’s not open on weekends, so we will plan to go there on Thursday evening for supper as soon as you get home from school.”
“Hooray!” Kendra exclaimed, “it sounds like a first rate experience. I’ve never been to any kind of restaurant, because we couldn’t afford to go.”
“Yes,” Hana acknowledged, “I think you’ll enjoy going to this restaurant, Kendra.”
Dana inquired, “Will we learn to eat with chop sticks? I saw it done once on TV and it looks hard.”
Afta admitted, “It is hard at first, so we can practice here at home with these chop sticks I bought for us to use. It will be a good learning experience for you and then you’ll feel ready to eat at their restaurant.”
“What will we do about our homework on Thursday?” questioned Sylvie.
Hana responded, “I’m glad you understand how important your homework is. You’ll be able to do it when we get home, because we won’t have very many tasks to do since the people at the restaurant will have done all the ones connected with supper for us.”
“This surprise sounds great!” Wendy declared.
Afta commented, “I think so too, and besides, you’ll get to meet the rest of their family. They’ve been wanting to meet you.”
The surprise turned out to be a big success. The four girls got to meet Aneko and Yoshi, who are the daughter and son of Tomo and Ami. And they met their spouses, Kosuke and Sakura. Sakura had left her children with their other grandparents for this occasion. All the people involved enjoyed it, especially the dessert.
Tomo and Ami had changed their fortune cookies to Scripture cookies. They had a certain set for unbelievers to introduce them to the scriptures about Jesus love and how to be saved. The other set was for believers, using scriptures for encouragement. For this family they used the ones for unbelievers since the girls weren’t yet believers.
Dana observed, “This scripture verse is the same as Karen used in our last Bible study group lesson.”
“So is mine,” Kendra noticed, “it’s fun to learn about the Bible and then hear or read the same thing in church.”
“Yeah,” remarked Wendy, “but I’ll bet not very many restaurants have them in their dessert cookies.”
Sylvie reasoned, “So these cookies are very special.”
Then all the girls thanked Afta and Hana for the excellent and delicious surprise.
It was time for the Jones’ family meeting to talk about the new way they had traveled on their last vacation the week of Labor Day.
Vern started, “I know the new way to travel would help us see many things we could not get to with the motor home, because I found some on the web. But I also learned that it’s not as safe to pull a trailer if there’s snow on the road. It’s bad enough for a motor home. So this would limit our travel times to spring, summer, and fall.”
“Right,” agreed Lora, “plus we’d even need to check the weather in the spring carefully since there could be snow then also. It wouldn’t bother me to not travel in the winter. I would enjoy the winter vacation time at home, sewing and getting caught up on housework.”
“So would I,” Mindy nodded and went on, “plus I’ll need much of those two weeks to get prepared for my first class of second graders. So if you did go travel for the two week vacation, I wouldn’t be able to join the RV trip this time, or really any winter. Being a teacher is going to be a completely different lifestyle for me.”
“Very true, Mindy,” then Vern continued, “then since we’ve decided to only travel in the spring, summer, and fall, a little trailer would be adequate. The kind of four-wheel drive vehicle that would be best for us to get, isn't powerful enough to pull a big trailer.”
Lora commented, “I looked up two different kinds of lightweight trailers and there are many floor plans to choose from. The ones I found are rounded on the ends, so they have better air flow which makes them easier to tow.”
Mindy inserted, “I looked up some of those also. There was one that had a big bed in the back, a very small dinette on one side that would make into a single bed, and the kitchen area right across from it. Across the very front of the trailer was a narrow bathroom with a small shower and a tiny sink, along with the toilet stool. It would work, but not have much privacy for sleeping.”
“Precisely,” and Lora continued, “the one I liked best had a big bed in the back and a sofa across the front, a shower with a toilet on the side next to the stove top which was across from the sink and fridge. It would be easy to put up a curtain to separate the two sleeping areas.”
“Oh, I didn’t see that one,” Mindy declared, “I like the sound of it much better. We could leave the beds made up and just sit on them with little folding tables for eating.”
Vern responded, “I agree with both of you, so we’ll start looking for one with a floor plan like that. In the meantime shall we put the motor home up for sale?”
“Yes,” replied Lora, “and when it’s sold we can use the money to buy a used, reliable, capable four-wheel drive vehicle. We should have enough left over to buy a small used trailer to pull behind our four-wheel drive vehicle so we could travel and camp. The trailer I looked at on the web even had room under the bed in the back to store the chairs, table and screen tent for ministry meetings. Plus the access for that storage was from the outside, which would make it easy to get them out and put them away.”
Vern exclaimed, “Impressive! I like the sound of that floor plan more all the time. I’ll go take some photos of our motor home so I can put it on the web for sale.”
“Good idea, Dear,” Lora said, “it’s a good thing we already decided to not travel in the winter. It will give us more time to do everything we need to do to get ready for this different way of traveling.”
Just before practicing their guitars Greg Iverson instructed, “Open your Bibles to Psalm 148 and read it silently.” When he knew they were all finished he continued, “This time I want each of us to read two verses apiece without comments as we go clockwise around this circle we’re seated in, beginning with Mom and going on to Max, Cory, Levi, Jack, Kevin, and I’ll finish. Then we can comment at the end.
Psalm 148:1,2, Praise the LORD. Praise the LORD from the heavens, praise him in the heights. Praise him, all his angels and praise him all his hosts.
3,4, Praise him, sun and moon and praise him all you stars of light. Praise him you heavens of heavens and you waters above the heavens.
5,6, Let them praise the name of the LORD, for he commanded and they were created. He has also established them forever and ever; he has made a decree which shall not pass.
7,8, Praise the LORD from the earth, you ocean creatures, all deep places, fire, hail, snow, vapor, stormy wind fulfilling his word,
9,10, mountains and all hills, fruitful trees, and all cedars, beasts and all cattle, creeping things, and flying birds,
11,12, kings of the earth and all people, princes and all judges of the earth, both young men and maidens, old men and children.
13,14, Let them praise the name of the LORD, for his name alone is excellent and his glory is above the earth and heaven. He also exalts the horn (emblem of power) of his people, … Israel, … Praise the LORD.
Oralie mentioned, “It sounded good this way without interruptions for comments.”
“Yes, it did,” and Max exclaimed, “this psalm has an extensive list of the things God created!”
Cory smiled at Max thinking about how much Max had grown and what he had learned during his time in this family, then he went on, “Yes, and I like the way the lists fell into related categories for each two verses as we read.”
“They sure did,” Levi agreed, “and I think verse five would be a good one to use to show people how God created things, because it says, Let them praise the name of the LORD, for he commanded and they were created.”
Jack nodded his agreement and said, “I can’t think of anything that was left out of this list. Everything the LORD created needs to praise him.”
“Exactly,” Kevin concurred, “and this includes all people groups and all ages according to verses eleven and twelve.”
“Definitely,” Greg observed, “This Psalm also tells us the reasons to praise the LORD in verse five and in verse thirteen. Thank you all for the good way you read your verses, and for your good comments. And now we can praise the LORD as we practice our guitars.”
Oralie suggested, “Let's start with the hymn ‘All Creatures of our God and King,’ because some of the lyrics go very well with the psalm we just finished reading.”
Cheers met her suggestion and they went to get their guitars and found the hymn in their specially spiral-bound hymnals. They placed them on the music stands and practiced it a few times before singing all the verses together accompanied by their guitars.
One weekend when Evan and Candy and Sam and June went to the ranch in hopes of a time of ice skating, or a horseback ride at least in the big building, it was too cold and the wind was blowing too hard to do either. So they went with the family to the game room.
Ian suggested, “Let’s divide into two groups and each group can do a different Bible board game. Sam and June could join Edna, Libby and me at this table.”
“And,” continued Yolanda, Evan and Candy could join Darla, Rita and me at this other table.”
Candy agreed, “Good idea, Mom, and we could let the youngest members of each group go choose a game they would like to play.”
Both groups enjoyed the chosen games with lots of laughter. Then the people regrouped with one group choosing another game and the rest choosing to work on puzzles set up at other small tables in the game room. Evan and Candy chose the smallest table since it only had room for two people. It had a puzzle just getting started.
“The board game was fun today,” Evan commented, “and this puzzle table will be even nicer since we get a chance to visit.”
“I agree,” and Candy went on, “I was hoping we’d get to talk today. How is your job going here on the ranch?”
Evan answered, “Really well, since we have both the first and second floors closed in and can use space heaters like we did last year. The cold and wind doesn’t keep us from working.”
“Do you still like doing construction work?” was her next question.
He exclaimed, “Absolutely! Besides, it is very nice to be working on buildings that will expand the ministry of this ranch. How is your job at the restaurant?”
“I like it a lot,” she responded, “it’s great to get to work with and for other believers. And besides they have good food and they encourage us to witness to any customers who are interested enough to ask us after they read our name tag.”
Evan remarked, “I read your name tag and wanted to ask you so we would have a chance to talk, but I knew it was just for you to witness to unbelievers, so I didn’t.”
“That was good,” Candy expressed, “and I know I’d like more time to visit with you when you and Sam come there to eat, but at least we usually have some time to talk when we come to the ranch. I enjoy visiting with you because you are interesting and are a good listener.”
“Thank you, Candy,” and Evan declared, “the feeling is mutual. Every time we do anything together I realize how much I like you and that I’d like to have more time with you. It’s a good feeling.”
Candy smiled and stated, “I'm glad you told me, because I feel the same way about you.”
Jason Beckett and his wife, Dorcas, liked living in Pine City in the house he had bought while he was still single. It had worked out very well that he was already settled there before he and Dorcas had even started dating.
The house had three bedrooms and was just the right size for their family. First they had one boy, Barnabas, and then in about another year, they had another boy, Daniel. They chose to name their boys after good people in the Bible like William and Anna had done with Ruth, Jason, and Esther. Each boy would have his own room in this house, and would be able to have a friend come and stay overnight when they got old enough for that kind of thing.
After talking to Esther and learning how good the church school was, Dorcas decided she would use the church curriculum for day care, but with no extra children, until each boy turned five years old so they would be ready to go to the church school. Then she would volunteer at the school two days a week to follow their progress. She would enjoy being a homemaker the rest of the time, since Jason didn’t need or want to have her work in a CPA office any longer. She was happy, fulfilled, and enjoyed being his wife and the mother of those two boys.
They often took the boys and went up to Mercy Valley Ranch to visit Jason’s parents, William and Anna Beckett, who were extremely happy to get to see their grandsons and Jason and Dorcas. Their foster girls were also very pleased to get acquainted with Jason, Dorcas, and their boys. They all enjoyed riding horses as a big family. At first Barnabas and Daniel rode in a backpack on a parent and then in front of them as they got bigger. Later they could ride holding on behind a parent. When they got big enough they would learn how how to prepare, ride, and care for the smaller horses, Boots and Socks, which would still be on the ranch, so they could ride them each time the family would go horseback riding.
During the two weeks of school vacation in December and January, most of the people on the farm and ranch in Mercy Valley stayed home and celebrated the birth of Jesus in their own traditional ways. They also enjoyed as many winter activities inside or outside, as they could find time for each day.
For example, Julie and Esther had earlier taught their girls how to hem by hand on some dish towels and then they had ironed on patterns of the girls’ choices and taught them the new stitches to use to embroider the pictures. When they had gotten a good start, both families would get together in the game room of the big house so the girls could all work at the same time on them, and compare their progress.
While they were working, the girls liked to talk. Holly mentioned, “I’ve been continuing my Bible Study notebook like we did in third grade.”
The others all stated they were also. Then they even sang the song they had sung at school about asking three questions before they start reading. The questions were about the meaning of the verse, how it might help them, and what God wanted them to do. Then it had a prayer asking the Holy Spirit to help them understand what they were reading.
Lily stated, “I really like that song. It’s such a good way to remember what to look for as I read the Bible.
“I agree,” Violet said, I remember a note the teacher sent with us at the end of third grade to encourage us to continue writing every day in our notebooks.”
“Yes,” Willow agreed, “Each of us got one from our third grade teacher also, although it was a copy of one in her handwriting and with her signature.”
Lucia exclaimed, “It would have taken too long for her to write every single one every year!”
“For sure!” Val declared, “Even if it’s just a copy, it is a good reminder and a good keepsake.”
Iris explained, “Each of us four quadruplets has a small box our daddy made for us, where we keep important things like that.”
Rose nodded. “I like to look through it every once in a while and enjoy the memories.”
Their mothers had fun listening to the girls talk and also liked to have some of this time for their own visiting.
Mindy and all the church school teachers made time during the vacation to read the reports written by the prior teachers and look at the pictures of the students, so they could start learning names with faces before school would start in January.
When school did start again, all the students we know about moved up to a new grade level, so Mary would be in fifth grade, the quadruplets and Hope, Joy, Max, and Timmy, who now wanted to be called Tim since he was growing up, would be starting middle school. Max and Tim were given a tour of it by Levi who would be in seventh grade and would help them the first few days. Val, Lucia, Holly, and Willow would all be in seventh grade also, so they gave the twins and quadruplets a tour of the middle school and were available to help them the first few days.
Just before the quadruplets started middle school they asked their birth father if they could start calling Daddy and Mommy, Dad and Mom instead, since they were growing up. They were happy when he agreed because now they could talk about their great parents on the ranch without being embarrassed by the babyish words for their names. Ted and Julie were pleased with the change also.
Jack and Kevin would be in the eighth grade at the middle school. Emma and Nan would be starting high school so Liz and Stella gave them a tour and helped them for the first few days. Cory, Stella, Liz, Christi, and Hanna would be in tenth grade, Jose, Hugo, Ellie, and Lisa would be in eleventh grade, and Pedro and Luis would be seniors this year at the high school.
There were other young people on Mercy Valley Farm and Ranch who had graduated from high school in December and later there would be a graduation party at the ranch just before the first person would turn nineteen. Then when all those young people turned nineteen, they would follow their plans to go out into the world and make their own livings and follow Jesus way for them. Four of those young ladies had decided to stay single, join the Army, take Kosuke’s classes and become chaplains for women in the Army.
The other people we know in Pine City would continue with the plans they had already made during the last year.
Candy and June had already talked about some other chapters in Romans, so this time they were ready to do chapter 12. They had already memorized what Paul had said in Romans 12:1,2, so they quoted it together, I beseech you by the mercies of God, that you present your bodies a living sacrifice, holy and acceptable to God, which is your reasonable service. Do not be conformed to this world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind so you may prove the good, acceptable, and perfect will of God, Romans 12:1,2.
“We did a good job on those verses together,” said Candy and then she remarked, “I made a short summary of Romans 12:3-8, Don’t think of yourself more highly than you ought to, and use whatever gift God gives, according to the grace given to you.”
“It’s a good summary,” and June went on, “I liked the way the study book compared what Jesus taught with Romans 12:9-21.”
“Yes like we studied in Karen’s classes,” agreed Candy. “The things Jesus taught and this list in Romans are good things for believers to do. Let’s each read one or more of the verses in this section aloud and make a comment if we have one.”
“Good idea,” said June, “so I’ll start with verse nine, Let love be without deceit. Hate what is evil, hold on to what is good. I think this means to love honestly, stay away from evil, and grasp good things.”
“I agree,” then Candy went on, “verse ten, Be kind and affectionate to each other with brotherly love, in honor, putting one another first. If everyone would do this, our world would be so much better!”
June exclaimed, “For sure! And I think that comment could go with each of the next verses. The next three verses say, Do not be lazy in business. Be fervent in spirit, serving the Lord, rejoicing in hope, patient in tribulation, continuing insistent in prayer, distributing to the necessity of the saints, being hospitable. Some of those are harder for me to do than others.”
“Yes and,” Candy went on, “verses 14, and 15 are hard for me to do, except for the part that says rejoice. Bless those who persecute you, bless and do not curse. Rejoice with those who rejoice, and weep with those who weep.”
“I see what you mean,” then June noticed, “verse 16 is longer. Be of the same mind toward one another. Don’t focus on high things, but get along with men of low estate. Don’t be wise in your own opinion. Unity, equality and humility are some more good things this verse says to do.”
“Well said, June,” then Candy read 17 and 18. “Do not give evil for evil. Do all things honestly in the sight of all men. If it is possible, as much as you can, live peaceably with all men.” This is very good advice.”
“Definitely,” and then June finished with 19 and 21, “Don’t avenge yourselves but get rid of wrath, for it is written, Vengeance is mine, I will repay says the Lord. Do not be overcome by evil, but overcome evil with good. There were a lot of good things to learn in Romans 12, and I pray God will help me do them.”
“Same here,” and Candy prayed, “Jesus, please help us both to do all the things you taught plus these things in Romans chapter 12.”
In January, Mindy began teaching second grade at the same school where her new mother was still the nurse and also where Mindy had attended kindergarten through third grade herself. It seemed like so many years ago to her.
When school began in January with the students in their new classes of first, second, and third grades the church, their teachers always reviewed the last things the children had learned in the grade before.
Of course Mindy knew very well what they had studied, since she had carefully examined the curriculum for first grade, and the lesson plans for the month of December while she was volunteering in first grade last year. Knowing how important the review was, she had made notes so she wouldn't forget anything. She also knew that most of it was covered in the daily lesson plans for each grade level.
On the first day of school she was up early and explained, “Dad and Mom, I’m so excited that I couldn’t go back to sleep.”
Vern nodded, “I understand. This is a big, important moment in your life, and you’ve been preparing for it diligently.”
Lora smiled at her, “I’m almost ready to go also, so as soon as we finish eating we can leave. It will give you some extra time to be sure everything is ready in your classroom for your first day. I’m sure you will do well.”
“Thanks Dad and Mom,” Mindy responded, “for understanding me so well.”
Her first days as the teacher in her own classroom were very busy for her as she learned the students’ names and more exactly where all of them were academically and what they needed to do next. Mindy enjoyed each day thoroughly and got to know and love her students very quickly. They loved her also and were eager to learn all she would teach them.
The month before school started, she had bought a cute penguin puppet and named it Penny Penguin. During the second week of school, she asked for, and obtained permission from the principal, Miss Davis, to have two times a day with the puppet since puppets helped the children feel more like sharing during the class meeting time and also at sharing time. She also asked if she could read stories to the class two times each day also, as she had seen Julie (Mrs. Blake) do when she had volunteered in her classroom. Permission was granted.
Mindy was glad that so much of each day centered on teaching the students how to read. The first days January focused on reviewing the sounds the letters of the alphabet make. Mindy explained, “Class you already learned in first grade what sounds the letters of the alphabet make. We’ve been reviewing and practicing them for a few days so we can use what we know to sound out words and be able to read.”
Her students nodded and some of them even clapped. So Mindy continued, “I’m glad you are excited about learning to read. Remember last year you used the letter sounds to make words and even wrote a short story with some of the words. You took it home to show your parents and read it to them. You were reading words you had already learned how to spell by the way the letters sound. You also looked at many big books and watched as the teacher pointed to the words as she read them to you. All of this has prepared you to learn how to read.”
She had the students stand up and march over to the carpeted area where they listened to stories. Mindy opened a big book they hadn’t seen in first grade and asked them to look at just the word she pointed to.
“Now, you will see some new words you didn’t learn how to spell last year and you will learn how to figure out the words by the sounds the letters make so you can read the words. Say the letters in this word. Think about the sound for each letter and see if you can sound it out and read it. … Very good! You did it! … Do the next one.” And so on to the end of the line. “Now, read the whole line as I point to each word, … there, see you did it and wasn’t very hard, was it?”
They shook their heads and she continued, “It will get even easier as you do it more and more often. That’s the reason we practice. One of the ways we will practice is with flash cards that have one word each on them. We can sound them out by using the sounds of the letters. Here are some flash cards with the words of this line we just read. Let’s sound each one out and say it.”
When they finished she went on, “But do you know what? There are some words that won’t let us sound out the letters. We could pretend they’re naughty so we have to outsmart them. They’re called sight words and the way we outsmart them is to memorize or learn them by heart and we also have to memorize how to spell them. The well behaved words that we can sound out are easy to spell.”
Then she showed them three sight words and told them what each one was and had them spell them and then say them again. Then she mixed them up and had them read them again and again until they knew them by heart.
“Next let’s go stand by our desks and sing some fun songs for a while before we do our math for the day. Later we’ll get to read some more out of the big book.”
Off and on that day they did go back to read some more words and sentences out of the big book, doing other things for a while in between so their eyes wouldn’t get tired.
That day and off and on during second grade one of the parent volunteers observed the students as they were looking at the big book to see if any of the students were having trouble focusing on the words in the big book. Sometimes at the end of the day he or she would tell the teacher about a student having trouble.
Mindy responded, “Thank you so much. I’ll contact his parents so they can schedule an exam right away!”
Usually before two weeks passed, the student would come to school with glasses and be able to see much better.
Stella, Liz, Christi, and Hanna talked about Cory again on the way to Karen's class after they got off the bus the first day of the new school year.
Christi mentioned, “All my classes sound like they’ll be interesting this year, and I noticed that Cory is in two of them. He’s more handsome than the other two boys from the farm.”
Liz nodded, “Yes he is. He’s only in one of my classes this year. Last year he was in three of my classes.”
“It was an unusual year for you, Liz,” Hanna remarked. “Cory is in one of my classes this year and it seems like the four of us get split up most of the time.”
“For sure!” Stella declared, “I like it best when at least two of us are in the same class, especially when we get to sit where we can at least look at each other and smile once in a while. Cory is in two of my classes this year.”
“Good,” and Liz went on, “I noticed last year that he seems very intelligent, and he acts so mature.”
Hanna commented, “I agree and I wonder if he ever notices or wonders about any of the girls from the ranch or the city.”
“I doubt it,” and Christi shook her head, “most of what I’ve heard about boys is that they are usually older before they do much thinking about girls.”
Stella concluded, “So, I guess we’re still in the same place we were last year and the year before. We can’t really find out much more about him or any other boy until after the ranch’s graduation party when it’s our turn to graduate, and it will be over two years from now. But we have so many things be thankful for here.”
The other girls agreed and they hurried to the Bible Study Group without saying anything else, but they did think about it once in a while, especially when they were in the same class as he was at school or when they could see him on the school bus.
The church services had a very good topic for the second week in January. It was about grace. Ted and Julie and the quadruplets were talking about the church service after supper by looking at the notes they had written in the notebooks they used for church services.
Ted mentioned, “I really like the first song we sang, ‘Wonderful Grace of Jesus.’ His grace is greater than our sins and takes away our burdens, pardons us and makes us free. It makes us God’s children with peace and heaven for eternity. It’s sufficient for everyone and therefore we praise and magnify Jesus name.”
“Yes!” Julie exclaimed. “and it’s such a fun song to sing and listen for the men singing the melody on part of the chorus while the ladies sing a different part!”
“I agree,” and then Rose stated, “and Romans 3:24, goes very well with this song. It says, We are justified freely by God’s grace through the redemption that is in Christ Jesus.
“So does Titus 3:7,” added Lily. “It says, … being justified by God’s grace we are heirs according to the hope of eternal life.
“Indeed they’re both very good,” Julie concurred and then remarked, “The second song, ‘God’s Patient Grace.’ is also one of my favorites because of the tune and because it says things like, I’m not yet what I will be, but by his grace I’m not what I used to be. I will be conformed to Jesus image.”
“Yes,” agreed Iris, “and 1 John 3:2 goes with that song and says, Beloved, now we are the children of God, and it does not yet appear what we shall be. But we know that when he shall appear, we shall be like him, for we shall see him as he is.”
“Right,” Violet continued, “and on top of that verse there is Titus 2:11,12, For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men teaching us that, denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously and godly in the present age.”
“Good,” and Ted went on, “The next song we sang was the very familiar ‘Amazing Grace.’ It’s message is very good. We are saved by God’s grace and it is precious. He will bring us through all the hard things and fulfill all his promises to us. We can sing and praise his amazing grace for all of eternity.”
Lily said, “Right, and now I’ll quote the verse that goes with it. Ephesians 2:8, We are saved by grace through faith, not of ourselves, it is the gift of God. Ephesians 2:8.”
“Good job everybody,” Julie commended. “I just noticed there are some other verses in Ephesians about grace, like 1:5b-7, God adopted us as children, according to the good pleasure of his will, to the praise of the glory of his grace, in which he made us accepted in Jesus. In him we have redemption through his blood, the forgiveness of sins, according to the riches of his grace. Can you other three girls find some of them?
Violet found Ephesians 1:2 right away, “Grace be to you, and peace from God our Father and from the Lord Jesus Christ.”
The other two looked in the concordance. Rose added, “Ephesians 4:7 says, … to every one of us grace is given according to the measure of the gift of Christ.”
Iris remarked, “I like the way the book finishes. Ephesians 6:24, declares, Grace be with all those who love our Lord Jesus Christ in sincerity. Amen.”
“Excellent,” Ted concluded, “This was a very good review of the teaching in the service today. I think we’re all getting better at taking notes so we can remember what we were taught.”
“I think so too,” said Violet and then changed the subject. “I really liked riding to church and back in the van you just bought.”
“So did I,” added Rose, “my dress didn’t get as wrinkled as it did in the car.”
Iris went on, “It felt almost like riding in the school bus since there were two to each seat and I’m glad the van has seat belts, because the bus doesn’t.”
“I like it too,” and Lily finished, “so we thank you, Dad and Mom, for saving money all this time and then trading in one of the cars so you could pay cash for the van and not have to go into debt.” The other three nodded.
Ted responded, “You are all very welcome, and we’re very pleased with the way you show your enjoyment and appreciation.”
“Definitely.” Julie concurred, “and we thank you for you patience as you were getting more crowded in the back seat of the car. This van will be much more comfortable and it will still have room for our groceries when we go shopping together.”
Another day Mindy divided the class in half. She had half of them go to work with the parent volunteer with flash cards of the words they had already sounded out in the big book, plus more sight words they had memorized and needed to review. She handed out small books to the other half of the class that were just like the big book they had been reading on the carpeted area. “Please bring the book with you and notice that it is just like this big book only much smaller. Open your book to page one. Look up here.” she pointed to a word. “Find this word on your page.”
They found it and compared it to the one in the big book and nodded. “OK,” she instructed, “turn to page five and notice it is a page we haven’t read yet. Remember you can tell where a word starts and ends because it has an empty space before it and after the end. Try to sound out the first word in your head. Raise you hand if you think you know it.”
Several students raised their hands and she called on one to say the word. They worked through the rest of the first line on that page and many noticed that it was getting easier.
Mindy called on a boy who raised his hand, “What’s the little round dot at the end of this line?”
She answered, “It’s called a period and it means the end of a sentence, so when you are reading you stop for a little longer than between words. Can you find some more periods on this page?”
They all nodded so she went on, “Count the periods and you’ll know how many sentences there are on this page.”
After that she instructed, “Look at the next page and the first sentence ends with a different mark. What does it look like to you?”
A girl answered, “It looks like somebody started the top part of a three but got lazy and then put a dot under it.”
“It sure does,” agreed Mindy, “I’ll read this sentence to you and maybe you can figure out why it is there.”
She read it and several hands went up. She called on a boy who said, “The sentence asked a question, so the mark must have been there to show it was a question.
“Good thinking!” Mindy responded, “It’s called a question mark and it tells the reader to make it sound like a question when reading aloud.”
Another girl noticed, “This page has another funny mark at the end of a sentence, and it looks like part of a letter ‘l’ with a dot under it.”
“Exactly,” Mindy concurred, “I’ll read it and you can hear why it’s at the end of the sentence.”
Mindy read it and the girl nodded, “That mark told you to read the sentence in an excited way.”
“You’re right,” and Mindy continued, “it’s called an exclamation point. There’s another little mark between two words on this page. Find it and say this is a comma. The comma tells you to pause a little longer after the word. So when you read aloud, these punctuation marks tell you how to have good expression.”
Another boy exclaimed, “There’s a lot more to learning how to read than just sounding out words and saying them!”
“For sure,” a girl agreed, “and it sure is fun too. We’ve learned a lot already.”
Chapter 9
Psalm 28:7, The LORD is my strength and my shield; my heart trusted in him and I was helped. Therefore my heart greatly rejoices and with my song I will praise him.
One day at supper, shortly after the twins started in the middle school, Roy said gently, “There’s a napkin on the floor behind your chairs, girls.”
They looked on their laps and Joy realized, “Oops, mine must have slid off my lap onto the floor. Thanks, Daddy, I’ll get up and retrieve it it.”
When Joy was seated again Hope mentioned, “There’s one girl at school who brings the same thing in her lunch everyday. We noticed it as we were making friends with her.”
“Of course we didn't say anything about it to her,” Joy hastened to say, “but it does seem very strange.”
Sherry nodded. “Perhaps it is the only thing the family can afford, or maybe it’s something she really likes, or the easiest thing to bring in a lunch, or … many other possibilities. I’m glad you didn’t say anything to her because it might embarrass her and it’s not a good way to make friends.”
“Positively,” agreed Roy, “are you still eating lunch with her?”
Hope answered, “Yes, and she seems to like it. Progress is slow as far as making friends goes, but nobody said it would be fast.”
“Correct,” stated Joy, “our third grade teachers told us it would be slow and steady, not quick and easy.
Hope continued, “At least we still have a partner to work with even if it is only at lunchtime.”
“Right,” Joy went on, “it’s really different to not have recesses any longer. Growing up brings so many changes.”
Sherry agreed, “Definitely, and life continues to bring many changes all the way through, so I guess we could say that changes are a part of life.”
“So,” Hope reasoned, “I think we need to learn how to accept the changes in our lives and not fight against them.”
Joy went on, “Without a doubt you are right, because we could never win if we fought the changes anyway.”
“Good thinking, girls,” Roy commended them, “I'm glad you girls don’t complain about your lives. Keep up the good work, and I know God will always be with you to help you.”
One evening Evan and Candy and Sam and June were in the Hopkins home on the ranch. The new foster girls had gone to their rooms to finish some homework for school the next day. Ian and Yolanda were comfortably seated listening to the following conversation.
June mentioned, “I really enjoyed skating on Wild Mint Lake this evening. I’m glad we came here after all of us ate suppers at our own homes so it was almost dark when we got here.”
“Yes,” continued Sam, “it was fun trying to stay out of the way of all the others on the lake as we skated with only the light of the full moon.”
Evan exclaimed, “It certainly was romantic to be able to skate slowly with you, Candy, by the light of the full moon!”
“I thought so too,” she replied. “I felt so safe and well protected by you as we went around the lake.”
At that point, Evan rose from his chair and went to kneel in front of Candy. “I’m glad to hear that, and I would like to spend the rest of my life keeping you safe, well protected, and loved. Please say you will marry me, my sweet Candy.”
Candy looked at Evan with her eyes full of love for him and responded, “Yes, I’ll be glad to marry you, my dear Evan, and I’ll cherish and care for you and return your love.”
“Thank you! I’m so happy!” Evan declared as he reached into his pocket and took out a small velvet covered box. An engagement ring with matching wedding rings for both of them were inside. He took her hand in his and slipped the engagement ring on her finger. Then they both stood up and enjoyed their first hug and kiss.
Hurrahs and applause came from the rest of the people in the room. But they kept it quiet enough to not disturb the girls studying in their rooms.
Yolanda congratulated them, “I'm so glad for both of you. I’ve enjoyed watching you get to know each other and then as your love has grown and blossomed.”
“Same here,” added Ian. “After you came to us last week to ask for our foster daughter’s hand in marriage, I feel extra privileged that we got to hear your proposal, Evan, and Candy’s response. May God bless your marriage and lives together as you follow his leading to care for and raise foster girls here on the ranch.”
Evan and Candy thanked them and they visited for a while longer. Then the four young people went to see William and Anna Beckett so Evan could tell his parents the happy news. The blissful couple was again congratulated, and his parents prayed for them before they left to take the ladies back to their apartment in Pine City.
Walt and Betty were preparing for their next small group meeting, so Betty reminded, “Honey, we’re supposed to find at least two scripture verses for each of the following words: Serve, Do, Work, and Give.”
“Right,” he replied, “I remember now. So let’s each find one apiece using our concordances and then we can compare and hope we don’t have duplicates.”
Betty nodded and they got started. Later Walt shared his first one, “Deuteronomy 13:4, You shall walk after the LORD your God, and fear him, and keep his commandments, and obey his voice, and you shall serve him, and cleave to him. Moses said this to the Israelites before they were going into the promised land.”
“I like that one,” declared Betty, “the one I found for ‘Serve’ is
1 Samuel 12:24, Only fear the LORD and serve him in truth with all your heart, for consider how great things he has done for you. The prophet Samuel had just preached a sermon to the people of Israel because of their sins, especially the one of asking for a king. This verse was almost at the end of his sermon.”
Walt commented, “I hope I do better than the Israelites did. For the next word, ‘Do’, I found Colossians 3:23, And whatever you do, do it heartily as to the Lord, and not as to men.”
“Exactly,” Betty remarked, “if we can do what that verse says to do, then we will do better than they did. The next verse I found has ‘Do’ and ‘Work’ both in it. 1 Thessalonians 4:11, … study to be quiet, do your own business, and work with your own hands, …
Walt chuckled, “I like the way you used ‘do’ three times in your first sentence.” Then they both laughed before he continued. “The next verse I found is pretty harsh, but there are many people now in our
world who need to learn it. 2 Thessalonians 3:10b, … if any will not work, neither should he eat.”
“I understand what you mean, Dear,” then she went on, “I found
2 Corinthians 9:8, God is able to make all grace abound to you, that you … may abound to every good work. It’s good to know God will help us in our efforts.”
“It sure is,” Walt agreed. “I'll read Luke 6:38, Jesus said, “Give, and it shall be given to you, good measure, pressed down, shaken together and running over,… For with the same measure you use, it shall be measured to you again. I think this is not just a promise, but a consequence.”
“I agree,” then Betty observed, “I noticed that all of the other New Testament verses we found were written by the apostle Paul. I like hearing Jesus’ words, but this next one is also good. 2 Corinthians 9:7, Let every man give according to how he purposes in his heart, not grudgingly or of necessity, for God loves a cheerful giver. It will be interesting to hear what the other members of our small group found when we go tomorrow.”
“Yes it will, Honey,” Walt responded, “This homework was fun.”
Mindy stated during supper, “I’m thoroughly enjoying my chosen career. It seems to just fit with who I am.”
“I agree!” Lora exclaimed. “When I come into your classroom for my time of teaching health, the children are paying such good attention to what you were saying they don’t even notice that I came in, until you say it’s time for Health and Mrs. Jones is here.”
Vern asked, “How did you ever get them to know the difference between Mrs. Jones and Miss Jones?”
“Mom and I planned it at home first,” explained Mindy. “We made it into a short lesson the first time she came in to teach. Here’s the way it went. Boys and girls, I’d like to introduce you to Mrs. Jones. She is the nurse here at this school. Most of you know her from kindergarten and first grade.”
Lora had continued, “Yes, boys and girls, it’s good to see you again. Do you wonder why our last names are the same and I’m Mrs. and your teacher is Miss?”
The children had nodded and Mindy had continued, “Class, I think you remember from a lesson we had yesterday, that you boys are a Mr. and so is your father with your last name said next, but you girls are a Miss and your mother is a Mrs. with your last name said next. It works the same way here, because Mrs. Jones is my mother. Are there any questions? They all shook their heads because they all understood, and then Mom went on with her lesson while I worked on the computer entering their scores from the last spelling test, and some other information for other subjects.”
“Good planning my ladies!” Vern declared. “It was a quick, easy, understandable lesson.”
“Thank you, Dad,” Mindy responded, “and the children are so enthusiastic about learning how to read. I’m just as eager to teach them. It’s a joy to be able to work with children, especially when they desire to learn.”
After supper one evening Max commented, “Now that I’m more used to middle school, it’s time to start being a missionary. Middle school is so different from elementary school. What are some of the ways the rest of you are doing it?”
Levi answered, “I have a friend who accepted Jesus from last year. After he learned more about the Bible we became a team. So we’re continuing what we did last year.”
“Good,” Max said, “then Tim and I can continue being a team at the middle school. But how does it work in middle school, since there aren’t any recesses?”
“Since Kevin and I are in the eighth grade this year,” Jack explained, we continue having lunch together with a loner. It works especially well during the first part of a new school year with boys who are new to the school, because they haven’t had a chance to make other friends.”
Kevin continued, “Before we had started sixth grade in middle school, Jack and I had practiced introducing ourselves and asking questions that would help break the ice.”
“Like what?” asked Max.
Levi replied, “Like what are some things you like to do after school? Or where did you live before moving to Pine City?”
Jack added, “What’s your favorite sport? Have you ever gone fishing?”
“Anything,” continued Cory, “that will get them to talk about themselves, would be a good question to ask. Then just like you did in fourth and fifth grade, spend enough time being a friend to them that you earn the right to share the Good News about Jesus with them. Otherwise like Mrs. Blake taught us you might turn them away from being friends with you.”
“Thank you all,” Max responded. “I’ll tell Tim what you said and we can practice for a day or two and then get started.”
Greg reminded all of them, “We’ll continue praying for each of you every day.”
Oralie went on, “Yes, and remember what you’ve done in the past and your successes, because it can encourage you to keep going.”
Therefore, Tim and Max continued doing team evangelism at the middle school during lunch times. At other times, they reviewed some things Mrs. Blake and taught them about evangelism, including some of the scriptures and how to conduct discussions. They remembered it often takes three or four times of presenting the good news before someone will get saved, and that sometimes the person just won’t believe. They didn’t give up but kept trying.
Fiona was watching and listening to Johnny and Patrick as they played with two different trucks on the floor while the twins, Grace and Faith, were still napping. Johnny’s was a dump truck and Patrick had a tow truck. They tried to be very quiet as they made the motor noises for the trucks so they wouldn't wake up their sisters.
Patrick suggested, “Let’s race them.”
“OK,” agreed Johnny, who then said quietly, “ready, set, go!”
They both made noises that sounded more like buzzes than motors and pushed their trucks across the floor. Of course Johnny won since he was bigger. But then they had another race and Johnny let Patrick win this time, so he could have fun too.
Fiona was impressed and grateful that they were learning to play nicely together. Pretty soon she heard the girls wake up and went to take care of them. She could hear the boys’ motor noises and they were much more realistic now that they could be noisy. When she came back with the twins, the boys had finished a race with a tie and both of them were happy.
Of course the girls wanted in on the fun also and squirmed to get out of their mother’s arms. So she asked the boys if their sisters could join them.
Johnny answered, “Yes if they go get their own trucks.”
Fiona helped the girls. Faith came back with a fire engine and Grace was carrying a red pickup. The boys showed them how to push the trucks and then they lined them up to have a race. Fiona started this race with “ready, set go!” And they were off!
But of course the little girls didn’t understand what a race was, so they just sat down on the floor and pushed the trucks around in front of them. Patrick and Johnny wondered where they were, so they stopped pushing their trucks in order to look. They were surprised at what they saw.
Fiona explained, “Patrick and Johnny, your sisters are too young to know what a race is so, you can go ahead and race while they sit there and play with the other trucks.”
A little later Matt came home, loved this endearing scene, and took a quick picture with his phone and then got down on the floor to join the fun. Johnny ran and got a tractor for Papa and Patrick brought a van for Mama so they could all play until it was time to go eat the supper that Fiona had cooking in the slow cooker.
Jason and Dorcas went out on their couple’s ministry time one weekend leaving the boys in the care of her parents. They met up with a man who had been one of Jason’s friends before he became a believer.
The man came up and clapped Jason hard on the shoulder, an action that used to anger Jason before he had been healed. The man drew back and looked surprised saying, “You didn’t get angry with me this time! What happened?”
Jason was glad for the opportunity to tell his story to this man so after they had found places to sit he began, “I think you remember that I had bipolar disorder for many years and whenever you touched me hard on the shoulder I’d get angry, and very angry if I had forgotten my medication that day.
“Yeah,” the man agreed, “I’m just enough of a tease to want to see how angry you would get after all this time.”
Jason nodded, “I could see you were surprised this time. What happened is that Jesus saved me from my sins and then healed me of that disgusting disorder.”
“How do you know Jesus saved and healed you?” asked the man.
In answer, Jason told the man the Good News about Jesus, using many of the verses he had memorized for occasions like this. “I know Jesus saved me because of what those verses from the Bible say. I believed in him and what he did for me by dying on the cross and being raised from the dead. And I also know because of the peace and joy I still have.”
Jason let what he had said sink in and then went on, "The reason I know that Jesus healed me, is because my family all laid their hands on me and prayed for Jesus to heal me, after I had accepted Jesus as my Savior. Dad laid his hands on my head while he prayed, and I could feel a strange sensation of power going through me. When they finished praying, I felt completely different than I had ever felt before. Only Jesus could do something like that through people who would let him use them to heal people like he did when he was here on earth.”
“Well it sounds good,” said the man, “but can you prove to me that you are healed and this isn’t just an unusual day?”
“Yes,” Jason replied, “I can prove it in a couple ways. First you can come see me and repeat your tease every day until you are convinced, or you can go talk to my former doctor who treated me for years for the disorder. After I was healed and was off the medication, he spent almost a day doing tests on me that proved to him that I was healed.”
“Furthermore,” the man declared, “you just gave me another proof by explaining clearly what I could do and you still didn’t get angry. So I believe you, and if Jesus can do that for you, then I know he could also save me and change me into a person who does not do mean teasing any more. Will you please help me pray?”
“It would be my pleasure, my friend.” Then Jason led his friend in a prayer much like others in this book.
The man looked up afterward and exclaimed, “Now I know what you meant about the peace and joy you have, because I have it too!”
Next Jason and Dorcas gave the man a little booklet, and explained about it and the card. Then they invited him to church that weekend. He came and gave the card to the pastor.
Denji and Sara and their girls, Ruby, Irene, Lois, and Vicky were having a Bible study after supper and tasks were completed. Sara asked, “Would you girls like to learn more about how to use the concordance in the back of your Bibles?”
Lois answered, “I sure would. Karen has us try it off and on, but I still don’t understand how it works.”
The other girls nodded in agreement, so Denji explained, “It’s kind of like looking in a dictionary. The words are in alphabetical order, and they even have guide words at the tops of the pages.”
“Now,” continued Sara, “one of you say a topic you’re interested in and we’ll see if it is in the concordance.”
Irene replied, “I'd like to know more about forgiving.”
“So,” suggested Vicky, “we pretend it’s a dictionary and go directly to the place with F and look at the guide words to see which page has forgiving on it?”
“Right,” Denji agreed, “and when you find it, you’ll find many scripture references listed with just a small part of the verse to give you an idea of what’s in the verse.”
Irene mentioned, “I found the page, but it only has forgive and forgiveness, so I learned that I might only find a word or words related to the one I was looking for at first.”
“Good point, Irene,” said Ruby and then she remarked, “I see one in Psalm 32:1 that looks interesting. But if I go there to look, I’ll lose this page in the concordance, so I guess I need to put a bookmark here.”
“Good idea, Ruby,” said Vicky, “another way might be to write in our notebooks the references that sound interesting and then look them up and write a comment by them.”
In the meantime, Lois had already looked up Psalm 32:1 so she read it aloud. “Ruby I found the one you mentioned and it says, Blessed is the one whose transgression is forgiven, whose sin is covered. I like the way this verse explains itself in the second part of the verse. Transgression means sin, and forgiven means it is covered.”
“Thanks Lois,” responded Ruby, “I like it also. Now I’ll look up a different one.”
Irene continued, “Part of Matthew 9:6 says, the Son of Man has power on earth to forgive sins. I had to look back in chapter 8 to find out that Jesus is the Son of Man.”
“Mark 2:7b goes well with that one,” stated Wendy, “because it says, Who can forgive sins but God only? And it happened in the same way as your verse, Irene. Verse 10 says the same thing as the one you read in Matthew.”
By now Ruby had found another verse. “I found 1 John 1:9 and it says, If we confess our sins, he (Jesus) is faithful and just to forgive us our sins, and to cleanse us from all unrighteousness. All these verses have helped me realize what I need to do. I need all my sins forgiven, and according to these verses Jesus can and will forgive me if I confess them. So I’ll do it right now.”
When she finished she exclaimed, “I’m filled with the peace and joy of knowing my sins have been forgiven! Now I know what Psalm 32:1 really means, because I’m blessed, which I remember also means happy, because I know my sins have been forgiven!”
Immediately following that statement Lois also prayed and asked Jesus to be her Savior and forgive all her sins. Denji and Sara were filled with joy that two more of their girls had accepted Jesus.
As this school year progressed, Emma and Nan had just started high school this year, so they were in the ninth grade. Cory, Stella, Liz, Christi, and Hanna were in tenth grade, Jose, Hugo, Ellie, and Lisa were in eleventh grade, and Pedro and Luis were seniors this year at the high school.
Everybody in this list had a roommate to partner with to do evangelism except Cory. But Cory had a partner he had won to the Lord during middle school while he was in the accelerated study course, so they continued working together in high school. So there were many students from the farm and the ranch who were being missionaries in that public high school this year.
Karen and Gary had introduced and explained how to use “The Life Book” to the ones in high school, so they had a new tool to use for evangelism. They all really liked it.
Gary had invited Cory to join a Bible Study group with others in his grade level when he started high school so he was glad to be able to talk to Pedro, Luis, Jose, Hugo, and Cory and the rest of the boys during their group time. He liked giving them some ideas that had worked for him and praying with them when they got discouraged or rejoicing with them when they led somebody to Jesus.
Plus Gary kept giving copies of “The Life Book” to the students when they needed more. The group also spent time in prayer asking for opportunities to give those books away and boldness to answer questions and share the Good News along with good memories for all the verses they had memorized.
Likewise, on the ranch Karen would invite the girls who had gone to the church school to join the Bible study group with the other girls their ages when they started high school. This way she was always ready to talk and pray with the girls during their group time. And of course on days when their group didn’t meet, the missionaries always had their foster parents who would talk and pray with them.
Cory’s brothers and other boys who had attended the church school would also join a Bible Study group for their ages when they started high school. In the meantime their own parents and foster brothers were very supportive. They prayed for each other or gave ideas as they thought of them.
An older lady had a box of old magazines with evangelistic flannel stories in them to be used with elementary age children. She had used them with many after school Bible Story Groups but had decided she was getting too old to do it any longer.
She brought them with her to a church service and asked for permission to make an announcement. She held one up and said, “Maybe some of you would like to come look at these after the service. If you will use them with elementary age children in after school groups, you are welcome to take some of them.”
Several people did come and look. One of them declared, “These are still in almost new condition!”
The lady replied, “I used them for many years and tried to take very good care of them. I still even have the flannel board at home that my husband had made for me to use.”
“Would you be willing to sell it?” asked a second woman.
She answered, “It’s not for sale, but I’ll give it to the one who will take at least ten of these magazines to use to bring children to Jesus, and will come to my house to get it. It was too big and heavy for me to bring it here today.”
The second woman quickly exclaimed, “I’ll take ten and any others that nobody else wants and come to your house right after church to get that wonderful flannel board! I promise to use them very carefully for many years to tell the Good News to the elementary school children in my neighborhood.”
“I’m so glad!” the older lady responded. “It will be a joy to me to know these are still being used to serve Jesus!”
Some of the other women took one magazine each and there were over twenty left in the box for the second woman. Her husband carried the box to their car and then they followed the older woman to her house where they went in with her to get the flannel board. After visiting for a little while and saying goodbye, all three said to each other, “God bless you richly!”
Ted and Julie and the quadruplets sang the song, “He Keeps Me Singing,” as a way to introduce their evening Bible study time. The hymn tells of the melody Jesus put in our heart when we believed in him. They also sang a chorus called, “He Keeps Me Singing a Happy Song.” It tells of singing it all day.
After singing those two songs Julie instructed, “Use your concordance and see if you can find a verse about singing to the LORD or to God.
Rose was first, “Psalm 104:33 says, I will sing unto the LORD as long as I live. I will sing praise to my God while I have my being. This person is going to be very persistent, even more than it talked about singing in the songs we just sang.
“Yes, I’d say he was very determined,” Lily added and went on, “the writer of this next one invites people to join him. Psalm 95:1, O come, let us sing to the LORD. Let us make a joyful noise to the rock of our salvation. He doesn’t want to sing alone.
Violet continued, “Right, it’s much nicer to sing in a group. Psalm 147:1 tells us to Praise the LORD, for it is good to sing praises to our God, for it is pleasant and praise is proper.
Iris stated, “Mine is from Isaiah 12:5 instead of from a Psalm, but it actually sounds and looks like a Psalm. It says, Sing unto the LORD for he has done excellent things. This is known in all he earth. I think there’s a song that goes with this verse too.”
Next Julie read “Psalm 33:3a, sing unto the LORD a new song… This is a very short part of a verse but it has a good thought.”
“I like that verse because it’s about singing a new song.” Ted had found Psalm 105:1-3 so he read it. “O give thanks to the LORD, call upon his name, make his deeds known among the people. Sing unto him, sing psalms to him. Talk of all his wondrous works. Glory in his holy name. Let the hearts of those who seek the LORD rejoice. These three verses are in a new song I want to teach you today. It has most of those words in it, but from a different translation. It’s called ‘Give Thanks to the LORD.’ and it has a very happy tune.”
So they learned a new song and enjoyed singing it often as a way to praise the LORD.
Vern came back in the house with a big smile saying, “Finally someone agreed to pay what were asking for the motor home. I guess I could have listed it with a higher price and then come down on it.”
“I suppose you could have,” agreed Lora. “People like to get the owner to lower the price so they can think they’re getting a bargain.”
Mindy nodded and laughed, “If they only knew that most people inflate the price and then let themselves go along with the dickering.”
Lora concurred, “I guess there’s no way to change people. They’ve been doing it this way for years.”
“Right,” Vern remarked, “anyway, I’ll meet them at the bank tomorrow on my lunch break and make sure their check clears before I sign the title over to them. Then they can come the next evening with new license plates and take it away, since we have all our personal and camping items out of it..”
“Perfect,” declared Lora, “and then on Saturday, we can go looking for a used four-wheel drive vehicle that can pull a little trailer like the one we talked about earlier.”
Mindy suggested, “Maybe we’ll be able to find just the right ones in time to get them ready for a ministry trip the week before Resurrection Day / Easter.”
Vern nodded and prayed, “Father in heaven, thank you for the buyers for the motor home. Please guide us to the right vehicle and trailer for this different way of traveling but still doing ministry.”
“Yes, Lord,” continued Mindy, “we enjoyed the other way and it worked well, but it will be nice to see some different places since we’ve seen most of the ones that are close enough for us to drive to during our one-week vacation times.”
Lora closed, “I agree, and we also thank you for the way our traveling has enriched our lives and that the ministry times are an added bonus as well as a service to you. We get to rejoice with new believers and make new friends in God’s family along the way.
All together they said, “We pray in Jesus name. Amen.”
They spent several weeks trying out different vehicles. Frank was a great help to Vern and went with him several Saturdays on test drives to be sure it would work as well as his. They found a good used one that had been taken care of well.
After that the Jones family went many places looking for just the right small trailer with the floor plan they liked. When they had found and bought one, Vern called Tomo on the phone, “Hi Tomo, we sold our motor home and bought a little cabin for our vacation times.”
Tomo was shocked, “Do you mean you won’t be doing RV travel ministry any more?”
Playing along with Vern, Lora went on, “Well, … the best part about this little cabin is that we can relocate it!”
“Right,” Mindy added, “and we can sometimes choose the different beautiful scenes to enjoy out of the windows.”
Ami caught on, “Oh, I know! You bought a little travel trailer and a vehicle to pull it and you can still do ministry times.”
“Precisely,” Vern agreed, “We just thought it would be fun to make you wonder for a little bit. We can go all the places we’ve gone before but with this different set up we can also go many more places where the motor home couldn't.”
“It sounds like fun,” Tomo declared, “we’re glad for you and glad for us too, that you can still go with us sometimes.”
Sam and Evan took June and Candy to see The Mercy River Equine Therapy Center on the way home from the ranch one weekend.
Sam explained, “This center is run by a family from Grace ‘n’ Faith Church #4 and they’re the ones who bought Princess, Rusty, Brownie, and Honey with all their small saddles, blankets to put under the saddles, bridles, and halters from Mercy Valley Ranch so the center could use them while doing therapy with small children.”
“Oh yes, I see them in the pasture,” Candy stated. “I’ve missed seeing them on Mercy Valley Ranch.”
“Same here,” agreed June, “and they’re just as beautiful as they always were. I really miss getting to stroke and talk to those three little ones whenever I went to the pasture to choose a horse to ride. Do they get good care here?”
Sam answered, “Yes, they get excellent care and I get to help with it. After high school graduation I studied all I could find on the web about equine therapy. Then I managed to get a job here and I worked here during the time after high school graduation until I turned nineteen as an apprentice earning only a part of the wage I’m earning now. During that time I learned and practiced what I would need to know in order to continue working here. I like working here.” Then he explained how the center helps people who need therapy.
June declared, “I’m very impressed with this place and the work they do. I think I’ll study all I can about it and learn how to work here so I can change to a job where I can work with horses and be outside.”
“That’s what I did,” said Sam, “and then when I knew enough about it I came and interviewed and asked if I could work here as an apprentice with the hope that they would hire me. I’m glad they did.”
“I can understand why!” June exclaimed. “Thanks for the tour and all the information, Sam. I’ll get busy and study using the web at the library. The library might even have some books I can check out to read at home.”
Candy mentioned, “This sounds like a good idea for you, June, since you were telling me you might like a different way to serve Jesus, instead of continuing to work at the Serving Joyfully Restaurant.”
“And I’ll put in a good word for you, June,” offered Sam, “since I know how well you work with horses when we go riding on the ranch.”
June smiled and responded, “Thank you, Sam, how kind of you!”
Nathan and Ted had become good friends since they were both working much of the time on repairs or other things at Mercy Valley Ranch where they lived. Since they both liked music and their families liked to sing, they planned a performance to do for the other families on the ranch.
Ted suggested, “Since our girls are close to the age of yours and they still like to sing their memory verses, let’s see if we can find enough songs to make a program we could perform for the other ranch families in one of the game rooms of the big house.”
“It sounds like fun,” replied Nathan, “we can both start looking for scriptures set to music and choose ones our girls like. I know they’ll do a better job if they like what they’re practicing.”
They found, practiced, and performed the following songs. Each person in both families took a turn introducing one of the songs. The girls were glad they had performed for just their families earlier, so for this program they were only a little more nervous since the audience might be a lot bigger.
Ted was first for this program, so he got up and announced, “Our two families like God’s Word and singing, so we’re combining the two in this program. The first song we will sing is ‘Your Word Is a Lamp’ which has Psalm 119:105 in it, Your word is a lamp to my feet, and a light to my path.”
When they finished singing the first song Lily said, “Next we will sing ‘Trust in the LORD’ which goes with Proverbs 3:5,6, Trust in the LORD with all your heart and do not lean on your own understanding. In all your ways acknowledge him and he shall direct your paths.”
Next Julie explained, “The following song has two titles and two scriptures. ‘For All Have Sinned’ for Romans 3:23, for all have sinned and come short of the glory of God. And ‘For God So Loved’ for John 3:16, For God so loved the world that he gave his only begotten Son, that whoever believes in him should not perish, but have everlasting life.”
Violet stated, “This next song tells people how to be saved. It’s called ‘Believe in the Lord’ and goes with Acts 16:31, Believe in the Lord Jesus Christ and you shall be saved…”
After that song, Rose continued, “This song tells how to keep a guard on the mouth. It’s called, ‘Keep Your Tongue from Evil’ as it says in Psalm 34:13, Keep your tongue from evil and your lips from speaking lies.”
Iris went on, “If you think something is impossible, then sing this song and believe it. The title is, ‘I Can Do All Things.’ The verse it goes with is Philippians 4:13, I can do all things through Christ who strengthens me.”
“I especially like the next song,” Esther stressed. “because it is such a helpful thing to do. It’s called ‘Encourage One Another’ and the words can be found in 1 Thessalonians 5:11, Comfort (or encourage) one another and build each other up…”
Next Willow declared, “If We Don’t Lose Heart” has such a happy tune and a promise. It goes with Galatians 6:9, … let us not be weary in doing well, for in due season we shall reap, if we don’t lose heart.”
Holly looked at her identical twin sister and smiled. “That song helps us have ‘A Joyful Heart,’ like this title says, so it’s good for us. The words for it are in Proverbs 17:22, A joyful heart does good like a medicine, but a broken spirit dries up the bones.
Val was next. “I like fruit a lot and I really hope I have “The Fruit of the Spirit,’ in my life as it says in Galatians 5:22,23, … the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, gentleness, and self control.
Then Lucia exclaimed, “We should ‘Give Thanks to the LORD’ every day, not just during Thanksgiving! This song goes with Psalm 118:1, Give thanks to the LORD for he is good. His mercy endures forever.
Nathan finished, “We hope you’ve enjoyed the way we quoted and sang God’s precious Word. Our last song tells why we need to memorize scriptures. The title is ‘I Have Hidden Your Word’ as it says in Psalm 119:11, I have hidden your word in my heart so I might not sin against you.”
When they finished the last song, the audience clapped and cheered and gave them a standing ovation, because they really did enjoy the program.
This day Mindy was reminding the class of some of the things they had learned already about reading. “I'm so proud of all of you because of the things you’ve already learned about reading. As I mention one thing at a time, point to it somewhere on page 14 of your book.”
She mentioned slowly giving them time to find them, “A word with three letters, a space between two words, a period, a question mark, an exclamation point, a comma, and a word with two vowels together in it. Now sound it out in your head. How many of you thought this was easy today?”
They all raised their hands and smiled ready to go on and learn other new things.
Mindy complimented, “All of you are doing a good job on these things we’ve already learned, so today we’re going to find some words with two different consonants right together and learn how to sound them out. When there are two different consonants together in a word we can blend them together into one smooth sound to go with the other letters in the word and figure out what the word is. Those two letters together are called a blend.”
She wrote a word with a blend on the chalk board and asked for a volunteer to come point to the two different consonants in the word. She did this many times and then asked, “Do you see that blends can come at the beginning or end of these short words?” After they nodded, she showed them how to blend the two letters together so they went with the other letters and made a word. Then they practiced sounding out the other words on the board.
Next they went to sit on the carpet and start reading a big book with some words containing blends. After that she had a small pile of flashcards with the words from the chalk board and book, so they could practice on each word separately.
The class spent several weeks learning all the possible blends there could be in words, including blends at the beginning and ending of words along with their plurals, which actually have three letters together for the plurals. The students found out it was easy to blend them together and sound out the words. Then they learned the “naughty’ sight words with blends that might have letters that didn’t follow the normal rules. The stories they were reading got longer also.
The following is an interesting thing that happened in Pine City. A married couple in one of the Faith ‘n’ Grace churches in Pine City, had set up a website where fellow believers could tell of a need and this couple would then try to find a way to meet the need.
One of the needs was unusual. This couple set up a group date for a man in another city looking for a wife or at least a nanny and housekeeper. He brought with him two single men and two couples who were all believers also. The couple with the website came also and brought a single woman from their church.
The night of the ‘date,’ they all went to the Healthy Eating Restaurant and paid for their own meals. While they were there the man told his story. “I am a believer and I was married, but my wife just went to be with the Lord, and my parents are taking care of our two toddlers right now, and while I work. I want my children to be in my home, either with a nanny and housekeeper or with my new wife and mother to them. It would be your choice Miss. You would be well cared for and wouldn't have to hurt your hands, since I do all the hard work around the home.”
Next the people who had come with him each told things to vouch for the honesty and beliefs of the man.
Then the woman explained, “I am also a believer, and I have wanted to get married, but I know I cannot bear children, so I haven’t been able to find a man who wants a woman like me. Also I’m not sure I could be good enough to take the place of the wife you have loved and lost. I know I could keep house and love your children, though. And I honestly don’t know if I could love a stranger. It would be nice to have time to get to know each other, before getting married. Do you have an extra bedroom in your house where I could sleep and do the work of a nanny and housekeeper in your home until we could both be sure about marriage or I could continue as nanny and housekeeper? And maybe you would like to have some time to grieve properly before marrying again.”
The couple who had come with her attested to her honesty and beliefs also.
The man responded, “How kind of you to provide time for my grief. It’s a very good idea. In answer to your other concerns, I will readily agree to having you take whatever time you need to decide about whether you would rather be my wife or the nanny and housekeeper. As for the other ‘problem’ I can truthfully say that I would be relieved to know that if I did marry you, I would not have to take the risk of losing you like I did my first wife who died because of a problem during pregnancy.”
The two of them talked about other issues and logistics of this plan and she asked, “May I have some time to think and pray about my answer?”
He answered, “Of course. My friends and I will be in town until tomorrow at noon and if you are still undecided we’ll return to our homes and then I can come to get you later if you decide to come to my home.”
They all left the restaurant then and the woman went with the couple who had brought her, to talk and pray at their home. He called her cell phone while she was there and inquired, “What did you think of me as a person?”
She replied, “You are a mountain of a man.” (But she thought he was a skinny one. He looked like he needed some TLC himself.) And she continued, “And I’m pleased to know about your beliefs and that you are willing to give me time to think and pray. What did you think about me?”
He responded, “I was very favorably impressed with your beliefs and honesty. I think we could make this work one way or the other. So I’ll say goodbye for now and let you continue to think and pray. Since I already gave you my cell phone number, please call me when you know.”
“Thank you, I will call you,” she answered.
After some more praying, she and the couple thought she should go with him tomorrow. This was an opportunity for her to maybe find what she longed for, and it was safe since he would let her have the time she needed to decide about marriage. Since she worked for this couple on their website they told her she didn’t have to give them a two week notice. They would help her pack her things in the morning and clean her apartment so she’d be ready by noon.
She called him that evening and he was very happy with her answer. He picked her up at noon and they were off on their new adventure which turned out very well for both of them. She loved and cared for the children and kept house very well. She and the man came to love each other deeply and were happily married with a wedding in his church before very long.
Another interesting thing concerns a boy in Pine City, who was a senior in high school and he lived with his parents in an apartment complex. One single guy in the same building watched people and was nosy about them. So he often came out his door and talked to the boy, like when the boy came home with groceries.
A girl in another family in Church # 4, lived in the same apartment complex, and also watched the same boy and his family. She was especially interested when she saw the boy making a model of a building on the lawn. So she went out to talk to him, “Please tell me about the model you’re constructing.”
“OK,” he replied, “I just wanted to make a model of a large structure, but I haven’t decided yet what it will be.”
She remarked, “How interesting, it looks like you’ve found a unique way to connect the pieces of cardboard together so you can dismantle the model and take it back inside.”
“Right,” he stated, “it makes it easier to store inside the apartment, since there’s no place in there to leave it put together.”
They talked some more every time she saw him working on the model outside. Later she had heard that his mother was in the hospital so her family asked him and his dad to come for supper so he could tell them about the model. Then they asked about his mother and offered to go with them to the hospital to pray for her and they agreed. Jesus healed the mother when they prayed for her and the whole family became believers.
The boy decided to make his model into a church, and he also desired to become an architect so he could work on plans for other buildings.
Later he heard the song called, “Church in the Wildwood,” and remade his model into a larger one that he could carry in the back of his dad’s pickup to a park. He and his parents would set up the model in a shady place. It looked like a very realistic church, They would give their testimonies and explain the Good News, when people would come inside. They answered questions and invited the people to ask Jesus to be their Savior too. Many of the people did, so it turned out to be a good way for this family to serve Jesus.
During one of the new Bible Study groups which had William and Anna Beckett’s and Afta and Hana Suehiro’s girls in it, Karen had them sing a song containing the words ‘our God.’ Kathy asked, “What does ‘god’ mean?”
Karen answered with a question, “What do the rest of you think? Write your answer in your notebook, and then we can look the word up in the dictionary.”
The dictionary listed the Father, the Almighty, the Creator, the Supreme Being, Jesus, the Messiah, the Redeemer, the King of kings, and more, for God with a capital G.
For god with a small g, it listed a deity, a creator, a divine being, a ruler, or gods as supernatural beings worshiped as having control over some part of the world.
Karen had them write those definitions also in their notebooks under the answer they had written already.
Then Karen inquired, “Now that you know there are many choices and you can choose the one you want. Do you think it would be a good idea to study all the choices and then choose the best one?”
The girls nodded, so she continued, “So, today I’ll have you look up some Bible verses about God with a capital G and they will include some of his other names. Then we will read some about other gods.” Then she assigned each of them a reference to look up and read aloud to the group.
Nora read, Isaiah 44:6, Thus says the LORD the king of Israel… “I am the first and I am the last, and beside me there is no God.”
Sylvie read, Genesis 1:1 In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.
Gina read, Deuteronomy 32:4, God is the Rock, his work is perfect… a God of truth and without iniquity, he is just and right.
Helen read, 1 Timothy 1:17, Now to the King eternal, immortal, invisible, the only wise God, be honor and glory forever and ever. Amen.
Kendra read, John 14:6, Jesus said, “I am the way, the truth, and the life. No man comes to the Father, but by me.”
The other girls read verses about other gods.
Dana read Deuteronomy 6:14, You shall not go after other gods, like the gods of the people around you.
Kathy read Deuteronomy 32:17, They sacrificed to devils, not to God, but to gods whom they did not know and to new gods, whom your fathers did not fear.
Wendy read, Exodus 15:11, Who is like you, O LORD, among the gods? Who is like you, glorious in holiness and praises, doing wonders?
While they had been looking up and reading the above verses, Karen had printed the references in large letters on a chart, so she instructed, “Copy the verse references in your notebook. Now spend some time looking up and reading these verses silently and thinking about what they mean.”
As they were reading, Karen was praying that the Holy Spirit would use God’s word to speak to their hearts and draw them to him. But today she didn’t ask them to make a decision yet. After a while she said, “For your homework today, please look up all these references and read them again. Write down any questions or comments you have so you can share them at our next meeting. Now let’s sing that song again before you go to your homes.”
Maria and Ruth were still meeting for lunch on Mondays and Fridays, either in the office building lunchroom, or taking their lunches with them as they walked to the park where they would eat their lunches. This gave them time to nurture their friendship and to pray about their ministry of taking coworkers to lunch so they could become friends and have a chance to tell them the Good News. Often on Mondays or Fridays they would have time to talk about scriptures or hymns or both.
One day Ruth mentioned, “I’ve been reading some of the old hymns while I eat breakfast. Many of them have good Bible teaching. And I noticed a lot of them use the old-fashioned King James English like that version of the Bible does.”
“Indeed,” Maria said, “and I've memorized a lot of hymns written in that manner.”
Ruth continued, “I also realized it’s very good for writing lyrics, because it’s easier to make the ends of lines rhyme. I’m often tempted to use that English for my lyrics, but I don’t like to be so old-fashioned.”
“I understand what you mean, Ruth,” acknowledged Maria, “because I often change the words to modern English as I sing, but then they don’t always rhyme.”
Ruth nodded, “It’s like in the hymn, ‘Praise Ye the Lord, the Almighty,’ the second verse rhymes the King James words for ‘sustains’ and ‘ordains,’ but if you don’t sing the old words with the letters e-t-h, the timing is wrong for the song.”
“I agree,” and then Maria went on, “in the hymn, ‘Constantly Abiding,’ heart rhymes with art, but if you say are to be modern, then it doesn’t rhyme any longer.”
Well anyway,” stated Ruth, “I like the scripture verses that go with those two hymns. The first one is Psalm 103:19, The LORD has prepared his throne in the heavens, and his kingdom rules over all.”
“And” inserted Maria, I know one for the second hymn. John 14:27, Peace I leave with you, my peace I give to you, not as the world gives… Do not let your heart be troubled or afraid.”
Ruth nodded but looked at her watch and exclaimed, “Oh, my!” It’s already time for us to go back to work. But we had a nice conversation about hymns and even said a couple scriptures from memory.”
After a recent visit to Mercy Valley Ranch, Candy explained, “June, Evan and I need to go spend more time with with the Hopkins family and their girls. Would it be all right with you to stay here alone while I’m gone?”
“Sure, Candy,” answered June, “I can use that time to study the information I’ve copied from the web sites at the library about equine therapy.”
So Evan and Candy spent some extra time for several weeks getting to know all the new girls in the Hopkins family better. Darla and Rita, were now fifteen years old, and Edna, and Libby, were fourteen years old.
Sometimes Evan and Candy were involved with the family activities, and other times they sat unobtrusively in a room watching and taking notes. This gave them a chance to observe how young teens acted, and how Ian and Yolanda parented them.
Then when the girls went to do individual activities, Evan and Candy had a chance to ask Ian and Yolanda questions and write the answers. It was very good training for them and helped them feel more prepared for when their time would come after the wedding and a couple months of getting used to married life.
They would use alternate weeks of bringing Sam and June along so everybody could enjoy a horseback ride or any other activity the family might be doing. In this way the winter months passed quickly and Evan and Candy began thinking about wedding plans.
Fiona and Amelia had continued their friendship after they became sisters-in-law. It made even more sense to be friends now, because with Amelia's children, they had even more reasons to get together and talk about the happenings in their lives.
One day while the children were napping, Fiona showed Amelia the book Mindy had compiled about what Fiona had learned from her great aunt Cara. Amelia was very impressed and asked, “How can I order a copy for myself?”
“Look here,” answered Fiona, “on the introduction page of the book, Mindy put the web site of the print on demand company. All you need to do is put her name in the search area and the book will come up. You click on it and then follow directions for buying the book.”
Amelia stated, “Good, I’ll copy the web site now and order one when I go home today. I’m so glad you’re my sister-in-law. I’ve learned so many things from you about parenting, marriage, life, and clear back to all you taught me at The Garden Shop.”
“I'm very glad also!” Fiona exclaimed. “It’s nice to have friendships that last for years. Plus it’s good that our children will have cousins to play with, even though there is an age difference.”
“For sure,” Amelia agreed, “as soon as mine get old enough to play they can have fun together. Right now I’m very thankful for all you taught me about how to care for twins. Riley and I got some good practice with your twins while we were coming here once a week to get to know each other better. And that’s another thing. I’m very grateful that you and Matt were so willing to have us come here instead of us having to date like other couples do. Neither of us wanted to date.”
“You’re very welcome, Amelia,” responded Fiona. “It was our pleasure and we thank God we could be of assistance.”
“Did I ever tell you,” Amelia questioned, “that after the wedding and before the children were born, Riley and I went on many of the kinds of dates other young people do?”
Fiona replied, “No, you didn’t tell me, but it was a very good idea.”
“For us it was perfect,” continued Amelia. “It worked very well because we could have all the fun without the worry of ‘going too far’ like the kids talked about at school. I had always been afraid of that possibility.”
Fiona smiled her agreement. “I think you were both very wise and you have an excellent marriage now.”
Amelia stated, “We certainly do and I thank God for it daily. I think I hear my twins waking up. If I hurry in there I might get them out of the room before they wake up any of the others.”
When she returned and was settled on the couch to feed them, Fiona remarked, “Amelia, I was just reflecting on how helpful it was to have Mindy come here every day in the afternoon.”
“I imagine it was wonderful,” stated Amelia.
Fiona continued, “Yes it was, so I wonder if each of us could find a girl in our neighborhood who needs a place to go after school each day instead of wandering around town or being home alone. It would be like when Mindy came to help me, except we would have to teach the girl how she can help us and figure out ways to make it fun for her.”
“Brilliant!” Amelia exclaimed. “We could do an After School Place for one high school girl who could pay for being there by helping with housework and playing with the older children. But how will we find one apiece?”
Fiona answered, “I guess we’ll have to go door to door like my mom did when she was getting her After School Place started. We’ll need to explain who we’re looking for and see if anyone is interested.”
“Right,” and Amelia went on, “we could leave the children with our husbands and go on Saturday morning when the girls are more likely to be at home.”
Fiona concluded, “So let’s talk to our husbands and see if they agree. Then we can start looking this weekend, and let each other know how it went on Monday.”
They were both able to find one who was willing to try this arrangement, and since Fiona and Amelia made the time fun for them, they wanted to continue, and it was a big help to these two busy mothers. And besides it was a chance for them to live as good Christians and share the Good News with the girl. It also helped the girls learn some good homemaking skills.
William and Anna went from time to time to see Gary and Kim on the farm right after the school bus picked up the children so they could have a short time of visiting before Gary and Kim would need to go to their jobs on the farm.
William asked, “How are the lesson plans working for you Gary?”
“They’re perfect, Dad!” Gary exclaimed. “I get to remember when you taught us the lesson and then I try to do it as well as you did.”
Kim added, “I’ve heard him practicing sometimes in the mornings, and he sounds very good. I remember Karen teaching some of the same lessons on the ranch. They’re all good ones.”
Anna commented, “I remember seeing Dad work on lessons. Some of them took quite a while. It was nice when Karen sent completed plans she had prepared, and I know she appreciated the completed ones Dad sent to her.”
“Plus,” continued Gary, “now that we have new boys starting out here at the farm, I get to use the ones you started out with for us. They’re learning a lot about the Bible and it’s fun for them too.”
William responded, “I’m glad to hear all the positive news. I knew you would be a good teacher.”
Then Anna inquired, “Kim, how is the farm work going for you?”
“I like it a lot better than working at the Discount Mart,” Kim responded. “I like seeing the fresh produce and helping to get it ready to go and be sold at the various stores.”
Gary tacked on, “We both feel privileged to live and work here. Of course Dad and Mom, you already know how much I like my job here. You saw me while I was learning and working here after high school.”
“Absolutely,” William agreed, “these are the perfect jobs and ministries for both of you. We liked it here also until our ages got in the way. Being at the ranch without the farm work is working out well for us and we have enough energy to keep up with the girls.”
“Yes,” Anna went on, “they’re adjusting well. How are your boys doing?”
Kim answered, “We think they’re happy here and they’re learning a lot.”
“Right,” Gary explained, “it has worked well to start with younger boys who are all in middle school, since we’re so young ourselves. We think they can respect us more. Plus we all enjoy this wonderful furniture you gave to the farm. I’m glad we get to live here.”
Since this plan for visiting at the farm worked so well for William and Anna, they shared it with Nathan and Esther who tried it with Felix and Sunny. All four of them liked it also, so they were able to visit more often.
Ruth and Pam met at Pam’s apartment to plan ways to get new women to attend their singles group.
Pam suggested, “Let’s brainstorm and record the ideas as we go. Then we can go back through them and choose any we might want to keep and try. I have a voice recorder we can use.”
“Great idea,” replied Ruth, “so anything goes. We could wear sandwich boards and walk up and down some of the busy streets.”
Pam: Wear the sandwich boards into a tavern,
Ruth: or into the community recreation center,
Pam: or in some of the city parks,
Ruth: or in the inside shopping mall,
Pam: or in a grocery store.
Ruth: Make up an advertisement to pin to a public bulletin board.
Pam: Join a ladies exercise group and get permission to announce our group at the end of the sessions.
Ruth: Ask the members of our current group to bring their single friends to the group.
Pam: Get permission to announce our group after a church service.
Ruth: Put an ad in the city newspaper.
Pam gave a big sigh and turned off the recorder. “I can’t think of any more. Let’s listen and find one we might like to try for a while.”
They listened and burst into laughter about some of them. Then Pam mentioned, “I like the one you said about asking members of our current group to bring their single friends to the group. One to one advertising is very effective and the members can tell how the group has helped them.”
“OK,” agreed Ruth, “let’s try that one first and see how it works. We can hope many will bring their unbelieving friends so they can hear the Good News and we can give an invitation for them to accept Jesus as their Savior.”
Sometimes after Vera and Karen had finished working together on the garden areas on the ranch they’d go to the big house and listen to some old vinyl music albums Vera had. She would play them on her old-fashioned stereo and they still sounded good because they had taken good care of them.
Vera mentioned, “I especially enjoy this album by Jim Reeves.”
After listening to it, Karen stated, “So do I! His voice is so rich and the hymns on this album are very meaningful. I have some of these same songs on an album my mother gave me and Jeff helped me put it on an SD card, so I can listen to them whenever I desire.”
“Wonderful,” stated Vera, “my favorite on this album is ‘We Thank Thee.’ I like to sing it at Thanksgiving time.”
Karen declared, “Indeed, and a close second for me would be ‘I’d Rather Have Jesus.’ He sings it like he really means it too.”
“He sure does,” Vera continued, “There are two others that go together very well. ‘This World Is Not My Home’ and ‘I’ll Fly Away,’ make me think of heaven and long to go there.”
Karen nodded, “Plus I could add ‘Where We’ll Never Grow Old,’ to that pair.
“It would go well,” Vera concurred and then suggested, “Let’s take some time and find verses that go with these. Here’s a Bible with a concordance you can use.”
“Thank you, Vera,” said Karen, “this will be interesting.” Pretty soon though she shared, “Psalm 106:1, Praise the LORD. O give thanks to the LORD, for he is good. His mercy endures forever.”
Vera nodded, “It goes well with my favorite song. Here’s one for your close second. Psalm 119:10, With my whole heart I have sought you, LORD. O do not let me wander from your commandments.”
Karen remarked, “Your verse really does go with desiring Jesus more than anything. 1 Peter 2:11 says, Dearly beloved, I beseech you as strangers and pilgrims, keep away from fleshly desires which war against the soul.”
“Ah yes,” Vera observed, “we are strangers and pilgrims in this world. And some day we will fly away, like it says in 1 Thessalonians 4:17, We who are alive and remain shall be caught up together (with the dead in Christ,) to meet the Lord in the air. And so shall we ever be with the Lord.”
“Praise the Lord!” Karen exclaimed. “What a precious hope we have! And Isaiah 65:17 goes with the last song we mentioned. For behold, I will create new heavens and a new earth. The former shall not be remembered nor come to mind.”
“Thanks, Karen,” stated Vera, “this made a good Bible study time together.”
“Definitely,” Karen responded, “I enjoyed it very much also.”
Tomo mentioned after lunch on a Saturday, “Aneko, I’m very happy for the way you help Ivy by tutoring her in her schoolwork so she can finish high school.”
“So am I,” agreed Ivy, “you make even the hard parts easier to understand or make sense. So I thank you very much.”
Aneko smiled happily at her and replied, “You’re very welcome, Ivy. You have made very good progress since you came here to live with our two families.”
“I agree,” Ami went on, “and I like the way you do a good job at your tasks around the house in a cheerful manner. Do you think you would like to have Aneko teach you how to sew when you have some free time after your lessons and tasks are complete in the mornings?”
Ivy looked doubtful, “Is it hard?”
“At first it is kind of hard,” answered Aneko honestly, “but as you learn and practice, it gets easier and being able to make something you can use yourself or give to someone else is rewarding.”
Ivy asked, “Do you think I could make a new dress?”
“Yes,” replied Aneko, “but not right away. You will need to start with something smaller and easier at first.”
Ivy smiled and nodded, “Then yes, I would like to learn how to sew. With you to teach me, it will be fun and interesting.”
So Aneko began the following Monday with the basics of hand sewing and later had her compare it with using the sewing machine.
“Wow!” Ivy exclaimed. “It goes so much faster with the machine and the stitches are so small and even and they look so much better than I can do by hand.”
Aneko explained, “You’re right, because machines are made to repeat a task faster and more intricately than humans can do by hand. It’s just like when you type into the word processor and then we print it out on the printer, it’s faster and looks better than when we write something by hand.”
“I see,” and Ivy continued, “but there are times when we need to write by hand, and I’m sure there will be times when I will need to sew something by hand also and that’s why I needed to learn it first.”
Aneko complimented her, “You catch on quickly, Ivy. I enjoy teaching you how to sew and helping you with your schoolwork.”
Evan and Candy, made wedding plans with Yolanda’s help, while Sam and June played a board game with Darla, Rita, Edna, and Libby. Lots of laughter came from the second group.
When they all finished, Evan and Candy told Sam and June some of their plans. Candy explained, “June, you and I can continue to live in the apartment until the wedding, and then you can go on living there alone if you desire.”
“Or,” suggested Sam, “I know the other two young women who graduated from this ranch are living in a small house on the ranch that does equine therapy where Evan and I are renting a different small house. They might have room for a third young woman.”
June asked, “Evan, could we stop there on the way home so I could ask them?”
“Surely,” answered Evan, “and I hope they will, so you won’t have to be alone in the apartment.”
“Same here!” June exclaimed. “Plus it would work out perfectly if I can get hired by that ranch and be able to work right there!”
“It sure would be perfect!” Candy nodded and then informed them, “Mom called Oscar and Vera and they said that after our wedding, Evan and I will get to rent the Visitor’s Cabin on this ranch and live there until the second house is finished. It’s the same cabin they used for the Honeymoon Cabin, when the ranch was a dude ranch. So it will be like we’re having a honeymoon even though both of us will continue going to work every weekday.”
“Exactly,” Evan continued, “We’re first on the list to move into the downstairs of the second house which is right next to Sara and Denji. We’re good friends with both of them, so it’s extra nice, plus they’ll also be able to help us with suggestions for foster parenting teenage girls. Plus, before then, I’ll teach Candy how to drive and she’ll study so she can pass the test and get her license.”
“Excellent,” said June and then she inquired, “when did you decide to have your wedding and where?”
Candy smiled her usual happy smile and responded, “We chose the first Friday in May, and we will have it at the church. Remember that the church arranges for weddings after the last church service on Saturday or Sunday, or between 5 and 7 pm during the week. June, I’d like to have you stand up with me. We can use our good church dresses and that will also save money.”
“Thank you,” said June, “it will be an honor to stand up with you.”
Evan continued, “And Sam I’d like you to stand up with me and we can wear the suits we already have. We will have no reception in order to save money. We’ll announce it the Sunday before, in each of our churches and add: We would like your presence, but no presents, please.”
“Why?” demanded June, “I would think you would welcome any gifts! Besides, they’re so fun to open!”
Evan replied, “Candy and I have saved every extra penny and we went together and shopped for all the extra things we didn’t already have. This way we’ll have them and all our other belongings packed and then unpacked and placed into the “honeymoon cabin” by the day of the wedding.”
Candy continued, “We also have enough saved to buy two computers so the girls can do their homework on them, but we’ll wait until we move into the big house and buy them at that time, so we will not have to move them twice. We also have enough money saved to make a down payment on a vehicle to carry a family of six. And we’re saving money to buy a sewing machine.”
“Brilliant!” Sam exclaimed. “The two of you sound so mature and ready to be married and become almost instant parents.”
“Thank you Sam,” Evan stressed, “for the nice compliment and for the prayers I know you’ll continue.”
They stopped at The Mercy River Equine Therapy Center on the way back to Candy and June’s apartment and June got to ask the other two young ladies if she could share their little house and rent. They were already friends from living on Mercy Valley Ranch so they were happy to say yes, because one of them would be getting married soon and be leaving the little house. June was thrilled and relieved. Therefore June decided to remain single and live and work with her friend from Mercy Valley Ranch at the equine therapy center if they would hire her.
The Iverson family were getting ready to practice their guitars in the evening. Cory suggested, “Tonight let’s each choose a favorite song to play and tell why we like it. I’ll be first. I like to play “’Love Lifted Me,’ because it has such a happy melody and it reminds me of Matthew 14:29-31, which tells the story about Jesus rescuing Peter that night on the stormy sea.”
“That is a good song, Cory,” remarked Jack after they played it and he went on, “I like the song, ‘Lead On O King Eternal’ because it sounds like a march and it’s also fun to sing it.”
Greg agreed, “Yes it is,” and when they finished it he chose “Higher Ground,” and read Psalm 61:2b, the psalmist, David, cried out to God to lead him to the rock that is higher than he is. “I like this song because it gives me the picture of climbing to higher ground to get away from a flash flood.”
“I'm glad to know that Mercy Stream will never have a flash flood,” Max stated before they played it and then he said, “I like to play ‘The LORD’s My Shepherd, I’ll Not Want,’ because it has the words of Psalm 23, which is the first whole Psalm I learned by heart.”
Oralie smiled at him and agreed, “It is a good one to memorize, Max.” Then when it was finished she shared, “I like the song, ‘Great Is the LORD,’ because it’s a good way to praise him and it has the first part of Psalm 145:3 in it. The whole verse says, Great is the LORD, and greatly to be praised. His greatness is unsearchable.”
They played it and Levi added,“I like that song too, Mom, it goes well with a song I like, ‘I Will Call Upon the LORD,’ which has the words of Psalm 18:3, I will call upon the LORD, who is worthy to be praised; so shall I be saved from my enemies.”
Kevin concluded, “I enjoy playing all those songs, and instead of naming a last song, I’d like us to play all of them over again and sing the words this time.”
This idea was met with cheers, and they all enjoyed singing too.
In Pine City Lora declared, “We found just the right four-wheel vehicle and just the right trailer in time to get both of them ready for our first trip with them, plus practice driving on some trails that are of medium difficulty first.”
“Exactly, Honey,” and then Vern mentioned, “Frank and Becky Warner in the small group have become such good friends. Frank helped me to set up the four-wheel drive vehicle with skid plates to protect the underneath parts from rocks and put rock guards under the doors. Then we wired it so we can use a portable winch in the back or front to pull us out if we get stuck.”
Mindy exclaimed, “From all the things we’ve read about the kind of roads they go on, those are all very good things to have!”
“For sure,” agreed Lora, “we don’t want to be stranded by breaking something, and it’s not a good idea to travel alone, so I’m very glad that same couple has agreed to travel with us.”
Mindy went on, “So am I, and it’s nice we’re good friends so we can travel together for fellowship as well as the safety of having someone to help if we get stuck or have trouble with the vehicle. And we can help them if they have trouble.”
“Yes,” Vern nodded and went on, “it’s good that both of our families have joined our local four-wheel drive club. We’ve gone on outings with them on the weekends and after weeks of making friends and living the Christian life as an example, we were able to start sharing one on one with other members and have even had opportunities to share the gospel with some of them and lead some of those to Jesus. Now we all can continue witnessing.”
The two couples had gotten together with books and maps to plan this trip. First they reserved camping sites in Arches National Park Campground near Moab, Utah, where they could leave their trailers and go for the day and get back in time to have meetings at their sites. They would use songs and scriptures they had used before since all the people who would come would be new ones.
If they left early Saturday morning they could get there in time to camp after refilling their gas tanks in Moab. The next morning they planned to have a Sunday morning meeting using a Grace ‘n’ Faith Church service provided to use as a download on their laptop computers at their camp sites. This particular service went well with Resurrection Day / Easter which would be at the end of the week.
The service began with the song, “Jesus is Alive,” which goes with 1 Corinthians 15:55, O death, where is your sting? O grave, where is your victory? Then the teaching was about the Good News that Jesus is the Lamb of God, as it says in John 1:29, when John the Baptist saw Jesus he said, “Behold the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world.”
The teaching included the following scripture. Acts 10:38-43, God anointed Jesus of Nazareth with the Holy Spirit and with power and he went around doing good and healing all,… for God was with him. … But he was slain by hanging on a cross. But God raised him up the third day and showed him openly to the witnesses he had chosen before. … Jesus commanded them to preach to the people and testify that God had ordained him to be the Judge of the living and the dead. The prophets all gave witness that whoever would believe in Jesus would receive the forgiveness of sins.
After explaining that scripture, he went on to 1 John 5:13a which states, These things I have written to you who believe on the name of the Son of God, so that you may know that you have eternal life. Near the end of the teaching time, the preacher gave an invitation to accept Jesus as Savior.
After the campground meeting, where they answered questions and prayed with those who said yes, the two families spent the rest of the day seeing their favorite arches in the national park. Then they had another meeting in the evening. Some new people came and some who had been at the morning meeting returned and asked some good questions.
On Monday as per prior agreement, to stay on easy or moderate trails for this trip, the two couples drove the sandy road in the park to the Eye of the Whale Arch. They took many pictures of each other with the arch and its whale shaped sign in the pictures. Then they hiked the short, fairly easy hike up to and through the arch to the other side. The arch shape is very much like an eye. North west of there they also got to see Leaping Arch and its interesting shape.
Then since there had been just the right amount of rain the days before, to make the sand more compact they drove the rest of the way to Tower Arch.
Mindy exclaimed, “This is a very interesting arch! I see the tower rock formation on the left side of the arch which must have given it the name Tower Arch.”
“Without a doubt,” agreed Lora. “The guide book said the trail up and inside it isn’t direct and it involves some scrambling over huge boulders.” I think I’ll just stay here at the viewpoint and take pictures.”
Vern nodded, “I agree, and it also showed some steep rough road in red meaning that the rest of the way is difficult four-wheel, so I’m glad we all agreed to go back out the way we came in.”
“It will be perfect,” stated Lora, “I always enjoy going back the same way we came in, so I can see how things look coming from the other direction.”
Vern went on, “Plus it will be good to drive out of the park on the Willow Springs Road and look at the camping spots shown on the map in that book we bought, so we can decide if they might work for us in the future.”
They had another campsite meeting that evening with all the people who had returned from the first two meetings. One couple told the rest how much peace and joy they had felt since they asked Jesus to be their Savior. This helped the others who had been undecided to make up their minds, so there was much rejoicing when they also became believers. Vern invited them all back to the next meeting to ask any questions they might have from reading the booklets he had given each family.
The next day as they had agreed, they were sure to get enough gas to refill their tanks before going on another adventure. They drove the long easy road to Spring Canyon Point which has a good view of the Green River far below. On the way to the point, they saw amazing rock colors and formations including Rainbow Rocks, Needle Rock, and Juniper Arch, which has a small opening they could walk through with a place to sit on the other side. The arch is in light colored rock and has little juniper trees growing on both sides of it. Then they took a side trip to see the unique Secret Spire which is an impressive rock formation which seems top heavy.
Near the end they took a moderate road to Cliff Hanger Arch. The hike to see the arch at the end of the road is rough and steep so they were very careful. This arch does just what it says, it overhangs a cliff and you can look down through it to the Green River canyon. But they stayed well back from the edge.
The only way out from this road is to go back the way you came in, and it is pretty both ways. It was a long drive and rather slow, but they got back just in time to have a campsite meeting. It was like some of the small group meetings held in Pine City for new believers.
After the meeting Lora asked each family separately, “Do you know of a good Bible believing church where you live, so you can attend and get into a small group when you return home?”
If they didn’t, she explained, “You can find one by using the web to look for one that agrees with the things in the little booklet we gave you. If you still can’t find one, please call us using the phone number we printed on the back of the booklet and we’ll see how we can help, since we know it’s so important for you to attend a good church and small group.”
Wednesday the two couples drove up Highway 313, turned on the road that went to Gemini Bridges, parked at the trailhead, and hiked down to the twin bridges so they could see them from the top and walk across them. The bridges are wide and flat, but the two families stayed away from the edges as they carefully looked down into Bull Canyon. When they had finished taking pictures and looking around there, they returned to their vehicles and drove on another road to go see the bridges from below. They got a good idea of the immense size of the bridges when they hiked up the little side canyon and looked way up at them.
From there they drove to see the arches in Four Arches Canyon. The first two, Bullwhip Arch and Mosquito Arch were easy to see, but the other two took some searching. After they parked and walked up the canyon, Lora spotted Shadow Arch and the other couple found Crips Arch. They all agreed that Mosquito Arch was their favorite in the canyon.
The next stop was at Boulder Bridge. It had been difficult to find, but another book and persistence paid off and they all got some good pictures of it. Then they continued on down the road toward Highway 191. On the way they got to see the formations called the Gooney Bird and the Owl and then Bride Arch.
Back at their campsites they had another small group meeting for the new believers who had brought some others with them, so after singing some more songs Vern and Lora explained the Good News to them. They needed some more time so Vern gave them a tract and invited them to come back the next evening.
Thursday they drove south of Moab to find Picture Frame and Balcony Arches after some marvelous views of the La Sal Mountains. Then they drove the moderate four-wheel drive road to the trailhead for Pritchett Arch. It was a steep hike to the arch, but well worth the effort and they all made it by being careful. They saw two other arches along the way. Their names were Cummings Arch and Wigwam Arch. Pritchett Arch was the favorite of all because it is so huge and is in the classic rainbow arch style. They were glad they had seen a partial view of it from the parking area because it gave them the incentive and motivation they needed to keep hiking.
Their last campsite meeting had more rejoicing since the ones who needed more time were ready to become believers. All the people who had attended the meetings promised to keep in touch by email or phone calls.
Early on Friday morning the two families used the directions they had gotten from the visitor center and hiked to Tapestry Arch from the campground and back before leaving to drive back to their homes in Pine City. This gave them the weekend to go to church, which on the first weekend in April would change to 6 PM on Saturdays. They could also rest and clean up the travel vehicles and trailers, and do anything else they needed to do so they would be ready to go back to work on Monday.
The Jones family was very pleased with the way the four-wheel drive vehicle and little trailer had worked for them on this trip.
Chapter 10
Psalm 106:1, Praise the LORD. O give thanks to the LORD
for he is good and his mercy endures forever.
Some of the new girls on the ranch were wondering why the church time changed by two hours in April. So their parents explained it and some of the history of the church to them like Pastor Don had to Ted and Julie in the first book of this series.
Dad said, "We have 12 churches which share the same building in the central part of Pine City. The auditorium can seat 300 people, but no church has that many. The congregations for each church come from wedge shaped neighborhoods, radiating out from the church building to the edge of the city. Sometimes people might go to one church from another part of town, so there might be some overlap. All the churches have the same Grace 'n' Faith name with a number for its wedge. We are # 4. Each one has a separate pastor, who supports himself and his family with a normal job, while being the pastor of his church. He can shepherd up to 275 people leaving room, for 25 visitors. Great big churches lose that ability.”
Mom continued, “There are six services each on Saturday and Sunday, at 8, 10, 12, 2, 4, and 6, for one and one half hours each, to allow time to fill and clear the church and parking lot each time. The churches all rotate through the time slots, except for the 8 AM Saturday slot which is for church #1 so the pastor can have a video made for the web site for shut-ins and people who need to miss a service for one reason or another. Each church spends a year at a time in each time slot, starting on the first Sunday in April. Rotating this way makes it more fair for each church to have what they might consider a ‘good’ time slot and they all have the ’bad’ ones. The idea of having one church per wedge is to pray and reach out mostly to that area so the whole city is being covered.”
Then Dad added from the TV interview, which the third book in this series, “The reason there are so many churches is because of the way God worked through the original pastor to help him fulfill his vision of a church where he and each believer would go out in teams of two or more to let Jesus lead them and work through them to do miracles and tell the Good News to people so they can repent, confess their sins, and believe in Jesus to forgive them and give them eternal life.”
“In fact,” Mom went on, “the believers caught his vision and after about a year they grew too big for the house where they met. Then they met in the park until it got too cold and they rented the facilities of a church where they could meet on Saturdays. During the two years they rented, they were collecting the same way they still do in a box with a slit cut in the top, at the back of the sanctuary where people donate the amounts God leads them to give, and it’s always enough to do what God tells the church to do. They have never had to get a loan for building projects.”
“Right,” Dad explained, “There are no salaries paid to any of the pastors because they all have weekday jobs to support themselves and their families if they have them. Also the congregations donate enough money to pay for the running of the church, the school, insurance, maintenance, and so forth, and any extra money we give to worthy ministries that are spreading the gospel.”
Mom concluded, “Therefore when the church had a tremendous growth spurt, the leaders felt God desired for them to build duplicate facilities with enough pastors for twelve more churches and enough teachers for a new school on the other side of Pine City. The new buildings were also funded by congregations’ donations and we have no debt. Now when one of the churches reaches about 200 people attending, they’ll send a group to another place to plant a church wherever it is needed.
The girls thanked them for explaining about how the church had grown and why the time changed.
Some of the new girls on Mercy Valley Ranch would see Holly and then Willow separately doing tasks outside. Holly or Willow would wave and smile.
Later when they would see them together, they would exclaim something like, “Oh! There are two of you!”
This happened many times as the new houses on the ranch were finished and new people moved into them.
Willow and Holly got so they enjoyed the surprise they got to see on the new girls’ faces, so they planned times when they could be outside separately and later together. Then they’d go introduce themselves to the new girls and inform them of an easy way to tell them apart so the new girls could learn their names.
One time Holly and Willow were chosen to help some new fourteen-year-old foster girls get their horses ready to ride. The girls had seen each twin separately the day before and had assumed it was just one girl. When the twins arrived at the tack room to help them, the new girls stood with their mouths open in amazement before one of them declared, “I didn’t realize there were two of you!”
Then all four girls had fun laughing and getting acquainted before the twins showed them how to prepare their horses before riding.
Another time there were two new girls from one of the houses walking on the road when Nathan, Esther and their four girls were coming back from a horseback ride. Willow and Holly were at the front of the group on Chili Powder and Paprika.
One of the girls exclaimed, “There’s something wrong with my eyes! I’m seeing double!”
The other girl said, “No you aren’t, it’s twins riding twin horses.”
Holly and Willow dismounted and led their horses up to talk to the girls. “Hi, I’m Holly and this is my twin sister, Willow.”
Willow continued, “Welcome to Mercy Valley Ranch! It’s a wonderful place to live. We like to ride horses that look almost alike because we do. See, Chile Powder has a narrow blaze. Paprika has a wider one and one white boot. So we can tell them apart.”
Holly went on, pointing, “See, I have a mole on my chin but Willow doesn’t, so now you can tell us apart. I kinda like the mole because it looks more like a dimple than a mole.
The first girl remembered her manners and responded, “Yes it does. It’s nice to meet both of you. My name is Wendy, and this is my roommate, Dana. I’m really glad I wasn’t seeing double.”
Dana went on, “Thank you for coming to talk to us. I’ve always wanted to have an identical twin sister. It must be fun.”
Willow smiled, nodded and said. “It sure is fun.”
“Absolutely,” Holly added, “and it’s nice to meet you also. We’ll see you later.”
Then they twins led their horses over to the tack room, smiling all the way.
One evening Candy remarked, “June, we haven’t talked about our study in Romans lately. Shall we choose some verses from the last three chapters to read or quote, and make a comment.”
“It sounds like a good idea to me,” answered June. “Let’s get our notebooks and meet back here at the kitchen table.”
When they returned Candy said, “I memorized parts of Romans 13:1,8a, Be subject to the higher powers … because they are ordained of God. Owe no man anything except to love one another, Romans 13:1,8a. I like them because they explain why we need to obey the law and remind me that it is best to stay out of debt.”
“I agree,” June replied, “and I did the same with Romans 14:1,13b,19, Receive him who is weak. Don’t judge, or put a stumbling block in someone’s way. But do things which make for peace and that edify each other, Romans 14:1,13b,19. These are important things for me to remember to put into practice.”
“Same here,” and Candy nodded. “I’ll quote Romans 14:8, Whether we live, we live unto the Lord, and if we die, we die unto the Lord. Either way, we are the Lord’s, Romans 14:8. This is a good verse to use with a fellow believer who’s fearing death.”
“Exactly,” June concurred. “I just wrote down the reference so I can memorize it also. In the next chapter I’ll quote Romans 15:5,6; Now the God of patience and consolation grant you to be like minded toward one another according to Christ Jesus, that you may with one mind and one mouth glorify God, the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, Romans 15:5,6. These two verses tell why it’s so essential to be in unity.”
“Precisely,” and then Candy went on, “I like verse eight and the first part of nine because they tell why the Gentiles can glorify God. Romans 15:8,9a Jesus Christ was a minister … for the truth of God, to confirm the promises made to the fathers, and that the Gentiles might glorify God for his mercy… So since we’re Gentiles we can glorify God and be in unity like your verses said.”
“Yes, those are good,” stated June. “and I’m going to memorize Romans 15:13, Now the God of hope fill you with all joy and peace in believing so that you may abound in hope through the Holy Spirit. I could personalize it as a prayer for myself.”
“Yes we both could,” Candy agreed. “and Romans 15:33 is a good benediction or blessing we could put at the end of a friendly letter. Now the God of Peace be with you all. Amen.”
June concluded, “Yes, it would be perfect. Now let’s sing. I like the song, ‘May the Mind Of Christ, My Savior,’ because the lyrics are a prayer for my mind. It talks about having the word of God, the peace of God, the love of Jesus, and his beauty in me as I live for him. And besides, this song goes well with some of the verses in Romans.”
Candy agreed and then they found it in their hymnal and sang it together as a duet the way Ted had taught them.
Mindy started her reading lesson for her second graders saying, “Today we’ll learn how to sound out words with two of the same consonants together.”
She wrote several on the board and showed them how to sound them out by just treating them like one letter.
Then she added, “These are usually easier than words with blends unless they come in the middle of longer words, and then we need to learn how to sound out words with syllables.”
The class looked confused so she explained, “That big word means parts of a word. Most of the words we’ve been sounding out and reading have had just one part or syllable so far, but many words have two or more syllables in them. This might seem hard for a while, but don’t worry, it will get easier as you practice it, just like the other things we’ve been learning have gotten easier with practice.”
Most of the children nodded and she went on, “Here are some examples of words with two of the same consonants together in the middle of words.”
Mindy wrote several on the board and showed them how to sound them out making two parts to the word. Then they found some in the new big book they had just started the day before and practiced them and the ones on the board with flashcards.
Mindy suggested, “Let’s practice these some more tomorrow and now you just go back to your desks and read in one of the easier books for a little while.”
Then during the following days they practiced the harder words until they became easy so she could go ahead and teach them about other words with two syllables but containing blends. In this way the students continued to learn how to sound out most words and memorize the “naughty” sight words, and they just continued to add to their learning and practiced what they had learned.
During these months they had also been spelling all these words that they could sound out. And they realized they also needed to memorize how to spell the other “naughty” ones. They were able to use what they were learning to write longer stories on their own also. It was fun to learn and they felt empowered by all they were learning. They didn’t have to ask their parents for help as often when they read aloud to them at home. Some of them even wrote letters to their grandparents or cousins in other cities.
Since Ian and Yolanda’s four new girls, Darla, Rita, Edna, and Libby were mostly settled by spring and the spring flowers were just starting to bloom on the ranch Yolanda asked, “Would you girls be interested in learning about wildflowers and how to make scrapbooks of pressed flowers?”
Rita asked, “What are pressed flowers?
Yolanda patiently explained, “They’re flowers with part of the stem and leaves that have been picked, put between newsprint and have had a heavy book pressing down on them as they dried.”
“Oh!” Rita exclaimed. “All I could picture was someone pressing flowers on an ironing board with a hot iron and I thought it would ruin the iron and the flowers and the ironing board. Your idea sounds much better.”
“I'm sure you’re right, Rita,” and Yolanda continued, “after the flowers have dried for four weeks they can be carefully moved and attached to a page in a notebook where you will already have written some information you learned about the flower.”
Libby stated, “This sounds like an interesting project. I’d like to do it if you’ll teach me how.”
“Same here,” Darla agreed. “Where do we get the information we would write about the flowers?”
Yolanda answered, “I have some wildflower books you can use.”
Not wanting to be left out Edna quickly added, “I would also like to learn how to press flowers and put them in a scrapbook.”
So on their way home from school the next afternoon, the family stopped at the Discount Mart and bought scrapbooks, newsprint of the right size and were ready for the project to start on the weekend.
At about the same time, Julie went to visit with Karen and explained, “Not too long ago I asked the girls what they like about living here on this ranch. One of them mentioned that she likes the flowers, both wild ones and the ones in the gardens that you and Vera have planted. She said she’d like to learn their names and more about them. I’ve heard about the pressed flower scrapbooks you and your girls made and I wondered if you would teach Esther’s and my girls how to make one apiece including flowers from the gardens on the ranch.
“Sure!” Karen exclaimed, “I think my girls could teach two girls at a time, and you and Esther can learn along with them so you can teach your new girls when that time comes.”
In this way, what had begun as a project just for two families was carried on by other interested families on Mercy Valley Ranch during the following years.
There was a small town not very far from Pine City which had very few public restrooms for the tourists or local shoppers to use when needed.
A woman citizen of the small town went to see the woman in charge of matters like this, but she wouldn’t listen, so the citizen said, “I’m going to take a walk to see the mayor. Would you like to come with me?”
There was no answer, so the citizen left. The woman realized it, almost too late and hurried to go, but vacillated and acted frazzled. She finally grabbed her big purse and hurried after the citizen calling out, “Please wait! Please come back with me and I’ll listen this time. When you came in I was concentrating on another item and this has been a bad day for me.”
The citizen stopped and returned saying, “Oh, I understand. We all have bad days now and then.”
When they were seated in the office the woman requested, “Please forgive me and tell me again about the problem.”
“Forgiven,” responded the citizen, “and thank you for coming after me. At the town meeting last week the mayor mentioned the need for
our town to look nice and be a place tourists would like to stop and shop because it would help our economy.”
The woman nodded, “And everybody there agreed with him.”
“Right,” the citizen continued, “one of the big problems is that the shop owners including myself do not have public restrooms for them or even our own local shoppers to use when they need them.”
“How is that a problem?” asked the woman.
The citizen answered, “Just yesterday one of my neighbors hurried into my shop and whispered, ‘May I please use your restroom? My home and the Grocery Mart are too far away right now, and I’m about ready to have an accident.’ I took her to my storage room and had to apologize for only having a toilet behind a curtain for my own use. I felt really embarrassed because that was all I had to offer her.”
“I think I see what you mean,” the woman acknowledged, “but what can be done about the problem?
The citizen responded, “My neighbor was grateful anyway, but I decided then and there to hire a handyman to build walls and a door and install a sink so I can put up a sign pointing the way to the restroom. It’s the least I can do to serve my customers and other people with that need.”
“This is a nice thing for you to do,” reasoned the woman, “but I fear most shop owners would rather not spend the money or have people coming in to use their personal restrooms.”
“However,” suggested the citizen, “we could encourage them to do this and ask the mayor to find a way to add public restrooms to the city park and build some on that small vacant lot that’s been for sale but is too small for even a tiny shop.”
“Good ideas,” the woman declared. “Let’s take that walk now and go see him together. I think he will listen better to you rather than me right now because he seems to be tired of my ideas.”
The mayor liked the idea and followed through to implement it. The citizen and the woman became friends and the citizen was able to lead her to Jesus for salvation.
The May wedding for Evan and Candy was simple, but still beautiful in the sanctuary of their church. It was attended by all the people who lived on Mercy Valley Farm and Ranch and by all their friends from the church congregations Evan and Candy had attended, so the sanctuary was pretty well filled.
This wedding was a surprise for Pastor Don who had no idea of what was going on until Candy and Evan called and asked him to officiate their wedding. It went as they had planned it a few months before. Pastor Don read 1 Peter 4:8, Above all things have fervent love among yourselves, for love shall cover a multitude of sins. Then he gave a teaching about marriage and the importance of loving each other and of being in unity, and committed to the ministry they were planning to do on the ranch.
Evan and Candy nodded in agreement as he spoke. Then since they had memorized and practiced the song called “Because,” they sang it. The lyrics tell some reasons they love and will cherish each other, like having more hope and joy. And in the song they pray for God to make their love divine. The couple sang parts of the song back and forth to each other and then sang the prayer together as a duet. They did an excellent job and there were tears in many eyes in the audience.
Just before Pastor Don pronounced them, “Man and Wife” he explained to them, “I know you both had invited the people to come without presents to your wedding, but many of your friends wanted to bless you with gifts of money to help you buy a vehicle to carry you and you big instant family to church, shopping, and to places where you and the girls can join you in family ministry times when they’re ready. So the money in this fat envelope is from your friends in both churches.”
Evan and Candy looked shocked, but each one graciously smiled and thanked their friends in both churches.
At the end of the wedding, Candy threw her bouquet directly to her friend, Mindy Jones, who caught it with a surprised look on her face. Then she smiled at Candy and wondered if God was trying to tell her something.
The newlyweds went directly on their honeymoon to the Visitors’ Cabin on the ranch where they would live until the second house was finished and they could move into the ground floor. Yolanda had given Candy a book with an important chapter to read and then answered all her questions about it, so Candy felt ready for the wedding night. William had done the same for Evan. So their wedding night together was the first of many celebrations of the love that had grown and blossomed during the times they had spent with Candy’s family on Mercy Valley Ranch.
Gary and Karen taught a lesson on promises for the ongoing Bible Study Groups. Gary began by saying, “God’s promises are precious and trustworthy. Today please use your concordances and find some scripture verses about things God has promised. Find three you would like to read and write a comment to share with each of them. Then if two others have the same ones as yours, you’ll still have one you can share.”
Gary gave them time to find and write comments and then they started sharing, with Gary being first. “I found Hebrews 8:6b, (Jesus) is the mediator of a better covenant which was established on better promises. The promises for the old covenant weren’t as good and needed to be replaced by what Jesus did when he came to live a perfect life on earth.”
One boy commented, “Thank you for explaining that verse. I’ve often wondered what it meant.” Gary nodded his welcome and the boy continued, “I found Psalm 119:162, I rejoice about your word (promises,) as one who finds great treasures. To me God’s promises are huge treasures, because he always keeps his promises.”
“I agree,” and Pedro continued, “and I think part of what makes his promises so special is that he has the power to keep them as it says in Romans 4:21, Abraham was fully persuaded that what God had promised, he was able to perform.”
“I think so too,” a boy went on, “I personalized 2 Peter 1:4a, which tells us the reason for his promises. God gave us exceeding great and precious promises, so we might be partakers of the divine nature…”
Hugo remarked, “Yes, and I think Hebrews 10:23 tells us how to act about his promises, Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering, for he is faithful who promised.”
Another boy suggested, “Maybe the reason we can hold fast is found in 2 Corinthians 1:20, For all the promises of God are yes and Amen to the Glory of God… God doesn’t waver between yes and no about the promises he makes.
“I’m sure glad about that!” Jose declared, “because to me this next verse, 1 John 2:25, is the most precious of God’s promises. And this is the promise that he has promised us, even eternal life.”
“Absolutely,” a different boy added, “because of that promise, we have the hope of eternal life, which God, who cannot lie, promised before the world began, Titus 1:2. These verses go well together.”
Luis nodded and stated, “Yes, we might have problems here on this earth, Nevertheless we, according to his promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, where righteousness dwells, as it says in
2 Peter 3:13, and it’s because of those two verses.
“Good job everybody!” complimented Gary. “Now for the end of this lesson, find 2 Corinthians 7:1 and write it as a personalized prayer in your notebooks.”
After they finished writing he closed with his own personalized prayer for the last verse, “Since we have these promises help us cleanse ourselves from all bad things and become holy in the fear of God, 2 Corinthians 7:1.” And they all said, “Amen.”
After the wedding while they were still on their honeymoon in the visitor’s cottage and were working during the day at their jobs Candy asked Evan, “Honey, do you think the girls should ride the school bus or should I get shortened work hours and take them in the morning and pick them up in the afternoon like Ian and Yolanda do for their foster girls?”
“This is a hard question for me to answer,” he replied. “Did you like it the way they did it?”
She answered, “In some ways it was nice. On the other hand, I felt I was missing out on being with others on the bus.”
“Well,” he reasoned, “I think either way would be good then, so see what you can work out at your restaurant job and we’ll do it.”
So Candy stayed after work one day and consulted with the cooks at the restaurant. She found one who was thinking about changing jobs to be a waitress. Since she was the one who did all the baking, Candy asked her to teach her how to bake all the things they would need for each day, and then when that one was sure she wanted to be a waitress, they asked the boss if they could change places.
This way Candy would be able to go as early as she could get there each school day morning and be finished with the baking by the time it was time for her to leave to be home when the girls got off the school bus. The hours would be one less than when she was a waitress, but the timing would be better and the raise in pay for being the baker would compensate for the shorter work hours and lack of tips.
Evan and Candy thoroughly enjoyed their time in the honeymoon cottage they were renting on the ranch. It was time well spent getting much better acquainted, more in love and learning how to show that love intimately. They would be ready live as they had planned on the ranch, with four girls in the next new house that was finished.
June did get an apprentice job at The Mercy River Equine Therapy Center. She had moved just before Candy’s wedding into the cabin with two girls from the ranch, but soon one of them did get married and left, so June only had to sleep on the couch for a while. And it didn’t bother her since she had become very adaptable by then after living with the Hopkins family.
June had brought with her the things she had bought for the apartment and it worked well because the other girl took her things with her and they were similar to what Candy had. They were all amazed at how well things had worked out for them.
June worked together with the other girl from the ranch at the center. She was kept so busy that she didn’t have time to miss her friend and roommate, Candy. June was especially glad that she now got to talk to and stroke the little horses every day as part of her job. She had missed them a lot when the ranch had sold them, so she made sure she thanked God often.
In the daytime she used what she had learned from the library and the web about therapy at a place like this and continued to learn more as she worked. It was an interesting time of learning for her.
At the end of the work day she was tired, of course, but she was glad she was able to be working here because she liked it better than waiting on people at the restaurant.
Since Evan had moved out after his wedding, Sam and another boy from the farm, who was a year older than Sam, decided to room together and continue to work at the equine therapy center. They rode two horses every evening, pulling a drag to smooth the riding arena which was very special because it was dust free.
Ben was thinking back many years to a time when his family had invited Vern, Lora, and Mindy Jones to have lunch with them. He had been impressed with Mindy's manners and maturity even then.
Later he had gotten to see her when he and Amelia had gone to visit Matt and Fiona Anderson once in a while on the weekends. She would answer the door with her cheery smile and stay to visit with them while they waited for Matt and Fiona. Then she’d continue taking care of the children while the others went to other rooms to visit, but he had always wished for more time with Mindy.
While Riley and Amelia had been getting acquainted, Ben missed those visits with Mindy. So when he found out she had finished her schooling and was teaching, he finally had asked Matt, “Could you arrange some visits with the two of you, and Mindy and me and the children, if they aren’t napping? This way Mindy wouldn’t feel uncomfortable visiting with now that Amelia doesn’t come with me to visit Fiona any more.”
“Aah, I love it!” Matt exclaimed. “This sounds like the beginning of a romance. And I had always wanted the two of you to be a couple since I’ve seen you as you were visiting while you waited for me to come into the room! Sure, Ben, she comes here one half day every weekend. I’ll find out from Fiona when her next time is and give you a call. Just come and visit us then and we’ll see what God will do.”
“Thanks a bunch, Matt,” replied Ben, “I’ve been waiting a long time for this opportunity and I do pray God will give me the desire of my heart. Whatever you two did for my sister Amelia really worked well for her. Don’t tell Mindy. I just want her to feel safe as she gets to know more about me.”
Matt responded, “It’s a good idea and we’ll be glad to help any way we can.”
So Ben arrived for a visit and this time they all stayed in the living room talking while the children napped.
After a while Ben asked, “How do you like teaching at the church school, Mindy?”
She answered, “I really enjoy having my own classroom with my own class! It’s a big change in lifestyle for me after doing independent home schooling for high school and university.”
“I imagine it is,” Ben remarked, “but I’m glad you like teaching. How did you decide you wanted to be a teacher?”
Mindy pondered a moment, “I’ve always liked working with children as I got to do with Anita Ross for years while I was in elementary and middle school. Then when Anita started volunteering at the church school to help pay the tuition of her two children, I was able to start helping Fiona after school and one half day a weekend.
Fiona inserted, “And it was a very big blessing for me, because I could always count on you to come every day!”
“I’m glad!” Mindy exclaimed. “Because it was the same for me! So for a while I considered having my own day care for preschoolers in the church, so I could help them get ready to attend the church school. But then I realized I would need a house of my own in order to make it work.”
Matt observed, “It would be very hard for you to obtain a house without first having a good paying job.”
“Definitely,” agreed Mindy. “As the twins, Joy and Hope, and Anita’s children, Timmy and Mary, were growing up and going to school I enjoyed working with their age group. I researched many jobs women could have and being a teacher appealed to me the most. So I made it my major in the online university.”
Ben had been listening carefully and inquired next, “It makes a lot of sense to research different jobs. Then what did you do?”
“Then last year,” Mindy responded, “I volunteered in each classroom at the church school as I was finishing my university classes, studied their curriculum, which is very good and well thought out. Then I student taught in the grade of my first choice.”
Fiona urged, “Tell why you chose second grade.”
“Partly,” replied Mindy, “Because my favorite teacher was my second grade teacher. But mostly because the curriculum saves learning to read for second grade because that is when the eyes of most children have developed enough to be able to focus on small things like letters and words. So they’re much more successful. Plus it’s very easy for them to catch up with those in the public schools, who were started too early, and many of them are still having problems. Since reading is so important for life skills, I wanted to be able to teach the most children how to read, and have them feel successful instead of like failures.
“It makes perfect sense, Mindy!” Ben exclaimed. “Thank you for explaining your journey.”
Mindy smiled and said, “You’re welcome. Now please tell us how the building project is going on the ranch.”
“I think,” Ben answered, “you were here the weekend I told Matt we had finished the lower level of the first house so the first parents could move in there while the upper level was being completed.”
“Yes,” Mindy acknowledged, “I remember you telling about that. My friends Sara and Denji were the ones who moved in there.”
“Right,” then Ben went on, “So then my first crew got busy on the lower level of the second house. We ran another race with the winter weather and had it closed in and also had time to get the upper level also closed in before the weather got too bad.”
“Tell her about your crews,” Matt prompted.
Ben described, “God helped me find very good workers and I have two crews and a foreman for each one. The men all work very well together and are dedicated to do their best work for the Lord as they build more houses to increase the ministry of mercy on the ranch. We’re getting close to finishing the lower level of the second house.”
Mindy stated, “It must be a very good feeling to know that you and your crews are all working for the Lord. I think we teachers at the church school also have that feeling even though we work separately in our own classrooms instead of together like you and your crews do at the ranch.”
“Without a doubt!” Ben declared just as the children were waking up from their naps. Fiona and Mindy went to get them ready to come join the group in the living room. Then they all enjoyed playing with the children and visiting some more before it was time for Ben to go back to his home in the travel trailer at the ranch.
On the ranch, Oscar, Vera, and their girls had just finished singing “How Firm a Foundation,” and Vera mentioned, “This is one of my favorite hymns because there are so many scriptures that can go with the lyrics in it since they include the word of God and our trials.”
“I like it also,” then Stella asked, “could we get our Bibles and find some of those scriptures by using the concordance?”
“Good idea,” agreed Oscar, “it will make a good Bible study for this evening.”
When they came back, they also brought their notebooks so they could write the song title and references in case they wanted to look at them again later. They had learned that idea from Karen’s classes.
Liz found Matthew 24:35, Jesus said, ‘Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not pass away.’ I’m so glad.”
“So am I,” Emma agreed and quoted John 1:1, In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God, John 1:1. We learned that the Word is Jesus.
“Right,” and Nan continued, John 7:16 says, Jesus answered them and said, ‘My doctrine is not mine, but his who sent me. Jesus’ doctrine are his words.
“True,” then Stella explained, “Scripture is a synonym for God’s Word and it says in 2 Timothy 3:16,17, All scripture is given by inspiration of God, and is profitable for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, and for instruction in righteousness so that the man of God may be perfect, thoroughly furnished to all good works. I like this extensive list about the word of God.”
Vera remarked, “So do I. This next verse goes with several parts of the song. Isaiah 41:10, Do not fear, for I am with you, do not be dismayed, for I am your God. I will strengthen you and help you. Yes, I will uphold you with the right hand of my righteousness. This is a very precious promise to remember when difficult things happen.”
“Indeed, Honey,” agreed Oscar, “and your verse goes well with the one I found in 1 Peter 1:7, The trial of your faith, which is much more precious than gold that perishes, though tried with fire, may be found unto praise and honor and glory when Jesus appears. It is a good way to look at our trials rather than complaining about them.
“For sure,” and then Nan added, I like Hebrews 13:5b, God said, ‘I will never leave you, nor forsake you.’ I’m glad we can always rely on him to be with us and help us.”
Emma continued, “Same here, and I found 2 Corinthians 12:9a, The Lord said to Paul, ‘My grace is sufficient for you, for my strength is made perfect in weakness.’ This is another verse about God being able to help us.
Galatians 1:3 and many of Paul’s other letters begin in a similar way so Stella and Liz said it together, “Grace be to you, and peace, from God our Father, and from our Lord Jesus Christ.” And Stella added, “This would be a nice greeting for a friendly letter to a believer.”
“Yes it would,” Oscar stated. “Thank you everybody. This has been a very good Bible study for our family.”
Patrick and Glenda O’Connor were talking after supper one evening and Patrick remarked, “I was thinking about the lifestyle witnessing idea that was on the list we got from church. I’d like us to write up a list of some ways we could serve God with our empty nest lifestyle.”
“Good idea, Honey,” agreed Glenda, “I’ll go get a paper and a pencil so I can write them down as we think of them.”
First Patrick suggested, “Of course you’ll continue with your After School Place, and I’ll help when I can. Plus we would also now have time to visit shut-ins in person or on the phone or with emails.”
“True,” then Glenda added, “We already look for ministry opportunities when we’re shopping, but I’ll write it down also.”
“We could add to that one,” Patrick said. “When we’re shopping for groceries or other things, we could put tracts up on public bulletin boards if the stores have them.”
“Perfect,” Glenda stated, “it will be an easy one. The only hard part is finding public bulletin boards.”
“For sure,” he nodded, “there aren't as many around as there used to be. But here’s another thing we could add to the list. I’ll be willing to stop doing yard work in order to carry on a conversation that might lead to a chance to plant gospel seeds.”
“Excellent,” declared Glenda, “and when we go walking and notice a people in their front yards we could stop and chat for a while, since privacy fences are too high to allow neighbors to visit over the fence.
Patrick added, “Precisely, and since my job at The Garden Shop is part of my lifestyle, I’ll ask Ernest if I can interrupt my task to talk to a customer if it’s appropriate.”
“Great,” she concurred, “and we can show pictures of our grandkids on our phones to people we stop and talk to, and have it lead into how thankful we are for our families and how good our God has been to us.”
Patrick gave his wife a big hug and kiss which she returned with enthusiasm and then he prayed, “Father in heaven, please help us to remember these ideas when we’re going about our lifestyle and to see and grab each opportunity as it comes to us.”
“I agree completely,” prayed Glenda, “and we ask this in Jesus precious name, Amen.”
One day the quadruplets had decided to have a race with the household tasks each one would draw from the hat and act out for the others to guess. So when they finished the fun part Iris asked, “Mom, do you think each of these tasks will take about the same amount of time to finish after doing a good job on them?
“I think they should be pretty close, Iris,” Julie answered.
“So then,” continued Rose, “could we race each other and see who finishes first and so forth?”
Julie responded, “It sounds like fun. But remember that usually in a race only one person can win, unless there’s a tie. So this will also be a good time to practice being a good winner as well as good losers.”
“Thanks, Mom,” said Violet, “we’ll remember.”
Lily added, “Plus we’ll do a good job on our tasks.”
Julie smiled at her ‘bouquet of flowers’ and started their race with, “Very well then. Get ready, get set, go!”
They even remembered to walk, not run in the house as they went to get the equipment they would need for their task and then quickly got right to work doing a good job with smiles as they concentrated and tried to go as fast as they could.
Rose was dusting, Violet ran the vacuum, Iris picked up and put away toys, books, or other things that had been left laying around, and Lily put away the clean dishes out of the dishwasher. Julie was busy doing bookkeeping for the family, but she had a hard time paying attention to the numbers when she’d rather be watching her precious girls. They were so fun and had made such good progress in this family.
Violet put the vacuum away and hurried to sit on the floor by Mom. Iris looked carefully around for anything she might have missed and went to sit beside Violet. Rose shook her duster outside and put it away before joining the others, and Lily came right behind her. Then they all cheered for Violet being the winner this time and did a high five with each other for trying so hard and doing a good job. Besides it had been a lot of fun!
Julie applauded and declared, “It was a close race, and when I looked up now and then I could see that all of you were doing a good job on your task. Thank you all for your help in keeping our home a clean and pleasant place to live.”
At a small group meeting in Pine City one of the members kept his praise to God until the others were finished, and then he said as follows. “On Saturday I was driving to the store to get a gallon of milk for our lunch, but I ended up in a funeral procession with no way to get out of it. Therefore I just went along with them to the cemetery. I felt like I was supposed to stay and do as the rest of the people did. The casket was open and people filed by, giving their last respects to the man.
“As I waited for my turn, I learned it was a young man who had been taking care of his widowed mother, and she had no other person to help her. At that point, I remembered the story in Luke 7:11-16, and when it was my turn at the casket I loudly repeated Jesus words, ‘Young man, I say to you, get up.’ And just like in the story in the Bible ‘the one who had been dead sat up and began to talk.’ I helped him get out of the casket and go to his mother.
“What had been a funeral turned into a great celebration and I was able to tell everyone there the Good News about Jesus, who had raised this man from the dead. After answering a lot of questions about the gospel, I led them in a prayer to accept Jesus as their Savior, which they all repeated aloud.
“The procession followed me to the church and it was just in time for the next service to start. So I called my family and told them to go ahead with lunch without the milk and I would explain it all when I got home later. At the end of the service, the whole group went up front with me to meet the pastor. They filled out the cards and took the booklets home to read in preparation for the small group meetings they would attend. I never did get a count of how many people there were, and it doesn’t matter. I just praise God for all the miracles of that day!”
The small group praised God with him.
A different small group had read Luke 4:38-40, which is about the house in Capernaum where Peter’s mother-in-law was healed. One of the members said, “It might have been the same house as in Mark 2:1-12 where the roof was uncovered and the sick man was lowered down in front of Jesus who healed him.”
“Possibly,” someone said and chuckled, “and I wonder how the woman of the house felt about the roof.”
Another person responded, “I think that if it was the same woman, she gladly cleaned up the mess as a service to Jesus like she had done after Jesus had healed her. She had gotten up and served him and the men who were with him.”
“I agree,” and the facilitator mentioned, “We don’t have the opportunity to serve Jesus in person like she did, but it says in Matthew 25:40b, Inasmuch as you have done it to one of the least of these my brothers, you have done it to me.”
A different member remarked, “Very true, and I like the way all these scriptures go with the song we sang this evening, ‘I Know a Man Who Can.’ I like that song.”
“Same here,” agreed another, “the song lists many things the person could not do like heal broken hearts, cleanse from sin, give sight to the blind or heal lame ones, but the person knows a man who can do all those things.”
“Right,” continued the facilitator, “and the song goes on to say that the man is Jesus who wants to be the Savior, Redeemer, and Friend to all the people who will believe in him.”
Some other member added, “Right, and another good scripture to go with that song is John 15:13, Greater love has no man than this, that a man would lay down his life for his friends, which is what Jesus did, not just for his friends but for all the people in the world.”
“Yes, and that is amazing love,” a member went on to say, “The second song we sang tonight, ‘Let Your Love Flow Through Me,” is a good reminder that there are many lonely, heartbroken, lost people who need others who will let Jesus love flow through them and will say the words Jesus gives them to say.”
“Exactly,” and the next person suggested, “I think 2 Corinthians 9:8 goes well with that song. God is able to make all grace abound toward you, so that you, having all you need, you may abound to every good work. In this case it would be to minister to the people mentioned in that song.”
“I agree,” and the facilitator closed with, “I think the last song we sang, “Let the Lower Lights Be Burning,” makes more sense to people who live near the ocean, but it’s message is still very clear. Our Father keeps the lighthouse, but we take care of the lights along the shore and have opportunities to rescue people who are struggling. Your homework for next week is to find some verses to go with that song.”
Here are the comments and verses they found for the next meeting.
1. “We could tell them they can be redeemed by the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish and without spot, as it says in 1 Peter 1:19.”
2. “Matthew 5:14a, says we are the light of the world. So it goes very well with the song.”
3. “If somebody is having trouble with sinning, we could read 1 John 1:7 to them, If we walk in the light, as God is in the light, we have fellowship with each other and the blood of Jesus Christ his Son cleanses us from all sin.”
4, “Yes, and 2 Corinthians 4:6 would be good to read right after that one. For God, who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, has shined in our hearts to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ.”
5. “Ephesians 5:8, is a good reminder for us because we used to be in darkness, but now we are light in the Lord, (so) walk as children of light.”
6. “Acts 13:47, states that Jesus is a light to the Gentiles, so he is salvation to the ends of the earth.”
The facilitator was very pleased with the good job they and done on their homework.
The next weekend Mindy was a little surprised to see Ben again so soon. He came to see Matt a short time after she had arrived to help Fiona with the children. This time she and Fiona were mending some of the children’s play clothes in the living room while the children played. Matt and Ben stayed in the room.
As Ben was sitting down on the couch across from where Mindy was sewing he enjoyed all the greetings. Then they all visited about various topics, including the men’s jobs.
Later Ben remarked, “This is such a homey scene with the children playing on the floor and the ladies sewing while the men talk about their jobs.”
“It sure is,” said Matt and then he asked, “do you have any questions for me to answer today?”
Ben nodded, “Right as usual, Matt. You’ve been such a good resource for me ever since I decided I wanted to build houses. What do you do when two of your workers call in sick?”
“Well,” Matt pondered, “sometimes we all work extra hard to make up for their absence, but mostly we just accept the fact that we won’t get as much accomplished that day.”
Ben responded, “Your answer makes good sense. I’ll remember it for the next times it happens.”
“Does it happen very often, Ben?” Mindy questioned.
Ben shook his head, “No, and I’m sure glad, but that must be why I didn’t know how to handle it. As you know, I’ve been coming here to visit with Matt about building for years, and even before that, I got to work with him on weekends as he was building this house before he and Fiona got married.”
“Yes,” Mindy replied, “Fiona had told me about that and how it helped both of you in many ways. It’s good to have a more experienced person available to answer your questions. At school I can easily ask the teacher in the next room at recess or lunch or after
school. She was my second grade teacher when I went to the church school, and she was also my cooperating teacher when I did my student teaching. She told me to feel free to come ask her questions or for advice.”
“I’m glad for you, Mindy,” Ben responded, “I thank God for providing people to help each of us.”
Fiona added, “Yes, God is good that way. I have my own mother and my ‘adopted’ mother-in-law, Betty Evans, and my friend, Connie, who is your mother, Ben. They all answer my questions and also come here to help with the children. I don’t know what I’d do without them.”
“And,” Matt went on, “I’ve had the privilege of learning and being able to ask Walt Evans, my ‘adopted’ dad, lots of questions about building and life in general after my own parents died in that accident so many years ago. He and Betty have been a big help.”
Fiona prayed, “Father in heaven, thank you for providing Walt and Betty Evans to help Matt after he lost his parents and for healing Walt and saving him and Betty. They make wonderful ‘in-laws’ for me and ‘grandparents’ for our children.”
Ben added, “And I thank you that I still have my parents and they’re very supportive and encouraging in the things I do.”
Mindy went on, “Yes, and I’m grateful for a new mom to take the place of mine who died in childbirth when I was in third grade. Lora has brought much joy to my dad and me.”
Matt concluded, “Father, we all praise and thank you for the way you divinely care for each of us, your children.”
One evening in the spring Greg had stated, “I think that after several years of practicing, The Mercy Valley Guitar Septet is good enough to perform in public.”
The family had just finished a good and fun session of practicing and singing together, but the boys looked at him incredulously.
Max asked, “Do you mean like in front of strangers?”
Greg nodded and Levi admitted, “I think I’d be very nervous and make a bunch of mistakes.”
Kevin observed, “I’ve never heard another guitar group, so I don’t know how we compare, but I know we are much better than we were last year.”
Jack inquired, “Where would we go to perform?
Oralie answered, “Your dad and I think that one of the city parks would be a good place for us to start.”
“Perfect,” Cory remarked, “If someone doesn’t like what they’re hearing, they can just walk away since we would just be in the park.”
“Precisely,” agreed Greg, “and if nobody wants to listen we will still have a good time playing our guitars and singing together.”
“Certainly,” Oralie continued, “but if they do stay we would have a chance to tell them the Good News, answer their questions, and give an invitation for them to accept Jesus as their Savior.”
Max concluded, “Well then, since it will be for Jesus, I’ll be glad to try it and we will all do our best because it’s for him!”
So this summer, they had been going on one day of each weekend, when the weather was nice enough, to parks in Pine City to play and sing for anyone who wanted to listen. They would start with some classical music and then change to praise songs and hymns that they would sing together in harmony with their own guitar accompaniment.
Then they shared the Good News with the ones who stayed to talk, and the boys, who had all been trained in Julie’s third grade class, knew how to be missionaries in the city parks as well. The family rejoiced every time anybody became a believer.
Ben went to visit his sister, Amelia, and his brother-in-law, Riley and their growing family.
“Hi, Ben,” greeted Amelia. “I’m so happy to see you and I’m glad you came just now. The twins just woke up and Mark will be glad to have someone to play with while we change them and I feed them.”
“My pleasure,” Ben responded. “I'm just glad you didn’t ask me to change the twins. I’m still hoping I will never have to help a wife with that task.”
Amelia laughed, “I remember you never offered to help with Fiona’s boys when they needed to be changed. It was good there was usually one of them you could entertain instead.”
“You right about that,” he called after her, as he got down on the floor to enjoy playing with his nephew.
When Riley returned, he joined them on the floor making a triangle arrangement on the floor so they could roll a ball to Mark and he could try to roll it back to one of them.
Ben noticed, “Mark is doing a little better at this than he did last week. Its fun to see him learn and improve.”
“It sure is,” Riley agreed. “To me the whole process of procreation, birth, growth and learning is a miracle. I’m amazed several times a day as I watch and help with our family.”
Amelia came in just then with a girl on each hip. Ben whipped out his cell phone and took a picture of her and then one of Riley on the floor with Mark.
Then Ben stated, “I’m glad you like to help Amelia with the children. I wish more dads would do it, since it’s such a help to the mother and the children get to have time with dad also.”
“So am I!” Amelia declared. “Besides it’s so much fun to work together caring for the children.
“I feel the same way,” said Riley and then asked, “Ben, how’s the building of all those houses on the ranch going?”
Ben answered, “We’re almost finished with the second two-story house. It has gone even better than the first one since we all have had the experience of building one just like it. The ground level home should be ready for Evan and Candy to move into a week after the Fourth of July.”
“Great!” Riley exclaimed. “I'm still surprised that they and the other couple wanted to be foster parents to teenagers when they aren’t much older themselves.”
“Same here,” admitted Ben, “but Denji and Sara are doing very well with them, and knowing Evan as well as I do since we work together, I’m sure he and Candy will do very well also. All of them except Denji have had experience being foster children in homes like these so I’m sure that will help them.”
Amelia nodded and changed the subject, “Ben, I just have to ask this every time you visit here, are you ever going to get married?”
“Ah, my dear sister,” Ben smiled at her, “as I answer every time you ask, I hope I’m getting closer to that possibility. I need to move very slowly and carefully so I don’t scare her away.”
Amelia sighed, “I’m so curious, and I wonder why you would want someone like that. I sure hope she’s good enough for you. But I’ll keep praying for you.”
“Thanks, Amelia,” Ben stressed, “that’s the very best thing you can do for me! Some day I’ll be able to tell you who it is and you’ll agree that she’s wonderful.”
“I'll look forward to it,” Amelia responded and now just before you need to leave I’ll pray one of my favorite scriptures for you.
Jude 1:24,25, Now to him who is able to keep you from falling, and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy, to the only wise God our Savior, be glory and majesty, dominion and power both now and forever. Amen.”
“I agree,” and Ben added, “and I’ll pray one of my favorites for you and your family. Philippians 4:23 and then 20, The Grace of our Lord Jesus Christ be with you all. Amen. And now to God, our Father be glory forever and ever. Amen.”
One day while their girls were in school, Nathan and Esther were dressed in their riding clothes so they could continue retraining the new bay horses, Arrow and Stripe.
Esther suggested, “Since it worked so well with Goldenrod and Marigold and the wind is blowing enough today, let’s tie some scarves to some of the bushes and trees where we’ll be riding so we can see how well they’ve become used to fluttering things.”
“Yes, let’s do,” he agreed, “and we will be sure to tie the fluttering things close to an area where we can turn the horse uphill if it runs away. Then we can urge it to go faster so it tires out more quickly and will stop when it is asked to stop.”
“Exactly like Vera told me to do so many years ago,” remarked Esther, “and the other horse should be stopped and wait for the runaway to be brought back to see what spooked it.”
Nathan chuckled, “Yes I remember, Honey. But instead Felix and I ran our horses after you to see if we could help you, but you already had it under control. I wish Vera had told us about what to do. But I’ll have to admit, it was an exciting ride.”
Nodding, Esther remembered, “Yes, plus, my Dear, it was a fun memory we all got to talk about on our first ‘double date’ after so many years of not seeing each other.”
Nathan pulled her close for a hug and kiss saying, “Definitely, and I like our memories of all the years we’ve been married since then even better, Sweetheart.”
After several kisses Esther declared, “I totally agree, Dearest! And after our ride today we can take showers and celebrate our love before the school bus brings the girls home.”
“Absolutely! I’ll look forward to it, Darling!” Nathan exclaimed.
So after tying the scarves in several places, they went to the pasture where the whole herd of horses came to greet them. As they usually did, Nathan and Esther gave each horse some attention and then put halters and lead ropes on Arrow and Stripe, so they could lead them over to the tack room and get them ready to be ridden.
Then Nathan mounted Arrow and Esther followed on Stripe. Everything went well until a little gust of wind blew a scarf right into Arrow’s face. He was startled and began to run. Esther stopped Stripe and watched as Nathan expertly turned Arrow uphill and urged him to go faster. In a short time the horse obediently stopped when the reins were pulled back and Nathan said, “Whoa.” Next Nathan patted the horse’s neck and talked soothingly before having him walk slowly back to where the scarf was.
Nathan remarked, “I see we need to work with Arrow in the round pen longer to get him used to things that might flutter into his face. You go ahead now and see how Stripe does and I’ll follow behind.”
“Good idea,” responded Esther, “it will also help Arrow cool off after his uphill run and it’s good to keep riding him in the direction we had been going.”
The rest of the ride went well, even when the wind picked up and the scarves were really fluttering. When one fluttered in Stripe’s face, it didn’t bother him at all.
Don and Anita took their children, Tim and Mary, to the zoo to celebrate their birthdays on May 22, which was the day half way between their actual birthdays.
They looked at all their favorite animals first and then at the rest. While they were watching some monkeys, Tim and Mary sang a song that stated they were not descended from monkeys, and that people must have faith in order to please God. Then the whole family sang the hymn, “I Sing the Mighty Power Of God,” and took turns quoting some scriptures that went with the hymn to the people who had gathered to listen.
Mary quoted Colossians 1:16, For by (Jesus) all things were created that are in heaven and on earth … all things were created by him and for him, Colossians 1:16.
Tim followed with, Amos 4:13, He who formed the mountains and created the wind … is the LORD, the God of hosts, Amos 4:13.
Anita was next with Psalm 136:1,and a summary of 5-9, O give thanks to the LORD, for he is good and his mercy endures forever,... to him who by wisdom made the heavens, and stretched out the earth above the waters, and made great lights, the sun to rule by day, and the moon and stars to rule by night.
After the verses they all sang together the song, “My Savior,” which tells the Good News in its five short stanzas with a beautiful melody. They sang it together in harmony without any accompaniment.
Then they quoted more scriptures to go with it like, Romans 5:8,9, God showed his love for us, in that, while we were still sinners, Christ died for us. And much more then, now that we are justified by his blood, we shall be saved from wrath through him.
And a summary of Philippians 2:7-11, Jesus took the form of a servant, became a man and was obedient even to death on the cross. So God highly exalted him and gave him a name above every name. Every knee will bow at Jesus name, and every tongue confess that Jesus is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.
Then Don explained, “You can understand from these songs and scripture verses how important it is to know who created all things and give him the glory. Plus it’s even more important to have faith and believe in Jesus who died for us to save us from God’s wrath. Does anyone have a question?”
After answering questions and making the Good News more clear, Don invited the people who had stayed to pray with him a prayer like the one Kim prayed with the lady in the park. Then they rejoiced with the ones who had accepted Jesus. Anita and Mary gave each family a booklet and explained the card inside. Tim invited them to come to church and gave the time and address.
One evening Sam drove the used car he had purchased recently to the ranch to visit his adoptive parents and he brought June and her roommate so they could visit their foster parents. Yolanda called Candy and had her come over at the same time, so she could hear what June would tell them.
“I’m so glad you could be here also, Candy,” said June, “because I’m not sure how long Sam will want to stay to visit William and Anna. Now I can tell you all at the same time how my job is going at The Mercy River Equine Therapy Center.”
Ian declared, “This is wonderful. We’ve been wondering about how you are doing, and the timing is just right since our other girls are in their rooms doing their homework for tomorrow.”
So June began right away, “I really like my job there because I get to be outside, and I get to work with horses like I told you I’d like to, Candy. At first I thought I’d miss having you as my roommate, but they kept me busy so I didn’t have time for that. My new roommate is very nice as you know from when she lived next door here. She’s over there right now telling her foster parents about her job which is just like mine, while Sam is visiting his parents.”
“I’m glad for you, June,” Candy responded, “it’s nice to know you are liking your job and where you’re living.”
“Thank you, Candy,” replied June, “and now I’ll tell you about my work day. We get up early and groom the horses, put on their saddles and so forth, warm them up, and exercise all of them by riding the larger horses and leading the smaller ones. Then at their appointment time the parents bring their children who need therapy, and the therapist explains what they’ll be doing on the horse. My roommate and I walk on either side of the horse being ridden so we can steady a child who might lose balance or be afraid. Sometimes we sing songs that have Bible verses in them and after a while the child starts to learn the song too. Sam and his roommate do the same with older children and adults. At times, while the parents are waiting for the turn for their child, we get to witness to them.”
Yolanda remarked, “It sounds like just the right kind of job for you, June. I remember how you enjoyed doing things with the younger girls here on the ranch.”
“For sure,” June went on, “and now I even get paid for doing it and will get a raise when my apprenticeship is finished. The tips I saved from the restaurant fill that gap for now. In the middle of the day we take off the saddles, blankets, and bridles, groom the horses and take them back to the pasture so they can eat, drink, and rest while we go eat our lunch. Then we go get them ready for an afternoon of working.
At the end of the day if the horses need some more exercise we again ride the larger ones and lead the small ones. Then we take off the their tack and groom them again before returning them to the pasture with lots of strokes and thanks for their good work. Now please tell me how things are going for you and your new girls, Dad and Mom.”
Ian shared, “Things are going very well. Thank you for asking. Our new girls have adapted very well to life on the ranch and already like riding horses as much as you girls did.”
“As you already know,” continued Yolanda, “Darla and Rita had already accepted Jesus while you two girls were still living at home. Edna and Libby are learning a lot, but are hesitant to make a decision yet. We’d appreciate your prayers for them. Candy, how is married life, and how do you like your job change at the restaurant?”
“Married life with Evan is great,” answered Candy, “and I like my job change a lot especially now that I’ve learned how to bake everything needed for each day. The hours will work out well when we get moved into the lower level of the second two-story house, and are assigned our girls. I’ll be able to leave early, as soon as the girls get on the school bus and go get everything baked and be home when they arrive back here in the afternoon. My pay will be about the same as it was. I’m very thankful for the way it will work.”
Ian prayed, “Father in heaven, we all thank you for how well everything is going for all of us.”
Sam drove up just then, parked his car, and came to the door instead of honking. He politely greeted Ian, Yolanda, and Candy, and then he told June that he and her roommate were ready to leave.
One weekend Fiona suggested, “Mindy, now that we have the most important things finished for today, let’s take the children to see Matt and Ben in the living room so they can enjoy them too.”
“OK, that will be nice,” Mindy nodded and followed with a boy holding onto each hand.
When they reached the living room, the boys ran to see their dad and their friend, Ben, before they went to play with some toys on the floor. Fiona deposited a twin on each of the men’s laps and she and Mindy sat to keep an eye on the children, finish some sewing, and visit with the men.
Ben mentioned, “The children are growing so fast, Fiona. It’s no wonder you have to keep sewing to keep up with their clothes.”
“For sure,” agreed Fiona, “right now we’re taking out hems in these dresses to add to their length enough for the girls to wear them a little while longer.”
Mindy remarked, “It’s fun to see their progress every week. When I was able to come here almost every day I didn’t notice the changes but it’s easier to see after a week.”
“I’m sure you must be right, Mindy,” said Matt, “because I don’t notice it until we measure their heights and make marks on the wall in their rooms.”
Fiona added, “Yes, and I keep track of that and their weights in little folders the doctor suggested for me to use.”
“It’s a good idea,” Mindy observed, “otherwise you might not notice a problem developing.”
Fiona concurred, “Positively, I can compare what I’ve written with the charts in the book I bought and see how they’re doing.”
Ben commented after realizing he’d been silent for too long just enjoying the sound of Mindy’s voice, “I’m glad there are so many good books available to help people as they raise children.”
“I agree,” and Matt continued, “it’s good to be able to learn from the experience of other people rather than having to figure it all out alone.”
Fiona stated, “The same thing goes for many other things in life, and the Bible is the very best book of all for helping us in many areas of our lives.”
“Absolutely!” Ben exclaimed. “I’m so thankful for my parents and pastors who have taught me how to read and study it.”
“Same here,” and then Mindy added, “and I’m also thankful for the church school and the way it taught me about the Bible and now I get to continue doing that for second graders.”
Ben nodded, “It’s a wonderful opportunity for the ones who get to attend there. It didn’t work out for Amelia and me to attend, but my parents did a good job with us.”
“I know they did,” acknowledged Mindy, “because I've heard you many times talking about the Bible, and you are very knowledgeable and are a committed believer in Jesus.”
Ben responded, “Thank you, Mindy, for the compliments, and I know the same things about you. It’s great when people can be in agreement about the most important things in life.”
They continued talking about other topics until it was time for Ben to leave. Everyone enjoyed the visit.
During evening devotions, Carlos, Jana and their boys, Mike, Alex, Eric, and Lane listened to the song “Lord, You Made the Cowboy Happy,” sung by the Sons of the Pioneers. Then Jana asked, “Since you boys have already become good cowboys here on this ranch, can you think of any ways the Lord has made you happy?”
“Well, Mom,” answered Eric, “Dad has been teaching us in the Bible Study Group with other boys on this ranch, that God, the Lord, is the creator of everything. So all I have to do is think of something he created that I like and I can be happy about it.”
Mike continued, “I agree, Eric, and it sounds like the cowboy in the chorus of the song did that also. Some of the things the Lord created that make me happy are the high mountains in the distance, especially when they still have snow on them.”
“And I’m happy about the horses the Lord made,” Lane went on, “because they’re fun to ride and they make our work here easier since we can ride instead of walking, especially when we need to check the fence lines.”
“For sure,” and then Alex commented, “The things mentioned in the song like clouds, blue sky, plains, and hills are all very nice when the weather is good. And besides those, I’m happy that when the weather is stormy, we have the right kind of clothes to keep us warm when we need to work outside.”
“Those are all good examples, guys,” Carlos complimented. “What do you think the song meant when it said something about making the cowboy free?”
Mike suggested, “I think the cowboy felt as free as the wind, but I don’t know why.”
“Maybe,” reasoned Lane, “he liked being outside rather than having an inside job.”
Alex inquired, “Doesn’t the Bible say something about Jesus making people free?”
“Yeah,” replied Eric, “But I don’t know where.”
Jana proposed, “This would be a good chance for us to practice using the concordance in the back of our Bibles, so let’s go get them and our notebooks.”
They all quickly went and came back. Lane found John 8:36, Therefore if the Son makes you free, you shall be free indeed. Dad, you’ve taught us that the Son is Jesus, and he is also Lord. So the cowboy in the song was set free by Jesus.”
“Free from what?” Eric questioned and then reminded himself, “We need to read the context of this verse, and it might explain.”
So they all looked at the verses before and after John 8:36, paying special attention to the words in red since Jesus said them.
Mike read verse 32, “And you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you free. Also I remember there’s a verse someplace that says, Jesus is the way the truth and the life.”
“Right,” agreed Alex, “and in verse 34 Jesus goes on to say, “Truly I say to you, whoever commits sin is the slave of sin. Slaves aren’t free and people who sin aren’t free, but Jesus can make people free like it says in verse 36.”
“So then,” Lane went on, “these verses mean that Jesus can make people free from sin.”
Eric continued, “And we know how he does it because we have often heard the Good News from Dad and Mom and in church. I just didn’t realize that I was a person who needed to be set free from sin until just now.”
The other three boys nodded in agreement and then took turns praying in their own words, prayers like they had heard their pastor pray in church for people to repeat who wanted to accept Jesus forgiveness and the freedom he offers. Then the whole family had a great time rejoicing, because the Lord had made all of them free from sin and happy.
In a few minutes Carlos asked them, “How would it be to play this song in our next Bible Study Group and then each of you tell the others how it and the verses we looked up helped you to realize that you needed Jesus to set you free from sin and be your Savior?”
Eric answered for all of the others as they nodded, “It would be very good, and might even help some of the others recognize their need to accept Jesus also.”
So they did and gave their testimonies resulting in several of the other new boys also asking Jesus to make them free. Therefore all these boys would be baptized in water and were going to spend the rest of their lives on earth living for Jesus and would be in heaven for eternity. The angels also had a lot of rejoicing to do.
Harvest was in full swing on Mercy Valley Farm since parts of many of the early crops of vegetables were ready now.
Max, Levi, Jack, Kevin, and Cory were thinning some more of the onions so they could send the green onions to the markets.
Cory was working next to Max and asked, “Do you remember the first time we all thinned onions on this farm?”
“I sure do,” Max laughed, “and I remember even before that, when we were pulling weeds and I pulled the onions instead, so I could see what they looked like under the ground.”
Cory smiled and chuckled also. “You were so serious about it, that there was no way I could feel angry about what you did. You were just curious and you were learning so many new things then.”
“Yeah,” Max continued, “I even remember you giving me a hug and saying you loved me and I know you still do. I treasure these memories.
“I sure do love you and our brothers, Max,” agreed Cory, “this has been a special time in our lives and I treasure these memories also.”
In the big house the ladies were washing the dirt off the green onions as the boys brought them. Then they would pat them dry and place them in boxes to be taken to the market.
As she was working next to Sunny, Kim said, “These green onions are beautiful and so perfect. It’s fun to get them ready to go.
“I agree,” said Sunny, “I remember when I worked at the Local Grocery in the produce department. I always liked getting boxes from this farm so I could arrange them for sale. Their vegetables are among the best we ever received.”
One of the other ladies stated, “Yes, it’s nice to be able to work on a farm that has such good quality produce.”
“Right,” continued another, “and even the ones that don’t pass the test to be marketable, taste just as good on our tables.”
A different lady mentioned, “Absolutely, and I like the way the crops are planted so just the right amount of a crop becomes ripe each day so they can be picked, prepared, and sent to market. I never get tired of seeing God’s creations and getting them ready to go.”
Then all the ladies sang together the hymn, “Come, Ye Thankful People, Come,” because it is about being thankful for harvest time.
Chapter 11
James 1:17, Every good and perfect gift is from above
and comes down from the Father of lights, with whom there is no variableness or shadow of turning.
The Jones family went on an RV ministry trip the week of the Fourth of July with Frank and Becky Warner. They traveled through and south of Ouray, Colorado, part way up in the mountains and camped in the Amphitheater Campground. Of course they had gotten reservations in time to be sure of two sites on either end of the campground so they could both have separate meetings and therefore have better coverage of the thirty-five campsites.
The campground itself could be a final destination for a quiet, restful vacation because it is above the unique town of Ouray, part way up the side of a mountain. It’s well laid out with private, nice sized sites, surrounded by Gambel oaks and different kinds of conifers. There’s even an overlook to see the town below. Their small trailers were just the right size for many of the sites.
They arrived at the campground in plenty of time to get ready for meetings at their campsites to use after “One Day” to teach them how to read the hymnal. The Jones family set up their screen tent and they and the people who came enjoyed freedom from mosquitoes and other insects.
Before they had left home, the Jones family had chosen some additional songs and scriptures for the first meeting at the campground. They sang “Salvation, What a Glorious Plan.” The lyrics emphasize how God planned to meet the need of people to be ransomed from their sins. God had Jesus leave his place in heaven to live a perfect life on earth so he could be the perfect sacrifice to pay for men’s sins.
The scripture verses in Philippians 2:6-8 go well with this song. Jesus being in the form of God, did not think it robbery to be equal with God, but made himself of no reputation and took upon himself the form of a servant and was made in the likeness of men. And being found in fashion as a man, he humbled himself, became obedient to death, even death on the cross. But God raised Jesus from the grave and Jesus lives in heaven where he intercedes for the people who need him.
Next they used the song, “What Did He Do?” which also goes with the above scripture verses, and the lyrics tell the same story. When they finished singing they asked the people to leave the hymnal open to the last song and to read it silently. Then they could ask questions about any part they didn’t understand.
For the last song they chose “But As Many As Received Him,” which uses the words of John 1:12, But as many as received him, to them he gave power to become the sons of God, even to those who believe in his name.
By this time the people had some more questions. Nobody was ready for the invitation yet, so each family was given a pamphlet to read before the next evening and then they could ask more questions.
The first full day, the two exploring families went driving toward Governor Basin. The scenery along the way was so rugged and steep, and the aspen trees were the greenest green they had ever seen. On the higher slopes they noticed avalanches had run down the mountain side removing all the trees in their path.
At one viewpoint, Mindy said, “I wonder how it would be to live in that cabin. It’s almost hard to see it since it’s green like the trees.”
Lora agreed, “And I like the waterfall we can see from here, but I doubt if they can see it from the cabin.”
“Right,” and Vern added, “I think it would be nice here in the summer and early fall, but to live here, you’d need a snowmobile and lots of fuel in the winter and early spring.”
Soon the road led to a bridge crossing the stream below the waterfall and Mindy commented “I was able to get good pictures of the waterfall with the steep mountains and the valley cut by the stream. The fir trees and other vegetation are pleasant to see, but the debris from mining in the area is not as pleasing.”
Frank nodded, “I agree, but I have to remind myself that we wouldn’t be able to drive anywhere in these mountains if it hadn’t been for the miners building roads here.”
Lora acknowledged, “What a good point. I’ll just look past the rubble and be thankful we can come here together and see the rest of the beauty.”
As they got a little closer to Governor Basin they saw some rugged pinnacles above the basin. Vern admitted, “I have no words to even describe those, so I’m glad our camera is working and we’re taking many pictures of them.”
“Same here.” Later Mindy exclaimed, “Oh, look! There’s a tiny stream making a waterfall on one side of the road and the stream runs across the road and on down the other side making another waterfall. Even the little waterfalls are special.”
Everyone nodded and enjoyed those waterfalls also.
When the road got more difficult than they wanted to drive on, they turned around, went back the way they had come and then went to Yankee Boy Basin instead. They saw several waterfalls along the way. When they reached the first of the twin falls, which were two falls separated by a small area of rocks and ground, they were all speechless, in awe of the view, the vegetation, the mountains and the grandeur of the falls. They clicked many photos and went on up the road toward the second in the pair. There was one place where they could see and photograph both of them in the same photo, including the interesting peaks behind them.
At another place as they drove up the road, they saw some pinnacles that reminded them of the tent rock area they had seen in New Mexico. They parked near there and walked over to the stream where they saw another waterfall in between the pair of twin falls. Vern declared, “It’s so different from either of the twin falls, but it’s just as spectacular and memorable!”
“Exactly,” Lora agreed, “and along the way to it, we got to walk among the wildflowers of many kinds and colors on this good pathway. I wish I had brought my wildflower book. Oh, well I’ll just take a bunch of pictures and we can identify them when we get home. I’ll be able to take close up pictures of many of them.”
“Perfect, Mom,” Mindy stated, “your pictures will be almost as good as the real thing. I think the blue columbines are my favorite flowers. They’re so delicate and are Colorado’s state flower.” And then she stated, “Oh, a butterfly just went fluttering by. They’re so pretty but they don’t stay very long in one place.”
They drove on up the road and even found a couple windows in the rock formations high up on the cliff tops. When the road got rougher than they had agreed to drive on, they turned around and went back to the campground.
During the meeting in the evening, the people enjoyed sharing what they had seen or done during the day. Then several people requested that they sing the same songs and hear the same scriptures they had heard the night before because they might make more sense after reading the pamphlet. After that, many of them had good questions to ask, but still wanted more time to think about it all.
The next day the two families went over Imogene Pass and back so they could see it both ways. The road beside Imogene Creek allowed them to see many waterfalls. For people like the Jones family, who loved to see waterfalls, it was a serendipity and they stopped every place where it was safe to park and took pictures of the waterfalls.
Lora mentioned, “It would be nice to know their names.” Everyone agreed with her.
This evening the people just wanted to get some more questions answered rather than singing and soon many were ready to say yes to the invitation, so there was much rejoicing about the ones who accepted Jesus! Each of those families was given a little booklet to read so they could ask questions about it the next evening.
Another day the two couples drove back down almost to the town of Ridgeway, but then turned east on an easy dirt road that goes over Owl Creek Pass to Silver Jack Reservoir. The lake was very full of water so it was extra beautiful. There were panoramic views of some ridges and mountain peaks that were rough and rugged. The aspen and pine forests and wildflowers added their charm as they hiked around the lake taking pictures.
Then they drove to a trailhead and hiked to Big Green Falls on the Middle Fork of the Cimarron River and Lora exclaimed, “This is a very special waterfall! It’s spectacular, refreshing and wonderful!”
“Yes,” Mindy agreed, “and the hike made it even more memorable because we had to work to get here. Yesterday all we had to do was find a place to park so we could get out and photograph the waterfalls.”
Vern continued, “For sure, and the water in this one, falls over an amphitheater of rocks covered with moss and has a medium amount of water in it which is just right for it. I’m going to take lots of pictures of it from different angles.”
“Good idea, Honey, and this is such a relaxing place to be,” commented Lora. “I’m glad we get to stay for a while.”
Mindy added, “Same here. Oh look! There’s a chipmunk with his cheeks stuffed full of seeds. He moves so fast that he has already disappeared.”
“They are quick,” agreed Vern, “now I can see and hear a squirrel part way up that tree scolding us for being here in his territory. I don’t blame him. But I like to hear the birds singing because they sound so cheery.”
The others nodded. On the way back to the campground they stopped at Ridgeway State Park where they took pictures of the reservoir with the Sneffles Range of Mountains behind it. Then they went to another view point and took pictures of the Cimarron Mountains. The telephoto lens made them seem huge and close.
The meeting at the campsite was spent singing some songs about how wonderful salvation is. They sang ones like the “Assurance March,” which goes with John 1:12, to as many as received him, Jesus gave power to become the sons of God, even to those who believed in his name. The lyrics of the song joyfully say that we can know Jesus saved us and our sins are forgiven. Then the questions about the booklet were answered. Another family also became believers, so it was a very happy meeting.
The next morning the two couples left as early as they could, taking lunch and supper in coolers with them for the long drive to Silverton and then to the remains of Animas Forks, a ghost town, to see what was left of that town. Then they drove over the long Engineer Pass road to Lake City stopping to hike down to Whitmore Falls on the way. They came back to the road that returned to Silverton on the Cinnamon Pass road. It was also a long road. Of course they took many pictures of the scenery along the way, including the beautiful Lake San Cristobal, which is south of Lake City.
They did get back in time for another campsite meeting where all the people enjoyed singing more songs, this time about living for Jesus. One of the songs was, “I’ll Live for Him,” which tell of deciding to follow Jesus completely and to live the way he says to live. It goes with Titus 2b, … we should live soberly, righteously, and godly in this present world. The Jones family continued answering questions and also asked the people about what churches there were where they lived. Each family said they did know of a good church in their city.
Vern encouraged them to find out if it believes like the last part of the little booklet explains, and has a small group for new believers. If you can’t find one, please call us using the phone number on the back of the booklet and we will do whatever we can to help you.”
The next day both families decided they would relax and not drive very much so they’d be ready to drive back to Pine City the following day. But before it got too warm, they went to the town of Ouray and window shopped a little bit and then hiked the short trail to Cascade Falls near the town. Since it was summer it had a smaller amount of water in it but it was still very pretty. The rest of the day was spent relaxing at their campsites.
Their last campsite meeting was like a small group meeting. The people looked in the hymnal and requested songs they would like to sing. Then they would look up the scripture verse that went with the song. It was hard to say goodbye to these people, but they all promised to keep in touch by email.
The next morning the two families left early to drive back to their homes, jobs, and lifestyles in Pine City. They were all thankful for the things they had seen in God’s spectacular creation and for the good ministry meetings. When the travelers told their friends about what they had seen on their trip, they encouraged them to look up pictures on the web about the places they had mentioned.
Soon after Lollipop and the new Princess were rehabilitated and were mostly trained and ready to join the rest of the herd, Nathan and Esther received a phone call from the Yardleys’ friends who raised and trained horses with comfortable gaits on their horse farm.
The man told them, “We just had two horses returned to us that are in very bad shape. They are Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses. The owners have been skimping on their hay and added no other supplement to replace it, so they are very skinny and weak. They didn’t want to admit that they couldn’t afford to keep them, but they finally did admit it and brought them here just now, so they wouldn’t end up at the humane society. We have no place right now to take care of them here. They are still in the horse trailer and if you say yes, we’ll bring them right over to you. You did such a good job with Honey so many years ago, that we have no doubt you can help these two. At least they haven’t been mistreated in any other way according to the former owners. Please say yes!”
“Yes, yes, yes!” Nathan and Esther exclaimed.
They were glad the man had finally quit talking so they could answer. Nathan went and told Oscar and Vera and then he hurried back, so he and Esther could get a place ready for them with plenty to eat and water to drink. In about an hour and a half the people arrived and put the horses into the portable paddock located in an abundant part of the pasture away from the rest of the herd.
The Yardleys came to the pasture as soon as they heard them arrive. Unice, the vet, and Nathan and Esther were also there. Everybody was silent and very dismayed at the condition of the two horses, but it was reassuring to see them start to eat immediately.
Unice was able to do an examination on each horse and found no other problems. They were both 14.1 hands tall. She went and prepared a small portion of a special mash for each of them to eat this day and they would get larger portions the next few days.
Vera finally was able to speak, “They will be an attractive matching pair of dark bay horses. The only difference in their looks is the blaze on the face of the one I will name Cloves for the color of the spice. The other one with no white on his face can be Allspice.”
Oscar put his arm around her shoulders and drew her close. “You spice up my life, Darling, with everything you say and do. I felt hopeless about them, but you cheered me up with names and expectancy for them.”
Vera smiled up at him returning his hug and then invited, “Come on everyone to our house and we’ll have some hot spiced apple tea and visit for a while. Then we can come back and see how our newest guests are doing.”
They had an enjoyable time visiting and then went to look at the two horses again before their friends from the horse farm had to hurry back to their home. Then Oscar stated, “I have the most wonderful wife in the world and I want you to know how much I appreciate you. You’re optimistic in the face of difficulty and you know how to add hope to hard situations, and you’re always hospitable to people when they come here. I thank God for you many times a day.”
Hope and Joy were singing “There’s a Reason.” They had learned this song in the church school and still enjoyed singing it and other songs they remembered from their time there.
Joy mentioned, “I like the tune of that song, and the list of things for which there is a reason.”
“So do I,” Hope continued, “like the sunshine, light, and stars. Let’s look up some of the things mentioned in the song in the concordance and find a scripture verse to go with them.”
Joy replied, “Brilliant idea, Hope. We’ll meet back here at the dining room table with our Bibles and notebooks.”
Hope was first. “Here’s one for ‘sunshine’ even though it doesn’t have the whole word. Ecclesiastes 1:5, The sun rises and the sun goes down and hastens to the place where it arose. This is what the sun does every day, and it’s the reason we have day and night.”
“Exactly right,” and Joy went on, “here’s a good one for ‘light’ in Genesis 1:3, And God said, Let there be light, and there was light.”
Hope said, “Yes, and then the first part of Jeremiah 31:35 has all three words in it and the reason for them. The Lord gives the sun for a light by day and the moon and stars for a light by night.”
“Excellent,” and then Joy added, “a rainbow is beautiful and a promise of God’s faithfulness. Genesis 9:13 doesn’t use the whole word but we know what it is. God said, I set my bow in the cloud, and it shall be for a token of my covenant between me and the earth.”
“Right,” Hope acknowledged, “and the verse tells the reason for the rainbow. Next, Jesus is our Savior, the Son of God, who was given for us. The reason is God’s love and grace, as it says in Romans 5:8, God displayed his love for us in that, while we were still sinners, Jesus died for us.”
Joy added, “Hebrews 4:12 tells a reason for God’s word. It says, For the word of God is quick and powerful and sharper than any two edged sword, piercing even to the dividing of soul and spirit,… and discerns the thoughts and intents of the heart.”
“Absolutely,” Hope concluded, “and the reason God made us is to glorify his name. Isaiah 43:7b, 21, … I created man for my glory… I formed people for myself; they shall show forth my praise. It’s good to know why we were made, so we can live our lives in ways that will bring glory to God.”
“I agree, and this was fun,” stated Joy, “now let’s go show our notebooks to Mom, so she can enjoy it with us.”
After Sherry looked at both notebooks she declared, “These are very well done, and they go so well with the song I heard you singing earlier. And I just thought of another song that will go well with this excellent Bible Study.”
They joined her in singing “Every Time I See a Rainbow,” by John W. Peterson. It’s about the love and faithfulness of God.
Just after their boys had left on the school bus one day, Felix asked, “Sunny, did I ever tell you that I had a couple piano lessons when I was about eight years old?”
“No, but please do tell me now,” she answered.
“Well I wasn’t very interested,” Felix explained, “but after I learned the melody of one song, I played it over and over in a bunch of different ways trying to make each one funnier than the one before. Nathan’s mom thought it was funny and laughed, but we stopped the piano lessons knowing I would not get serious about them.”
“Do you remember any of the ways?” Sunny wondered. “I would like to hear them.”
Felix replied, “I don’t know, but I’ll try.” He sat on the piano bench and hesitantly picked out a melody. Then he did remember what he had done and played it with different rhythms, starting very slowly, and going on to jazz, lullaby, syncopated, very fast, loudly and softly. Then he got to laughing so much at the memory that he couldn’t play any more.
Sunny joined in with her laughter also until they were out of breath and she stated, “Thank you, Honey, that was very fun.” Then she recommended, “But I think we should not tell our boys about it. If they started doing it, it would be a waste of their practice time. However, we can enjoy this memory when they aren’t here.”
“I agree, my darling,” and he added, “This was fun for both of us and it was a good way to get us laughing, and in a good mood. And we even have enough time for us to go have some intimacy while the boys are gone and it’s not time for us to go to work yet.”
“My pleasure my dearest!” Sunny exclaimed.
Ben had missed seeing Mindy while she and her family were gone during the vacation time for the Fourth of July week. The next weekend he encouraged, “Mindy, please tell us about where you went and what you saw on your trip.”
“Certainly,” she responded, “it was a long trip filled with some of the most spectacular mountain scenery I’ve ever seen. Our mountains here are very special too, but I’ll have to admit that those San Juan Mountains are even more magnificent. I think part of the reason is that we were able to go on some four-wheel drive roads and get up closer to them.” Then she gave a complete summary of the trip they had just finished the week before.
“I’m impressed!” Ben declared. “My family and I have also done some ministry times together, but I didn’t know you and your family used your travel time for a ministry. It’s such a great way to make your travels fulfill the two purposes of seeing God’s creation and telling others about his love and plan of salvation.”
Fiona reasoned, “Indeed, and it also sounds like the waterfalls were a good part of what made your trip so exceptional.”
Mindy agreed, “I think you’re right. My family really likes to go see waterfalls. There was one year on the Fourth of July vacation that we each took two extra days off from work and school so we could go see as many as we could in Oregon.”
“I imagine it was a spectacular trip, but very long,” said Matt, and then he changed the subject, “Ben, how’s your job going on the ranch?”
Ben answered, “The downstairs of the second house was finished right on schedule the week after the Fourth of July. Evan and Candy moved right into the downstairs of the second house after living in the Visitor’s Cabin for two months, which they called their honeymoon. They were so excited!”
“I’ll bet they were,” Matt agreed, “it’s such a big undertaking for them. I hope it will go well for them.”
“I think it will,” Mindy inserted, “Candy told me that after just two weeks of getting settled in their big new home, they’ll get to start receiving their new girls one at a time. She told me she was so grateful for all the people on the ranch who helped them move their things from the Visitor’s Cabin into their new home. She also remarked several times about how well built and lovely the house is, Ben.”
“I’m really glad to hear about that,” declared Ben. “Thank you for telling me about it, Mindy. As a builder, I’m so glad when people are pleased with the work my company does.”
“Well then,” added Mindy, “I’ll add that Sara has told me the same thing several times when I’ve visited with her on the phone. She also said that she feels right at home there because it is so much like the house where she lived several years as a foster child.”
“Wow!” Ben exclaimed. “Thanks again. Now I can tell my crews about both couples and they’ll feel as good as I do.”
Mindy responded, “You’re very welcome, and this weekend, I plan to visit Candy in her new home, so I’ll enjoy seeing the finished project firsthand.”
Ben was glad that Fiona spoke next because he didn’t know what to say. “How nice for you and Candy also. You two have been friends for many years.”
“Yes,” Mindy agreed, “she’s been a good friend. Oh, I hear the boys waking up, so let’s go get them before they wake the twins.”
Oscar, Vera, Stella, Liz, Emma, and Nan often went on horseback rides with William, Anna, Nora, Kathy, Gina, and Helen. These girls are close to the same ages, so they paired off together during the rides so they could get better acquainted.
Stella asked, “Nora, how is it going for you at school?
“It’s a lot better than it was at first,” answered Nora. “Thank you again for all your help the first week I was here.”
“Oh, you’re welcome,” and Stella went on, “I remember it was great for me to have help from Hanna, who is in Karen’s family, when I first came here to the ranch, because I didn’t have a roommate yet.”
Nora commented, “When my roommate, Kathy came here, I was able to help her like you had helped me.”
“Great,” Stella declared, “it’s nice to be able to pass a kindness on to someone else. I did the same thing for my roommate, Liz when she came to live here.”
On one of the rides, Liz admitted, “Kathy, I’m having trouble in one of my classes in school. It seems extra hard for me this year. What do you do when a class is hard for you.”
Kathy answered, “Sometimes I stay after class and ask the teacher for help. Other times I read the text book over and over until I can understand it better.”
“Thank you, Kathy,” replied Liz, “I like both of those ideas and I will try them with this class.”
Some days Nan and Gina talked about how much they liked being able to go on horseback rides. Nan declared, “Horseback riding is my very favorite thing to do here on this ranch!”
“I agree!” exclaimed Gina. “When I first got here and found out that we would get to ride those beautiful horses I was amazed!”
“Same here,” and then Nan went on, “It helped me when I first got here to be able to talk to the horse while I got it ready to be ridden. I told it about my awful past and then threw the memory away. Then I just talked to the horse about how wonderful it was to be able to ride him.”
“Precisely,” Gina responded, “That’s what Mr. Mendoza told me to do, and it really has helped me a lot. Horses are very special.”
One day Emma inquired, “Helen, do you enjoy going for walks around the ranch?”
“Oh, yes,” replied Helen, “my foster parents know so much about this ranch because they used to come here when it was a dude ranch. Then when they worked on the farm, they brought their foster boys here on field trips. So they can tell us girls many things about the ranch and they know their way around it really well.”
“Yes, that’s great!” And then Emma humbly questioned, “Did you know that my foster parents are the ones who own this ranch and who had it turned into a place where families could live and be foster parents to abused girls like us?”
“Wow!” Helen exclaimed. “Then they even would know more about this ranch than any of the other parents who live here!”
“I know,” Emma went on, “so I feel very happy to be able to live here with them. I’ve learned so much from them, not just about the ranch but about many other things also.”
Anna was glad to have some time to ask Vera about some little problems that came up with the girls from time to time. And Oscar and William visited about numerous topics during the rides.
On the farm, Gary began his Bible study group lesson by saying, “Today I’d like you to see if you can figure out how to change words like ‘thee’ and ‘thou’ in some of the old hymns to modern words so they make more sense when we sing them.”
Pedro exclaimed, “What a good idea! It seems like we’re singing something King James would have written, but he didn’t write any hymns that I know about. So thank you.”
“You’re welcome,” Gary replied, “take a couple minutes to look in the hymnal you found on your chair. See if you can find a song title with an old English word in it. Then try to figure out what the old word might mean and replace it with that word.”
After looking for a while Luis commented, “I like the song, ‘Joyful, Joyful, We Adore Thee,’ because it’s melody was written by Beethoven. The old word is ‘thee’ and I think it means you, so we could sing ‘Joyful, Joyful, We Adore You,’ since we’re singing the hymn to God.”
“Good thinking, Luis,” Gary complimented. “This is good exercise for our brains.”
One boy said, “I found ‘Great Is Thy Faithfulness’ and I think ‘thy’ means ‘your,’ so we can sing, ‘Great Is Your Faithfulness,’ meaning God’s faithfulness.”
“I agree,” and then Jose observed, “the title of the chorus, ‘Thou Art Worthy’ has two old English words in it, ‘thou’ and ‘art.’ I think together they mean ‘you are,’ so we could sing ‘You Are Worthy’ for this chorus.”
Another boy noticed, “Yes, and here’s one with a funny ending on one of the words. I think that ‘careth’ means cares, so we could sing ‘He Cares for You’ instead.”
“Right,” Pedro agreed, “and it makes a lot more sense. I found a Christmas carol, ‘Thou Didst Leave Thy Throne.’ Two of you already found ‘thou’ and ‘thy’ so we know them. I think ‘didst’ is just a funny way to say did, so we could sing, ‘You Did Leave Your Throne,’ this coming Christmas time.”
A different boy went on, “Good, and here’s another Christmas carol that will make better sense when we sing ‘O Come, All You Faithful instead of the word, ‘ye’ which must mean you.
The last boy concluded, “Great, the one I found is a good praise song using the word, ‘thine,’ which I think means yours. So we would sing to Jesus, ‘Yours Is the Glory,’ at the next Easter time since the lyrics talk about Jesus being risen.”
“Good job, you guys,” Gary commended them. “When you have some free time, practice doing another hymn including the title and the lyrics both. You can sing the songs with modern words also in church and probably nobody will even notice.”
Karen did a similar lesson on the ranch.
A special prayer time for all the small groups in Pine City was called, “Pray for the Church and America.” Most of the groups went something like the following. First they prayed the Lord’s Prayer in unison. Then the facilitator introduced each topic and the members prayed one or two sentence prayers about the topic.
Facilitator: Father in heaven we pray the following in Jesus name and ask that you be glorified. Thank you for Jesus' body, the church.
Member: Please have the leaders and members be revitalized. Fill and control them with the power of the Holy Spirit to bear fruit and bring you glory.
Member: Yes, cause them to grow in grace and in the knowledge of the Lord. Guide and provide for needs.
Member: And please help all Christians to be on guard and to stand firm in the faith; be people of courage; to watch, stand firm, be strong; and to do everything in love, I Corinthians 16:13,14.
Facilitator: Next we ask, Lord of the harvest, please send forth laborers into the harvest, Matthew 9:38. Please help the church to fulfill your great commission in Matthew 28:19,20.
Member: Anoint and empower the missionaries, preachers, radio, TV and other programs. Bring the finances they need.
Member: Also multiply their time and efforts to accomplish all you desire, and meet the needs for the ministry and family life. Multiply the teams with workers and volunteers of the best kind, trained and useful.
Member: And please keep their energy focused, and fill them with love, wisdom, and the power of Jesus. Protect them.
Facilitator: Now we ask that you will please guide and bless in our lives and the lives of our family and friends.
Member: Use us all in your service. Bring all of us to know and be like you.
Member: Enable the parents to train their children in the way they should go, and the children to not depart from it, Proverbs 22:6, and help the families to be good Christian examples.
Member: And please bring salvation to any who don’t know Jesus as their Savior. Thank you.
Facilitator: Next we ask for you to please help the government leaders to repent and be converted.
Member: Absolutely, give the president and other leaders, guidance and wisdom so we can live a quiet, peaceful life and so everyone can glorify you, 1 Timothy 2:2b.
Member: May our rulers be righteous and bring peace to the people, assist the poor, needy and oppressed, Psalm 72:3,4.
Member: May all media, be an influence for good and God’s will in America.
Member: We pray for America, our military, and for the peace of Israel. And please bring peace, security and prosperity to Jerusalem, Psalm 122:6,7.
Facilitator: Last, we ask you to please guide and direct all who are involved in educating children and young people so that all the children shall be taught of the LORD as it says in Isaiah 54:13.
Member: Yes, please help public schools and universities to teach the traditional subjects very well and stop promoting radical social agendas.
Member: We pray that schools will educate our children correctly, establishing respect for the Judaeo-Christian values upon which our nation was founded in the leaders of tomorrow.
The meeting closed with everyone singing all four verses of “My Country, ‘Tis of Thee,” as a united prayer after reading Proverbs 14:34 together. Righteousness exalts a nation, but sin is a reproach to any people.
When she knew that Evan and Candy were finished moving out and had cleaned the Visitor’s Cabin, Unice called her foster parents, “Dad and Mom, the Visitor’s Cabin is available again, so you could come for a visit if you have time. I enjoy your visits here so much.”
“We enjoy visiting you and the ranch also,” her mom replied, “and we will have time the week after next so we’ll look forward to seeing you.”
When they arrived, Unice bounced outside to greet them saying, “I’m feeling more energetic than I have in a long time. The last couple years have been extra busy with time spent going along with Nathan and Esther to check horses over before they brought them to the ranch, and then the extra care most of them required after they arrived. But that’s not to say I didn’t enjoy all of it. I just think I’m ready for this week of vacation time and can’t think of a better way to spend it than with my wonderful foster parents who helped make my careers possible for me.”
She took them inside and her dad asked, “How are the plans going for keeping your work load manageable?”
Unice answered, “Oscar and Vera are trying to find a couple with the wife already a family nurse practitioner, who could work part time in the city and part time on the ranch until enough houses are built and filled up to give her full time wages on the ranch. That family will need to live in the upstairs of the first house. And a part of the game room can be partitioned off to be the doctor’s office.”
“But,” Mom inquired, “they haven’t found one yet?
“True,” agreed Unice, “but until then we have the practical nurse who lives here on the ranch, and they’ll increase her hours and pay her more wages as each building is occupied. This way neither of us will feel overloaded until they find that other perfect couple and she can take care of all the houses as they are completed and filled.”
“This sounds like a good plan,” Mom agreed, “and I’m thankful they aren't planning to work you too hard.”
“Same here, and I don’t think they will”, Unice continued, “Nathan already helps me with the horses and when we get all the new ones and have thirty in the herd we might figure out a way to ease my load as a vet also. I don’t feel overworked anyway, so don’t worry, Mom.”
Unice and her foster parents had a lovely visit and many enjoyable horseback rides. They were able to see the upstairs and downstairs of the first two-story house, so they could understand better about how a doctor’s office could be included in the game room of the upstairs home. They were also impressed with the good workmanship they could see in that new house.
Each day in Pine City, when Sara would take two coworkers with her to lunch, she would add to the things she had already said about not being afraid to die. One day she brought a very small player with her to lunch and played the song “Better by Far” sung by the Haven of Rest Quartet. She had them listen to it while they ate lunch. The words in the chorus say that its better to be with the Lord than on earth, like the scripture in Philippians 1:21,23 states, For me to live is Christ, and to die is gain. … I desire to depart and be with Jesus, which is far better…
Then she asked if they would read the book: “Heaven is Better by Far” by Oswald Sanders, if she would loan each of them a copy. They agreed and had several days of discussions about the book during their lunches together. It had so many other good scriptures in it that the two ladies were convinced. And after they had accepted Jesus as their Savior, she had them listen to the song about using the Bible as your road map to Heaven.
Together the three of them looked up scriptures that would go with that song and they found the following.
Matthew 7:13,14, Enter in at the straight gate, for wide is the gate and broad is the way that leads to destruction, and there are many who go in it… straight is the gate, and narrow is the way which leads to life and few find it.
Philippians 3:20,21, Our citizenship is in heaven… we look for the Savior, Jesus, who will change our … bodies to be like his glorious body, … because … he is able to … subdue all things to himself.
And so the three of them became a three person team that took one other coworker with them to lunch, each giving her own testimony and telling about scripture verses that had helped her. When that one became a believer, the team divided into two teams of two each which would take another coworker to lunch and repeat the process. Sara was very pleased that it was working so well.
Mindy thought it was interesting to visit with Evan and Candy, the newlywed couple, before they had any girls assigned to them. Evan visited in the house with them for a while and then went out to the garage to finish some upkeep on the vehicle.
Mindy and Candy continued their visit. Candy shared, “I was very thankful for all the people who helped us move our belongings from the honeymoon cabin to our new house. Then Oscar, William, and my dad, Ian, stayed and the five of us walked through each room praying as we dedicated the house and ourselves to God and to serve him by teaching the girls about God’s love and plan of salvation.”
“What a wonderful way to get started in your new home!” Mindy exclaimed.
“Indeed, it was very special,” and Candy reminded Mindy, “furthermore, I’m so glad we got to move right next to Sara and Denji, because she’s already given me some good ideas.”
“Yes,” and Mindy continued, “you and she have been friends for as long as you and I have been.”
Candy responded, “You’re right. Plus she’s like an older sister to me as well. God has taken such good care of me since Pastor Don caught me shoplifting and gave me the choice of living in a Caring Foster Home or going to Juvenile Hall, which he said is like a prison. I chose the foster home and Jesus saved me shortly after that. He made all the difference.”
“Yes he did!” Mindy exclaimed. “You’ve become an exemplary Christian woman and you served him in ministry times with your family when you went shopping and now you and your husband will be raising some more abused girls. It’s a great way for you to continue serving him. I’m so delighted for you.”
“Thank you, Mindy,” said Candy, “and on top of that, he gave me a wonderful Christian man for a husband who’s in unity with me about the girls. And by the way, marriage is fabulous! I threw my bouquet to you, because I’m hoping you will also find a wonderful Christian man for a husband.”
Mindy admitted, “I thought so, and I really have enjoyed having your bouquet. I hung it upside down and dried it to keep as a memory of your beautiful wedding. But I have a very hard time believing any man would want to marry a woman with a problem like mine.”
“Well,” replied Candy, “I don’t even notice or think about your ‘problem.’ Maybe some day you’ll be surprised.”
Mindy nodded, “Maybe, but I don’t mind the thought of staying single. My teaching job is very fulfilling. The children are so sweet and are making such good progress. Plus my parents aren't in a hurry for me to leave home, so I have a very good life.”
“Your parents are very nice,” Candy stated. “I enjoyed getting to go to supper once in a while at your home while June and I were living in the apartment. I really like your mom.”
“I’m glad,” and then Mindy declared, “I just realized that I've really had three moms, my birth mom for eight years, after that, Anita Ross, the pastor’s wife, while I was helping her, and Lora until now and beyond. All three are great!”
Candy remarked, “What a wonderful blessing for you to have a good attitude about your time without your birth mom.”
Next Candy took Mindy on a tour of her new home, telling her about all the good things in it and the quality workmanship Evan and the others in Mr. Clay’s crews had done. Mindy was surprised to hear Candy call Ben, Mr. Clay, but she didn’t say anything. Then it was time for Mindy to join her family so they could go horseback riding with the Hopkins and their family of four new girls.
There was a couple in the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church in Pine City who had been longing for years to have some children, but for some reason they were unable to have any naturally.
One day she remarked, “Honey, I think it’s time we quit pining for children of our own and decide to help some children with no parents or terrible parents.”
“You’re absolutely correct my dear wife,” he acknowledged, “it’s time we quit complaining and do something about it.”
She asked, “So, would you rather adopt, or be foster parents?”
“I don’t know,” then he suggested, “let’s look up both options on the web and write down all the pros and cons for each choice.”
“Brilliant idea,” she responded. “Then we can make a more intelligent decision and we can pray as I paraphrase and personalize Isaiah 48:17, Oh, LORD, our Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel, you are the LORD our God who teaches us to profit and who leads us by the way we should go.”
He continued, “I agree and we thank you that you order our steps, as Psalm 37:23a says.
After much research, study, and more prayer he stressed, “For us, I think it would be better to be foster parents for several reasons.”
“What are the reasons, Dear,” she inquired.
“Here are just a few I thought of for us, Darling,” He replied, “It doesn’t take as long as adopting, the parents get to choose the age and gender and how many children they want to have, and when the children reach nineteen and can leave to care for themselves, we can start all over again with other needy children.”
“Very impressive list!” she declared. “I agree with it. Besides we can help more children this way. Therefore, for this first time around, how would it be to have each of us write down the ages, genders and how many each of us would desire and then compare them and choose the ones that come closest to what both of us have written?”
“Perfect, Sweetheart,” he answered, “it will be a fair way to come to a compromise we can both be happy with, since they might be with us for many years depending on the ages we choose.”
She wrote: four girls, or four boys, who will all be 4 years old by the end of September so I can prepare them for kindergarten by using the church curriculum for day care. Then they can all start kindergarten the next January, and we can put them in the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church School where I can volunteer four days a week to keep track of their progress and help pay some of their tuition.
He wrote: two boys, or two girls who are 4 years old.
When they traded papers he exclaimed, “This is incredible! I actually wanted to put four, but I thought it would be too much work to ask you to do, Honey. Are you sure you desire that many?”
“Certainly, Dear,” she assured him, “we have two empty bedrooms and if we get twin beds for each room, there will be room for four children. Plus if we get all the same gender we can change roommates as needed or desired. And we can do as they are doing on Mercy Valley Ranch, start with one and add another one every two weeks, until we have four.
“Outstanding reasoning, my intelligent wife,” he went on, “so would you please choose the gender you prefer for this time around?”
“Gladly,” she declared, “I prefer girls!” He cheered and they quoted Psalm 136:26 together, “We give thanks to the God of heaven, for his mercy endures forever.”
Nathan and Esther were visiting with Oscar and Vera while the girls were at school.
Oscar inquired, “How is it going with the new horses here on the ranch, Nathan.”
He replied, “Really well, in fact it has moved faster than I thought it could. I think we only need two more horses to reach our goal of seventeen new ones.”
“Impressive!” Vera declared. “The herd does look a lot bigger than it did before.”
Esther explained, “The new ones are in various stages of training, but most of them can be ridden by the adults on the ranch and our twins, Holly and Willow, are doing very well with Chili Powder and Paprika, the two reddish brown ones that look almost like twins.”
Nathan continued, “Esther and I ride a different new pair every time we go riding as a family, and we’ve been rotating through the list during the daytime as we continue their training.”
Oscar mentioned, “I look at Cloves and Allspice every day and I’m happy to see their condition improving. They don’t look nearly as underfed as when they arrived here.”
“I think so too,” Esther agreed, “plus they are responding well to our attention and grooming. We’ve been increasing the amount of exercise they get a little each day as we send them around in a circle on a lunge line in the round pen, so they’re getting stronger and have more stamina also.”
Vera remarked, “I think those two are the only new ones that came to us with their tack, therefore we need to buy fifteen more saddles, blankets, and halters and bridles in order to have enough for the other new horses.”
“Right,” so Nathan offered, “Esther and I can measure the other horses and then you two can help us order the tack.”
“Good plan,” Oscar concurred, “also when the downstairs of the second house was finished, I asked Ben to have one of his crews build the new tack room so people can start using it. It shouldn’t take them very long. Then we can divide up the tack so there will be enough for three families at the new one and two at the old one, even though there are still three new two-story houses to be built.”
“Exactly!” Vera was enthusiastic. “It’s so wonderful to see the progress on the houses and hear about the way the horses are all improving. I’m glad they will have some extra time to be as well trained and gentle as the rest of the herd before all the rest of the girls are assigned here.”
Esther nodded, “Without a doubt, this is very important. Since all your girls and Jeff and Karen’s girls are excellent riders they could start riding on some of the new horses. As soon as Nathan and I think they’re ready, we’ll add them to the list of horse choices for those girls if you think it’s a good idea.
“Of course,” Vera responded, “the girls will enjoy doing it and it will be good for the new horses too.”
After their visitors had left Oscar whispered, “Let’s go celebrate all the good news and our love in the bedroom, my dear wife.”
Vera responded, “Yes! We’ll have time before the school bus brings the girls home, so let’s go, my beloved husband!”
Ben and Mindy were at Matt and Fiona’s house again. As soon as she saw him she exclaimed, “Ben, I was so impressed by the work you and your crews did on the house Evan and Candy just moved into! Candy kept telling me about all the good things in it and the quality workmanship Evan and the others in Mr. Clay’s crews had done in building the house. I just wanted you to know that I fully agree with her.”
“Thank you for the valuable compliment, Mindy,” Ben said sincerely, “I’ll pass it on to the crews and they’ll treasure it as I do. We strive to please and it’s so nice to hear good things like you just said. How are you doing at school?”
“Oh, I still love teaching,” she replied, “I was telling my parents the other day that it seems to just fit with who I am, even though the hours are long and very busy since I have to keep up with the schedule spelled out in the lesson plan book.”
“It sounds demanding,” said Ben and then he inquired, “What are your hours and what are some of your favorite parts of the school day?”
“The school day for the teachers goes from 7:45 to 5:15, which is longer than a public school day, but that way it includes day care for parents who work 8 – 5 jobs. But there are no papers to grade at home,” Mindy answered, “Now to answer the second part of your question. First of all, I like teaching the children how to read. Second, I like to read some of my favorite children’s stories to the class, like ‘Under the Lilacs’ by Louisa May Alcott, which is an adventure story about two sisters, who learn about kindness, honesty, and friendship.
Another book I like to read to them off and on is a book of poems by Aileen Fisher called ‘Always Wondering.’ It introduces the children to poetry and is especially useful for holidays and seasons. I get to have two times each day to read to the class. They’re learning how to listen to longer chapter books which don’t have pictures. It’s good for them to imagine how things might look in the story. And third, I have fun doing class meeting and sharing times with my cute puppet, Penny Penguin.”
“I’m glad you have such nice things to do in your teaching job. And your puppet sounds neat!” Ben declared. “Could you bring her here so I could see her next weekend?”
“Certainly,” she responded, “and I can show you how well the boys relate to her since they have already met her.”
They talked about other topics and every now and then Fiona or Matt would ask a question from the get acquainted game that Riley and Amelia had used when they met to talk at this house. It helped to get the conversation rolling again when there was a lull.
Once when there was a pause in the visiting, Mindy happened to look over at Ben and noticed that he was looking at her in a way she had not ever seen before, but she looked quickly down at the patch she was sewing on the knee of a pair of Patrick’s pants.
Matt must have noticed also, because he quickly asked another good question to get them all talking again.
When Mindy got home the same day from Matt and Fiona’s house, she remarked, “Dad and Mom, I’d like to tell you something and ask you a question.”
Vern replied, “Sure, Mindy, let’s all go get comfortable in the living room first.”
When they were settled she began, “I think you remember going to have a meal with the Clay family while they were in the other church. They’re a nice family and I used to spend time with Ben and Amelia when they came to see Matt and Fiona. I would answer the door and
visit with them while they waited for Matt and Fiona.”
“Yes,” acknowledged Lora, “I remember that meal and you’ve told us about your visits with Ben and Amelia.”
“Well,” continued Mindy, “there was a long time when I didn’t see either of them, and Amelia told me later she and Riley had been getting acquainted during that time at Fiona’s house. Then a couple months ago Ben started being there to see Matt, and time was made for the four of us to visit in the living room while the children napped or were with us. It has been a pleasant time.”
Mindy paused and Vern prompted, “So far it sounds good. What else?”
She hesitated, “I’m not sure, since this has all seemed strange and almost like it had been arranged by someone. I had not seen him for months and then all of a sudden he has been there every week lately.”
Lora commented, “Maybe Ben did ask for their help so he could visit with you in a non-threatening environment.”
“What you just said makes sense,” Mindy conceded, and then said, “today as we were visiting, I noticed Ben looking at me in a different way than usual. It wasn’t in a bad way and wasn’t scary. It was just kind of like he was longing for something. Do you think he could be interested in me as a wife? There I said it, but I have a hard time believing that he would, or could. Besides, he’s quite a bit older than I am.”
Her dad smiled at her kindly and answered, “I’m a man, and I know about men, so my answer is yes, he could definitely be interested in you as a wife.”
She exclaimed, “But Dad, I still look like a preadolescent and have no feminine curves and probably never will have!
“Ah, but Mindy,” Vern went on, “he might be looking at your other beautiful qualities, like your pretty face and hair, your happy smile, your intelligent mind and impeccable manners, and he’s liking them. Not all men are like the ones you see in the advertisements. There’s a lot more to finding a good wife than just the way her body is made.”
“Thank you, Dad,” she said humbly, “for all the compliments.”
He nodded and Lora continued, “Remember, Mindy, you and I talked about this before and I remember saying, ‘you might get married to a good man who really does want you in spite of your ‘problem.’ It might not be a problem then.”
“I remember, Mom,” Mindy responded, “and I agreed with you, but now I have to admit, that to me, it still seems impossible. Maybe we should have looked into hormone therapy…”
Lora gently reminded her, “But I remember our doctor saying she would not recommend it because there are too many risks involved.”
“You’re right,” and Mindy went on, “and she also said it would be best not to try and change the way God made me. She said to find the good in it and be grateful.”
Lora added, “Right, and the doctor also said, this ‘problem’ will not have to affect your ability to live a happy life.”
Mindy replied, “I’m already living a happy life here with my parents and at school teaching second graders. I’m just having a hard time believing Ben might desire to have me as his wife. And as I said, he is quite a bit older than I am.”
Vern explained, “The day we had the meal with them, I talked to his dad while you ladies were doing dishes. From what he said Ben is only about five years older than you are. He has spent those years in trade school and getting his business started.”
“And meanwhile,” Lora went on to say, “You were accelerating high school and university schooling and are now established as a teacher, so you are really pretty even in ‘age’ when you consider maturity and training and careers.”
“Well, that’s very true. I’m glad my parents are so smart! You’re the best!” Mindy declared. “All of what you’ve said to me makes so much sense. But I still have to confess that I’m very unsure and nervous about it all. Thank you for talking with me about this and I know we will all keep praying about it.”
“You’re very welcome, and you’re the best, too!” Vern emphasized. “We wish only the best for you, our precious daughter! Father in heaven, you heard this whole conversation, and we pray for only your will to be done.”
Lora added, “And please help Mindy to not get so scared that she wouldn’t agree to let Ben court her. This could be an opportunity to find out what Ben is longing for and she could possibly be the way to fulfill his longing, plus find a new happiness for herself.”
Then Mindy prayed, “I agree, Father in heaven. I want only to do your will, not mine. Besides, I don’t really know what I want anyway. So please help me to do the right things.”
The following scriptures were used in a new believers small group meeting in Pine City. First they sang the Hymn, “I Am Resolved,” which has five stanzas that tell of not living like the world does, but living like Jesus desires, doing what he says to do. The group was learning about how the church functions as the Body of Christ and how the members should live.
The facilitator asked the first person to read Ephesians 4:1b-3. Walk worthy of the vocation to which you were called, with humility, meekness, patience, and bearing with each other in love… Try to keep the unity of the Spirit in the bond of peace.
The facilitator commented, “These verses tell of a very big goal for our lives. It’s not something that will happen quickly either. Instead it will take a long time and a lot of effort on our parts.”
Someone commented, “The verses have good qualities for us to develop.” Everybody nodded in agreement.
Then another member read verses 7 and 11-13a, To every one of us grace is given according to the measure of the gift of Christ. … He gave apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors and teachers, for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ: until we all come into the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God.
The facilitator explained, “Grace or gifts are given to us by the Holy Spirit who lives in us. The purpose of the gifts is to edify or build up the body of Christ, which means the church.”
The next member read verses 15 and 16, “Speak the truth in love and grow up into Christ who is the head: from whom the whole body is fitly joined together and works effectively together, edifying itself in love.”
A different person remarked, “This sounds as if, when we all speak and love truthfully it will help us grow like Christ and edify the church.”
The facilitator agreed and had another person read verses 22-24, “Put off the way the old man lived… Be renewed in the spirit of your mind, and put on the new man, which after God is created in righteousness and true holiness…”
A member stated, “I like the picture of putting off the old man and putting on the new one. It doesn’t just happen. We have to do it.”
The rest of the members nodded and another one read verses 29,30, “Let no corrupt communication come out of your mouth, but that which is good to edifying, so that it may minister grace to the hearers. Do not grieve the Holy Spirit of God, by whom you are sealed unto the day of redemption.”
The facilitator agreed, “Yes, it’s important to build up or edify others.” Then he added. “And there’s another verse that goes well with this part. 1 Corinthians 15:33 says, Do not be deceived. Evil communications corrupt good manners. And I think they also grieve the Holy Spirit. In closing let’s read verses Ephesians 4:32-5:2 aloud together.”
Be kind to each other, tenderhearted, forgiving each other, even as God for Christ's sake has forgiven you. Be therefore followers of God, as dear children, and walk in love as Christ has loved us and gave himself for us as an offering and sacrifice to God…
There was a lot to think about in those verses, and it was a good thing at least one person from each family had taken notes so they could review them together during the following week.
The Iverson family were talking and Oralie mentioned, “I think it would be fun to go on a day trip to some place we haven’t seen yet.”
“I agree,” said Greg and then he asked, “do you have a place in mind, Honey.”
“Indeed I do,” she answered, “but I’d like to hear ideas from everyone else before I share mine. Then we can choose one.”
“OK,” Greg went on, “then everybody think of a place you would like to visit which only takes a day to do it. I’ll be first. There’s a living history pioneer museum in a town not too far from here, and it would be fun to visit it sometime.”
“Thank you for your idea, Dear,” and Oralie remarked, “and I thank the rest of you in advance. I’m writing all these ideas here in this notebook because we might want to do some of them later.”
“Great idea, Mom,” and then Cory suggested, “I hope we can go on the weekend between the ones for our field trips to the ranch. I don’t want to miss out on a horseback ride or other fun activity there. I’ve heard about a place that would be good to go in the winter, if the roads aren't icy. It’s nice and warm inside and has beautiful flowers blooming and butterflies landing on them to drink nectar. Sometimes they even land on the people who are visiting.”
“Neat,” then Jack proposed, “I heard about a place that has trampolines set up inside and there are people who will teach beginners how to jump on them. It sounded like fun, but I don’t know how far it is from here.”
“I like these ideas so far,” stated Kevin, “I'd like to go to a guitar factory and see how guitars are made if there would be one close enough and would give us a tour.”
“Yeah, and I wonder,” said Levi, “if there’s a place with go-karts big enough for Dad and Mom to drive also, so we could all go around the track at the same time.”
Max nodded, “I wonder about that too,” and then observed, “I know this isn’t a new place, but the beaver pond sure was a fun place a couple years ago, even if we did have to leave here in the dark of the early morning. Maybe we could go see it again and then find a place to go on a longer hike to see something new in the area like a waterfall.”
“These are all great ideas!” Oralie exclaimed. “My idea is to drive to a place in the mountains during the fall so we can hike around a lake I heard about and see the aspen trees in their autumn splendor.” Everyone clapped for the ideas and she continued, “And now we need to decide which one of these places we would like to go to the weekend after this so we don’t miss our trip to the ranch this coming weekend.”
Greg inquired, “How shall we decide, secret ballot or raising hands, or some other way?”
“Maybe,” reasoned Cory, “it might be good to talk about each idea and decide what kind of weather would be best for doing it. Like my idea would be good for the winter when we could not do some of the others.”
“I agree,” Oralie responded, “and if we all like all the ideas and would like to do them at some time or another, then we don’t need to vote, but just decide which one would work for our first trip.”
After more conversation, they decided to go as early in the day as necessary to the town with the living history pioneer museum so they could see it before it got too hot in the day and be able to spend enough time there to see it all.
Mindy was visiting with Anita Ross and her children, Tim and Mary, who were growing and progressing through the public school system. Mindy played a Bible board game with them for a while and then when they went to work on some homework, Mindy commented, “Anita, you know more about my situation than most people, so I’d like to ask you a question.”
“Sure Mindy, go ahead,” and Anita smiled encouragingly.
“Well,” and Mindy prolonged the word, “do you think it would be a good idea for me to be courted by Ben Clay since I have this physical problem and he’s about five years older than I am? I don’t know if he will ever want to, but he has started visiting Matt more often again while I’m there, and I noticed him looking at me differently the last time, so I need to know what you think.”
Anita hesitated, “Let me ask you first, what do you know about him, and do you like him at all?”
Mindy answered, “I know he’s a very good man who believes in and serves Jesus. I’ve known him for years, and we’ve visited off and on when he has come to visit Matt Anderson while I’m there helping Fiona with the children. Yes, I like him a lot, but I have a very hard time believing any man would want to marry a woman like me.”
Anita nodded, “I understand, Mindy. But since I do know you so well, I will say I would wonder why any good man would NOT want to marry such a godly, intelligent, caring woman.”
Mindy blushed and looked down because she didn’t see herself as Anita did, so Anita added, “Mindy, you’ve always been so humble, and you find it hard to believe how much people like and admire you. Of course this is part of your charm, but I think it’s time for you to see yourself as God sees you and thank him for the way he made you. And this includes your physical ‘problem,’ which doesn’t need to be a problem for you unless you allow it to be one.”
“Thank you, Anita,” acknowledged Mindy. “I can’t see past my problem to my good qualities, and I figure most other people won’t be able to either. So much of the advertising on TV and even the web focuses on gorgeous, shapely women selling or buying things to show off their figures. And I know I can never attain what our society thinks is so important.”
“Exactly!” Anita exclaimed, “and the most important phrase you just said is ‘what our society thinks is so important.’ Our society is not GOD! Therefore what it thinks is not what matters. Only what God thinks matters. It says in Proverbs 31:30, Favor is deceitful and beauty is vain, but a woman who fears the LORD shall be praised. And I know you fear the LORD.”
Mindy pondered what Anita had said and nodded. “I agree and I can see where I’ve been wrong. I’ll memorize the verse you just quoted and put it on my bathroom mirror with Psalm 139:14, I will praise you, God, for I am fearfully and wonderfully made. I know your works are wonderful. Then I’ll add that I know I’m one of his works.”
“Perfect, Mindy,” Anita commended, “and after you say those verses, try looking at yourself in the mirror. Find your flawless complexion, sparkling blue eyes, flowing wavy dark brown hair and smile at your own God given beauty with your happy smile. Then thank him for the way he made you.”
“I don’t want to become prideful,” Mindy worried. “But I do thank you for your kind compliments.”
“You're welcome,” responded Anita, “and they’re all true besides. Don’t worry about becoming prideful, just be grateful.”
Mindy admitted, “I think that what those mean girls said so many years ago went deep into my thinking and I haven’t been able to get rid of it, so I need to find a way to get rid of it.”
“Positively,” agreed Anita, “I think you should add part of another verse to your mirror. Ask God to help you bring every thought into captivity to the obedience of Jesus as it says in 2 Corinthians10:5b. This is going to take some time and effort on your part, Mindy. You need to say your verses and orally thank God for the beauty he gave you every day at least three times a day until you believe it for yourself and the things those girls said are gone for good. When you can love yourself the way you are, then you can allow others to love you the way you are also, and you can freely give your love to them.”
“Yes,” added Mindy, “what you just said makes good sense and reminds me of what Jesus said in part of Mark 12:31, love your neighbor as yourself. I just realized that I can’t love others very well if I don’t love myself. So I will work very hard on this, and I thank you very much for your help today!”
“You’re welcome, my sweet friend,” responded Anita. “So to answer your question, yes I do think it would be a good idea for Ben Clay to court you, and I agree with all you said about him. He is an exemplary Christian man. I’ll be praying for you both and if it’s OK with you I’ll tell Don and he can pray in agreement with us.”
“Please do,” Mindy exclaimed, “I think I’ll need all the help I can get, because I am very uneasy and anxious about this!”
Anita concluded, “Then here's another verse you could add to the ones you are memorizing and saying every day. Psalm 121:2, My help comes from the Lord who made heaven and earth.”
“You’re exactly right, Anita,” concurred Mindy, “I’ll add it and I know God will help me, just like it says.”
Evan and Candy Beckett enjoyed living on Mercy Valley Ranch and were more than ready for their girls to be assigned to them. By the end of six weeks they had their first big family. Their foster girls’ names were Bonnie, Flora, Kate, and Reba. Denji and Sara’s girl, Lois, helped Bonnie especially at school and then Bonnie was able to be a great help with Flora and Kate. Kate was a good helper for Reba. They all helped each other with the horses, and the tasks around the house.
One day shortly after all four girls had been assigned, Candy, Sara, and all eight girls were visiting on the lawn by the first house.
Sara recalled, “I liked the way the four of us girls had our hair care and other personal items in our bedrooms when we lived in a foster house like these. We used the mirrors above our chest of drawers for curling and styling our hair. The bathroom we all shared was only for bathing or showers, tooth brushing, and using the toilet and washing hands.”
Candy continued, “Yes, I remember, and since the toilet was in it’s own enclosed area with a door on it, the rest of the room could still be used by two girls at the sink and another in the shower or tub.”
“Right,” agreed Sara. “We were used to not having privacy because of the showers required after physical education at school.”
Candy went on, “We made it work since we all needed to be ready to leave for school at the same time. So it wasn’t really a problem for us since we had found a way to make it work. Do you girls have any other ideas?”
One of Sara’s girls realized this was the way they had worked it out in Sara’s family.
Candy’s girls all nodded and agreed to try it that way. And their use of the one bathroom did go better for them.
On another day the eight girls talked about some of the stories they had read recently from the library in the big house, like the ones repeated here as they were listed in the second book in this Sunshine Series. These books can help teach girls many good values and virtues. “Little Women,” “Eight Cousins,” Rose in Bloom,” and “An Old-Fashioned Girl,” all by Louisa May Alcott; “Rebecca of Sunny Brook Farm,” by Kate Douglas Wiggin; “Pollyanna” and “Pollyanna Grows Up,” by Eleanor H. Porter; “What Katy Did,” and “What Katy Did Next,” by Susan Coolidge; “Justin Morgan Had a Horse,” by Marguerite Henry; “Abigail Adams,” by Evelyn Witter; “Florence Nightingale,” by David Collins; “Teresa of Calcutta,” by D. Jeanene Watson; and The Christy Miller Series by Robin Jones Gunn, which emphasizes inner beauty, purity, and dating only Christian boys.
Later Sara and Candy told their four girls separately how their family had solved the problem of a shortage of money for things they wanted or needed. They told about doing as the girl did in the story called “The Old-Fashioned Girl” by Louisa May Alcott. So these girls also passed on and remodeled clothes if needed, to help save money for other things. And in the process, they all learned how to sew. Sara and Candy were able to share other things they had learned from being foster daughters on the ranch, to their girls and in many cases it worked well for them also.
Oscar and Vera had been advertising in various ways to find a believing couple who would like to live on Mercy Valley Ranch and raise four teenage foster girls. The other requirement was that the wife needed to be a family nurse practitioner, who could work part time in the city and part time on the ranch until enough houses were built and filled up to give her full time wages on the ranch. This would keep Unice and the practical nurse from being overloaded. That family needed to live in the upstairs of the first house, because then part of the game room could be partitioned off to be the doctor’s office, and it wouldn’t take up living space in the house.
Therefore the couple who had moved into the upstairs of the first house had done so with the knowledge that when the special couple was found and was ready to move into this house on the ranch, they would have to move to a different house. They had agreed, knowing it would be a lot of extra work for them, but it would also be worth it because they desired the better view of the valley and mountains that came with the upper story of the house.
So when the upstairs of the second house was finished, the first couple and their family of four girls moved right into it leaving the other one cleaned up and vacant for whenever that special couple would be ready for it.
This worked out very well, because within two weeks after their move, just the right couple came for an interview with Oscar and Vera. The wife was hired part time and they moved in to get settled and ready for their girls to be assigned.
All new families moving onto the ranch took the training for foster parenting first. When new girls were assigned, they would only be one at a time with two weeks to adjust before the next one would come. These new families would take two who were fifteen first and then two who were fourteen so in the future they would have two who were already adjusted when the new ones came.
In this way they were helping keep or get some of the girls out of the gangs in the city. Social Services made sure to not put girls from the same gang on the ranch.
Denji and Sara and Candy and Evan all helped the new couple who had moved in above Denji and Sara. Since both families had already gotten their things settled and had been assigned one girl at a time, they had many useful ideas to give the new couple.
When other new couples moved into the new houses as they were finished, some of the other couples already living on the ranch took turns helping the new ones get their things organized and settled. They also gave them ideas about ways they did things that worked for them if the new parents would like to try them. They included the idea that people on the ranch could consider the money they paid for rent there as a good investment in God’s kingdom, because it would be going to the good cause of helping to keep the ranch in operation for the years to come.
Jose and Hugo were cleaning their room one weekend and Jose asked, “Hugo, what shall I do with this bug collection? It’s been several years since we finished it and the bugs have gathered a lot of dust. They don’t look as good as they did before.”
Hugo came over to look and answered, “I don't know what you should do with it, but I do see what you mean about the dust. It sure was fun when I was helping you catch bugs for it, though.”
“Yeah, it was,” agreed Jose. “We both have a lot of good memories about this project. It was nice of our dad and mom to let us collect bugs and even helped by buying the equipment.”
Hugo suggested, “Maybe we could take it and ask them what to do with it.”
So they did, and Felix shook his head saying, “I don’t really know, but maybe you could take it outside and blow gently on the bugs to see if the dust will come off of them.”
Jose and Hugo tried it, but ended up sneezing and with watery eyes. They went back inside and Jose showed Felix. “The dust resettled on other bugs, and some of the wings blew off these bugs.”
Sunny came in the room just then and looked, “Ah, that’s too bad, you guys. You worked a long time on that collection and it was very nice just after you finished. I guess we should have gotten a glass cover for the box to keep out the dust. But at least we have the photographs we took of them.”
“You’re right, Mom,” and then Jose questioned, “Would it be all right with you and Dad if we put this in the trash and just keep the memories and photos of it instead? It doesn’t look good any longer and is just taking up space in our room.”
Sunny nodded and Felix said, “I think your idea is the best way to go in this case.”
So Hugo and Jose carried it outside to the big trash can and went in to finish cleaning their room. When they finished, they went and sat on the piano bench and played a duet for the song, “He Who Began a Good Work In You.” The chorus of this song uses the words from Philippians 1:6 in another translation, … being confident of this very thing,… he who has begun a good work in you will perform it until the day of Jesus Christ.
At the end Jose commented, “At least God doesn’t have to throw away his work on us. Even if we goof things up, he can fix it.”
“I’m sure glad about that!” Hugo exclaimed.
Ben and Mindy were at Matt and Fiona’s house and this time it was with Penny Penguin. Mindy was glad she had brought the puppet this day because after the last time when she realized Ben might be interested in her as a wife, she was nervous in his presence.
But she was able to relax better by using the puppet to talk to Johnny and Patrick. They were laughing and having such fun. She realized that the younger children were even more able to pretend and interact with the puppet. The laughter put her at ease and she was able to visit as usual afterwards.
Fiona exclaimed, “Mindy, your puppet is precious! I like the way you make your voice sound different when Penny talks.”
“Thank you, Fiona,” Mindy replied and added, “I wish I could be a ventriloquist and not move my lips. But even at school, the children don’t seem to care.”
“I can understand why,” Ben remarked, “they’re busy watching the movements of the puppet instead of looking at your mouth. You do a great job with her, and she’s so cute!”
Mindy blushed and said, “Thank you, Ben, I really enjoy seeing the children respond to Penny. They can open up and share more easily when they’re talking to her. Would you like to try it?”
Ben acted flustered, “Oh no! I wouldn't have any idea how to do it. Besides, it might confuse the boys.” There, he was relieved to have been able to talk his way out of embarrassing himself.
Matt changed the subject quickly, “Have you and your crews finished the upstairs on the second house?”
“Yes,” Ben answered, “one crew has started the third house and the other one is building an extra tack room so the new families and old ones also can start using it. Then more of them can prepare their horses to be ridden at the same time.”
Fiona commended, “It sounds like you and your crews are making good progress.”
“Yes we are,” Ben agreed, “I really didn’t think it could go as quickly as it has been, so I’m very thankful.”
The group continued visiting about other topics until it was time for Ben to leave.”
Karen and Gary taught a lesson on some of the virtues listed in the Bible. Karen began her lesson by having two of them find the definition of the word ‘virtue.’
The dictionary was close to Lisa so she read, “A virtue is a behavior or a quality that shows high moral standards, or is considered good, desirable, or useful.”
Then Nan read out of the Bible dictionary, “Virtue is moral excellence or goodness; having value or worth.”
“Thank you Lisa and Nan.” Then Karen instructed, “Next let’s read Proverbs 31:10 together, Who can find a virtuous woman? Her price is far above rubies.”
She continued, “I think we all want to be virtuous women. So now we’ll look up and talk about Bible scriptures that have some of the virtues in them. Maybe we can get some ideas of things we can add to our lives and make them part of our identity.”
She handed out small papers with references on them for the girls to look up and read aloud.
Stella found and read, “Colossians 3:12-15, Put on therefore, as the elect or chosen and holy and beloved of God, mercy, kindness, humbleness of mind, meekness, longsuffering or patience, forbearing and forgiving one another… and above all these things put on charity or love, … let the peace of God rule in your hearts, … and be thankful. I really like these verses and I have a copy of them in my Bible so I can pray for God’s help to put on these virtues.”
“That’s a good idea, Stella, so I’ll do it too,” then Christi read a summary of 2 Peter 1:5b-7,… add to your faith, virtue, knowledge, self-control, patience, godliness, brotherly kindness and charity or love. I think it’s interesting that the word ‘virtue’ is part of this list of virtues and they are all such good qualities.”
One girl admitted, “Yes, and I need to work on self-control and kindness the most in that list. Now I’ll read Ephesians 4:2, (Walk) with humility, meekness, patience, bearing with each other in love. If I would bear with people, I would probably be more kind.”
“Good point,” stated Ellie, “I’ll try to remember to do it myself. Galatians 6:9 says, … let us not be weary in well doing, for in due season we shall reap, if we do not faint. I guess the virtue in this verse is well doing, and it would also include doing any of the virtues.”
Another girl mentioned, “All the words in these lists go very well with the definition Nan read out of the Bible dictionary. In Hebrews 10:36 it says, For you have need of patience, so that after you have done the will of God, you might receive the promise. This verse goes very well with the verse you just read, Ellie.”
“I agree,” remarked Hanna, “those verses show that we need to work on developing virtues and Galatians 5:22,23 says, the Holy Spirit produces this list in us. … the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, longsuffering or patience, gentleness, goodness, faith, meekness, and self-control… I’m glad for his help.”
“Same here,” Liz continued, “I’ll read Ephesians 5:8b-10, … walk as children of light, for the fruit of the Spirit is in all goodness and righteousness and truth, proving what is acceptable to the Lord. These verses go very well with your verses Hanna and I’m very grateful for the help of the Holy Spirit also.”
“Same here,” a different girl agreed, “and 1 Corinthians 13:4a and 7 also have a lot of virtues in them. Love is patient, love is kind; It bears and believes and hopes and endures all things.”
Emma commented, “We use Philippians 4:8 many times for other things but I think it goes well here also. I’ll say my personalized version of it. Emma you need to,… think about things that are true, or honest, or just, or pure, or lovely, or of good report or have virtue, or are worthy of praise.”
Karen concluded with, “I really like the way you girls read these great verses today and your comments helped this to be an outstanding Bible study. God bless all of you as you continue developing these virtues. Just remember this is a lifelong process and we have God’s help to do it.”
Ernest and Connie Clay were on a horseback ride with Ben on the ranch one evening after work and supper. Ben was riding between them on Patches, the brown and white pinto, and his parents were on Blaze and Star, the palominos.
Ernest sensed that Ben wanted to talk, so he asked, “How are things going for you, Ben.”
“Work here on the houses on this ranch is going great,” he answered, “but…” he hesitated.
His parents waited for him to continue. Since he didn’t, Connie realized he needed some encouragement. “But, what? Is this about that certain person you mentioned. Did she run away?”
Ben laughed and it relieved his stress. “No, not yet anyway. But I’m afraid she might, if I ask her if I can court her. If I tell you who it is, will you both promise to not tell anyone else?
They both exclaimed together, “Of course, Son!”
“Do you remember when we were still attending the other church in the new building? We invited the Jones family over for a meal, and ever since then, I’ve been waiting for Mindy to get old enough that I could court her.”
“That is a long time to be waiting.” Ernest remarked. “She must be very special. Was the meal the only time you have ever seen her?”
“Not at all,” Ben explained, “Amelia and I went many weekends to visit with Matt and Fiona Anderson and since she was there helping Fiona many of those times, I got to visit with her while I was waiting for Matt to come get me so we could go into his office and visit. Every time I’ve seen her I’ve been more impressed with how special she is.”
Connie declared, “Now it makes sense. I liked Mindy also the day they came for a meal and from what I understood, she’s about five years younger than you are. So I see why you’ve had to wait. How do you know she’s not already promised to someone else?”
“I don’t know that, Mom,” admitted Ben, “but I’m still hoping. So I asked Matt if he would arrange some visits for us. For several weeks I’ve been visiting with her at the same time I visit with Matt and Fiona, who are in the room with us and sometimes the children are also, so she could feel comfortable getting to know me better. Nothing has been said about her dating someone or being engaged. So I think I could ask her if I could court her or take her out on dates or something like that, if I could get up the nerve to do it. But if she says I can’t, then my dream is going to be all over and I hate to think about that possibility. So I keep waiting and longing and therefore I’m not doing very well about this.”
Ernest encouraged, “I think I understand how you feel, Son. I’ll admit to both of you that I felt much the same way about Connie when we were in the public school. Since she was a couple years younger than I was, I waited and planned and longed for the time when I could date her. Then when the time came I was scared to risk the rejection. But I finally realized that I would never know if I didn’t take the risk. It wouldn’t work to just dream without following through with the asking.”
“I know you’re right, Dad,” replied Ben, “I think I just needed you to understand. It gives me encouragement. So I’ll ask Mindy the next time I see her at Matt’s house.”
Connie emphasized, “Good for you, Ben! Maybe some day you will find out that she has been waiting just for you like I was waiting for Ernest. I had admired him from afar all those years, but had no idea how he felt about me. Thank you, Ernest, for telling us about this! I feel even more loved knowing how you had felt for so long. Now come chase me, catch me, and give me lots of kisses!”
Connie urged Star into a canter and took off with Ernest in hot pursuit on Blaze. They disappeared behind some trees leaving Ben alone, to say aloud to himself, “I will ask her! No more putting it off just because I’m too scared she will say ‘no.’ I need to know one way or the other, so I won’t wait any longer!”
And then Ben rode Patches slowly to where his parents sat on their horses facing each other embracing and kissing each other. When they had finished he declared, “I’ll do it! It’s time for me to get a marriage as good as yours has been!”
His parents both shouted, “Hurrah!” and the three of them walked their horses for the rest of the ride to cool off the palominos before grooming and returning them to the pasture.
Chapter 12
2 Timothy 3:15, … the holy Scriptures are able to make you wise
unto salvation through faith which is in Christ Jesus.
Roy commented, I heard a fun song the other day. It’s called “Can He, Could He, Would He?”
Joy requested, “Please tell us more about it.”
So Roy continued, “The lyrics are about a person wondering all those questions about if Jesus could save him, could love him, and would take him. And of course the song says, Jesus can and he could and he would, and he did!”
Hope asked, “Why was the person wondering those things?”
Roy answered, “The song goes on to say that the person had heard about Jesus, but it was hard to believe something so good. But he finally did and then he encouraged others to trust Jesus also.”
Sherry suggested, “It sounds like a song we could use in our family ministry times if we could get the words and music.”
Smiling, Roy pulled them out from behind him. “I was able to get the words and the music done by the group who sang the song, and there’s even the accompaniment for it on the SD card.”
“Hooray!” Joy and Hope exclaimed together.
Sherry added, “Super! Let’s listen to the song right now.”
When they had listened to it a couple times, Roy recommended, “Now I think we need to find some scripture verses that would go well with the song.”
They all nodded and went to get their Bibles. Sherry found 1 John 4:10, This is love, not that we loved God, but that he loved us and sent his Son to be the payment for our sins.”
Joy read, “1 John 4:19, We love (God) because he first loved us.”
Hope found, “John 15:9, Jesus said, ‘As the Father has loved me, so have I loved you, so continue in my love.’ This makes it clear that it is Jesus’ love also, not just God’s love.”
“Right,” and then Roy went on with verse 13 in the same chapter, “Greater love has no man than this, that a man lay down his life for his friends. Jesus was talking to his disciples.”
“Correct,” and then Sherry concluded, “Romans 5:8 says, God showed his love for us, in that, while we were still sinners, Jesus died for us.”
After they practiced and got good at singing the song and had memorized the scriptures, they used it with good results in their times of family ministry in the park or in the inside walking mall.
On Wednesday Ian asked his wife, Yolanda, and their new girls, Darla, Rita, Edna, Libby, “Would each of you write on a piece of paper a fun activity we could do outside as a family here on the ranch?”
All of them nodded and wrote an idea on little papers he had ready for them to use and they when they handed them to him he said, “No, first fold them twice and then put them in my hat.” Then he closed his eyes and drew out one piece and read it aloud, “It says, ‘I would like us to hike to Lavender Falls again.’ Excellent, we’ll plan to do that this coming Saturday, and we’ll save the rest of these ideas in this jar so I can draw one out for the next weeks until we use all of them.”
For the rest of the week, everybody looked forward to the hike. They were planning what to wear and what kind of lunch to take with them. It was also nice to know each person would get a turn for her idea.
On Saturday as they were hiking Libby remarked, “I like this trail. It’s cooler here than on the road or in the pastures because of all the trees.”
“True,” Edna agreed, “and the wildflowers are so pretty. I’m glad we’re learning their names and things about them as we gather some for our scrapbooks.”
Darla nodded as she turned to look at another bunch of flowers on the side of the path. “Over there are some like we found yesterday.”
“Yeah,” and Rita added, “it is a fun and useful activity. This whole ranch is amazing!”
Yolanda smiled at all of them and stated, “I agree. There are so many opportunities here for learning and enjoyment.”
“Absolutely,” Ian concurred, “it’s a wonderful place to live.”
The next weekend after after Ben had talked to his parents and because he had gotten to see Mindy for many weekends at the Anderson home, he bolstered up his courage and asked her while the four of them were visiting, “Mindy, would you be interested in us doing things together with your parents and with my parents, and you going on dates with me after that, so we can learn more about each other?”
She almost felt like running away, but this was Ben, a friend of many years, so she responded, “Ben, before I answer your question, I need to tell you something. I’ve never developed the way most women do, and I might not ever, either. I’ve never pretended to be what I am not, but I need you to know the truth about me before I answer.”
Ben smiled gently, “Thank you for telling me, Mindy. Your honesty is one of the many things I admire about you. Now please believe me when I say that your lack of feminine development is not a problem for me. I like you very much just the way you are.”
She knew she could trust him, so she smiled and answered, “Thank you, Ben. Yes, I would like for us to do things together and learn more about each other.”
He wanted to jump up and down for joy, but controlled himself and continued, “I’m so glad, Mindy! May I ask your parents for permission to court you?”
“I think that’s a good idea, Ben,” she replied. “They’re both coming here today to pick me up, so when they come inside to visit for a little while you could ask them while they’re here.”
The four of them continued playing with Johnny, Patrick, Grace, and Faith until Mindy’s parents arrived. Then after some more visiting, Matt and Fiona took the children to another room so Ben could ask without them being there.
Ben was nervous but he didn’t show it. “Mr. and Mrs. Jones, I asked Mindy, and she agreed that I could ask you for permission to court her. She explained her lack of feminine development and I told her it’s not a problem for me. I also want you to know that I’ve worked many years developing my construction company called The Master’s Builders, and I feel I am now able to support and care for a wife. I promise to take very good care of her while I court her, and keep us both pure. And if she consents to be my wife I will love cherish and care for her as long as we both shall live. So may I court your wonderful daughter?”
Mrs. Jones smiled at him as Mr. Jones responded, “Well said, Ben, we’ve known you and your family for a long time. I remember a time when we had a nice lunch and time of visiting with all of you.
We were impressed with you then, and we are even more so now. Yes, we give you permission to court our precious Mindy and we know we can trust you to keep your promises. Also from now on, please use our first names.”
“Thank you very much, Vern and Lora!” Ben exclaimed.
Denji and Sara went walking by Mercy Stream with Ruby, Irene, Lois, and Vicky. After a while they all sat on the bridge watching the water flow beneath them and then looked up at the clouds above them. It was a gorgeous day.
“This is a nice peaceful place,” Vicky commented.
Lois nodded. “I like to listen to the water as it ripples over the rocks.”
“Yeah,” Ruby agreed, “it sounds neat, and it’s cool here on the bridge with the breeze coming from the hillside.”
“I think so too,” and then Irene added, “look at the clouds. I think they’re extra pretty today.”
“So do I,” Sara concurred, “they make me think of the song, ‘I’m Looking for Jesus to Come Some Day.’ Would you sing it with me, Dear, and maybe you girls can learn it too.”
“Sure I will, Honey,” answered Denji. “The lyrics are a happy anticipation of that wonderful day which could happen any time. I especially like the second verse because it says we can trust God for help now and a new body when he comes.”
They sang the song through several times and the girls joined in on the last two times.
Sara remarked, “Part of this song goes very well with 1 Corinthians 15:52 which says, In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump, for the trumpet shall sound and the dead shall be raised incorruptible, and we shall be changed.”
“Yes, it does go very well with the song,” added Denji, “and it reminds me of some other verses on the same topic. Matthew 24:36 and 44. Jesus said, ‘nobody knows of what day and hour it will happen, not even the angels of heaven, but my Father only. Therefore be ready, for in such an hour as you think not, the Son of man will come.’ Then in 1 Thessalonians 4:17 it says, we… shall be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air, and so we shall forever be with the Lord.”
For a few minutes nobody said anything, as the believers in the family prayed silently that Vicky would soon make the right decision about Jesus.
Pretty soon Vicky started crying and sobbed out, “I don’t want to be left here all alone when Jesus comes and takes you all away! Mom, will you please help me pray so I can go with you all when he comes?”
“Of course, Vicky,” replied Sara who was sitting next to Vicky on the bridge. Sara turned toward her, gave her a tissue. When she had calmed down enough Sara took her hand in hers, having her repeat after her the prayer of confession, requesting forgiveness and for Jesus to be her Savior.
Vicky exclaimed, “Oh, it’s great to know I don’t have to worry now! I wish I hadn’t waited so long. This peace and joy are wonderful. Now I can sing the song with you and mean it!”
So they all sang it again two times before they got up from the bridge and rejoiced together as a family that all of them were believers now and were ready to meet Jesus when he would come for them.
Sunny and her mom, Mrs Sanchez, were talking on the phone as they often did. Mom asked, “Are you dusting today, Sunny?”
“For sure,” answered Sunny, “because I always look forward to the day of the week when I get to call and visit with you and walk around the house as I dust it for the week. The dusting goes so much faster when I have such a nice thing to do along with it.”
“I agree with you,” said Mom, “because I've started dusting when you call and you are completely right. I enjoy talking with you and when we finish for the week the dusting is finished too!”
They both had a good laugh about it as they visualized each other dusting as they talked on the phone. And they both remembered the way Sunny had written her own humorous poem about dusting which is included here from book 2 of the Sunshine Series.
“Dusting”
Yes, I will dust,
But not because I must,
And I won’t write a letter,
Because the phone works so much better.
So I’ll dust while we talk,
And even as I walk.
Then the house will seem clean,
Since the dust won’t be seen.
So if you want to take a peek,
I only dust once a week.
I won’t dust for very long,
Then I’ll sing a praise song.
I’ll do other things too,
There’s so much good to do!
So don’t fret about me dusting,
It makes time for our discussing.
As they talked Sunny inquired, “Would you and Dad be able to come visit us this weekend since it’s not a weekend we go to the ranch for a field trip?”
“Of course,” responded her mom, “we both enjoy coming to visit you and your big family regularly. Tell your boys we’d like to hear each one play one of his favorite piano pieces.”
“Fine,” replied Sunny, “they all want to get good at playing hymns so they can accompany people singing. This will be a good opportunity for them since we can all sing along with them.”
“Very good idea,” and Mom continued, “would you please get one ready to play also? If we skip doing a meal this time there should be time for us to sing five hymns and visit for a while before we have to leave.”
“Certainly,” stated Sunny, “Doing it this way will make a nice visit. Thanks for the new idea to add variety to our times together.”
The idea did work very well even though Pedro, Luis, Jose and Hugo were nervous this first time. After that, Mr. and Mrs. Sanchez came other times to sing so the boys got used to it.
Karen’s former coworker shared scriptures from her notebook with another lady who needed some help in her hard situation and they read and commented about the verses. Their comments come before and / or after the following verses.
“Philippians 2:14 says, Do all things without complaining and arguing. I sure don’t want to be like Israel was in the wilderness.”
“For sure! Philippians 4:11b states, … I have learned to be content in whatever situation I am in. So I will choose to be cheerful and content or at peace, quiet, satisfied, instead of complaining.”
“Good idea, my friend. 1 Thessalonians 5:18 is like a command, In everything give thanks, for this is the will of God in Christ Jesus concerning you. I think thankfulness is an antidote or cure for complaining.”
“I agree, and Colossians 3:15 is also like a command. Let the peace of God rule in your hearts, … and be thankful. God’s peace is precious. Since thankful is repeated, it must be important.”
“Indeed and in 2 Corinthians 12:9a, the Lord said, ‘My grace is sufficient for you, for my strength is made perfect in weakness.’ Jesus is strong. I’m thankful that I can rely on his strength.”
“So am I. Romans 5:3-5 says, … we rejoice in tribulations knowing that tribulation works patience, experience, and hope. Hope does not make ashamed, because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts by the Holy Spirit who is given to us. This one is hard for me to do, so I’ll try to remember Philippians 4:13.”
“Oh, Philippians 4:13 is one I memorized, I can do all things through Jesus who gives me strength. When things seem impossible, I’ll quote the verse and it will help me keep going.”
“Yes and Romans 8:18 emphasizes, … the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us. So we can look forward to the glory he will reveal in us.”
“I’m glad. Also, in Joel 2:12a,13b,25a, … the LORD said, ‘Turn to me with all your heart. … The LORD is gracious and merciful, slow to anger, and of great kindness. … The LORD will restore the years the locust have eaten.’ The last part was meant to be literal but maybe it could also refer to other things like health or relationships.
“I like your idea. Philippians 4:6,7 says, Do not be anxious about anything, but in everything by prayer and supplication with thanksgiving, let your requests be made known to God. And the peace of God, which passes all understanding shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus. This is a very precious promise”
“It sure is, and in John 16:33 Jesus said, ‘I have told you these things so that in me you can have peace. In the world you shall have tribulation, but be of good cheer, I have overcome the world.’ Peace and contentment are good companions.”
“Yes, and in John 14:16,17b Jesus said, ‘the Father will give you another Comforter to be with you forever, the Spirit of truth … and he will be in you.’ Wow! This means he is always available to help us. The Holy Spirit is also called our Counselor, so I have the best counselor in the universe. He teaches, guides, empowers, and produces his fruit in me. He gives me living water to share with others, and wisdom to live this life.”
Then Karen’s former coworker explained, “When things get hard for me, I try to remember, there is no ideal thing in this world and that these situations not as bad as some are. It also helps me to remember and be thankful for all the things Jesus did to save us. Sometimes I read the last couple chapters in one of the Gospels to remind me about what Jesus did. Other times I sing or read one of the songs listed on this page or some other hymns and think about what they say. I made a short summary of some of the lyrics.”
Then she gave the other lady a copy of the scriptures and the following song titles with summaries.
“May Jesus Christ Be Praised,” day and night, when sad or sleepless, in all of life and for eternity with Jesus.
“One Moment In Heaven Will Pay For It All.” We can look forward to Heaven where all of our trials will be over, understood, and not worth comparing with its glory. Thank you Lord.
“All Glory to Jesus” because he is the great I AM, creator, sustainer, King and Lord of all, and he is coming again!
“Jesus, I am Resting” in the joy of who you are, I’m trusting, satisfied, and blessed. Please fill me with your grace, thank you.
“Jesus, the Very Thought of You” fills me with hope, joy, peace, and rest in your kindness, love, and glory.
“Sun of My Soul,” you are my Savior. Let nothing hide you from me. Please make me like you so I can shine to others, thank you.
“I Sing the Mighty Power of God” for creating the mountains, seas, skies, plants, creatures, and humans.
“Blessed Be the Name” of the Lord who reigns and gave his Son to redeem us and raised him to life again.
“Immortal, Invisible,” the only wise God, who is glorious, victorious, ruling in justice, and love. We praise you!
“Joyful, Joyful, We Adore You,” God of glory and love, always giving and forgiving and blessing. Thank you.
“All Hail the Power” of Jesus name and crown him Lord of all. Ascribe all majesty to him and make him Lord.
“Abide with me” all day, every hour, in trials, in helplessness, in all of life. Jesus please abide with me always! Thank you.
The other lady declared, “These verses and hymns will be a great help to me. Thank you for sharing them with me and making a copy of them to give me. I’ll be sure to use them often.”
During their next time together at Matt’s house, Ben and Mindy talked to Matt and Fiona. First Ben asked, “How did you and Fiona handle dating? I want to be able to keep my promise to Mindy and her parents.”
Matt answered, “Fiona and I met at first in a small group and worked with two others in a four member ministry team. We did a lot of things together with them, kind of like double dating.”
“Later,” continued Fiona, “Matt asked me if I would be willing to date him and I explained that my dad was old-fashioned and would like to be asked for permission to court me, so he did ask in much the same way you probably did last time you were here.”
Matt went on, “We were just starting to feel close when Fiona had to leave to take care of her Great Aunt Cara. We didn’t know how long it would be so we told each other to be free to date others.”
“But neither of us did any dating while I was gone,” explained Fiona, “and when I returned after two years, we actually met again in another small group and we were in a three member ministry team, but Matt asked Dad again for permission to court me.”
Matt added, “He agreed and we kept all our dates in public places so we wouldn't be tempted. Plus we agreed to no kisses until the wedding.
“And,” Fiona tacked on, “I think by unspoken agreement we kept touching and hugs very short and seldom.”
“Thank you,” Ben stated, “besides being fun to hear about part of your courtship, it gave us some good guidelines.”
Mindy said, “I thank you also,” and then she requested, “Fiona, could you give us another copy of the list of issues a couple needs to discuss? I have the one you gave me at home, but I would like Ben to have one also and then we can decide how it will be best for us to talk about them.”
Fiona replied, “Sure, Mindy, come with me to the office and I’ll print one.” In the office, Fiona inquired, “How are you feeling about this idea of being courted? I ask because you look nervous.”
“I am very nervous,” admitted Mindy. “I never thought any man would ever even ask, because of my lack of femininity. But I have talked to my parents and to Anita, and I’m praying a lot. I think Ben at least deserves a chance, so I need to be willing to give him that chance. I’m also working on my attitudes.”
“Good for you, Mindy!” Fiona declared. “I think you have a lot of courage and you’ll do well. If it helps any, I’ve known Ben for many years, and I think he’s a good man. Do you still have the list of tests I gave you so many years ago?”
“Yes, thank you,” answered Mindy, “it’s with the list of issues in the box of things I’ve been making for a future home of my own. I’ll be sure to observe him carefully so I can check them off as we date.”
“Perfect,” stated Fiona, “here’s the list of issues, so now we can go rejoin the men in the living room.”
While they had been gone, Ben got some ideas for dates from Matt. Then Ben and Mindy agreed to start with doing things with one set of parents and then the other and afterward to have their dates in public places.
Ben explained, “I’ve never kissed anyone because I’m saving all my kisses for my bride.”
Mindy responded, “Of course I haven’t either and I haven’t even had anything to do with boys or men my age.
“So is it OK with you to save kissing for just one after I propose, if you say yes, and another for the wedding and many after the wedding.
“Yes,” replied Mindy, “Let’s also limit hugs to those same times and just have a gentle hand squeeze for thank you and goodbye.”
Ben nodded and suggested, “I think our first time together should be with your parents, Mindy, and the next time with mine. By then we might feel ready to go on a date, but I don’t mean dates like the world does them, which involves hugging and kissing and can get too carried away. We can do fun and even romantic things, but we already agreed to limit hugging and kissing. And we’ll keep all our dates in public places.”
“Exactly,” agreed Mindy, “I'm glad you feel the same way your sister, Amelia, does about dating. If we keep our emotions in check, then we can focus on learning more about each other.”
Ben smiled and emphasized, “Very well put, Mindy, and I think we will enjoy our dates more this way also.”
On the farm Gary, Kim, and their four boys were exploring along Mercy Stream after their evening chores were completed. After being cautioned to keep their eyes and ears open for rattle snakes, they walked along the edge of the stream until they reached the bridge, where they could all stand and look down into the water.
“Oh look!” Tyler exclaimed, “there are some fish swimming here in the stream.”
“Hurrah!” Leo declared and then asked, “can we go fishing in this stream?”
Gary answered, “Yes, fishing is allowed in this stream. Would the rest of you boys like to go fishing here sometime?”
“Yes,” “Yep,” and “Sure,” were their answers, so Gary continued, “Then definitely we will plan to go fishing here if you boys are willing to clean the innards out of the fish, cut off their heads, and get them ready for your mom to cook for all of us to eat.”
Ryan explained, “I’ve never gone fishing before, let alone cleaned the insides out of a fish, but I’d like to learn how to do it.”
Leo said, “Ditto,” followed by Tyler, “Likewise.”
“It’s not really very hard,” Bruce remarked, “I can show all of you how to do it after we catch enough fish.”
“Terrific,” Kim stated, “It’s great when you boys can find ways to help each other. I’ll look forward to cooking the fish you catch so we can enjoy a fish lunch sometime on a weekend.”
Then they continued across the bridge and looked for places they might like to sit while they would fish.
Leo mentioned, “There are some nice big rocks in this area that are close to the stream. They would make good places to sit.”
“Right,” agreed Bruce, “and there are even some trees to make some nice shade to keep the sun from being too hot for us.”
“Good,” Tyler went on, “I heard somewhere that fish like to hide in shady places, so there are three reasons this is a good spot for fishing.”
Ryan observed, “I’ve heard that people fishing need to be very quiet, so the fish don’t get scared away. And that’s about all I know about it. I can tell I have a lot to learn about fishing. Maybe I could do a web search and learn more.”
“Great idea, Ryan,” Gary agreed, “and maybe all of us could join you and afterward we can all share any other things we know about fishing so we can all be on the same page. By the same page, I mean we would have the same knowledge as each other. As soon as we get enough fishing poles and other gear, we’ll be able to go, because there’s a good place to dig for worms here on the farm.”
Kim added, “This has been a very nice evening walk and time for conversation. I just noticed that the sun has already gone down and it’s starting to get dark, so I think we need to head back to our nice house and start our web search. We can see how much we can learn before getting ready for bed and having evening devotions.”
They learned a lot and felt they would be more knowledgeable when it was time to go fishing. Then for their evening devotions Gary chose the story in Acts 16:12-40. He would have the boys take turns reading some of the verses.
First he started with a summary of the beginning of the story. “Paul and Silas were traveling around telling people about who Jesus was and all he had done. I think you all probably remember that we’ve already read many scripture verses about this.””
The boys nodded in acknowledgment, so Gary continued, “Paul came to a city called Philippi and many of the people believed and were baptized. Later Paul and Silas did something that angered the leaders in the town. Ryan, would you please read verses 22-24, Tyler please read 25,26, Leo please read 27,28, and Bruce please read 29,30? Also please add any comments or questions you might have.”
They nodded and Ryan read, “the multitude rose up together against them and the leaders tore off their clothes and had them beaten with many whacks. Then they were cast into prison. The jailer was commanded to keep them safely, so he took them into the inner prison and put their feet into stocks. There’s no way they could get away from there.”
Tyler read, “At midnight Paul and Silas prayed and sang praises to God and the prisoners heard them. And suddenly there was a great earthquake, so that the foundations of the prison were shaken. Immediately all the doors were opened, and every shackle was loosened. Wow, this is a huge adventure!”
Leo read, “And the keeper of the prison awaking out of his sleep and seeing the prison doors open, drew out his sword and would have killed himself, supposing that the prisoners had fled. But Paul cried with a loud voice, saying, ‘Do yourself no harm, for we are all here.’ How did Paul know what he was going to do?”
“I don’t really know,” replied Gary, “but maybe he knew what would happen to a jailer who let the prisoners get away, or maybe God told him so he could stop the jailer.”
Bruce read, “Then the jailer called for a light and hurried in, and he came trembling and fell down before Paul and Silas. He brought them out and asked, Sirs, what must I do to be saved? I wonder if the jailer listened to the prayers and songs and that’s how he found out he needed to be saved. A lot of the prayers and songs we hear tell about the need to be saved.”
Kim responded, “I can imagine that might have been the case. Verses 31-34 say, And Paul and Silas said, believe on the Lord Jesus Christ and you shall be saved, and your household. And they spoke to him the word of the Lord, and to all that were in his house. And the jailer took them the same hour of the night, and washed their wounds, and was baptized, he and all his household right then. And when he had brought them into his house, he set meat before them and rejoiced, believing in God with all his house. I sure like the happy ending to this part of the story.”
“So do I,” and Bruce stated, “I don’t know why I’ve waited so long to be saved myself when I’ve heard the need for it so many times! I’m not going to wait for an earthquake to convince me.”
Right then and there he prayed, confessing his sins, asking for forgiveness, saying he believed in the Lord Jesus Christ and asking Jesus to save him. The other three followed in quick succession with similar prayers, and then the whole family rejoiced together, because all of them now believed in Jesus.
Roy, Sherry and the twins talked after the supper things were cleaned up and put away one evening.
‘I’ve been thinking,” Sherry started, “maybe we could do an After School Place here for some of the children in our neighborhood. Not all families have one parent who can get a job to match school hours and be home when their children are home from school.
“We appreciate the way you’ve done that for us, don’t we Joy?” asked Hope.
Joy exclaimed, “We sure do! We have a great family, and now that we’re used to middle school we could share some of our parent’s time with others.”
Roy questioned, “Do you think all of you would have time to do that plus all the other things you need to do here at home?”
Sherry replied, “I agree it might be difficult. But if we only have elementary age children, we’d have an hour before they arrive to do some of our normal things, like grocery shopping on Fridays on the way home from school.”
“On the other days,” Hope suggested, “Joy and I could do some quick exercises and then get most of our homework finished and even have time to set up some activities for the children to do when they get here.”
Joy continued, “Then after their parents pick them up, the three of us can work together like we usually do to fix supper. It might be a little later than we usually eat, though.”
“I don’t think that will be a problem for us,” Roy commented, “but I also don’t think I would be much help for this project since I don’t get home until about 5:30 and that’s when they go home.”
Hope reasoned, “It’s OK, Dad, you can pray for us and that will be a huge help.”
“And,” Joy continued, “the kids would only be here for two hours most days, and three on Wednesdays.”
“Right,” agreed Sherry, “and now that we all agree about doing this project, we can pick up a booklet from the church about how to do it this weekend and then we can figure out what else we need to do to get started.”
During their next time together, Ben and Mindy went with Vern and Lora to a special place they knew about away from the city lights where they could all look at the stars together.
Mindy remarked, “I’m glad the sky is clear of clouds tonight, and there’s a new moon so it’s light won’t get in our way.”
“For sure,” Vern agreed and then explained, “we’ll be able to see a lot with just our regular eyes or glasses.” After they had all looked at the stars for a while he continued, “Plus, we bought this little handheld monocular telescope to take on our RV trips.”
“Yes,” Lora continued, “We’ve done a lot of stargazing with it in different places and it works well.”
Mindy went on, “It’s also good for bringing parts of the landscape up close enough to see detail and it’s great for watching birds too.”
“It sounds perfect,” Ben stated and requested, “would you please show me how to use it, Mindy?”
“Certainly,” replied Mindy, “I’ll be glad to, since it’s really easy.”
After looking for a little while, Ben mentioned, “I’m glad you only have one telescope, because my neck gets tired and I’m glad to pass it on to the next in line. It does work great. I never saw that many stars before in my life!”
He was talking as he handed the telescope back to Mindy who took her turn viewing, and Vern commented, “I know, I was amazed the first time I used it also.”
“Same here,” said Lora, “and when it’s not our turn to look, we like to try and remember any scripture verses about stars, like Psalm 136:9, the moon and stars rule by night, (God’s) mercy endures forever.”
“That’s a good one, Lora,” and Ben went on, “I also like the one that says God knows the number of the stars and he calls them all by their names, Psalm 147:4.”
“Same here,” declared Mindy, interrupting her turn to look, so she could say, “and it boggles my mind to think of God knowing and giving names to billions and billions of stars in the universe! I can’t even imagine counting and naming the ones we can see without the telescope.”
Ben observed, “You’re right, and it would be a good opening for telling an unbeliever about this being good proof that he is God and we are not.”
“Exactly,” Vern tacked on, “and then we could quote Psalm 8:3 to give God the credit for creating them, I consider your heavens, the work of your fingers, the moon and the stars, which you have ordained.”
Lora concurred, “We’ve been able to share those verses and others with people on our RV trips when we’re out stargazing and people come and join us.”
“Then for a clincher,” Vern went on to say, “we use Amos 5:8, Seek him who makes the seven stars and Orion, and turns (night) into morning, and makes the day dark with night, who calls for the waters of the sea and pours them out on the face of the earth. His name is the LORD.”
Mindy handed the telescope to Lora, “And if that isn’t enough we get out our Bibles and take turns reading in Genesis chapter one about how God created everything.”
Ben stressed, “I think it’s wonderful that the three of you’ve been able to do RV traveling and tell the Good News to people in the places you’ve visited.” Ben almost added that he wished he could go with them traveling, but he kept his mouth shut tight for fear that he might scare Mindy away.
“Yes,” agreed Vern, “It certainly added a new dimension to our travels and gave us the best reason to travel, so we weren’t just going for our own selfish enjoyment, but rather as a way to faithfully serve Jesus and tell of his love for the people he created.”
“Right,” and Mindy continued, “Sometimes we sing a song called, ‘Mighty Wonderful You Are.’ Dad has it on an album sung by the Haven of Rest Quartet. And then I quote Psalm 19:1 The heavens declare the glory of God, and the skies show his handiwork.”
Then Vern quoted, Isaiah 55:12,… you shall go out with joy and be led forth with peace. The mountains and the hills shall break forth before you into singing, and all the trees of the field shall clap their hands.
Lora joined them and added, “Psalm 66:4 says, All the earth shall worship you, God, and shall sing to you, they shall sing to your name… Those verses go well with the lyrics which have some of the words of the verses in them.”
“I know that song,” and Ben suggested, “could we sing it together right now? It seems so appropriate.”
After singing the song, the four of them continued taking turns and visiting until it was time for them to hurry back to their homes, even though it was Friday and they could sleep in, the next morning.
Tomo and Ami had told Kosuke and Aneko several times about the fun they were having with Ivy on horseback rides with Afta and Hana and their foster girls on Mercy Valley Ranch. Aneko finally admitted, “I’m afraid of horses because they’re so big.”
Ami explained, “Not all the horses are big. There are two small horses on the ranch that you and Kosuke could ride until you get used to riding and want to try taller ones. Boots and Socks would be good choices for you, if you’ll agree to go with us.”
“But I don’t have any boots, “Aneko objected, “and I don’t want to ride with just socks.”
At first she thought they meant real boots and socks. Then after Tomo clarified that Boots and Socks were the names of the two smaller horses, they all have a fun laugh about it.
So finally Kosuke and Aneko went to ride horses with Afta, Hana, and their girls, and Tomo, Ami, and Ivy. First Tomo and Ami taught Kosuke and Aneko how to groom the horses, check their feet and put on the saddle and bridle. Then they showed and had them practice mounting and dismounting.
Their first ride was in the outside arena, just following Tomo, Ami and Ivy around and learning how to guide and tell the horse to walk or go faster. They didn’t canter on this ride though and it was just a short ride, so they wouldn't get too sore and decide they didn’t like riding. The rest of the lesson was unsaddling and grooming the horses again before returning them to the pasture with pats of thanks. Then they learned how to clean the tack and put it away.
Kosuke and Aneko decided they also enjoyed riding so they went with their parents often. But the first time the horse Aneko was riding put it’s head down to get a drink as they crossed the stream, she gasped in fear that the horse was going to send her over its head into the water. But then she noticed the other horses doing the same thing and she relaxed and resolved to enjoy and learn all she could learn about horses and riding.
Fiona taught Johnny and Patrick about Jesus being the light of the world, but not like the sun is. She took all of her children out in the backyard one sunny day. Patrick pointed to the sun and said, “Bright sun!”
“Yes it is bright,” Fiona agreed and said, “Look over here at me Patrick. I need you to remember to not look at the sun, because it can hurt your eyes. Now look on the ground in front of you instead and see the shadow you make in the sunlight. The sun shines on you, but not through you, so it makes a dark area.”
Johnny went and stood beside Patrick stating, “I make a bigger shadow than you do Patrick, because I’m older and bigger than you are since I’m your big brother.”
Next Fiona had Grace and Faith come and stand beside Patrick, so they could all see their shadows and compare them. She explained, “Patrick, you and Johnny are both older and bigger than Faith and Grace are, because you are their big brothers. That’s why their shadows are smaller than yours.”
Johnny figured out, “And their shadows are the same size because they’re twins and are the same age as each other.”
“Right, Johnny,” agreed Fiona. “Now put your hands straight up over your heads and see what your shadows do.”
Patrick exclaimed, “They did it too! They’re copycats!”
Then the children had fun making movements that their shadows copied, and Fiona commented, “You’ve learned a lot about the sun and shadows today. The sun is the light of our world in the daytime and you need to remember to not look at the sun. Did you know that Jesus is also the light of the world, but not in the same way the sun is? His light is the truth that helps us to know the right things to do in our lives.”
When they went inside, she opened her Bible and read John 8:12, Jesus said, “I am the light of the world. He who follows me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life. We can let Jesus light shine through us and we won’t make shadows with his light. Other people can see his light in us like it says in Matthew 5:14a, You are the light of the world…, so we can ask him to help us do what Matthew 5:16 says, Let you light so shine before others, that they may see your good works and glorify your father who is in heaven.”
Then she played the song, “Let the Light of Jesus Shine,” for them to listen to several times and explained, “You can do this everyday when you play or work, night or day, because Jesus’ light can shine all day and all night. It’s not at all like the light of the sun in the sky.”
Greg Iverson was reminiscing, “Cory, I don’t know if you remember much about what kind of a person I was before Jesus healed you and saved our family.”
“Dad,” Cory replied, “the only things I remember about our life back then was how much time you spent with me, helping me do the things I could do and learning how to make the best of things in the wheelchair, plus all the ball skills you taught me.”
Greg nodded, “I guess I was pretty careful around you, but my dear wife knows how often I complained and got discouraged.”
Oralie just smiled at him and patted his leg.
“Anyway,” he continued, “the reason I remembered about myself and told all of you, is because of this song I found and will play for you from an SD card. It’s called, ‘Just Because of You.’ You can add an ‘s’ to boy as you listen.”
He played it and here is a summary the lyrics. The singer is thankful for all the things the Lord has done for him since he became a believer. He’s grateful for time with his wife and children and the things they do together. He likes hearing that his children love him. Jesus made his life free from past memories, made it new and full of treasures. Now he has love and joy and peace, just because of Jesus and all he did.
Oralie hugged him then and responded, “Jesus did the same things for me and I’m so grateful for the rich life he has given this family on this farm.”
“So am I,” added Cory, “I often tell Jesus how much I appreciate being able to walk and run and live a normal life and on top of that he gave me all these precious brothers.”
Kevin went on, “And I’m very thankful that I get to live in this super family and that Jesus helped me forgive and forget my past.”
“Same here,” and Jack stated, “and I thank Jesus for all I’ve learned here on the farm and in church and the church school, and for parents and a family who love me.”
Levi declared, “The same goes for me, plus Jesus made it possible for my little brother, Max, and me to be in the same family after a while of being separated into two other foster families.”
“Ditto!” Max exclaimed, “I'm also very grateful to Jesus for all the precious memories he has filled me with that have erased all the bad ones of my first few years.”
Greg exclaimed, “God has been very good to all of us!”
Nodding emphatically Cory suggested, “Let’s learn this song, ‘Just Because of You,’ to sing with our guitars when we go to the park. Then we can each say what we’re thankful for, like we did just now, and explain the Good News that made it all possible. Maybe some other people will decide to accept Jesus also.”
His suggestion was met with nods and cheers.
Ben and Mindy spent some time with Ernest and Connie at The Garden Shop on Saturday morning the next weekend where Ben’s dad and mom took turns showing Mindy about their jobs in this place they owned and ran.
Connie exclaimed, “Mindy, it’s so good to get a chance to talk to you again! There just isn’t time at church, and we haven’t had the pleasure of being in a small group with you.”
“It’s also good to talk to you,” Mindy responded. “I remember enjoying the time we were able to spend with you when you had us come to a meal at your home.”
“I’m glad,” and Connie continued, “first I’ll show you what your friends Fiona and Amelia did when they worked here at The Garden Shop. They faithfully took care of the potted plants so they would look nice and invite somebody to take them home. That included watering, feeding, and taking off wilted or dead leaves or blossoms. When a plant does sell, we send a card with it like this to tell the buyer how to take care of it at home. This was Fiona’s idea and she made the cards.”
“How interesting!” Mindy declared. “Fiona never told me about that part. She’s very humble and doesn’t say much about her own accomplishments. She did tell me about how much she learned and enjoyed working here for you.”
Connie nodded, “We enjoyed having her here also. She was a very good worker. The same goes for our daughter Amelia. After her year in the trade school, she helped put new life into this shop. Come and I’ll show you the Coffee Chat Room she set up in the employee lunchroom.”
“Oh!” Mindy emphasized, “this is very nice! I like the lending library and the conversation area where people can visit or ask questions. Do you have time to carry on her idea, now that she needs to stay home with her three little ones?”
“Positively,” replied Connie, “we hired another person to do many of the things Amelia was doing, so I’m able to spend time in here answering questions and sharing the Good News, because it’s such a good opportunity to do lifestyle ministry, since this shop is a big part of our lifestyle.”
Mindy exclaimed, “How wonderful for you and for the people you get to lead to Jesus for salvation!”
Ben was happy to just stand there and listen to the two women talking since he loved them both.
Later, Ernest came to show Mindy the work he and Patrick, who is Fiona’s dad, usually did at the Garden Shop. Although it wasn’t as interesting to Mindy as what Connie had shared, she listened politely and asked appropriate questions. Ben added a few comments also, and then it was time for them to leave.
So Mindy expressed, “Thank you for your time and all the information.” And later to Ben, “This was a really good idea. I’m glad I got to learn more about your parents and about what goes on in The Garden Shop.”
Ben responded, “And I’m happy you liked it. I thoroughly enjoyed hearing your articulate comments and questions, just like I do every time we’re together.”
“What a lovely compliment. Thank you, Ben,” she replied.
After reading the booklet about having an After School Place and another booklet Sherry picked up the same day, about the groups that meet just one day a week, Roy, Sherry and the twins did more talking. In a few minutes Roy suggested, “Maybe you could start with a Wednesday Bible Story Group and see how it goes.” He was concerned about his ladies being overworked.
“I like your idea, Honey,” agreed Sherry. “It would give us a chance to get used to working with a group of elementary school students and see how we like it.”
Joy added, “True, and they would only be here for about an hour. We’d have the materials the church supplies so we wouldn’t have to think up enough to keep their interest for two or three hours.”
“Then,” reasoned Hope, “if things go well and they like coming here and we like doing this, we could ask them and their parents if they would like to expand it to and After School Place.”
“Besides that,” continued Roy, “it would give you a chance to meet their parents and get acquainted with them before suggesting that increase.”
“Exactly,” and Sherry went on, “then the next thing we need to do is make up cards with the name, Bible Story Group and put the time and place they would meet. I’ll figure out a short speech to explain what it is and ask if their children could come.”
“Good idea, Mom,” stated Joy, “and what’s left of this week and on the weekend, Hope and I could walk around the neighborhood to see which houses have what looks like elementary age children.”
Hope went on, “Yes, and we can take a notebook with us to write down the address and number of children we see. Then we can go with you to invite them so they can see you have older girls who can help you with the group.”
“Perfect! Roy exclaimed. “I like the way our family can plan so well and then work together.”
So in a couple weeks they had carried out their plan and had their first Bible Story Group meeting on a Wednesday. After several weeks of good meetings, they decided they liked working with this age group and wanted to expand it to an After School Place. So they went back to see all the families and ask if they would like to pay a small amount of money to have their children come to their house each day after school. They also got ideas from each family about how much the families could pay for each child to do this. Then they chose the lowest one so that family would be able to come also.
The Yardley family was talking after supper. Vera remarked, I liked the topic of the teaching we heard at church. It was ‘How to Live Life to Please God’. I just counted the scripture verses and there are eight of them, so each of you girls can read and comment on two verses as a review of that teaching for all of us.”
Liz began, “First he said to be humble, not proud. The verse for this one is 1 Peter 5:5b,...be subject to one another and be clothed with humility, for God resists the proud and gives grace to the humble. So I’ll pray that God will help me be humble.”
“Same here,” then Stella went on, “and I’ll try to choose to be content and not complain. Philippians 4:11b is a verse I’ve memorized to help me remember to be content. I have learned in whatever state I am in, to be content.”
Emma stated, “It’s a good verse for me also. The next way is that we can grow by learning, instead of being rigid or stubborn, Proverbs 1:5, A wise man will hear and will increase learning and a man of understanding shall attain wise counsels.”
“I like that verse,” remarked Nan, “and I’m trying to learn to show faith instead of saying I can’t. Instead I’ll say Philippians 4:13, I can do all things through Jesus who strengthens me.”
Liz took her second turn. “I like this next one, because I like to stay busy. It says be industrious, not lazy, and it goes with the verse in 1 Thessalonians 4:11,… study to be quiet and to do your own business and work with your own hands…”
“I agree,” and Stella continued, “sometimes it’s hard to be generous, instead of materialistic, but Jesus said in Acts 20:35, It is more blessed to give than to receive, so I’ll ask him to help me.”
Emma added, “And in being generous, I need to be genuine, not just to look good. Philippians 2:3 says, Let nothing be done through strife or vainglory, but in lowliness of mind let each esteem others better than themselves.”
“Good point, Emma,” said Nan, “and I need to learn to practice God’s presence instead of being fearful, when I have something that seems hard or scary to do. In Exodus 33:14, God said to Moses, My presence shall go with you and I will give you rest. I think we can claim this wonderful promise for ourselves.”
“I think so too, Nan,” and then Oscar concluded, “I like the way you girls made the ways to live to please God fit you personally”
Stella admitted humbly, “Karen taught us how to do it in some of her Bible Study Group lessons.”
After a fun time on their first date by themselves, Mindy explained, “This issue is especially difficult for me to bring up to you, Ben, but besides my lack of feminine development, which probably won’t happen, whenever I went to the doctor for a physical, she told me that I would not be able to bear children. So I feel that out of fairness to you, I need to tell you, so you could find a woman who would be able to bear your children. Many people think it’s important to carry on the family name by having sons with their last name. But I wouldn’t be able to do that for you and your family.”
“I understand,” Ben said gently, “and I thank you, Mindy, for your honesty and concern. Now I need to tell you how I feel about having children. I think you probably noticed at Matt and Fiona’s house the fact that I never offered to change diapers. And I only held the infants if they were placed in my lap. I’ve always been afraid of hurting them. As far as needing to carry on our family name, my parents and I feel no need to do it. If you would like to have a family after we have enough money to be in a house, we could adopt ones who are not infants or we could be foster parents to school age children. But I honestly don’t feel a need to have a family.”
With a feeling of relief, Mindy expressed, “Thank you, Ben, for your honesty also. I’m glad to find out how you feel. You know I helped Anita and Fiona for years with their infants, toddlers and preschool children. Therefore I think I’ve had enough infants and preschoolers to last me a lifetime.”
“I can understand why,” Ben replied, “I remember you told about the best way for you to be of help to children now, is by teaching second grade at the church school. Will it be enough to fulfill your mothering instinct?”
Mindy responded, “Good question, Ben, and yes, I do think so, because I’ve been pouring my love into my second graders so far this year, and each year I’ll get to do it all over again with a new class. Then at the end of each day and during vacations, you and I can have more time together without the added responsibility of raising children.”
“Brilliant thinking, Mindy,” Ben observed, “and if either of us needs some time with younger ones, we can visit Matt and Fiona or my sister, Amelia, and her family.”
Mindy remarked, “I’m relieved, and this sounds like a perfect solution for this whole issue, and it will give me a way to help my friends, Fiona and Amelia. Now to change the subject, I really enjoyed the fun time we had this evening in the pedal boat on the small lake in the park. I liked the way we didn’t even have to get our feet wet and besides, it was good exercise.”
“I had fun also,” stated Ben, “I especially enjoyed your comments and laughter. I like doing things with you.”
Mindy responded, “I’m glad, and I feel the same way about you.”
On the ranch Karen remarked as they were working in a vegetable garden, “Vera, I’ve been noticing that there’s very little level ground on the hillside between the new houses.”
“For sure,” laughed Vera, “the hillside certainly doesn't have much level ground even after the machines did so much leveling for the houses.”
Karen went on, “Well at least they were able to make enough for the nice lawn by the first house. And we might be able to plant some flowers in front of the rest of the houses. But I was wondering if we could find enough room in the valley for a community vegetable garden for the families on the hillside, since they can’t have small ones up there.”
“As soon as we finish here,” responded Vera, “let’s go talk to Oscar about it. The small ones we have down here really only produce enough for the lower houses.”
After they talked to him, Oscar and Nathan went looking for a suitable place and they found one that could be irrigated with water from Wild Mint Lake. They found a place right next to the first pasture and all they would need to do is put a permanent electric fence there to keep the horses from eating or trampling on the vegetables.
Sara and Candy volunteered to talk to the other two families and plan what they would like to grow there for the coming year since it was too late to plant things for this year. They would also talk to the ones in the third house as soon as it was finished and filled. Then the new families could help with the garden they had planted.
Karen and Vera were both very pleased with their plans and were glad they could continue the gardens they had started for the lower houses. The girls in those houses helped Karen with the gardens. This way all the families would be able to enjoy fresh home grown produce, in season for many of their meals.
Tony and Maria had their storytelling booth set up in one of the city parks on a weekend. While Tony waited at the booth, Maria took her puppet over to the playground area and had it invite the children to come rest for a while and listen to a story.
A large group of children and their parents came over to the booth and got seated. One mom and dad asked for permission for their child to sit in the middle of the front row so she could see the pictures and read the story silently along with Tony because she couldn’t hear or talk. Of course Tony was happy to let her do it.
Tony chose a story about Jesus healing a deaf man, which was taken from Mark 7:32-37. Some people brought a deaf man who could not speak clearly to Jesus and asked him to put his hand on the man. Jesus took the man away from the multitude and put his fingers into his ears and touched his tongue. Looking up into heaven he said, “Be opened.” And right then the man’s ears were opened and his tongue was loosened so he could speak plainly. Jesus told the people to not tell anyone, but the more he told them not to, the more they did it. The people were astonished beyond measure and said, “He has done all things well. He makes the deaf hear, and the dumb speak.”
After reading the story with great expression, Tony called her parents over and explained, “Jesus still heals people today. He can work through those who believe in him. Would you like to have my wife and me put our hands on your girl’s head and pray for Jesus to heal her?”
“Oh, yes! Please do! I’ll explain to her in sign language what you are going to do so she won’t be afraid,” answered her mother.
The whole group stayed to watch and listen. When the girl nodded, Tony and Maria knelt down in front of her. Each of them placed a hand on her head and Tony prayed out loud, “Jesus, thank you that you still heal people today. We ask you to open this girl’s ears and also make her able to speak clearly.” Then he placed both hands over her ears and like in the story he said, “Be opened.”
Next he asked her, “Can you hear me?”
She looked totally surprised and nodded, with a big smile.
So he asked, “Can you say something to me?”
“Yes,” she answered clearly, “and I thank you very much for asking Jesus to heal my ears and tongue!”
“You’re welcome,” and then Tony looked up to heaven and prayed, “And I thank you Jesus for using my wife and me to heal this girl. Now please help all of the rest of these people to listen to the next story and hear some Good News about another way you want to help all of them.”
Before they had a chance to get up and leave, he opened and read another big book story. It very clearly presented who Jesus is and how he lived a perfect life and loved people so much that he died to pay the penalty for the sins of all the people. But he didn’t stay dead, instead he rose again on the third day, and now lives in heaven wanting people to believe in him so he can forgive their sins and help them live for, and joyfully serve him.
When he finished the story, he and Maria sang the song, “Jesus is Calling,” and then he read the scripture, Hebrews 4:7b, Today if you hear his voice, do not harden your hearts. Part of stanza one is like part of the title of this story. A summary of part of the lyrics is: Jesus calls the lost to come home. So don’t leave the sunshine of his love. Come today and get rid of your burden of sin when you believe and then you can rejoice.
At the end of the song Tony invited, “How many of you would like to ask this wonderful Jesus, who healed this girl’s ears and tongue, to be your Savior, forgive your sins, and help you to serve him.?”
Everybody’s hand went up, and Tony led them all in the prayer which they repeated aloud. Then they all thanked Jesus and if they had any questions they got to ask and have them answered. Then he invited them to come to church and gave them the time and address.
They were glad to say ‘yes’ to that invitation also, so Tony and Maria handed out a little booklet to each family or individual and explained about the card inside it. So there were many new believers in the next church service, and some new believers small groups were started to get them ready for their water baptisms and continue to teach them about Jesus and how to live for him.
The girl and her parents had stayed after the story, and the girl exclaimed, “This is amazing! Now I can hear and talk, and I won’t need sign language any more.”
Maria gently suggested, “Maybe it would be good to stay in practice so you can talk to other deaf children and tell them that what Jesus did for you, he can do for them too.”
“Yes,” the girl answered, “I do know some in the special school I’ve been attending. Would you and your wife teach me how to pray for them?”
“Tony replied, “We would be glad to.”
So he set up a time to meet with her and her parents and teach them what they would need to know before the next day in the special school. Tony and Maria kept in touch with this family and praised God for the additional miracles Jesus did and for the many who accepted him as their Savior.
Because Ted had taught the young men how to sing and do harmony when they were practicing for the graduation songs, he knew that Evan was a tenor and had a very good voice. So when a tenor on the music team moved away Ted asked, “Evan would you be interested in helping the church to prepare the music for the church and small groups?
“Yes, I definitely would,” he answered, “if I would be good enough and if we can work out a way for me to be gone from my family during the preparation time. How long does it take?”
Ted replied, “You would need to practice in your home on Mondays, Tuesdays, and Wednesdays with music that will come to your email address. Then on Thursdays you and I could carpool to go to the church where we would practice some more and have the songs recorded, which takes about two hours, plus driving time. I talked to my wife, Julie, and she said that your wife, Candy, and all eight girls could either go to the game room or play some games on the lawn. Talk to your wife and pray about it. Let me know what you decide.”
“I’ll come see you as soon as I have the answer,” Evan responded.
The same evening, Evan told Ted, “We decided I could do it if I would be good enough.”
Ted declared, “Great! I know you’re good enough, because I’ve heard you sing. So I’ll call the music director, give him your email address, and let him know we have a replacement for the man who had to move away.”
Then Ted showed him how the email worked and gave him some suggestions about how he could practice. Therefore Evan was able to join the team that prepared music for the small groups and the church. He and Ted took turns driving together to the church for practice sessions. They also became good friends.
While they were gone those evenings one day a week, Candy and Julie usually took all eight girls to the game room and taught them how to play table tennis and Jacks or do other things the girls might enjoy. Julie and Candy would each work with four girls at a time in separate areas of the room. They all traded activities half way through the evening so they wouldn’t get too tired of doing either one. Since they had been doing things like this when just Ted was gone, Esther’s and Julie’s girls still got together at other times to do things together.
During inclement weather the game rooms got lots of use also by other families on the ranch, with activities like coloring pages, concentration, other card matching games involving author and book title names, bird and flower and tree names, table tennis, Jacks, puzzles, Bible and other good quality board games, or someone playing the piano while the others would sing.
The library in the downstairs game room attached to Oscar and Vera’s home was still a favorite place for the girls to visit and return a book and then take home another book to read or reread. Over the years, the library grew and Ted built new shelves to hold books donated by the families on the ranch.
Mindy went again to see Anita and visit with Tim and Mary for a while. First they sang some songs with Mindy playing the autoharp. Then she let them try it while she held it so it wouldn’t fall. When they went outside to play Mindy expressed, “Thank you so much, Anita, for all your ideas. I’ve been working very hard three times a day on the things we talked about that day and it has really helped me.”
“I’m so glad to hear about your progress!” Anita exclaimed.
Mindy went on, “And besides, I forgave those girls again in my mind and gave the hurt and memories to Jesus, and he has taken care of them.”
“Excellent!” Anita exclaimed again. “It was a good idea to add that step to the other ideas we talked about that day.”
Mindy was beaming. “Now I’m not so nervous around Ben and I’m enjoying the times we’re spending with our families and on our own. He really is a very nice person and has assured me that my lack of feminine development is not a problem for him. He even told me he feels no need to have a family. And if we ever might decide to adopt, he would rather not have infants because he’s afraid he might hurt them.”
“I’ll bet that also eased your mind,” suggested Anita.
Mindy replied, “Yes it really did, and I told him I’ve done enough infant and toddler care, and that being a teacher to second graders will more than fulfill my need to be a mother. He was happy about that statement. We’re able to talk freely about issues. Fiona gave me a list years ago and then I asked her to give one to Ben so we could write our opinions and talk about them on some of our dates.”
“I’m impressed, Mindy,” Anita commended her. “Keep up the good work and savor this time in your life.”
Mindy responded, “I’ll be sure to do both of those. Let’s go join Tim and Mary in the backyard for a while.”
“Yes let’s do,” agreed Anita. “They both still enjoy having you be their special friend.”
Mindy emphasized, “And I still like spending time with them!”
On the farm, Gary and Kim were talking after their boys had gotten on the school bus. Kim remarked, “It was fun to take the boys fishing last weekend. I liked watching them as they practiced what they had learned about fishing.”
“Yes, so did I,” Gary responded, “I’m glad you had the good idea for us to go to some of the thrift stores in town to see if they had any fishing gear we could buy. It saved us a lot of money and we were able to get enough for all four of them a lot sooner than if we had to wait until we had enough money.”
“For sure, Dear,” and Kim continued, “it’s so good that we both agree about not paying for things with a credit card unless we have enough money to pay every bill each month.”
“Right, Honey,” he went on, “I think we both learned about credit cards in our Bible Study Groups on the farm and ranch. I remember Proverbs 22:7b says, the borrower is servant to the lender.”
Kim declared, “I’m sure glad we don’t have to be servants! And I like this summary of Romans 13:8,9b, Owe no man any thing, but to love one another, for he who loves others has fulfilled the law … of loving your neighbor as yourself.”
“I like it also,” and he added, “I think our boys are making good progress here on the farm. They listen carefully when I explain how to do their jobs on the farm and when you explain their chores around the house. It’s good to see them carry out the directions as they work. I think we’re doing a good job of starting to train them in the way they should go, and when they are older they will not depart from it, as I paraphrased Proverbs 22:6.”
“So do I,” she agreed, “and some day we will have wise sons who make a glad father, as I reworded Proverbs 15:20a.”
Gary prayed in conclusion, “Father in heaven, please help Kim and me as we continue raising these boys. And we praise and thank you that now they all have made the right decision about your Son, Jesus.”
During their dates, Ben and Mindy discussed many issues and agreed to find ways to have both people win if there were times when they didn’t agree about something.
Of course Ben was working at the ranch at the same time he was courting Mindy and he was tempted to just agree with her about everything, because he so desired to marry her. But he realized this would be no way to build a good lasting relationship. Therefore he was careful when they didn’t agree to figure out ways they could cooperate and both win.
One day she asked him, “What are some ways you like to have fun and exercise outside?”
He answered, “I like hiking, bicycle riding, running, walking, fishing, tennis and soccer, and I used to want a motorcycle.”
“What made you change you mind about the motorcycle?” was her next question.
“I decided it wasn’t safe,” he replied. “People can get hurt too badly during accidents.”
“Oh I understand,” she remarked, “I used to think I would like to ride on one, but now I’d rather not either.”
Ben suggested, “Let’s go to the library and look up lists of things to do outside on the web. We can talk about the ones we like, might like, and don’t like, and find things we both like to do.”
Neither of them liked handstands, swinging on rope swings, roller coasters, water fights, or anything dangerous. They thought they might try making paper boats to race in Mercy Stream on the ranch, flying kites, finding a park with a sandy beach to make sand castles, and some other things Mindy wrote down on a list.
When they got outside where they could converse they talked about the ones they decided against and about the many strange things people choose to do that could end up making them a cripple for the rest of their lives or worse. Then they started laughing about things that seemed silly to them, but other people might like.
Then for the rest of this date, they chose to go have fun building sand castles in a park that has a sandy beach.
Jeff and Karen’s girls were enthusiastic and Lisa stated, “We just got the list of horses we can choose from for our horseback rides, and I noticed that there are four of the new horses on the list.”
However Ellie nervously requested, “Do remember that I told you how scared I was for my first ride here on the ranch?” After they nodded she went on, “Will you please let me have the smallest of the four if it looks quiet and gentle?”
Christi commiserated, “I remember, because I was scared also, so that’s fine with me. I’m very glad I’m no longer afraid of even the tall horses although I’m still the smallest of us four girls.”
“It’s fine with me, Ellie,” Hanna added, “You can have first choice when we get those four to the tack room.”
And Lisa added her agreement as they started their walk to the pasture with their parents who had already been riding some of the new horses. When they got there, they chose horses for this family ride. This time Jeff and Karen chose Cumin and Ginger the new buckskin horses. They were strikingly good-looking now, with their shiny coats the colors of their names and their black manes and tails and legs. The girls chose the four new ones on the list.
When they reached the tack room Karen commented, “I've ridden Paprika before, and he’s just as gentle and well trained as any of the horses that have been here a long time. I like his and Chili Powder’s reddish brown color.”
Therefore Ellie chose him for this ride and all went just fine. Lisa chose Arrow, Christi chose Stripe, and Hanna chose Chili Powder. He was more quiet than his name suggested. The horses had been well trained by Nathan and Esther, so they stood still for their grooming, lifted each hoof to be cleaned, and made it easy to get the bit into their mouths. Jeff and Karen helped at the end as usual, to tighten the saddle girths some more, since they were still stronger than the girls were.
Karen suggested, “Today let’s start in the outside arena to warm them up and then put them through their paces. This way we can get used to them and they can get used to us.”
The girls and Jeff all nodded in agreement and he added, “Then if we will continue to ride them every time we go riding for a few weeks, we’ll know what to expect.”
So after a time in the arena, they went up and down the road and over to Mercy Stream to let them get a drink if they wanted one. The ride went very well and they brushed and rechecked the hooves before returning the horses to the pasture with pats and thanks for a good ride. Then they enjoyed riding those same horses for the next few weeks as Jeff had suggested.
Tomo, Ami, Ivy, Kosuke, and Aneko were visiting after supper on the weekend. Kosuke declared, “I sure enjoy our weekend meals! I get to enjoy all this good Japanese cooking without even going to the restaurant!”
The cooks all smiled and thanked him for the compliments, and Ivy added, “I even get to enjoy their good cooking during the week while I’m working in the restaurant.”
“I’m glad you both like it,” and then Ami changed the subject. “What did all of you think of our small group meeting this Saturday morning?”
Tomo answered, “I liked the advice that if a person wants to argue for the sake of argument, then don’t argue.”
“Right,” agreed Aneko, “Just tell him to study Jesus’ life and decide if there is any person or god you can trust more than Jesus and go with that one.”
Ivy continued, “And don’t waste time trying to convince those who have already decided against Jesus, even though it’s sad.
“For sure,” Kosuke agreed and went on to say, “I liked the scriptures we looked up like, Titus 3:9 But avoid foolish questions, and genealogies, and contentions, and fighting about the law, for this is unprofitable and vain.”
Ami stated, “The next one was almost the same in 2 Timothy 2:23, But avoid foolish and unlearned questions, knowing that they cause strife.”
“Yes,” Aneko supposed, “I guess it’s almost the same because Paul wrote both statements to two different church leaders. And I also like what he said in Philippians 2:14, Do all things without complaining and arguing.”
Tomo concluded their remarks, “The last verse is also very good advice in Romans 14:19, Let us therefore follow things that make for peace, and things which edify one another. These verses would be good for all of life, not just to deal with people who like to argue.”
They all nodded and then continued visiting about various other topics.
On another date, Ben and Mindy had decided to run together along a packed dirt path in a park. As they were running Mindy asked, “Do you run very often?”
Ben answered, “Yes, especially on days when I know I won’t be getting much aerobic exercise at work and on the weekends. How about you?”
“I have very little time to sit while I’m teaching,” Mindy replied, “but I doubt if all the walking I do there is aerobic, so my family usually runs together three times a week.”
“That sounds like a good plan,” Ben remarked, “what did you do for exercise when you were studying at home for high school and university?”
She replied as they continued to run, “If her children were still napping, I was faithful in exercising with Fiona on their equipment as soon as I arrived after walking to her house from ours.”
“No wonder you’re in such good physical condition with all that exercise plus more when the children were awake!” Ben exclaimed.
Mindy laughed and went on, “Yes, I think mothers of preschoolers get plenty of aerobic exercise when their children are awake. Fiona has become fit again after each of the children were born, because she gets such good exercise with them and on the equipment they have in their house.”
“I think Matt and Fiona are a very special couple,” declared Ben, “and their children are all precious.”
“I agree,” stated Mindy, “I really enjoyed the times I got to be there with them, and I’m glad it was a help to Fiona.”
They kept running to the end of the path and turned around to go back, continuing to talk about various topics as they ran. As they neared Ben’s yellow pickup Mindy commented, “I’ve heard that if you can comfortably keep talking as you exercise, you aren't overdoing the exercise.”
“Right,” agreed Ben, “and it looks to me like we’re well matched in speed and endurance, because we both could keep talking and running all the way to the end and back here again. And we aren’t even tired out or out of breath.”
Chapter 13
Proverbs 25:11, A word fitly spoken is like apples
of gold in pictures of silver.
Betty and Glenda were visiting right after church one weekend. “How is your after school project going?” asked Glenda.
Betty answered, “It’s going well, and I’m happy to say that all the children who started with us together during our Wednesday groups, plus the two extras are still coming every day. And I’m even happier to say that as of last week, all of them are believers now and they can all start learning how to live as Jesus wants them to live.”
“Praise the Lord!” Glenda exclaimed. “I have almost the same good news, except for two members who haven’t decided yet. But Patrick and I keep praying for them and it shouldn’t be long. I’m really glad we decided to do separate projects rather than just the one day together. I think this has been a good ministry for both of us and I’m glad for Jesus help.”
“I agree,” and then Betty asked, “Is Patrick still helping when he gets to come home early?”
“Yes,” answered Glenda, “and I’m thankful for that help also. I don’t think very many kids get to do things with their dads. These kids enjoy doing things with Patrick.”
“I'll bet they do,” agreed Betty, “and I’m glad people in the church keep sending good ideas of things we can do with the kids.”
Glenda nodded, “It definitely makes the time more interesting for the kids and they even get to learn new things. It’s nice that so many people will share their ideas with others by writing emails to the church so they can print out a new page every week or so and send it to us as an email.”
“For sure,” said Betty, “maybe someday I’ll have an idea to share, but I doubt it. I’m just thankful to get ideas from others.”
“Same here,” Glenda stated, “thanks for the update. Let’s keep praying for each other.”
“Absolutely!” Betty exclaimed. “It helps me to know that you are praying for me.”
Karen’s Bible Study group which had William and Anna Beckett’s and Afta and Hana Suehiro’s girls in it, were reviewing some of the things they had learned. Since Karen knew that all but one girl in each family had already accepted Jesus at different times, she prayed this would help the remaining ones. She had given them some homework at the meeting before, “Write something you’ve learned about God or the Bible in your notebook that you would like to share with this group. Include a Bible verse about it also.”
At the next meeting Karen said, “We’re sitting in a circle today, and to make it easier than raising hands and being called on, let’s start with me and go clockwise around the circle. I’ve been teaching things to you, but I also learn as I get ready to teach. I learned that God is very patient and I like the verse in 2 Peter 3:9, The Lord is not slack concerning his promise, … but is patient with people, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance.
Gina was next, “I learned that the Bible is God’s word. The first part of Hebrews 4:12 says, For the word of God is quick and powerful and sharper than any two edged sword. And the last part of the verse says it can discern the thoughts and intents of the heart. To me this means we need to pay attention to all the Bible says.”
“I agree,” and Wendy went on, “and we learned that Jesus is the Word and is God as it says in John 1:1, In the beginning was the Word, and The Word was with God, and the Word was God. So we need to pay attention to what Jesus says. And our Bibles put those words in red, so they’re easy to find.”
“For sure, and Jesus said something else that means about the same thing,” Nora remarked, “in John 12:48a, He who rejects me and does not receive my words, has one who judges him. It is the word I have spoken. So the words Jesus spoke will judge each person in the last day.”
“That’s scary,” remarked Dana, “and it goes very well with John 8:24 where Jesus said, ‘I said therefore to you that you shall die in your sins. For if you do not believe that I am he, (the one the Father sent,) you shall die in your sins.’ When I read this one, I realized it’s up to the person to decide whether to believe or not.”
“I think so too,” Kathy continued, “Jesus also said in John 3:36, ‘He who believes on the son has everlasting life, and he who does not believe the Son shall not see life, but the wrath of God abides on him.’ This verse says basically the same as the one your read Dana, except it tells how to have everlasting life instead of dying in your sins.”
“And if that isn’t enough to convince a person,” Sylvie reasoned, “Jesus emphasized in John 5:24, ‘Truly, truly, I say to you, he who hears my word, and believes in him that sent me, has everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation, but has passed from death into life.’ He even makes it sound like an easy thing to do.”
Helen looked down ashamed, “I understand now, that it’s my own fault if I die in my sins and don’t get to have eternal life. Jesus said in Matthew 7:21, ‘Not every one who says to me, Lord, Lord, shall enter the kingdom of heaven, but he who does the will of my Father who is in heaven.’ I’m ready now to believe in Jesus.”
“I understand now also,” Kendra agreed, “and also John 6:40 says, this is the will of him who sent me, that everyone who sees the Son and believes in him, may have everlasting life, and I will raise him up at the last day. I’m also ready now to believe and ask Jesus to be my Savior.”
Helen and Kendra then prayed separate prayers, confessing their sins, asking for forgiveness and for Jesus to be their Savior and affirming that they believed in Jesus and all he had done for people so they could have everlasting life. When they looked up from praying, they finally had the same peace and joy they had heard so much about from the others. Now there was much rejoicing and thanking and praising God by everyone in the group and when they got home and told their foster parents, who added their praise and thanks!
Yoshi and Sakura were at Ami’s Japanese Restaurant with their family for part of the evening because many of the patrons had asked about them and had requested to see them and their little boys. Aneko had found a time that would be good for Sakura to bring them and had called the ones who had made their requests, so they could be there when she came.
It was a nice warm evening and Yoshi was already there, so the little family went from table to table in the garden area so they could visit with those people. Some of the people even got to hold one of the boys until he wiggled and wanted down.
Most of those people also stayed for a meal after they had their turn of visiting with the family, so it made a busy time for Aneko who was doing most of the cooking. It was a good thing Tomo, Ami and Ivy were there to help that evening.
It was also a good thing that the people waited until after they had seen the children and then ordered. This way the boys wouldn't be too interested in what the people were eating.
When they got home that evening Yoshi declared, “What we did this evening reminds me of that song,’ Spread a Little Love Around,’ because we were sharing our family with people who might have needed to feel some love lately.”
“You're right, Dear,” Sakura agreed, “we didn’t really have a chance to tell the Good News, but we mentioned to several couples that Tomo and Ami have opened a tea room in the mornings in the first room of the restaurant.”
“Perfect,” Yoshi remarked, “now we can pray they’ll go see what it’s like. Then Dad and Mom might have a chance to witness to them in the tea room.”
Ted, Julie, Nathan, and Esther and their eight girls liked to sing with Nathan playing the cello and Esther playing the piano on winter evenings. During the last winter they learned and practiced singing “The Touch of the Master’s Hand,” also known as “The Old Violin.” The lyrics were written by Myra Brooks Welch many years ago.
Here is a summary of the lyrics. The song tells the story of an auctioneer finishing an auction by holding up the last item, an old, dusty, worn, bedraggled looking violin. He started the bidding at one dollar and the people stopped at three dollars. After a pause an older man came to the front, wiped off the violin and tuned up the strings. Then he played beautiful music on it.
When he stopped, the auctioneer held up the violin with the bow and restarted the bidding at one thousand dollars. The bidding went up to three thousand dollars and the people in the crowd asked what made the big change. He answered, “The Touch of the Master’s Hand.”
The lyrics go on to compare the old violin with many people whose lives are damaged by bad living and sins. But when the Master, Jesus, comes and saves them, he shows the world their real worth.
On one of the Blake’s trips to their favorite thrift store, Ted had found an old violin that came with a bow. It looked like it might work to go with that song, so he bought it. Nathan agreed when Ted showed it to him. Since Nathan knew how to play the cello it was easier for him to learn how to play the violin for the part of the song that needed a violin solo. Of course Ted didn’t have a clue!
They used the song, “The Touch of the Master’s Hand” when they would go into Pine City together to do ministry in nursing homes around the city. Ted and Nathan’s families would sing the song and Ted would narrate the part of the song that needed it. Nathan would play the violin solo. The ladies would explain the Good News with the girls quoting one salvation scripture each, in the order of the salvation process. Nathan answered questions at the end. Many in the nursing home group could relate to the song, and there were salvations in almost every place they went.
For this date, Ben and Mindy went with a supper picnic she had prepared, to a park with a good view of sunsets when the clouds were just right. After eating the supper which he declared was delicious, Mindy realized her parents had both been good teachers when they taught her how to cook.
Next they walked on the path in the direction of the sunset so they could enjoy it longer. The clouds were just right and Mindy almost wished she had brought the camera, but then she realized it was better to not interrupt their time together for this particular time.
Near the end of the date Ben asked, “Mindy, do you think you would like to go horseback riding with me and my parents on the ranch?”
“Oh, yes,” she answered, “I would like it a lot.”
“Good,” and Ben continued, “If you don’t know how to ride, I could teach you, because Oscar and Vera taught me how to ride.”
Staying humble, Mindy reasoned, “I’m sure they did a good job, and I know you re a good learner. They taught the Hopkins family, who taught my family. We’ve been riding with them for about five years.”
“Oh wow!” Ben exclaimed, “In that case, I’ll bet you could teach me some more. Now that you know my parents a little better would you like to let them bring you with them to the ranch? They could pick you up at your house where you could already be dressed for riding and then after the ride they could take you back to your home.”
Mindy replied, “Yes, your idea is a good one and it makes so much good sense for me to ride to the ranch with them so you don’t have to make a special trip down here to get me and then bring me back home. I enjoy talking to your parents. What time should I be ready and which day?”
Ben answered, “Thank you for agreeing so easily. They’ll be coming here this Sunday. I’ll call and ask them what time they would pick you up and then I’ll call you and let you know when to be ready.”
So their next date was a horseback ride on the ranch with Ben’s parents. It was easy for Mindy to fit right into riding with them as a family and they all enjoyed the time together. Preparing and riding these excellent horses made it even more enjoyable.
Karen and Gary both did a lesson for the groups who had lived longer on the ranch and farm. They called it Praise, Bless, and Worship the LORD. First Gary had Luis look up and read the definition of ‘worship.’
Luis read, “Worship as a verb means to show reverence and adoration and honor for God. Similar words are revere, venerate, give devotion, praise, thank, glorify, bless, exalt, give homage, respect, honor, esteem, love, cherish, admire, magnify.”
“Thank you, Luis,” said Gary. “Those are good words that can expand our understanding when we see them in scripture. Read them again slowly so everybody can write them in their notebooks. … Good, now find Psalm 71:8 and let’s read it together. Let my mouth be filled with your praise and with your honor all day.”
Hugo remarked, “It sounds like a personal prayer. But I don’t understand how it could work if it really was all day.”
“I don’t either,” answered Gary, “and I ask the same thing for the next verse in Psalm 34:1, I will bless the LORD at all times, his praise shall continually be in my mouth. Maybe it’s exaggerated for effect. Remember the word, ‘hyperbole,’ from your English classes? I think some scriptures use that figure of speech.”
“Oh, yeah, it could be,” said one of the other boys who then wondered, “Do you think the people in Kosuke’s class for chaplains would have more time to praise the Lord than other regular jobs?”
Gary replied, “They might, especially during the classes, but they also have regular jobs to do during the daytime.”
Jose suggested, “Maybe the writer used exaggeration to show how important it is to praise God often and get people to thinking about doing it as often as is possible for them.”
“I like your idea, Jose,” responded Gary. “Now look up and read
Isaiah 25:1a with me.” O Lord, you are my God. I will exalt you, I will praise your name, for you have done wonderful things...
A different boy stated, “This is a good verse because it tells one of the reasons to praise God.”
“Right,” agreed Gary, “and the verses that follow it tell some more reasons, even though we might not be able to relate to some of them because they went with things happening in those days. Now let’s read Psalm 95:6 together, O come, let us worship and bow down, let us kneel before the LORD our maker.”
Pedro reflected, “I like the way we can raise our hands, bow our heads, or kneel as we sing worship songs at our church. It helps me concentrate when I get my body involved like that.”
“Good point, Pedro, “and our last verse for today tells why and how to worship. Find Psalm 29:2 and read it with me. Give unto the LORD the Glory due his name, worship the LORD in the beauty of holiness. I think this means to be reverent and keep our lives pure. Thank you for your good comments and questions today, and I’ll see you next time.”
Ruth and Maria liked still having lunch together on Mondays and Fridays. One Monday Ruth said, “I just want to tell you again how I’ve enjoyed your friendship since you started working in this building.”
“Thank You, Ruth,” Maria responded, “and I really value your friendship and everything we’ve learned. I’m also very glad for the way God worked out so much of I thought were mistakes or problems and turned them into good things instead.”
“Absolutely!” Ruth exclaimed. “I feel amazed whenever I think back over the years and remember how upset we all were at first, but then we got to see all the extraordinary ways our God fixed everything to be much better than we could imagine.”
Maria continued, “Indeed, as examples, you are happily remaining single, Esther is happily married to Nathan, and they’re doing a great job raising four abused foster girls. And even though I had thought I should remain single, God changed my mind. Now I’m happily married to Tony, who is a wonderful man and is more suited to the way I believe, and we get to serve God together in ministry to children. Jason is happily married to a Christian woman, who likes to be treated like a queen, and they have two sweet boys of their own to love and raise to serve Jesus.”
“What an awesome God we have! He can plan our lives so much better than we ever could,” stated Ruth.
Maria commented, “We sure do have an awesome God! There are at least three songs about how awesome our God is. Let’s sing them before we go back to work since we already walked up and down the stairs because it’s raining outside.”
After supper was cleaned up and the family was relaxing in the living room Vera asked, “How is school going for each of you this year so far?”
Nan answered, “I’ve been feeling more accustomed to the big high school building and the differences between middle school and high school. And I thank Liz again for all her help at the beginning of the year.”
“Ditto,” Emma went on, “only I thank Stella, because she was the one who helped me. I pity girls who don’t have older sisters or friends who can help them get acclimated to high school.”
“I agree,” stated Stella, and I’m so glad Lisa helped me and Ellie helped Liz last year. For me, of course tenth grade has some harder courses than the years before, but since we all do our homework and keep up and pay good attention in classes we’re prepared for the ones as they get harder.”
Liz continued, “Exactly, and I appreciate the help you and Dad give us on hard homework. Stella and I also do a good job of helping each other, but if we both get stuck I’m glad you two are so smart and you are good at explaining things so they make sense.”
“You’re all welcome,” Oscar declared, “and we’re glad we can be of help to you.”
Then Liz went on, “I like riding the bus to school even more now that our bus driver is a believer and has become a friend.”
“Right,” agreed Stella, “she even greets us by name as we get on the bus, and it’s a nice feeling.”
Emma added, “She doesn’t even hesitate when we ask for permission to change seats so we can sit with one of the new girls and try to be friends with her.”
“It works well too,” mentioned Nan, “especially when we’re the ones who get to show them around the school and eat lunch with them and their roommate.”
Vera commented, “I would imagine they appreciate what you are doing for them.”
“I agree,” said Oscar, “and it’s a head start for becoming friends with them and finding opportunities to tell them about the Good News.”
On one of their dates Ben and Mindy had made two paper boats and colored them each a different color. When the boats were ready, they went to race them in Mercy Stream. They put them in the stream and let go at the same time and then ran along the path beside the stream to see if one of them would get ahead of the other. It was a little difficult to run along this path and watch the boats at the same time, because they had to look out for horse droppings as they went.
So after one trial, they fished the boats out of the water and went to prepare a horse apiece so they wouldn't have to worry about where they were stepping. It worked much better this way. Most of the time the boats had a tie, because they were put near each other and the current was nearly the same for both boats.
Mindy had an idea, “Lets tie some dandelion flowers together and call them boats, then we can ride the horses out into the stream and drop them at the same time. We won’t even have to fish them out of the stream, because they won’t pollute it.”
“I get it!” Ben declared. “Then we’ll ride back to the path and hurry after the boats. But how will we know which boat is which?”
Mindy replied, “We could tie more green leaves into one of them.”
“What a fun idea, Mindy,” Ben complimented, “I certainly enjoy the times I get to spend with you.”
Their new ‘boats’ went much faster out in the center of the stream and their horses had to canter for a while on the path to catch up with them. The one with more green got caught in a whirl pool and spent some time going around and around.
So they left it and hurried after the other one. When it reached the small area of rapids on the ranch, it promptly fell apart. Ben and Mindy were laughing so hard they couldn’t stop, and it was a good thing they were on gentle, well trained horses that didn’t get spooked by all their noise!
After they settled down and caught their breath, Mindy pointed and exclaimed, “Oh, Look! Here comes the other ‘boat’. It finally got out of the whirlpool. And now it has made it through the rapids so it won!”
The ‘boat’ kept going on down the stream so they followed to the edge of the ranch and then turned around and went on riding for a while. On the way back Ben had his horse, Cumin, go out to the middle of the stream just below the area of the rapids, and Mindy followed on Ginger. Both horses were such gorgeous buckskins. Ben and Mindy sat on the horses looking upstream, and listened to the water.
Then Ben commented, “I like to hear the gurgle and other sounds the water makes as it ripples over the rocks.”
“So do I,” Mindy agreed, “and I like to watch it as it makes bubbles when it goes over some of the rocks. Then I like to think of other similar words for the sounds it makes, like babble and bubble.”
“Those are good,” and he continued, “sometimes it murmurs, splashes or even seems to whisper.”
“Exactly,” she concurred, “and sitting here on our horses is a much better way to hear it. This has been so fun today. Thank you for this lovely time together!”
“My pleasure for sure!” Ben exclaimed. And then they went back to the tack room to unsaddle and groom Cumin and Ginger so they could take them to the pasture.
“I Just Started Living” was the name of a song that a middle-aged couple decided to use in their ministry times. They had only been believers for a few years. They enjoyed singing together and had been pretty famous in their younger years as part of a singing group that went on tours. Their voices were still good and they desired to serve their Savior. They knew the Holy Spirit was in them and could use them to bring others to Jesus.
Some of the lyrics in the song were about how thrilling their new life was, and that all the strife was gone. They treasured the hope they had in Jesus and his love and they looked forward to eternity in heaven.
They practiced singing this song with no accompaniment and memorized some verses that went well with the song.
2 Corinthians 5:17, Therefore if any man is in Christ, he is a new creature. Old things have passed away, behold all things have become new.
Romans 6:23b,… the gift of God is eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord.
Titus 3:7,… being justified by God’s grace, we are heirs according to the hope of eternal life.
They also memorized many verses in a sequence that would tell the Good News to the listeners. Then they practiced their own testimonies about their life before and how much it seemed like they had just started really living when they accepted Jesus as their Savior. The “fame” they had before was no comparison to the peace and joy they had now.
When the weather was nice outside, they went to the city parks and sang for groups of people having picnics. During inclement weather they ministered in the inside shopping mall. Wherever they were, they got to rejoice when people decided to accept Jesus.
After doing this for a while, they decided to invite all the former members of the singing group to come to Pine City for a reunion at one of the parks in the city. They had a lunch catered for them and after lunch and visiting, they sang that song for the group and quoted the scripture verses. Then they gave their testimonies and shared the Good News with them. There was great rejoicing when some of the people accepted Jesus.
One of the couples who came to the reunion had already accepted Jesus a few years ago also. They stayed afterward to visit some more and made plans to travel as a small singing group of four to perform short free concerts together in parks, and then give their testimonies and tell the Good News to the listeners.
They added other songs like “Just Look What’s Happened to Me,” and “O Happy Day!” Those and the other songs they chose to sing were about the good changes Jesus had made in their lives after they had believed in him.
The other couple had a large motor home that was big enough for all four of them to travel together. They got along very well and had good success, so they added concerts in the campgrounds they stayed in along the way while they traveled.
Together they chose Romans 12:2, as their life verse and quoted it often to themselves and each other as they traveled. It says, Be not conformed to this world, but be transformed by the renewing of your mind, so you may prove what is the good and acceptable and perfect will of God.
While they were talking after supper Pedro mentioned, “Luis and I will be graduating this year from high school.”
Sunny responded, “It hardly seems possible that the time could have gone that quickly.”
“I agree. The time has gone as fast as a runaway train,” stated Felix. “What ideas do you have about what you want to do when you also graduate from the farm after you turn nineteen?”
“Luis and I been talking and praying together,” answered Pedro, “and we’ve considered many possibilities.”
Luis continued, “We also were able to talk and pray with Gary after one of our Bible Study Groups. Neither of us feels like we desire to get married.”
“So,” Pedro went on, “we’re strongly considering joining the army to become chaplains.”
Felix acknowledged, “Being chaplains is an honorable calling.”
“Yes,” inserted Luis, “and ‘calling’ is the important word in that statement. Since we’ve been praying so much about what to do, we both have felt that Jesus would like for us to do this for him.”
Pedro added, “It’s a calling that will take much commitment and needs men who are wanting to stay single.”
“Besides,” Luis went on to say, “both of us have gotten good at playing the piano to accompany people singing hymns. Maybe we could use our piano playing abilities when we’re chaplains, if there are any pianos available where we would be sent.”
Pedro added, “Gary told us that his dad, William, was able to get two of his foster boys into the army even though they had to stay on the farm until they were nineteen.”
Luis asked, “Could you find out from him how to do it and help us? Then we could attend Kosuke’s classes that begin in January while we still live with you on the farm until we’re nineteen.”
Felix replied, “Yes, I’ll make arrangements to go talk to him tomorrow during school hours so I won’t interrupt his time while his girls are there. Then I’ll let you know what he said when you get home from school tomorrow.”
The next day Felix reported, “William gave me detailed, step by step instructions about what he did. And if you two are very sure after praying and thinking and talking about it some more for a few more weeks then we will work together to take all those steps in the right order to get you started on your way.”
“Thanks, Dad,” Pedro responded, “Luis and I will talk and pray some more about it.”
When the woman at the humane society called Nathan and Esther she asked, “Would you be able to bring a farrier with you two and your vet when you come to see the two poor horses that were brought in today? He should be able to tell you if there’s any chance their feet can be repaired so they can still be useful.”
Nathan was thinking “This doesn’t sound good,” but he answered, “I’ll give him a call and see when he will be available, and call you back about it.”
Since the farrier had time right then, Nathan called the woman to tell her, and the four of them were soon on their way with a horse trailer to see those horses. When they arrived the woman explained, “The people who had these two horses never had their feet looked at, much less cleaned, taken care of, or shoes put on them. Their feet are in very bad shape.”
“What else do you know about them,” Esther inquired.
She replied, “They’re both Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses.” The black horse is 14 hands tall, and the reddish brown one is 14.2 hands tall.”
Meanwhile the farrier was evaluating their feet from his place outside of the corral and was shocked about how bad they looked, but he said, “You’re right. Their feet are in very bad shape. But I can see they aren’t torn up into the main parts of the hoof. However since they never have had their feet worked on, the work will have to wait until they can be trained to stand still as I work on them. Since they’ll be in the pasture during their training, their feet shouldn’t get too much worse during that time. Then it will take several sessions of trimming and filing to get them anywhere near wearing shoes. But I think it will be possible.”
After that long speech, the others were silent for a time and then Unice questioned, “Do you want me to check them over for any physical problems?”
“Yes, please, Unice,” Nathan responded, “I hope they have none, because I’d love to be able to help restore these two beautiful horses and give them a good life on the ranch.”
She tied the horses to the fence and they stood still for her to examine them. She was able to announce, “I didn’t find any physical problems on either horse.”
Esther exclaimed, “Very good! Now Nathan can pay the fee and take care of the paper work before we take these horses home.”
They put the ramp down for the horses to walk up into the horse trailer and later turned each one around to come out forward so they would have no trouble coming down the ramp from the trailer at the ranch. They wanted to cause NO extra problems to those poor feet. The horses looked happy to be in their own private paddock with lots of good, green grass to eat.
The farrier went back to his home and Oscar and Vera came to see the new arrivals. “Oh my!’” Oscar exclaimed. “I've never seen hooves in such bad shape in my life. Did the farrier really think he can fix them?”
“Yes,” but Nathan admitted, “he did say it will take a lot of time after the horses are trained to stand still for him to work on their feet.”
Vera observed, “Time is something we have here on this ranch. The upstairs of the second house is almost finished and these two horses will fill our herd to thirty horses just as we planned. So the herd will be the right size ahead of the rest of the houses.”
“Without a doubt,” agreed Oscar, “and there will be lots of time to continue putting the finishing touches on the training of all the new horses and get them used to being ridden by different girls, and adults.”
“For sure,” Esther nodded and added, “what you just said is an important part of their training and I’m glad we have the time to do it properly.”
“Absolutely!” Then Nathan went on to say, “We’re keeping a close eye on the pastures, so we can move the horses to a new one before the one they’re in becomes overgrazed.”
Oscar mentioned, “Right and I’m sure you have to do it more often, but I’m glad its easy to move the electric fence and them into a new pasture, and that we have plenty of good grass.”
In the meantime, Vera was studying the looks of the new horses. She remarked, “I think I have names for our newcomers. The black one has a white mark on his forehead that looks like a crown, so Prince will be a good name for him. He can be a part of the royal family with King, Queen, and the new Princess. The pretty reddish brown one has a flame shaped white marking on his forehead, so Flame can be his name.”
“Perfect, Dear,” stated Oscar, “and I just realized that God has sent us two horses that are just the same colors as the other unmatched pair! I thank you Lord for bringing a match for the new Princess and for Lollipop.”
Vera continued, “And I thank you also for providing people who can care for, rehabilitate, and train the horses.
The others added their prayers of thanks and then Nathan went on to say, “Thank you so much, Unice. You’ve been an invaluable assistant in this project of finding horses to make our herd large enough for the extra girls who will be coming to the ranch.”
“Yes!” Esther declared. “And I’m sure the horses would thank you also if they could, especially the ones who got over their malnutrition with your good diet additions.”
“You’re welcome,” replied Unice. “And thank you for the compliments. It has been a pleasure and a privilege for me to be able to help both of you and the horses.”
Then Esther asked, “Unice, would you teach me some ways I could help you with all or part of the horses, since we have nine extra ones now? “I’ll have some surplus time since we’re close to being finished with the rehabilitation of the new horses. That surplus time is part of the time I’m already getting paid for, you see, so I need some kind of work to fill it.”
Unice contemplated a short time and answered, “Thank you for your kind offer. The thing that takes me the most time is touching each horse everywhere to check for heat, swelling, sensitivity, lumps, or anything unusual. If you could do that with the horses you ride each time you and your family go riding, it would take care all the horses if you ride a different horse each time. All you would have to do is check them and then write for me what problems you might find and the name of the horse so I can take care of it. I’ll show you how and teach you what to look for as you are feeling them.
“Perfect!” Esther exclaimed. “This way I can rotate through the whole herd of horses so each one will get checked regularly.”
“For sure,” agreed Unice, “and the best time to check them is right after you have groomed them, but before you put on the saddle and bridle.”
Esther remarked, “Without a doubt, and furthermore, they’d be cleaner then also. So when you have time, call me and you can teach me how to do a good job.”
Luis and Pedro had been continuing to talk and pray about their future. One day after their Bible Study Group, Luis explained their thoughts to Gary again and asked him to pray for them also.
Gary responded, “It sounds like you have both put much thought and prayer into this idea. Do you think it would help you if you could talk to Kosuke and get more information from him?”
“Definitely,” answered Pedro, “but we don’t know how to contact him, do you know how?”
Gary nodded, “I do indeed, and I’ll be glad to call him and find out if he could come here to the farm and give you the information you need.”
“Thank you very much,” said Luis. “we’ll look forward to talking to him about this.”
The following weekend, Felix and Sunny welcomed Kosuke who came to their house and brought one of the boys who had graduated from the farm already. He was in that program and was in getting ready to graduate as a chaplain in December. They both were able to answer all questions. Felix had joined them and listened carefully, adding his own questions. They were given additional information about the program so they could make an intelligent decision. And then the whole group prayed that God would guide and show Pedro and Luis his will for their lives.
Next the whole family talked it over and prayed about it off and on for the following week. By then all of them felt a peace about Luis and Pedro joining the army and Kosuke’s class so they could learn to be chaplains. Then in two years they would go wherever the Army would send them and work there for Jesus.
After the decision was made Sunny suggested, “Let’s get our hymnals and sing ‘Heavenly Sunlight.’ Jose, will you accompany us while we sing?”
“Yes, Mom,” answered Jose, “I’ll be glad to.” He was feeling a tightness in his throat that came from knowing his good friend Pedro would be leaving in about a year, so he couldn't have sung anyway.
When they finished singing, Hugo mentioned, “Hebrews 13:5 quotes Joshua 1:5b which says, I will not fail you nor forsake you. It was used in this song.”
“Right,” agreed Luis, “and part of 1 John 1:5b was also in the song. It says, God is light, and in him is no darkness at all.”
Pedro added, “This was a good song for us to sing, Mom, because it’s lyrics talk about how our journey might be over mountains or valleys and in shadows, but we will have heavenly sunlight since Jesus will be with us all the way.”
Felix went on, “I agree, and 1 John 1:7 says, If we walk in the light as God is in the light, we have fellowship with one another, and the blood of Jesus Christ his Son cleanses us from all sin.”
“Yes, and I remember,” Hugo remarked, “that Psalm 47:6 says to sing praises to God, sing praises. Sing praises to our King,… I’m glad we do that a lot in our family.”
“Yes,” Pedro agreed, “and being chaplains seems like a good way to show our appreciation for all Jesus did for us by putting us into this good family and saving us and helping us learn about him.”
“Definitely,” Luis concluded, “and we know that he will go with us and help us as we serve him.”
Jose asked, “Will you come back to see us? I know they said you could, but will you have time?”
“Of course,” Pedro answered, “while we’re still in this area, we’ll come back and visit. We’ll make time, and when we go to the next place Jesus sends us, we can still call on the phone and send email letters.”
Luis continued, “For sure! We’re brothers twice. First in this family, and also in God’s big family, so we all need to do what all those verses say to do for one another and have our brothers and family do those things for us too.
“Exactly right!” Felix exclaimed. “Remember, just because you graduate from the farm and go out to make your own living and serve Jesus how he leads you to, doesn’t mean you aren't a part of this family any longer. Even when we’re assigned new boys to live here, Sunny and I will be here for you to come visit if you can, call on the phone, or we’ll read and answer your emails. See, there’s more than one way to stay in touch.” He said that last sentence in such a funny way, that they all started laughing. It was just what they needed after their serious discussion.
Then Sunny suggested, “let’s get our Bibles and notebooks and look up some of those verses Luis mentioned.”
Jose was first, “In John 13:34a Jesus said, A new commandment I give to you, that you love one another as I have loved you… We already love each other.
“True,” and Pedro followed with, “In 1 Peter 3:8 it says to, … be of one mind, having compassion on one another, love as brothers, have sympathy, be courteous. We’ve learned how to do these things here in this family.
“Yes you have,” then Sunny added, “Dad and I will do what 1 Peter 4:9 says when you come to visit or call, we will use hospitality to one another without grudging.”
“Thank you, Mom and Dad,” and Luis went on, “and we all need to do Galatians 6:2 for each other. It says to bear one another’s burdens and so fulfill the law of Christ.”
“Absolutely,” agreed Hugo and when we goof, we need to remember and do Ephesians 4:32, Be kind to one another, tenderhearted, forgiving one another, even as God for Christ’s sake has forgiven you.”
Felix concluded, “All of those are excellent verses for us to remember and do. And sometimes we might need to comfort one another, as part of 1 Thessalonians 4:18 says. So now let’s all cheer up some more, put our Bibles and notebooks away, and then we can go outside and play our favorite game, croquet!”
There were many hoorays as they went to put their things away and get ready to go outside and play.
On one of their dates Mindy stated, “I like the pretty yellow color of your pickup!”
“I’m glad,” Ben replied, “I’m getting so I like it better myself, now. At first I was a little embarrassed by it, but Riley mentioned that it would be a safer way to drive since it’s so easy to see. Besides, it was sold at a reduced price since most people didn’t like the color.”
“Along with those good things,” Mindy continued, “it’s a bright, cheery, sunshiny color that can brighten up a dreary day. I also like the way you keep it so clean inside and outside.”
Ben responded, “Thank You, Mindy, your compliment makes all my effort worthwhile.”
“You're welcome,” she blushed, with an unusual feeling, and wondered if she could be starting to love him. But she quickly changed the subject, “What shall we do next, since we’ve finished looking at all the things here at this outdoor flea market?”
Ben noticed her blush, but wisely didn’t say anything. “Let’s go walk on that trail over there by the Mercy River so we can get some exercise.”
“What a good idea,” Mindy replied, “it’s good that we both like to do things to stay in good physical condition.”
As they walked Ben mentioned, “This is a beautiful river, and so is Mercy Stream on the ranch. It’s a tributary of this river.”
“For sure,” Mindy agreed, “and I like the stream even better because it’s fun to cross it on horseback. I don’t think I’d like to try that with this river!”
“Same here!” Ben declared, “we would need a bridge for this one. I’m glad we both enjoy riding horses and that Oscar and Vera are so generous to let me and other people from the city ride the ones on the ranch.”
“Absolutely!” Mindy continued, “when Candy asked me and my parents if we’d like to come ride horses with them I was amazed. We’ve enjoyed it for years now.”
Ben smiled, “I’m glad you’ve been able to have that joy along with your parents. I like riding with your parents and the Hopkins family also.”
“Good,” continued Mindy, “and besides I’m glad we can go riding with different families on the ranch. I’ve especially enjoyed riding with Jeff and Karen Spencer and their girls. Karen and I have already become good friends. Then when we ride with Candy’s or Sara’s families I get to talk to my other friends for a while, and keep up with what’s happening in their lives.”
“Perfect!” Ben declared, “plus it gives me a chance to be friends with their husbands, Evan and Denji, instead of just their boss on the job.”
Mindy stated, “Excellent idea, and I’ll bet they both appreciate that feeling also.”
Candy and Sara felt extra privileged to live right next door to each other. They had been such good friends and foster sisters for many years, and it was super to be able to continue their friendship and help each other out when they could. They and all eight girls often got together on the lawn of the new big house to play games on the lawn or visit.
It was easy to just run next door and invite them to come out to visit or play games with balls or other things outside. They made up games they could play that didn’t involve expensive equipment or take a long time to get set up or put away. They got some other ideas by looking on the web.
While the girls were playing, Sara and Candy would often have time to converse about a problem the family had, or share ideas about things they were doing as a family. Many times they would join the girls and have fun with them.
On some weekends, Denji and Evan would often work on a project together while their wives and girls were outside doing things as a group.
Evan had wanted to start some bee hives on the ranch since he likes honey, but he realized it wouldn’t be safe for any of the people who were living on the ranch. So he just asked Candy to please keep the honey squeeze bottle refilled. She was glad to do that for him.
The newly married couples made sure to find times they could have personal conversations, fun times, and intimate times so their marriages could grow and flourish. Sometimes one couple would watch all eight girls doing some activity outside or in the game room while the other couple had some time alone. This had also worked well for their foster parents and the family next door to them.
Carlos and Jana took their foster boys, Mike, Alex, Eric, and Lane to visit with his adopted brother, Gary, on the farm, where they learned a lot about how the farm worked. Gary and Carlos took the boys on a tour of the farm so they could see where Carlos had spent part of his teen years.
Then since it was a weekend when the farm families got to go to Mercy Valley Ranch and ride those horses, Carlos and Jana got to listen to their boys comment about how different most of the horses were on the ranch.
Carlos chose King, and Jana was riding Queen. Mike was on Blaze and Alex was on Star. Eric had chosen Cocoa and Lane was riding Dark Cocoa. All of them were riding horses that did not trot.”
As they were getting them ready for the ride, they didn’t notice any difference from these horses and the ones on the cattle ranch, except that they had never seen darker colored horses with flaxen manes and tails like Cocoa and Dark Cocoa had.
They started riding at a walk for five minutes to warm the horses up, and then gently kicked them to go faster. What a surprise!
“Wow!” Alex exclaimed. “We’re going faster, but these horses don’t bounce the rider. I don’t need to post the trot!”
Mike remarked, “It feels funny, but I like it.”
When they kicked them again the horses went even faster but still didn’t trot. Lane stated, “This is great! They can even go faster and not bounce us.”
“I really like this,” agreed Eric, “we can talk without the posting punctuating our conversation. I wonder if they can canter.”
So they urged the horses to go faster, and their canter was just as good as the cattle ranch horses had. They all agreed that these horses were amazing but they were all still well pleased with the horses on the cattle ranch. It had been an interesting experience and comparison.
Karen called her former coworker at another time and suggested some ways she could reduce her stress about her situation. Then she sent her an email like the one below, so she could make a printed copy and review it as needed. Her coworker replied with a big thank you.
The title was “Scriptures and Ways to Relieve Stress.”
Do what is necessary for your success by making self-care a priority with a good diet, enough sleep each night, and exercising regularly. This will improve physical health, boost energy, and improve mental health. Diet: 1 Corinthians 10:31, Whether you eat, or drink, or whatever you do, do it all to the glory of God. Sleep: Proverbs 3:24, When you lie down, you shall not be afraid, and your sleep shall be sweet. Exercise: 1 Timothy 4:8, Bodily exercise profits little, but godliness is profitable unto all things, having promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come. Supplements can also help to cut down on stress. 3 John 1:2, Beloved, I wish … that you may prosper and be in health.
Make time to do things to reduce stress. Spend time in nature, such as in parks or botanical gardens. Get fresh air and sunshine carefully, go for a walk outside or inside, exercise, play the piano, write, … Matthew 11:28-30, Jesus said, “Come unto me, all you who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke upon you and learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and you shall find rest for your souls. For my yoke is easy, and my burden is light.” Psalm 147:3, He heals broken hearts, and binds wounds.
Don’t hurry or worry. Matthew 6:34a, Do not worry about tomorrow, for tomorrow shall take thought for the things of itself… 1 Peter 5:7, Cast all your care upon him, for he cares for you.
Prioritize. Organize to-do lists with realistic deadlines and just go down the list. Deuteronomy 6:5, You shall love the LORD your God with all your heart, soul, and might. Matthew 6:33, … seek first the
kingdom of God, and his righteousness; and all these things shall be added to you.
Choose carefully about new things to do and say “no” to things that will add to your stress. Create boundaries with people who add stress, in order to protect your well-being. Matthew 5:37a, Let your answer be a simple yes or no… Psalm 16:6, The boundaries have fallen to me in pleasant places, yes, I have a good heritage.
Decrease screen time, using it too much may increase stress levels. Look away while typing, take breaks, and get up and walk around often. Psalm 116:7, Return to your rest, O my soul, for the Lord has dealt bountifully with you. Psalm 62:1, Truly my soul waits on God, my salvation comes from him.
Get rid of as many negatives as possible. Try to eliminate, or change them to reduce stress. But don’t try to change things that are unchangeable, since it increases stress. Choose battles wisely. Isaiah 41:10, Fear not for I am with you. Do not be dismayed, for I am your God, I will strengthen and help you, I will uphold you with the right hand of my righteousness.
Add positives. Since you can’t eliminate all the negatives, adding positives helps tip the scales to your advantage, so you will feel more empowered and optimistic about the future. Philippians 4:8, Think about things that are true, or honest, or just, or pure, or lovely, or of good report or have virtue, or are worthy of praise. Ephesians 5:20, Always give thanks to God the Father in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ.
Relax with progressive relaxation. Practice deep breathing. It can help you relax. John 14:27, Peace I leave with you, my peace I give to you, not as the world gives. Do not let your heart be troubled, and do not let it be afraid.
Ben and Mindy hiked with Ernest and Connie and Vern and Lora to Lavender Falls. Ben remarked, “I didn’t know this trail was on this ranch. I like hiking.”
“So do I,” Mindy agreed, “and this trail is pretty in the summer and fall. I’ve never tried it in the winter because it would be too slick with the snow.”
“Plus,” added Lora, “the trail is closed at a certain place, in the spring to allow time for the fox family to use their den by the waterfall for their new family.”
“What a good idea,” Connie commented. “It’s nice to know that people care about and protect the wildlife.”
“Yes it is,” and Vern added, “The Yardleys have a special paper so families can sign up to go to that place on the trail and stay very quiet using binoculars and cameras to enjoy watching the fox family play outside the den, but without bothering them.”
Ernest stated, “I’d like to do that this coming spring if we can.”
Ben replied, “Remind me closer to the time and I’ll ask them if we can sign up.”
Mindy was impressed with the way Ben volunteered to help his family, and she realized she was liking him more every time they did something together. Just then they came around the corner and they all exclaimed over the beauty of the falls.
Mindy summed it up enthusiastically, “This waterfall is extra special every time we get to see it! I like it with just a little water or with lots earlier in the season.”
Ben liked to find and tell her about things he liked about her. “Mindy, I enjoy your enthusiasm and joy of living. It adds so much zest to whatever we’re doing!”
“Thank you, Ben, for another very nice compliment,” Mindy responded with an adorable blush.
Lora rescued her by changing the subject, “Have you three newcomers noticed the color of the rocks around here?”
Connie answered, “Yes, they are light lavender and there are darker lavender ones in the water.”
“I’ve never seen rocks this color before,” declared Ernest.
Ben added, “Neither have I! They’re very extraordinary.”
“Yes they are,” and Vern explained, “and you can see just how special they are if you are willing to do a little experiment. Pick up a small lavender rock and hold tightly to it on one end. Then go dip it half way into the water and see what happens.”
Connie was so amazed by what she saw, that she dropped her rock into the water and Ernest laughed with her.
“Impressive!” Ben exclaimed. “I never would have guessed this would happen! The water makes the rocks look darker and shiny. They really are very special rocks, even more so than I imagined.”
“I agree,” and then Mindy went on, “I'm glad you all like it here. This is one of my favorite places on this ranch. The hike and being able to share it with others adds to the enjoyment.”
The senior Mendozas came to visit Felix and Nathan’s families whenever it worked best for everyone. As usual, they stayed in the extra room in Nathan and Esther’s home, so Ruth did not visit those weekends. And as usual, they alternated visiting between Nathan and Felix’s families while they were there.
This time Mr. Mendoza exclaimed, “I’m amazed at the changes that have happened just since the last time we were able to come here!”
“Same here,” added Mrs. Mendoza I didn’t know houses could be built as quickly as these have.”
Nathan explained, “I think it must be because Ben has two crews working every day and they stay out of each other’s way with one crew working downstairs and the other upstairs. Besides, they’re all dedicated believers doing this work for Jesus.”
“I’m sure that must make a big difference,” agreed Mr. Mendoza.
“I think so too,” then she added, “plus I’m very pleased with the progress your girls have made. They’re teenagers now, and yet they’re very well behaved, happy and well adjusted.”
“It’s good to hear that from you, Mom,” said Nathan, “because Esther and I think so also, but we might be prejudiced.”
Esther smiled and agreed. Then she asked, “Did you see all the new horses the ranch has added?”
They both nodded and he declared, “I can see you have both been busy with finding and rehabilitating horses these last few years. Do we get to ride some of the new ones?”
After Esther nodded, Mrs. Mendoza remarked, “I do miss seeing the smallest horses. They added interest and variety, but it’s better that they’re now in a place where they can be more useful. I’m glad you call often and keep us up on all the news.”
The next day they were visiting with Felix, Sunny and their boys, and Sunny stated as she usually did, “Thank you both again for the piano you gave our family. The boys, who are actually getting to be more like young men, have continued to practice and improve and I enjoy playing it also.”
“You are all entirely welcome,” replied Mr. Mendoza. “We’re glad it has worked out so well for all of you.”
Mrs. Mendoza asked, “Will we get to hear them play this time?”
Sunny answered “Of course, in fact they like to take turns accompanying us as we sing hymns. They’re good at it too, and they even enjoy doing it.
Felix agreed, “This is a big accomplishment and they don’t get as nervous as they used to either. They’ll be home from school soon, and you might be amazed at how much they’ve grown, since it’s been a little longer since your last visit.”
So after supper and chores were completed Mr. Mendoza asked the boys, “Would you please pick a hymn you would like to play while we sing, and would you first read a scripture verse that would go with the song?”
They all nodded and Jose chose “All Things Work Out for Good,” and read Romans 8:28, We know that all things work together for good to those who love God, to those who are called according to his purpose.
Then Hugo picked, “Yield Not to Temptation,” and he quoted 1 Corinthians 10:13, You have had no temptation but such as is common to man. But God is faithful, who will not allow you to be tempted above what you are able, but will with the temptation also make a way to escape, that you may be able to bear it.
Next Luis explained, “I chose this next one for Pedro and me, since we’re both going to join the Army and learn how to be chaplains by attending Kosuke’s classes at our church in the evenings. I chose ‘The Call for Reapers,’ and Matthew 9:37,38, The harvest truly is plenteous, but the laborers are few. So pray that the Lord of the harvest will send forth laborers into his harvest.”
Pedro continued, “My reason for choosing ‘Deeper and Deeper,’ is the same as Luis said and it goes with Hebrews 13:13, Let us therefore go to him outside the city, bearing his reproach.”
Everyone enjoyed the visit of the Mendozas and all too soon it was time for them to go back to their home.
Denji and Sara and their girls sometimes got to go on horseback rides with his parents, Afta and Hana, and their girls, or with Sara’s foster parents, Ian and Yolanda, and their girls. This also worked well for Evan and Candy with his adoptive parents, William and Anna, and their girls, and other times with Candy’s foster parents, Ian and Yolanda, and their girls.
Since all the girls were close in ages, they were able to become friends, and the older parents had a chance to hear about how their married children were doing.
One time Candy mentioned, “Mom, since Evan and I have seen good parents in action, we can also be good parents now. We’ve broken the awful cycle of abuse, and we can help our foster girls do that for their families also.”
“Excellent!” Yolanda exclaimed. “Thank you for telling me and I’ll share it with Ian, who will be glad to hear it too. Plus I’m happy to tell you that Edna and Libby accepted Jesus and are learning how to live the way he desires for them to live.”
“Oh I’m so glad!” Candy exclaimed. “What wonderful news!”
Once in a while, Kim would leave the boys with Gary for a couple hours on a weekend and get to go to the ranch and visit with Ian and Yolanda. Often she was able to plan her visit at a time when she could go horseback riding with the family since she still enjoyed that activity, and she would have a chance to tell them how things were going on the farm.
June and her roommate had bought a car to share and often came to the ranch on a weekend or during an evening to see their foster parents. They didn’t have to try to work it out to ride horses with both families, since their jobs contained plenty of that fun activity.
The Iverson family used the song, “Wonders of God’s Green Earth,” which they listened to on the web. Then each one chose one of the things mentioned in the song that God created and looked up a scripture verse about that thing. When they had memorized their scriptures and any comments they made and had learned the song and could accompany it with their guitars, they used it as the last song they would play each time they went to a park to play for people to come listen and hopefully stay to hear the Good News.
Max was first, “I found Genesis 1:14, “God said, Let there be lights in the heaven to divide the day from the night, and let them be for signs, and for seasons, and for days and years. This verse doesn’t use their names, but it is very clear that it means the sun, moon, and stars.”
“Yep, I think you’re right,” and then Levi followed with, “In Leviticus 26:4 God is speaking, Then I will give you rain in due season, and the land shall yield her increase, and the trees of the field shall yield their fruit. This verse takes care of the rain, the soil, and food.”
“That’s a good verse,” said Jack, who was next, “Genesis 1:21 says, God created great whales and every living creature that moves, … and every bird after his kind, and God saw that it was good. This verse has bird and every living creature that moves, so it also means you and me. And I especially like the part that says God saw it was good.”
“I like it also,” Kevin continued, “and Psalm 104:8 tells of water by the mountains, going in the valleys to the place God chose for them. Besides creating them, God chose where they would be also.”
“Yes, God is so powerful,” Cory agreed and went on, “In Psalm 24:1,2 it says, “The earth is the LORD’s, and its fullness, also the world and those who dwell in it, for he founded it upon the seas and established it upon the floods. These verses contain all the things mentioned in the song, because they are in the world he created.”
“Positively,” and then Oralie observed, “Psalm 33:6-9 states, By the word of the LORD the heavens were made and all the host of them by the breath of his mouth. He gathers the waters of the sea together as a heap and he lays up the depth in storehouses. Let all the earth fear the LORD and let all the inhabitants of the world stand in awe of him, for he spoke and it was done: he commanded and it stood fast. These verses tell how people should respond to God because of his creation.
Then Greg brought it all together with Romans 1:19,20, That which may be known about God is shown to people, for God has shown it to them. For the invisible things of God, like his eternal power and divine being, are clearly seen in the creation of the world, being understood by the things that were made, so that people are without excuse if they don’t believe.”
Then he explained the Good News, answered questions, and gave an invitation to the people to accept Jesus as their Savior. There was great rejoicing for those who did!
For their Labor Day trip, the Jones family and their friends, Frank and Becky Warner, had wanted to take their four-wheel drive vehicles over Elephant Hill in the Needles section of Canyonlands National Park in Utah. They even had planned what they wanted to see while they were in that area. They desired to hike up and back on the Joint Trail. Then they would drive to another trailhead and hike to see the confluence of the Colorado and Green Rivers. It would have been unusual to see it when the Colorado River was actually red, and the Green River was a greenish color. When they had looked it up on the web, they had seen pictures of it several different ways.
But since the road over Elephant Hill is rated as difficult by most of the books, they played it safe and chose to do the White Rim Trail instead. In an earlier trip to the Island in the Sky section of Canyonlands National Park, someone had mentioned needing a four-wheel drive vehicle to drive on the White Rim Trail. Mindy remembered her dad winking at her when he had heard the need of a four-wheel vehicle for that road. So she wasn’t surprised when he decided to buy one. Therefore on this trip they would get to go on that road.
They arrived early in the day by camping in a commercial campground the night before, and found camp sites on opposite ends of Horsethief Campground so they could give the campground better coverage for their meetings. It’s a pretty large BLM campground just north of Highway 313 on the way to the Island in the Sky section of Canyonlands National Park. The plan was to leave early the next morning and drive on the Mineral Bottom Road down to the White Rim Trail and drive around it in the opposite direction instead of what the guide book described. Their reason was to see the Green River in the morning and finish the day by driving up the Shaffer Trail, rather than going down it.
But before that, to make the rest of this day special, they would hike the Neck Spring Trail in the Canyonlands National Park. The trail is a loop of five and a half miles and includes a descent into a basin and then after enjoying all the views they had to climb back up to the level of the road again.
It’s a pretty long trail, but they took their lunches and plenty of water and went slowly. They took lots of photos and rested when they desired, since the trail goes up and down. There were pinyon pine trees, juniper, yucca and many other plants. And of course, they were careful to stay on the trail and not harm the cryptobiotic soil crust. They looked for and saw an arch part way up the north wall of Taylor Canyon.
After their hike they went to the Shaffer Canyon overlook to look down on that serpentine road and then to Grand Viewpoint to enjoy the view of the White Rim Trail from above. Then they went to their campsites had supper and were ready for a meeting. Several people attended at both sites and since they were all believers, everyone had a great time singing and sharing favorite scriptures.
Then after the meeting, the two families prepared lunch and supper for the trip tomorrow. The next morning they left their trailers very early and drove and drove and drove, stopped to take pictures, enjoyed the scenery, stopped at public toilets, found a nice viewpoint for lunch and then did it all over again until supper at another viewpoint. They all took turns driving so one person didn’t have to do it all.
Vern had to stack rocks at the steepest part of the Murphy Hogback in order to get up over the hill. It was the toughest spot of the whole trip and they put the vehicles in and out of four-wheel drive often because much of the road didn’t require four-wheel drive. Everybody breathed a sigh of relief when they saw the Shaffer trail from a distance and knew they would be up on top before it got dark. The whole loop for the trip from the Mineral Bottom sign on Highway 313 and back to it was 101 slow miles.
For the rest of this trip the Warners had suggested going to the Moab area again to see the La Sal Mountains in the fall. So the next day, the two families drove south of Moab and took the La Sal Mountain Loop State Scenic Backway up into the mountains and spent two delightful days in the La Sal Mountains. They were able to secure camp sites in The Warner Lake Campground, and when Mindy asked them if the lake and the campground were named after them, they just shook their heads and laughed.
It was too cold for a meeting in the mountains when they got back to the camp sites after driving to see the areas where the aspens and mountain oaks were just beginning to change into autumn colors and the blue sky and mountains made for spectacular views. They had taken lots of pictures on the way to Geyser Pass and then to Dark Canyon Lake where they ate lunch and all the way to Oowah Lake where they took some more pictures, and some more on the way back to the campground. It was all gorgeous.
But the Warner vehicle did get stuck in a muddy place on the road that didn’t look all that bad going into it. Frank and Vern got to use Vern's new portable winch to pull it back out of the mud. They were careful to use all the safety precautions listed in the owners manual and even though it took a long time, they were successful.
On their way out of the mountains the next day, they continued on the scenic backway and ended up on Highway 128, which goes to the Dewey Bridge area, so they went there and camped for the night, and were able to have a small campsite meeting. One of the couples who came had heard the Good News before and had lots of questions and got lots of answers, so they were able to decide to accept Jesus that evening. The Jones and Warner families were rejoicing and grateful.
In the morning before leaving to drive to their homes, they looked at some books they had with them, and got some ideas for another trip to this area when they would have enough time to spend looking for some arches and the other scenery which was abundant in that area.
During one of the weekends when the farm families got to have a field trip to the ranch, Felix taught Pedro and Luis how to post the trot, using the only two trotting horses left on the ranch. After that, Pedro and Luis continued riding those matching bay Morgan horses named, Diamond and Comet, for the rest of that ride and several other weekends. This way they could feel confident about posting the trot if they ever had the opportunity to go horseback riding after they graduated from the farm.
The rest of the family tried out some of the new horses on the ranch that had been there long enough to be well trained. Just for fun they all picked the other matching bay horses so all six of the people in their family rode on similar colored horses. Felix rode Arrow, Sunny rode Stripe, Jose rode Cloves, and Hugo rode Allspice.
As they were riding, Luis and Pedro made up some funny jokes about how it felt to be riding on trotting horses, and the rest of the family joined in with how funny it looked to post the trot. They all laughed and then continued with other topics as they rode.
Felix mentioned, “Those two Morgans are used a lot on the ranch, besides teaching nineteen-year-olds how to post the trot. Every spring the two of them work together to pull a drag which spreads the manure around to help fertilize the pastures.”
“And besides,” Luis added, “they’re very well trained and gentle just like the rest of the horses.”
Sunny went on, “Plus they’re also just as beautiful.”
As they were grooming the horses after the ride, Hugo mentioned, “This new horse I was riding was just as gentle and has comfortable gaits like the others we’ve been riding.”
“Yes,” agreed Jose, “I’m glad the ranch decided to get larger horses to increase their herd size for the extra girls who will be living in the new houses.”
“Yes, it’s an excellent plan,” then Felix explained, “My very good friend, Nathan Mendoza, lives on this ranch and he and his wife have spent many hours working with abused horses they were able to buy and rehabilitate to add to the herd. These new horses we rode today are examples of the good job they did with the horses.”
“And besides,” stated Sunny, “These horses are all beautiful now, compared to the way I was told they looked when they arrived on the ranch.”
Luis commented, “What you and Dad just said reminds me of what all the parents on the farm and the ranch have been able to do for their foster children.”
“Right!” Pedro exclaimed. “So we thank you! And thank you for teaching us how to post the trot on the two horses they kept for that purpose. They are wonderful horses too, by the way.”
The other three boys added their thanks also, and then Felix responded, “You’re all very welcome. It’s been our pleasure!”
After one of their ministry times, Ruth, Pam, and Beth were reviewing a teaching from church that was very meaningful to them.
Beth mentioned, “The teaching at church this weekend was about perseverance. It was really helpful to me, because sometimes it seems hard to carry on every day doing what I know I should do. All the verses were encouraging. Like 2 Thessalonians 2:15, Therefore, brothers, stand fast, and hold to the traditions which you have been taught by preaching or reading the scriptures.”
“Yes,” Ruth agreed, “and some of them were pretty long like the apostle Peter telling why he wrote his letter in 2 Peter 3:1,2, This second letter, beloved, I now write to you to stir up your pure minds by way of remembrance, that you may be mindful of the words which were spoken before by the holy prophets, and of the commandment of us the apostles of the Lord and Savior. In verses 17,18 he continues, You therefore, beloved, seeing that you know these things now, beware that you do not be led away with the error of the wicked and fall from your own steadfastness. But grow in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ. To him be glory both now and forever. Amen. This one ends with praise to Jesus.”
Pam continued, “Right, and back in 1 Peter 4:7-11 he had included a lot of instructions, But the end of all things is at hand, so be sober and watch prayerfully. Above all things have fervent love among yourselves, for love shall cover a multitude of sins. Use hospitality to one another without reluctance. As each one has received a gift, minister it to one another as good stewards of the manifold grace of God, … so God may be glorified through Jesus Christ, to whom be praise and dominion forever and ever. Amen.”
“I like the way that one ends with praise also,” Beth stated. “The verses I liked best were in the conclusion of the teaching and contain a precious promise and some more instructions. Hebrews 6:10-12, For God is not unrighteous to forget your work and labor of love, which you have showed toward his name because you have ministered to the saints,… and we desire that every one of you show the same diligence to the full assurance of hope until the end, and that you do not be lazy, but be followers of those who through faith and patience inherit the promises.”
They closed their time with prayer asking God to help them do some of the specific things mentioned in the scriptures they had just finished reviewing.
Near the end of one date in the city, Ben asked, “Mindy do you think you could live full time in a travel trailer?”
“Of course!” she exclaimed without even needing to think about it.
Ben questioned, “How can you know, and be able to answer my question so quickly?”
Mindy responded, “Because I’m used to living in a small area. You didn’t ever see our motor home, or our little travel trailer did you? We sold the motor home, but I can show you the trailer when you take me home.”
“Oh,” he acknowledged, “I understand now. Yes, I’d like to see it.”
After he saw how small it was, he was convinced she would like the larger travel trailer he was living in on the ranch.
Then she invited, “Would you have time to come into our house and play the new Bible board game my parents bought?”
“Yes,” he answered, “it sounds like fun, and it really isn’t very late yet tonight.”
It was a fast moving game with competition and Mindy got to see that Ben knew how to win and how to lose graciously, as they played through it several times. She was amazed at how well he passed all the ‘tests’ Fiona had included in the check list she had given her years ago.
They also had agreed on most of the issues on the other paper and for the few they had disagreed about when they had each read what the other person wrote, they had time right then to clarify or rethink, and work out win-win solutions. Plus they had agreed it would be important to continue working things out that way.
Chapter 14
Proverbs 16:20, He who handles a matter wisely
shall find good, and whoever trusts in the LORD is happy.
William and Anna’s four foster girls enjoyed horseback riding as much as their foster parents did, so the family went as often as they could find time. Sometimes they went at the same time as Nathan’s family or Oscar’s family. This gave the girls a chance to meet and make friends with other girls on the ranch. Often they all went as a big group through the gate and onto the public land. Usually they would choose different trails when they got there, so it wouldn’t be just one very long line when they needed to go single file.
On one of those days, Nathan’s family talked together before going to the pasture. Esther asked, “Girls is there any way our whole family could ride the same color of horses?”
Val suggested, “Papa and Mama could ride King and Queen, and we girls could ride double on Prince and the new Princess. That way we’d all be on black horses.”
“Yes,” Lucia went on, “or Papa and Mama could ride Blaze and Star, the Palomino Tennessee Walking Horses that are 15.2 hands tall, and we girls could ride double on Goldenrod and Marigold, also Tennessee Walking Horses but are 15 hands tall. But it isn’t as fun to ride double, so Willow and Holly what else could we do?”
They thought for a while and Holly proposed, “Papa and Mama could ride Lollipop and Flame, Willow and I could ride Chili Powder and Paprika, and Val and Lucia could ride Boots and Socks so we would all be on brown horses. Plus they’re all Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses and are of different sizes.”
Then Willow gave her suggestion. “There are six bay horses on the ranch, so we could each choose a different one and all be riding brown horses with black manes and tails.”
Nathan said, “Thank you girls. I like all those ideas. For today let’s do Willow’s idea about the bay horses since we’re going with the Beckett family and Gina, and Helen still prefer the smaller horses, Boots and Socks.”
Nathan chose Comet and Esther chose to ride Diamond. These are two matching bay Morgan horses standing 15.2 hands tall. They often chose them so they would get as much exercise as the rest of the horses, since they’re taller and they’re the only horses on the ranch that trot. Most of the people didn’t like the trot.
Holly and Willow chose Cloves and Allspice, matching bay Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses, standing 14.3 hands tall.
Val and Lucia chose Arrow and Stripe also matching bay Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses, standing 14.1 hands tall. They are a little lighter brown than the Morgans.
William and Anna rode Patches and More Patches, Kathy and Nora rode Coffee and Tea, and Gena and Helen rode Boots and Socks. The whole group enjoyed their ride together.
Walt and Betty Evans were visiting with Patrick and Glenda O’Connor after a meal together on a weekend. Walt remarked, “I’m so glad the four of us have become good friends.”
“I agree,” stated Patrick, “and it’s nice we can do things together as older couples, or do things that include Matt, Fiona and their sweet family.”
“For sure,” said Glenda, “and no matter what we do it’s enjoyable,”
“Yes,” Betty went on, “our lives have been enriched so much since we believed in God and accepted Jesus, his Son, as our Savior. We stopped yearning for children we couldn’t have and now we have the church family, ministries to do, and we get to treat Matt, Fiona, and their children like family too.”
“Absolutely!” Walt exclaimed. “And now I think I’ll change the subject. I really learned a lot from the church service this weekend. 2 Corinthians 4:16b-18, was hard at first. It says, … though our outward man perish, yet the inward man is renewed day by day. For our light affliction, which is just for a moment, works for us a far more exceeding and eternal weight of glory. We do not look at the things that are seen, but at the things that are not seen, for the things that are seen are temporary, but the things that are not seen are eternal. The verses in the rest of the teaching helped to explain these verses.”
“Right,” Patrick continued, “we can’t see the LORD but he was there before he created anything as it says in Psalm 90:2, Before the mountains were brought forth, or before you formed the earth and the world, even from everlasting to everlasting, you are God. This is a very reassuring verse because we know God is in control.”
Glenda added, “The next verse we read adds to that reassurance, because our God will last forever. Isaiah 40:28 says, Have you not known? Have you not heard that the everlasting God, the LORD, the Creator of the ends of the earth does not faint, neither is weary? There is no searching of his understanding.”
“What a fantastic promise!” Betty declared. “And Psalm 93:1,2, fit just right after your verse, Glenda. The LORD reigns, he is clothed with majesty … and strength, … the world also is established, so it cannot be moved. Your throne is established of old. You are from everlasting.”
Walt commented, “I like to personalize Deuteronomy 33:27a, The Eternal God is my refuge, and underneath are the everlasting arms…”
“Likewise,” then Betty read the last verse. Psalm 41:13, Blessed or praised be the LORD God of Israel from everlasting to everlasting. Amen, and Amen. This was the perfect verse to end with, because it is what we will get to do for eternity.”
Patrick and Glenda nodded emphatically and started singing one of the praise songs they had sung at that service. It was called “O God Our Help in Ages Past,” and it goes with Deuteronomy 33:27a. Of course Walt and Betty joined right in with the singing. Then they all sang “Blessed Be the Lord God Almighty,” which goes well with Psalm 41:13. Both of those verses were quoted above.
Ben and Mindy had been walking and talking along a path with a splendid view of the mountains. He found a bench in a special place so they could rest a while. Then they conversed again about her lack of feminine development and he told her many things that he was also going to say to Vern and Lora. She had also told him what the doctor had told her.
He explained, “When I took you home after our last date, I asked your dad while you were helping your mom in the kitchen, if he would give me your hand in marriage. He said, ‘yes.’ So now I want to ask you, Mindy.”
Mindy smiled as he stood up and went down on one knee in front of her and proposed, “Dearest Mindy, I love you so much and I would like to spend the rest of my life with you. I promise to love and cherish and take good care of you. Will you please marry me?”
She responded, “Yes, beloved Ben, I’ll be honored to be your wife! I didn’t know a good man like you existed, but now that I’ve gotten to know you so much better I’m convinced that what I had for such a long time considered a problem keeping someone from wanting to marry me, is really not a problem for you.
Ben smiled happily and reached into his pocket for a little velvet covered box which he opened to show her a delicate engagement ring with matching wedding bands. Then he placed the engagement ring on her slender finger. She exclaimed at how lovely the ring was. Then he stood up, reached for her hands, and she stood up also. Earlier he had explained that he had never kissed anyone, but was saving all his kisses for his bride. Of course she hadn’t either. Therefore this kiss was very special for both of them.
His parents, Ernest and Connie Clay, were stationed in a special place where they had set up a camera with a zoom lens to capture their first kiss with the view of the mountains in the picture if her answer was yes. The picture became a treasured keepsake for these sweethearts.
Oscar and Vera and their girls were in the living room doing various projects and Stella declared, “Mom, I’m so thankful that you taught us how to sew and mend and darn socks so we can fix holes in our socks by weaving the thread to fill in the space! It makes them last so much longer this way.”
“It sure does,” Liz remarked, “and it makes a nice smooth place where the hole was, but I've never heard any of the girls at school mention darning their socks even when we tell them that we do it. They don’t even seem to want to ask how to do it.”
“Well,” explained Vera, “I think it might be a lost art. I haven't been able to buy darning thread for years and finally I decided to just buy embroidery thread in the colors we need for our socks.”
Emma stated, “So, we can help keep this art going by doing it ourselves and then teaching it to our daughters when and if we have any.”
“I agree,” Nan went on, “and it would be a good thing to teach boys also because I’m sure with their rough ways they make more holes in their socks than we girls do.”
Oscar complimented, “I think all of you girls will make good wives and mothers. You are learning the valuable skills you’ll need and can use either as wives or singles, whichever way the Lord leads you.”
The girls all smiled and thanked him for the compliment.
Emma admitted, “But I think that either way, it seems to be a long way off from where we are right now.
“I can understand what you mean,” Vera acknowledged, “since you are still so young, the time doesn’t seem to go as fast as it seems to for your dad and me.”
“Therefore,” Stella reasoned, “I hope you both will continue teaching us the things we will need to know before we need to leave the ranch.”
Oscar replied, “Of course we will, and I know you all will do a good job of learning all we teach you.”
“Thank you,” Liz responded, “and both of you are very good parents. I really like this family.”
“Ditto,” and Nan went on, “I hear other girls at school griping about their parents and families and I feel sorry for them.”
“So do I,” Vera concurred. “I wish we had room for all of them here at this ranch. But we don’t, so I’ll just be thankful for the ones we do have room for and pray for the rest.”
Soon after their engagement, Ben was invited to supper with Vern, Lora and Mindy. When supper was over and they had helped with the dishes, they shared, “Mindy and I were talking about the fact that she does not have the normal feminine development and might not ever.”
“But,” inserted Mindy, “Ben understood, and said it would not be a problem for him. And I told him the doctor informed me that we will still be able to make love in the usual way.”
“Right.” he agreed with her. “I’ve already told Mindy what I will say next, but I wanted all three of you to hear it together. I’ve never looked at nude ‘art’ or photography, and I don’t ever intend to. Therefore, I don’t know how society says a woman ‘should’ look. I’ve loved Mindy from afar for many years just as she was and is, on the inside and the outside. My desire is to continue loving and cherishing Mindy the way she is now and whatever way she will be, for the rest of our lives.
Mindy exclaimed, “This is so amazing and so precious to me! It helped me a lot!”
Then Ben continued, “I’m glad it helped you, Honey. In addition, I’m not a man who has to prove his manhood by producing offspring. Since she has chosen the excellent profession of being a teacher, we won’t even need to raise any of our own children by adoption or being foster parents.”
“Correct,” and then Mindy added, “I think I’ve had enough infant and child care to last me a lifetime. I enjoyed it all, when I was helping Anita and Fiona, but I don’t need any more of it. I really like teaching. I can pour my mothering love into the children in my second grade classes. And then Ben and I can enjoy each other when we both get home from our jobs. So we’ll have the best of both worlds.”
“For sure,” and Ben went on, “I’ve talked to my parents and it’s OK with them if we don’t have children. Amelia has three and they told me that is enough grandchildren for them. They just want me to be happily married.”
Lora commented, “It sounds to me like you both have worked through this issue completely so that it will not be a problem for either of you.”
“Absolutely, Mom!” Mindy acknowledged. “You were very correct every time we talked about this subject. With the right good man this is no longer a problem.”
Vern added, “I’m pleased with the way the two of you have talked about and settled this issue, and you can continue to do the same thing with other things that happen.”
“Definitely,” agreed Ben, “we will always try to make things work out well for both of us.”
Mindy nodded, “Yes we will, and now to change the subject, I want to tell all of you how well the autoharp is working with my second graders. I got permission from the principal to use it in my classroom, and since by now, most of them can read many words, we’re using the classroom hymnals and my spiral-bound hymnal during music times. They’re able to follow along with the words and even figure out some new ones as we go. So it is helping to improve their reading skills, and they have fun singing from the hymnal.”
“Excellent!” Ben exclaimed, “I like to hear the enthusiastic way you tell about your class and teaching. I think it’s great when people can enjoy their chosen career. I certainly enjoy being a building contractor. I like watching the progress and hearing what people like about the finished product. Even when I hear what they don’t like, it helps me find better ways to do it the next time.”
Mindy stated, “What a good attitude you have, Ben! It’s no wonder you are doing such an excellent job on those new houses at the ranch.”
Karen decided to add another lesson about promises for the group of girls who had found some before. So Karen began, “I know we already found a lot of scriptures about promises, but I wanted to repeat one we did find, because I like to think of us as heirs of God. Galatians 3:29 says, If we belong to Christ,… then we are heirs according to the promise. And 4:5,7 explain that we are adopted as sons and are therefore heirs of God through Christ.”
She continued the lesson by playing a song sung by Chris Tomlin called “All Your Promises are Yes and Amen.”
When it finished she explained, “The title for the song comes from 2 Corinthians 1:20, For all the promises of God in Jesus are yes and Amen, to the glory of God.”
Then she put up a chart with the following. The lyrics tell of God’s grace, peace, mercy and help when we need it, and that he is faithful, and has freed the captives. We can be confident and rest in God’s promises because he is faithful.
She continued, “Maybe you can find some scripture verses that would go with the song or some of the words in the lyrics. I found Luke 18:27, Jesus said, ‘The things which are impossible with men are possible with God.’ I think it goes well with the song because since things are possible with God it means he can keep his promises.”
The girls looked in their concordances for words that had been in the song.
One girl said, “I found a verse for ‘Amen’ in the title. Galatians 1:5 says, To God be glory forever and ever. Amen. And I looked up the meaning of ‘Amen.’ It means ‘so be it’ or ‘truly’ so it’s like we agree.”
“Good one,” said Hanna and then she read James 4:6, “God gives more grace … to the humble. So I need to be humble so he can give me this promise.”
“Same here,” agreed Nan, “and Hebrews 4:16 has ‘grace’ and ‘mercy’ and ‘help’ in it. It says, Let us therefore come boldly to the throne of grace, that we may obtain mercy, and find grace to help in time of need.”
Stella added, “I like that verse, Nan. I found one for ‘peace.’ Jeremiah 29:11 says, For I know the thoughts that I think toward you, say the LORD, thoughts of peace and not evil, to give you an expected end. Since he created the world just by speaking, then even just his thoughts toward us must be powerful.”
“What a neat idea!” Lisa exclaimed. “The verse I found is another one for ‘help’. Psalm 121:2 says, My help comes from the LORD who made heaven and earth. And because he made heaven and earth, he can surely help us with any of our problems.”
Another girl remarked, “Good thought, and I found a third one for help. Psalm 63:7 says, Because you, LORD, have been my help, … I will rejoice in the shadow of your wings.”
A different girl shared, “I found another one I like for ‘peace.’ 2 Thessalonians 3:16 says, Now the Lord of peace himself give you peace always by all means. The Lord be with you all. It’s a nice blessing to say at the end of an email.”
“Yes it is,” then Liz stated, “those are all neat verses. I looked a long time to find one we hadn’t used before for the word, ‘faithful’ and finally found 1 Thessalonians 5:24. Faithful is he, (God) who calls you who will also do it.”
“That verse is a good promise,” Emma declared. “John 8:36 is a good one for ‘free.’ In it Jesus says that If the Son therefore shall make you free, you shall be free indeed.”
“Right, Emma,” agreed Christi, “and I like Psalm 27:3 for ‘confident’ because it says, Though an army should encamp against me, my heart shall not fear, … in this I will be confident. The word ‘this’ goes back to verse one and it says, The LORD is my light and my salvation, … and the strength of my life, so of whom shall I be afraid?”
“Good verses, Christi,” and then Ellie went on with Psalm 16:8,9, “I have set the LORD always before me. Because he is at my right hand, I shall not be moved. Therefore my heart is glad, and I rejoice and I shall also rest in hope. I left out a few words to make it more readable.”
Another girl concluded, “I like all those verses, and I found another one for rest. In Matthew 11:28,29 Jesus said, Come to me all you who labor and are heavy laden, and I will give you rest. Take my yoke on you and learn of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart, and you shall find rest for your souls.
Karen commended them, “I agree with all of you. You found good verses to go with the words in that song. So now shall we listen to the song again and see if it’s even more meaningful now that we found all those scriptures?”
Everyone listened and agreed that the song meant more to them this time because of the scriptures.
Tomo and Ami had wanted to plan an RV Travel ministry trip for the fall, but Tomo admitted, “Ami, since my brother, Afta and his wife, Hana have moved to the ranch and are getting settled after being assigned three more foster girls, I think we should wait until next spring.
“I agree with you, Honey,” and Ami continued, “it will probably be much easier if we let them get settled and see how it works to have Afta and Hana continue to help us with the Tea Room one or two days a week.”
“Right,” Tomo responded, “I know they said they would come every day when we wanted go on an RV trip, but I don’t think it would be very fair to ask them right now.”
“For sure,” and Ami went on, “We won’t even mention it to them now. Later in January we can see how they’re doing and if they still feel like they can come while we’re gone on a ministry trip.”
“Perfect,” Tomo concurred, “and if they do, we can still make reservations in Arches National Park Campground for the springtime.”
“Certainly,” then Ami gave him a hug and suggested, “we can even go a little later in the spring so it will be warmer.”
Tomo went on to say, “Yes, Dear, it would be nice to be warmer for the evening meetings and then for sleeping in the RV van.”
Sam came to the ranch one Friday evening to visit with William and Anna Beckett who had adopted him and the other three of their first foster boys. He liked to come often because he enjoyed spending time with them and seeing the progress their four girls were making.
After he had been there a short time Anna shared, “I know you work with horses most of the day at you job, but I think our girls would like to show you how well they’re doing with the way they’ve learned to prepare, ride and care for their horses.”
“I'd like to watch them,” stated Sam, “and I’d also like to ride with you and the girls. I’ll be glad to go with you any time it works out for all of you. I don’t think I’ll ever get tired of doing things with horses and riding them. As you can see, I’m still dressed in my riding clothes.”
“You have your perfect job then,” William laughed. “I remember when you were worried and wished you could know what God wanted you to do after you heard what Evan had planned. And now I can see how you are working right where God wants you to be.”
“Thank you, Dad, for bringing that to my attention!” Sam exclaimed. “My job would not work very well for a married man since my hours go later into the evenings except for Fridays since we can smooth the arena on the weekends for Mondays. There would not be much time for family life. Now that you said what you did, I feel even happier and more like I belong right where I’m working.”
Anna stood up and commented, “I'm glad for you Sam. It is a great feeling to know we’re doing what God wants us to do. I’ll go tell the girls to get ready for a horseback ride.
Soon the family and Sam were headed to the pasture to choose horses to ride. William informed Sam, “I know you’re a good enough rider that you can choose a horse from the new rehabilitated horses any time you come here to ride. Your mom and I had already decided to ride Cumin and Ginger, the new buckskin Tennessee Walking Horses this time.”
“Thanks for the compliment, Dad,” and then Sam decided, “I think I’d like to ride the new brown and white pinto. What’s her name?”
Mom answered, “Oh, that’s More Patches since she has more patches than the original Patches does.”
Kathy and Nora rode Coffee and Tea, and Gena and Helen rode Boots and Socks. Each of them went confidently up to the horse of their choice, talking and stroking it before putting on the halter and attaching the lead rope to lead it back to the tack room.
Sam complimented them, “Great job, girls. Your horses like the attention you give them and the gentle way you handle them.”
The girls smiled and thanked him. Then they all proceeded to groom and prepare their horses for the ride and Sam was able to see that each girl did a thorough job as quickly as he and William and Anna did theirs. So he commended them again. They were very pleased to hear this handsome young man tell them the same things their parents had said to them already. Then they all enjoyed their ride, before they again prepared the horses for their return to the pasture and then cleaned up the tack.
Sam observed, “The way I feel about all the preparation before and after each horseback ride is that it is just as important as the ride itself. It also helps me feel a closer bond to the horse. And I’m sure the horses like all of it also, even though they have no way to tell us about it.”
The girls nodded in agreement and remembered what Sam had said for a long time.
A short time after Ben and Mindy were engaged, Ben went to see Amelia and Riley. He told them the good news and Amelia exclaimed, “Oh, Ben, I’m so glad it’s Mindy! I never even dreamed she would be a possibility for you, but she’s wonderful!”
Ben reminded Amelia about this quote, “Remember I told you, ‘Some day I’ll be able to tell you who it is and you’ll agree that she’s wonderful.’ And there, you just said so!”
“You're so right, Brother!” Amelia admitted.
Riley instructed, “Now let’s all sit down and while the children are still napping, you can tell us the whole story that you’ve kept so well hidden for such a long time.”
“My pleasure,” stated Ben and he told them all about his longing and waiting for years and the planning and courtship and proposal. His sister and brother-in-law were joyous listeners and then they congratulated him and prayed asking God for many blessings to be on this couple.
The next Sunday Ben and Mindy started sitting together during the church services. They alternated sitting with his parents and then hers the next week. Having seen this for two weeks, Candy and Evan hurried over right after church the second Sunday and Candy declared, “Congratulations, Mindy and Ben! I think you make a perfect couple! May God richly bless you as you continue to date, plan your wedding, and start married life.”
Evan continued, “I agree, and I’m so glad for you. Being married is super, especially to the right Christian woman.”
“I’m sure it will be super for us also,” Ben responded. “I’m already delighted that we’re engaged and we’ll be planning our wedding pretty soon.”
Mindy added, “Yes, God is so good! I never even imagined I would get to experience all this joy. I’m very grateful.”
Some of their other friends came to congratulate the happy couple also that day or other Sundays, since there was very little time between services at the church for visiting.
Riley, had a friend where he worked whose name was Cole, who was having a hard time believing he could be saved. He had been thinking that way so long that it was hard to convince him otherwise. One day Riley brought another friend along, hoping they might both be able to convince the man about the most important thing in life.
Riley began, “We’ve talked many times, Cole, about your opinion that you can only be saved if God has called you or drawn you, and you don’t think he has, so you aren’t sure you can be saved and know you are going to heaven.”
“Yes,” said Cole, “that’s the way I feel. I guess I need some evidence.
Riley continued, “So today I brought along another friend who is also my brother-in law. His name is Matt and he has some ideas to tell you that I hadn’t thought of before.
Matt had been introduced now so he asked, “Would you like to know that you are saved and will go to heaven when you die or if Jesus returns for the believers before you die?”
Cole nodded emphatically, so Matt continued, “I believe that God is good and merciful as it says in Psalm 145:9, The Lord is good to all, and his tender mercies are over all his works. He is also loving as I paraphrase 1 John 4:9, God displayed his love toward us by sending his only begotten Son into the world so we could live through him. And God is also just and fair. Listen to Romans 5:8. God showed his love toward us, in that, while we were still sinners, Christ died for us. God sent his Son to die for everyone.”
Cole argued, “But Jesus also said in John 6:44, No man can come to me unless the Father who sent me draws him… and I don’t think he has drawn me.”
“I know that verse,” agreed Matt, “and the context is interesting. Jesus was talking to the people in his nation who wanted another sign or proof before they would believe Jesus, even though they had seen many of his miracles already. Listen as I read verses 29 and 36b. Jesus said to them, the work of God is that you believe on him whom God has sent. … You have seen me but you do not believe.
Cole stated, “I've heard about miracles, but I’ve never seen one myself.”
“Not many people these days have either,” Matt replied. “Jesus didn’t give them a sign or more proof than they had already seen or that we can read about in the Bible. Instead he said in the next verses, 37-40, All those who the Father gives to me shall come to me, and those who come to me I will in no wise cast out. For I came down from heaven not to do my own will, but the will of him who sent me. This is the will of the father who sent me, that I should lose none of all he has given me but shall raise them up again at the last day. And this is the will of him who sent me, that every one who sees the Son and believes in him may have everlasting life, and I will raise him up at the last day.”
Riley explained, “We know we can’t see him with our eyes now, but we can read about him in the Bible. So we can know about him that way and believe in him.”
“Very true,” agreed Matt and then he continued, “verses 41-44 go on to say, And the Jews then grumbled at him … because they knew his father and mother. They asked how he could have come down from heaven. So Jesus said to them, Don’t grumble among yourselves. Now here is the verse you said, Cole, No man can come to me unless the Father who sent me draw him, and the rest of that verse says, and I will raise him up at the last day.
Cole nodded and was ready to continue listening.
So Matt went on, “Then Jesus continued by saying in verse 45, it is written in the prophets that they shall all be taught by God. Every man therefore who has heard and has learned of the Father, comes to me.
Cole commented, “It sounds like maybe learning of the Father is like being drawn,”
“I agree,” and then Riley mentioned, I just looked up the cross-references for the prophets in verse 45, and found Isaiah 54:13 which says, All your children shall be taught of the LORD, and the peace of your children shall be great. Plus Micah 4:2a says, Many nations shall come and say, Come and let us go up to the mountain of the LORD and to the house of God … and He will teach us of his ways and we will walk in his paths…
“Those are good cross-references,” noted Matt, “then in verse 46,47 Jesus said, No man has seen the Father, only he who is of God, meaning Jesus himself, he has seen the Father. Truly, truly I say to you he who believes in me has everlasting life.”
“But go back to verse 39. How do I know that I’m one who the Father gave to Jesus?” asked Cole.
Matt answered, “I think you can know because you want to be saved. In John 12:32,33 Jesus said, if he would be lifted up from the earth, he would draw all men to himself. He said this, showing what kind of death he would die. And verse 37 states that even though he had done so many miracles before them, still they did not believe in him.”
“Yes,” replied Cole, “I do want to be saved, but I can’t just blindly believe. I’ve even asked God to fill me with the Holy Spirit and I don’t think he has.”
Matt went on to say, “Here are some verses that might help you. Luke 11:10-13 says, For every one who asks receives, and he who seeks finds, and to him who knocks it shall be opened. If a son should ask his father for bread, would he give him a stone or a serpent when asked for fish or a scorpion when asked for an egg? If you then being evil, know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more shall your heavenly Father give the Holy Spirit to those who ask him?”
“I never heard those verses before,” Cole admitted.
So Matt added, “Another helpful verse is Acts 2:38, Peter said to the crowd that they should repent and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ, and you shall receive the gift of the Holy Spirit.”
Riley noted, “I heard you say that you can’t just blindly believe. Do you know what faith is?”
Cole answered, “I don’t think so.”
“Listen to Hebrews 11:1 and you’ll hear what faith is,” replied Riley. “Faith is the substance of things hoped for, the evidence of things not seen. Then verse three says faith helps us know that God created everything out of things that were not seen, by just speaking his word.”
Matt continued, “Yes, and 2 Corinthians 5:7 says we walk by faith, not by sight. And Galatians 3:26 states, For you are all the children of God by faith in Christ Jesus.”
Riley went on, “Romans 5:1,2 says, Therefore being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom we have access by faith into this grace in which we stand and we rejoice in hope of the glory of God.”
Then Matt handed Cole his Bible and requested, “Please read Romans 3:3.”
Cole nodded and read, “For what if some did not believe? Shall their unbelief make faith in God without effect? Wow! I have to answer ‘Of course not!’ So I think ‘faith’ means to blindly believe, because what I want is something I can’t see.”
“I think you’re right,” Riley agreed, “so are you willing now, to take what some people call a blind leap of faith and believe the things I’ve told you about Jesus and ask him to be your Savior?”
“Yes I am willing,” answered Cole, “will you help me with the prayer?”
“Gladly!” Riley declared. “Repeat after me. God, my creator, I admit that I am a sinner. … I confess these sins to you. … Name silently, the ones you think of right now. … Please forgive me. … Thank you that Jesus was the perfect sacrifice. … He paid for my sins by dying on the cross and rising from the dead. … I believe in you, Jesus, and ask you to be my Savior. … Please help me live the way you want me to live. …Thank you, Jesus.”
Cole looked up and stated, “I like the way I’m feeling right now. I feel peace and joy and the relief of not being in doubt any longer. Thank you both for the time you took to help me see how wrong I was by reading all those verses from the Bible to me.”
“It was our pleasure,” replied Matt. “We’re rejoicing with you and are so happy for you also.”
“Put it here brother,” and Cole took the offered hand and was congratulated by Riley, “welcome to the family of God, my new brother in the Lord Jesus!”
Matt and Fiona were talking after their four children were in bed asleep for the night. After telling her about Riley’s friend and their successful time with him they praised God together. Then he remarked, “I like our quiet times of sharing with each other here on the couch after the children are asleep.”
“So do I,” agreed Fiona, “it gives us a chance to get caught up with things the other person has been doing lately. Earlier this week I was remembering back to our courtship and your proposal and our engagement.”
Matt inserted, “It was amazing!”
She nodded and went on, “Especially the Saturday afterward when Walt and Betty told you about their plan for their next project.”
“Absolutely!” Matt stated, “I was blown away by their generosity and love shown by their gift of finishing this house I had started building for us, and then furnishing the inside, all in time for us to move into it right after our honeymoon.”
“I was also,” and she continued, “several weeks before that, I had told you about my inheritance from my great aunt Cara, how much it was, and that I desired to donate all but the inheritance taxes to God’s work. You agreed and I was so happy we could be in unity about that issue.”
“I remember that also,” stated Matt, “and I was impressed by the way you walked your talk instead of just spending it on yourself or later on us.”
Fiona repeated, “Thank you again for that compliment, Honey. Anyway, earlier this week I was thinking that God has very richly blessed us with so much more than we gave, by Walt and Betty’s gift to us and the clothes Sherry and her twins gave us for our twins.”
“You’re so right, Dearest,” Matt concurred, “and almost every time I come home from work and see this house we enjoy so much, I thank and praise God for his provision for us. And then when I get inside and see you, my precious wife and our sweet children, I thank and praise him some more!”
Fiona responded, “I’m so glad you feel that way, Honey, and so do I. You are my dream and my wish come true, and I praise and thank God for you daily. This house and our children are extras on top, for which I’m also very grateful.”
Matt smiled and pulled her into his arms for a loving hug and kiss saying, “Every good and perfect gift is from above and comes down from the Father… as it says in James 1:17a, and our Father has given us many of those good and perfect gifts.”
On a date after their engagement Ben and Mindy were talking. Mindy asked, “How often do you like to attend church?”
Ben answered, “Every week unless I have a bad cold or something else.”
Mindy agreed, “It’s the same for me, and I really enjoy church #4 where I grew up and where my dear friends, Anita and Fiona are, and of course my parents since we’re good friends also.”
“I like church #4 also,” and then Ben inquired, “Do you think they could like me and we could be good friends too?”
“No doubt about it!” Mindy exclaimed. “They already think you’re wonderful, just like I do!”
Ben said, “Thank You,” Mindy, “the feeling is definitely mutual! Have you decided when you would like to have our wedding?”
Mindy replied, “Not exactly, but I’m hoping it can be soon. I miss you after you take me home from a date. I enjoy our times and conversations so much that I want to be with you more.”
“I feel just the same way about you, dearest Mindy,” stated Ben.
“I’m so glad, beloved Ben!” Mindy declared. “Maybe you could take me home early tonight and my parents could help us find a good date and help us plan our wedding, unless you would rather have us do it alone as a couple.”
Ben reasoned, “I like your idea. This way we can pick a date that would be convenient for them also and we might get some ideas from them for the wedding.”
When they reached Mindy’s home and went inside Vern said, “Welcome! It’s nice to see you both here early. Maybe we’ll get some time to visit.”
Lora also hurried to greet them. “By the looks on your happy faces, I would guess you two have decided on a date for the wedding.”
“On the contrary, Mom,” stated Mindy, “we came home early so we could get Dad and you to help in choosing a date that will be convenient for all of us and we’re hoping you both can give us some ideas for the wedding.”
“Right,” agreed Ben, “and we hope we aren’t interrupting something you were doing.”
“Perfect timing,” declared Lora, “we just finished the tasks we were doing and welcome the diversion.”
Vern suggested, “Indeed, and I’m glad you came to help, Ben, not many grooms get to help plan their weddings. Come to the dining room table and I’ll bring the calendar.” He brought this and next year’s calendars. “How soon do you want your wedding? Many people choose June for weddings.”
And Lora inserted, “Do you want it just before a school vacation, so you could have some time for a honeymoon?”
“Those are good questions, Dad and Mom,” Mindy replied, “I knew you guys would get us thinking in the right direction. We both said just this evening that we’re hoping our wedding can be soon, so I know we don’t want to wait until June.”
Ben added, “But I think Thanksgiving time would be too soon to be able to plan a wedding well.”
“I agree, Ben,” and Mindy went on, “I do think it would be smart to have the wedding just before a school vacation, although I know you, Ben, have to be at work building the houses on the ranch the Monday after the weekend of our wedding.”
“Correct,” then Ben continued, “You’ve told me, Mindy, that you get two weeks for the Christmas and New Year’s holidays. How would that work for you and your parents?”
“It would be ideal in many ways,” answered Mindy. “We no longer travel during that vacation. I would be finished with my first full year of teaching, and since you have to work as usual, I would have the time I would need to read all the reports about my new students and start memorizing their names for the first day of school in January. It would also give me time to get my things moved and settled into their places in your travel trailer which is to be our home. Another good thing is that my new students would get to know me as Mrs. Clay and not have to get used to two names for the same teacher because the wedding was at a different vacation.”
“Good for you, Mindy,” and Lora applauded. “I like the way you can plan ahead so things will work out in the best ways. That time will work well for us also.”
Vern nodded, “Yes it will. And Mindy, your birth mother told me she would like a big wedding for you when you would be old enough, so I’ve been saving money for it all these years. She also wanted you to wear her wedding dress if it will fit you. I think it will, because you have much the same build and look to be about the same size if I remember correctly.”
“Oh, Dad!” Mindy stressed. “Thank you for telling me about her desires. I’d love to wear her dress! I hope it will fit me.”
Lora remarked, “We can have it remodeled or remodel it ourselves if it isn’t too far off.”
“It all sounds perfect!” Ben emphasized. “I can hardly wait to see you in that dress, my beautiful Mindy, and have you for my wife!”
“Thank you, dearest Ben,” Mindy responded, “for the lovely compliment. Christmas vacation can’t come soon enough! It’s a good thing we’ll have lots to keep us busy until then, and it really isn’t that far away.”
Vern brought them back to earth saying, “How many attendants do each of you want to have? Big weddings can have as many as ten or even more.”
“Oh, my!” Mindy expressed. “I don’t think I even know ten or more ladies who would want to stand up with me in my wedding.”
Lora reflected, “Well it doesn't have to be that many, four would probably be enough.”
“Good,” and Mindy nodded, “I think I could find four. What do you think, Ben, could you find four men to stand up with you?
Ben contemplated, “I think so, especially if we men could get by with suits we already own and not have to wear ties. I remember how nice that was at Matt’s wedding and also at Riley’s wedding.
“It would be fine with me,” Mindy agreed, “but I wonder what you will say, Dad and Mom.”
Vern admitted, “It’s very fine with me also. I never have liked to wear a tie either.”
“Then I like the idea also,” Lora acknowledged. “Let’s keep all our men happy and comfortable.”
“Yes, let’s do! So maybe,” suggested Mindy, “the ladies could all wear dresses they already have so they don’t have to buy fancy matching dresses they’ll never use again.”
“Brilliant plan,” Ben observed. “It makes a lot of sense. A big wedding doesn’t mean that it has to be expensive. I’m all for being practical. Where shall we have the wedding?”
Everybody was silent while they thought about the possibilities. And they were all relieved when Mindy proposed, “The best place I can think of is our own wonderful church.” The others nodded and applauded.
“Do you like flowers, Ben,” inquired Vern.
“Without a doubt,” he responded. “Even though I chose to not work with my family in The Garden Shop, I still like to see all the flowers they have for sale.”
“Super,” Vern went on, “we can all go there some Saturday and choose some that will be available during the last part of December and use them to make the church even more beautiful.”
“Great, and we can leave them to beautify the church on the weekend.” Then Ben realized, “Mindy and I will need to ask Pastor Don if he can officiate our wedding on that Friday evening and if we can use the church. I’ll make an appointment with him.”
“Excellent, thank you, Ben.” Mindy said sincerely. “Do you think you could be ready for a 6 PM ceremony that Friday? Maybe your men would let you take off an hour early.”
Ben answered, “I'm sure they’ll be glad to do that. Besides, some of them will need that time to get read to stand up with me. I need to leave now, but we can all keep thinking and add to these plans as we go along.”
“Good idea, Ben,” said Vern, “see you later.” And the family saw him to the door.
Near the end of October, Karen suggested to all her Bible Study Groups, “Let’s see if we can find something for each day in November about the triune God that we’re thankful for, by first making a list of his attributes. We can use nouns or adjectives. Then we can find scriptures to go with them and maybe some songs and hymns also. So by next week write down as many as you can think of in your Thankful Notebooks and save some room to add more. We’ll share them next week and you can add to your list from what others say in class.”
So the next week they came with their lists and soon everyone had the same as the rest did. Then Karen instructed, “This week at home, start looking up a verse each day to go with one attribute in the part of the list I assign to you, and if you can find a song for that attribute, write it’s title there also.”
She made the assignments and continued, “Next week we’ll share what we’ve found and you’ll be able to write the scripture references and song titles to the ones others have already found so far. Then you can copy the scriptures in your notebooks. If we do this for a couple weeks, we should be finished before Thanksgiving Day and then enjoy reading them again to the end of November.”
The plan worked well and the girls enjoyed cooperating in this manner. The project was easier and faster to complete this way. The following attributes and scriptures and songs are what the girls found and shared. They were thankful for the following nouns.
Love: 1 John 4:7,8, Beloved, let us love one another, for love is of God, and every one who loves is born of God, and knows God. He who does not love does not know God, for God is love. There’s a song called “Beloved” and it has those words.
Grace: Titus 2:11-13, For the grace of God that brings salvation has appeared to all men, teaching us that denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live soberly, righteously, and godly in this present world; looking for that blessed hope and the glorious appearing of our great God and Savior Jesus Christ, goes with a song with those words, called “Titus 2:11-13.”
Patience: 2 Peter 3:9, The Lord is not slack concerning his promise … but is patient with us, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance.
Comfort: 2 Corinthians 1:3, Blessed be God, even the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of mercies, and the God of all comfort.
Faithfulness: Lamentations 3:22b,23, because his compassions fail not. They are new every morning. Great is your faithfulness. There is a hymn with a title like the last sentence in verse 23.
Strength: Psalm 28:7a, The LORD is my strength and my shield; my heart trusted in him, and I was helped. A song for this verse is “Whom shall I Fear?”
Goodness: Psalm 31:19, Oh how great is your goodness, which you have laid up for those who fear you, which you have wrought for those who trust in you… A chorus for this one is, “The Lord Is Good.”
Mercy: Lamentations 3:22a, It is because of he LORD’s mercies that we are not consumed… goes with the chorus, “I Will sing of the Mercies of the Lord,” which also goes with Psalm 89:1, I will sing of the mercies of the Lord forever. With my mouth I will make known your faithfulness to all generations.
Forgiveness: Psalm 130:3,4, If you, LORD, should mark iniquities, O Lord, who would stand? But there is forgiveness with you, that you may be feared. There’s a chorus that goes with some of these words.
Wisdom: 1 Corinthians 2:7, Paul spoke about the wisdom of God as a mystery, even the hidden wisdom, which God ordained before the world…
Provision: Psalm 23:1, The LORD is my shepherd, I shall not want. Many songs have been written with the words of Psalm 23.
Gentleness: 2 Samuel 22:36, O LORD, you have given me the shield of your salvation and your gentleness has made me great.
Peace: Philippians 4:7, And the peace of God, which passes all understanding, shall keep your hearts and minds through Christ Jesus. The song for this one is called, “The Peace of God.”
Joy: Nehemiah 8:10b, … the joy of the LORD is your strength. There is a chorus with these words.
Loving kindness: Psalm 92:1,2a, It is good to give thanks to the LORD, and to sing praises to your name, O Most High, to show forth your loving kindness in the morning… There is also a chorus with these words.
Greatness, Power, Glory, Victory, and Majesty: 1 Chronicles 29:11, Yours, O LORD, is the greatness, and the power, and the glory, and the victory, and the majesty, for all that is in heaven and earth is yours. Yours is the kingdom, O LORD, and you are exalted as head above all.
Guidance: Psalm 32:8, the LORD said, I will instruct you and teach you in the way you should go. I will guide you with my eye.
Understanding: Psalm 147:5, Great is our Lord, and of great power. His understanding is infinite.
Control: Isaiah 14:24, The LORD of hosts has sworn, saying, Surely as I have thought, so shall it come to pass, and as I have purposed, so shall it stand…
Compassion: Psalm 78:38a, But God, being full of compassion, forgave their iniquity and did not destroy them.
Knowledge: Proverbs 2:6, For the LORD gives wisdom. Out of his mouth come knowledge and understanding.
Karen commended them, “Girls, you did a very good job finding good scriptures and some songs to go with these nouns about God. We’ve run out of time today, but next week let’s continue with the adjectives.”
Nathan and Esther rode Prince and Flame over to the big house one day after lunch to show them to Oscar and Vera. They came out and Oscar exclaimed, “Look, Vera, Prince and Flame are so well trained now and their hooves are in excellent shape.”
“Indeed, Honey,” agreed Vera. “These two horses have been rehabilitated, gentled and trained by two very capable trainers.”
Esther responded, “Thank you for the compliment.”
“Ditto,” stated Nathan, “and these two are ready to be ridden by the adults on the ranch, and will soon be ready for the girls. The next times we ride them will be with their matching partners.”
Vera looked puzzled, but Oscar declared, “Prince and the new Princess will certainly be a nice looking pair of black horses. Flame and Lollipop will make a pretty pair of reddish brown horses. It’s fun to have so many matching pairs on the ranch. Our girls and their roommates like to pick horses that match for their rides.”
Vera smiled and nodded in understanding. “I agree and as I think about all the horses on our ranch, all but two horses have a match with some kind of similarity. So those two, Dapplie and Roanie, could be ridden together as a mismatched pair, or a person who is a single could choose one of them to ride on when they join a family for a ride.”
“Perfect,” stated Oscar, “in fact let’s go get them ready and join Esther and Nathan on their ride. Honey, you can ride Dapplie since he’s shorter than Roanie.”
“Great idea, Dear,” and then Vera remarked, “I always enjoy a spontaneous ride, and it will be good for me to ride a different horse than I usually do.”
Nathan offered, “We’ll go get them ready for you while you change clothes.”
“Certainly,” agreed Esther, “and we’ll wait for you at the original tack room.”
Oscar and Vera nodded, waved, and went inside quickly to get changed. In a short time they were all riding up to the gate to go on one of the paths on the public lands.
Vera remarked, “Dapplie is a very handsome horse now that he has enough to eat so he has filled out and his coat shines from being groomed. The same thing goes for Roanie.”
“Positively,” declared Oscar. “I’m so glad our ranch was able to purchase and give the love, care, and training that all the new horses needed so badly. I feel almost as good about this as I do about the girls we also get to help.”
Nathan and Esther nodded and smiled because they felt the same way as Oscar did.
On the farm Felix suggested, “Let’s get all our chores finished early after supper today and take time to tell some of the new jokes we’ve learned lately.”
Hugo agreed, “It sounds like fun. I like practicing and then being able to tell them to each other.”
“Yes,” Luis went on, “and we can laugh even though we’ve heard them before or it’s one we’ve practiced.”
“For sure,” and Sunny inquired, “do any of you remember the verse we learned about laughing?”
After a moment of thinking Jose quoted, Proverbs 17:22a, A merry heart does good like a medicine, Proverbs 17:22a.”
“Exactly,” Sunny concurred, “I’ve heard many people say, ‘Laughter is good medicine.’ That sentence isn’t in the Bible but the idea is found in the verse you just quoted, Jose.”
Pedro added, “Our family has found that verse in Proverbs to be very true. I’m glad we can have fun and laughter so often.”
Right after chores were finished, They went to get their joke notebooks so they could choose one to tell the family. They got their jokes from books Felix or Sunny had bought from book stores and off the web. The only books they would buy were ones with clean jokes that did not put down, make fun of, or hurt any person in any way.
Then they carefully chose jokes they liked, copied them neatly in a special notebook each of them had so they could practice them and put the books back on the bookshelf where others could find and copy from them also. The plan was to practice until they could tell the joke with good expression and confidence.
Felix had told the boys years before they started this project, about his fiasco when he was young and had used hurtful jokes and was a nuisance by teasing way too much. He had emphasized how hard it had been to change, but all his hard work had been worthwhile.
At the end of their session that evening which included lots of laughing, Felix complimented, “I really enjoyed all the jokes today. You guys have gotten really good at telling jokes, and I hope you’ll continue to enjoy this skill as you go through life, brightening the serious things that often happen.”
On a warm October weekend, Ben took Mindy again to see the progress on the third two-story house he and his crews were building on the ranch. This time Mindy remarked, “I’m so glad that while we’ve been dating, you’ve brought me here so I get to see most of the procedure. I looked up the parts I missed on the web.
“I’m glad also,” he replied, “and I’m impressed at the way you’ve memorized and remember all the terms and materials for each step.”
Mindy explained, “I did that so I would be able to understand and converse with you about your career. You’ve done the same with everything I’ve told you about my teaching career.”
“For sure,” he agreed, “we’re both very interested in what our intended is doing and that has helped draw us even closer together.”
“Right,” and she went on, “our careers are very different, and therefore we have a lot of interesting things to talk about. I hope you’ll continue showing me the progress until and after our wedding.”
“Of course, my love!” Ben exclaimed. “I’m so glad you are interested and it’s fun to see this through your eyes! I can hardly wait for our wedding!”
Mindy declared, “Same here, dearest Ben!” Then she wisely changed the subject. “And now could we go horseback riding and talk some more about our wedding plans as we ride?”
“Sure, Honey,” he smiled thinking how nice it was to use endearing names for each other. “We’ll need to look at the listing of horses and find two that aren't being used right now.”
As they stood looking at the list Mindy noticed, “All the matching pairs of horses are being used right now, even the Morgans that trot, so it looks like we get to ride Dapplie and Roanie. Which one do you prefer?”
“I really don’t have a preference,” he stated, “just so I get to ride next to you, Dear, but since I’m taller, maybe it would be easier if I prepare and ride Roanie.”
Mindy replied, “How thoughtful of you, Honey, so I’ll ride Dapplie. They’re both really very pretty horses.”
They decided to stay on the ranch this time and ride side by side so they could converse more easily.
Ben remarked, “I like the plans we have so far for the wedding. It will be winter by then.”
“It sure will be,” she concurred, “but the church will be warm. I was trying to figure out a way to have more attendants so the wedding can really be big like my birth mother desired.”
He responded, “OK, then let’s each think of some more people we would like to ask to be in our wedding.”
“Good idea,” she went on, “and as we think of them we can stop the horses and I’ll write them here on this little note pad. They continued riding, talking, planning, stopping to write, and laughing at her messy writing if she tried to write while the horse was still moving.
You’ll get to see the results of this planning session when you read about their December wedding later in this story.
Mindy had been getting better acquainted with the other second grade teachers by eating lunch with them one at a time. When Mindy went back to school the next week she also decided to see if she and Julie could be friends since they would both be living on the ranch.
Then on one of those days Julie offered, “If you would like to, we could plan to have you ride to school with me after your wedding until you and Ben can get another vehicle.
“What a great idea!” Mindy exclaimed. “Ben and I have both been saving separately for a vehicle since we got engaged. And when we do get one, you can ride with me until I get caught up with you and then we can take turns.”
Julie responded, “It sounds like a good plan to me, Mindy. And I’m sure I’ll enjoy your company.”
During the next week the girls in all of Karen’s Bible Study Groups were ready for the adjectives. They were thankful for the following adjectives.
Righteous and Holy: Psalm 145:17, The Lord is righteous in all his ways and holy in all his works.
Just and fair: Deuteronomy 32:4b, God is a God of truth, without iniquity; he is just and right.
Longsuffering: Psalm 86:15, You, O Lord are a God full of compassion and are gracious, longsuffering, and have plenty of mercy and truth.
Perfect: Matthew 5:48, Be perfect, as your Father in heaven is perfect.
Honest: Titus 1:2, God who cannot lie, promised eternal life before the world began.
Pure and holy: 1 Samuel 2:2a, There is none as holy as the LORD…
Reliable, trustworthy, dependable: Numbers 23:19a, God is not a man that he would lie, and not do what he said. What he has spoken he will make good.
Mighty, Zephaniah 3:17a, The LORD your God in the midst of you is mighty. He will save, he will rejoice over you with joy… The title of the song for this verse is “Zephaniah 3:17.”
Concerned, interested: Psalm 138:8a, The LORD will perfect that which concerns me. Your mercy, O LORD endures forever.
Humble: Philippians 2:5,8a, Let this mind be in you which was also in Christ Jesus. … as a man, he humbled himself…
Sovereign: Psalm 103:19, The LORD has prepared his throne in the heavens, and his kingdom rules over all.
Excellent and glorious: Psalm 148:13, Let them praise the name of the LORD, for his name alone is excellent. His glory is above the earth and heaven. There are many songs and choruses for this one.
Praiseworthy: Psalm 18:3, I will call upon the LORD who is worthy to be praised. So shall I be saved from my enemies. the chorus with all these words is “I Will Call Upon the LORD.”
Eternal and immortal: 1 Timothy 1:17, Now to the King eternal, immortal, invisible, the only wise God, be honor and glory forever and ever. Amen. The song is called, “Now to the King eternal.”
All-powerful or Almighty: Mark 10:27b, … with God all things are possible. The song that goes with this is called, “Almighty.”
Present everywhere: Jeremiah 23:24, The Lord says Can anyone hide in secret places so I cannot see him? Don’t I fill heaven and earth? A song for this adjective is this scripture reference “Psalm 139:7-14.”
All knowing: 1 John 3:20, For if our heart condemn us, God is greater than our heart and knows all things. A fun kid’s song for this one is called, “God knows about Everything.”
Karen commended them again and told them, “Now you can use this project in praising and thanking God during the days before and after Thanksgiving this year and in the years to come. Furthermore you can use it for any time of the year since being grateful is always a good idea. I’m going to put a bookmark in my notebook so I can find this project easily.”
In Pine City Pastor Don and his wife Anita were talking after Tim and Mary were asleep. Anita remarked, “We don’t need to speculate about Ben and Mindy now that their engagement is common knowledge and they asked you to officiate for them. But I do wonder what their wedding will be like.”
“So do I,” and he went on, “particularly since they also asked me to be part of the final procession to the back of the sanctuary. This sounded unusual.”
“Precisely,” Anita said, “plus Mindy asked me to be one of her attendants. After the small wedding Vern and Lora had, with Mindy standing with them as they became a family, I can’t imagine that this one will be much bigger, but you never can tell…”
Don agreed, “For sure, my dear, and they did reserve the sanctuary and the lunchroom for the Friday evening of the wedding, so they must have plans for something bigger. I didn’t ask any questions beyond the usual ones I ask couples so that I can ascertain if they are really ready for this big step in their lives. Both Ben and Mindy are very ready.”
“I’m so happy for both of them,” Anita stated, “especially for our sweet friend, Mindy, since she had thought for so long that no man would ever want her with her ‘problem.’ She has worked very hard to overcome her faulty thinking and has become able to accept herself the way God made her. It’s good to see her smiling and joyful about her future with Ben.”
Don declared, “Definitely! And I really enjoy this part of being a pastor! Ben and Mindy told me they would get back to me with more of their plans when the date gets closer. They were still in the planning stage when they came to make reservations and ask me to perform their marriage.”
Anita hugged him saying, “I’m glad we can share information as we both receive it, my beloved husband. I like to have both of us on the same page.”
“So do I my darling!” Don exclaimed and he hugged her right back. “I enjoy everything you and I get to do together and I’m glad we have some time right now to do one of our favorite things together.”
She smiled at him and responded, “For sure, Dearest!”
Gary and Kim Beckett were happy they had chosen to live on Mercy Valley Farm. They were also pleased with the progress their foster boys, Ryan, Bruce, Tyler and Leo were making.
Kim asked, “Are you guys ready for all the tests the school has to give in December?”
Tyler answered, “I think I’m ready for them. Since we study here at home and you and Dad answer our questions and help us understand the hard parts better, I’m not worried about the tests.”
“Same here,” agreed Leo, “middle school isn’t as hard as I thought it would be either.”
Ryan remarked, “It was hard for me last year, but since I came here, and have the good help we get from you and Dad, I’m feeling much more confident.”
“I’m glad school has never been hard for me,” added Bruce, “and I’m also thankful for the way you help us.”
Gary prayed, “Thank you Father in Heaven for the good comments the boys have made and the good report cards they’ve brought home so far. We all appreciate your help also, because you are the very best father any of us could ever hope to have!
One weekend Lora helped Mindy try on her mother’s wedding dress and they went to show Vern who exclaimed, “Super! It fits you perfectly, Mindy! Your mother was not well developed either, but was tall and slender and athletic like you are. The dress is very feminine. You look just as beautiful as she did. We got married when she was twenty years old just like you will be. So now you can understand that I meant what I said, ‘not all men look for a curvy body.’ It’s what’s inside that counts.”
“You’re right, Dad,” acknowledged Mindy, “and it’s easier for me to understand it now that Ben has basically told me the same thing. I can even like my body the way it is now.”
Lora declared, “I’m glad to hear you say that, Mindy. I think life will be a lot happier for you because of it.”
Mindy nodded and stated, “And, Mom, “I would like you to be my matron of honor, because you are the most important woman in my life.”
“Thank you, Mindy,” Lora responded with a happy smile, “It would definitely be an honor for me.”
“And Dad, Mindy requested, “after you walk me down the isle and give my hand to Ben, I want you to explain to the congregation why this is such a big wedding and then stand with the men so you and Mom can walk together in the celebration procession at the end of the wedding.”
“My pleasure, my dear daughter,” replied her dad, “I’m delighted that Ben was able to win your love and you have also learned how to accept your own body so you can freely give him your love.”
Mindy declared, “Thank you, Mom and Dad, you’re the best!”
“And you're the best too,” they said back.
Then Mindy exclaimed, “I like being in love! It’s an incredible feeling, especially because it seemed impossible to me for so long. I’m very thankful for all the help I got from you two and from Anita and from my heavenly Father too.”
Vern declared, “Your mom and I are so happy for you, Mindy. God has worked things out for you in extraordinary ways!”
“Absolutely!” Mindy agreed. “I also realized that I won’t need to buy any pans, dishes, utensils, or other things for the kitchen or other things like blankets, sheets, or pillows, since Ben bought the travel trailer fully equipped.”
Lora commented, “You’re right, and you won’t even need a bridal shower or wedding gifts for the same reason.”
“Perfect and brilliant, and I thank you dear Lord,” prayed Mindy.
The small groups in Pine City were going to use their conversational prayer time to pray for Israel and the rest of the nations by using scriptures they would find and personalize. The following are the scriptures one of the groups used.
Isaiah 29:22-24, LORD, you said that Jacob shall not be ashamed, when he sees his children. … They will keep your name holy. Those who had erred will come to understand and not complain but will learn doctrine.
Isaiah 31:4b,5b, Thank you that the LORD of hosts will come down to fight for mount Zion and will defend Jerusalem and he will
deliver and preserve it.
Isaiah 35:10, We look forward to the day when the ransomed of the LORD shall return and come to Zion with songs and everlasting joy … and gladness, and sorrow and sighing shall flee away.
Jeremiah 16:15b,19b,21b, Thank you, LORD, for saying that you will bring back the children of Israel from all the lands again into their land you gave to their fathers. The nations shall come to you from the ends of the earth … and shall know that your name is the LORD.
Jeremiah 31:3b, Thank you, LORD, for saying, “I have loved you, Israel, with an everlasting love. Therefore with loving kindness I have drawn you.”
Ezekiel 20:34a,42a, I’m glad the LORD said, “I will bring you (Israel) out from the people and will gather you out of the countries where you are scattered with a mighty hand and an outstretched arm. And you shall know that I am the LORD, when I shall bring you into the land of Israel, … which I gave to your fathers.”
Ezekiel 34:11,25a,30, LORD you will search and seek for your sheep. And you said, “I will make a covenant of peace with them, and they shall know that I, the LORD their God, am with them and they are my people.”
Zechariah 8:7a,8, I’m glad the LORD said, “I will save my people, … and bring them, and they shall dwell in the midst of Jerusalem, and they shall be my people and I will be their God in truth and in righteousness.”
Romans 11:25b-27, Thank you LORD that blindness in part has happened to Israel until the fullness of the nations has come in, and so all Israel shall be saved, because out of Zion shall come the deliverer, who shall turn away ungodliness from Jacob. “For this is my covenant to them when I shall take away their sins.” And thank you that you have mercy on us and will have mercy on them.
2 Peter 3:9b, Thank you LORD that you are not slack concerning your promise, but are patient with all, not willing that any should perish, but that all should come to repentance. It is good to know that Israel and the nations can repent. Please help many to do it!
Ernest remarked one Sunday morning in bed, “Connie, my sweet love, I feel so much closer to you since I admitted to you and Ben how I had felt and then I learned that you had loved me also even before we started dating.”
“The same applies for me, Dearest,” Connie stated, “I think it added a new dimension to our relationship, which was already outstanding.” After they had had a sweet time of intimacy she continued, “I wish all couples could have as good a marriage as you and I have.”
“Oh, I agree!” Ernest exclaimed. “I feel very sorry for the men I sometimes hear who can talk only about the problems in their marriages.”
Connie went on, “Indeed it is sad, but I’m so proud of our Ben! He worked so hard to get his company operating and making a profit before even considering marriage, and then he had to wait for his dream girl to be old enough so he could court her.”
“Exactly,” declared Ernest, “and he carried through with his resolve the day we were at the ranch riding horses with him. He asked her if he could court her and when she agreed, he asked her parents for permission. They granted it right away and now they’re already engaged!”
“And that’s another reason I’m proud of him,” continued Connie. “Plus he chose an excellent woman who’s a believer and they’ll make a very good match. I also like the plans they’ve made so far for their wedding.”
Ernest concurred, “It does sound nice, and we both get to be in it, wearing comfortable clothes we already have. I’ll bet their other attendants will appreciate it also. I’m glad our two kids have learned to be thrifty and practical instead of spendthrift.”
“For sure,” and Connie went on, “and it won’t be much longer until the wedding since December goes so quickly. I think it was smart of them to wait until Mindy would have more time to get adjusted to married life and would begin teaching again with a new class using her new name.”
Chapter 15
Proverbs 24:3,4, Through wisdom is a house built
and by understanding it is established and by knowledge
… it shall be filled with precious and pleasant riches.
Jeff and Karen also talked about the wedding. He remarked, “I’m glad our girls are old enough and are so well behaved that we can both be in Ben’s wedding without worrying about how they might act during the ceremony.”
“Positively,” and Karen went on, “they’re all becoming fine young ladies. I’m pleased with their progress. I was surprised when Ben asked both of us to stand up with them for their wedding and invited us to the reception supper afterward.”
“So was I,” agreed Jeff, “he didn’t tell me how many attendants they would have, so we’ll just wait and see. He’s so much happier since he started courting and especially now that he’s engaged. And furthermore he’s still able to focus on building and he keeps both of his crews going.”
Karen concurred, “He’s a good man. We’ve seen how he and his intended have grown up and become mature believers in our church. I pray the Lord will help them have a wonderful marriage and life together.”
“Yes, Father,” Jeff continued, “I agree with Karen’s prayer and I also thank you for my outstanding marriage with Karen!”
In early December Miss Jones (Mindy) gave her class an assignment. “During our silent reading time this week I want each of you to choose one book from this shelf. These are books I’ve read aloud to you this year. Pick one you liked to listen to and bring it with you to sharing time so you can tell it’s name, it’s author, what it was about, and what you liked about the book. I’ll help you with the author’s name if you need it.”
So beginning on Monday and ending on Friday, about five students a day shared about the book they had chosen. Miss Jones and Penny Penguin were both good listeners, and so was the rest of the class.
A boy said, “This book is called ‘Lost in the Woods.’ It’s by Carl Sams and Jean Stoick. I liked it a lot because it had real photographs about real animals in the woods. It was a fantasy but if animals could really talk a lot of it could have happened. The photographs were extra special.”
I liked that one also,” said a girl and continued, “The name of this book is ‘Sarah Morton’s Day’ and it was written by Kate Waters, with photographs by Russ Kendall taken at Plymouth Plantation, which is a living history museum. I liked the way the book told and showed what life was like for a Pilgrim girl who lived so long ago. It went very well with Thanksgiving time this year.”
Another boy shared, “This book is ‘Muley Ears, Nobody’s Dog by Marguerite Henry, illustrated by Wesley Dennis. Even though it doesn’t have photographs, the illustrations are very good. It’s a fun make-believe story about a dog who ‘owns’ a house in Jamaica and adopts every family who comes there for a vacation. I think he had fun. The author also wrote ‘Five O’clock Charlie,’ another book I liked.
A girl held up a book and stated, “This book is ‘Little One, Maid of Israel,” by Bill Harvey. The author wrote a whole book about what only took 19 verses in 2 Kings 5:1-19 to tell. But he added a lot of things that might have happened and made it into a very interesting and exciting story. There weren’t any pictures in the book, only a photograph of a young girl on the front cover. I liked having to imagine what things might have looked like.”
“It was a good story,” a boy agreed and went on, “I liked this one, ‘The Little Fellow,” also by Marguerite Henry but illustrated by Diana Thorne. It’s about a young colt who learns to live in a pasture with other horses and with a new colt who came later than he did. I’m looking forward to hearing more horse books by this author, like maybe ‘Justin Morgan had a Horse,’ ‘Misty,’ and ‘Sea Star,’ in third grade, if they have time to read them to us.”
Other students told about the following stories. “Make Way for Ducklings,” a Caldecott Medal Book written and illustrated by Robert McCloskey, “Gypsy,” written and illustrated by Kate Seredy who also wrote “The Good Master,” which they would get to hear in third grade, “The Little Island,” by Golden Mac Donald and illustrated by Leonard Weisgard, “The Big Snow” by Berta and Elmer Hader, “Flip,” written and illustrated by Wesley Dennis, “”Who Knows When Winter Goes?” by Mina and Howard Simon, “Little Toot,” written and illustrated by Hardie Gramatky, “Follow the Brook,” written and illustrated by Dorothy P. Lathrop, “Song of the Swallows,” written and illustrated by Leo Politi, “Down Down the Mountain,” written and illustrated by Ellis Credle, “Zeke the Raccoon,” written and illustrated by Rhea Wells, and many others that aren't listed here.
At the end of the last day of sharing about books, Mindy congratulated them all. “You all did a great job of sharing about the book you chose. And I want you to know that what you did, was like giving an oral report about the book. So when a third or fourth or other grade teacher tells you to prepare an oral book report, think back about what you just finished doing here and remember you did a great job. If you get nervous about talking up in front of the classroom, just pretend Penny Penguin is out there listening to you instead of a whole group of students.”
Ian and Yolanda Hopkins began their evening devotional time by singing the chorus, “The Joy of the LORD Is My Strength,” two times with their new girls. Then Yolanda challenged them, “See if you can find the scripture verse with most of the words in the title of the chorus we just sang together.”
They already knew how to use the concordance in their Bibles, because they had been practicing, so they started looking.
Libby said, “I think I found it in the last part of Nehemiah 8:10 where it says, the joy of the LORD is your strength.
“Good job, Libby,” Ian commended, “and as far as I know, that is the only verse with those words, but there are many that say God or the LORD is my strength, like Psalm 28:7. I’ll read it, The LORD is my strength and my shield. My heart trusts in him and I am helped, therefore my heart rejoices greatly and with my song I will praise him. Now use your concordance and see if you can find some more that are kind of like the one I just read.
Darla found and read “Psalm 73:26b, God is the strength of my heart and my portion forever. I like that one, especially the forever part of the verse.”
“I like it also,” agreed Rita, “and Psalm 81:1 says, Sing aloud to God our strength. Make a joyful noise to the God of Jacob.” Then she asked, “But who was Jacob?”
Ian explained, “He was a very important person in Bible history. He was the son of Isaac, who was the son of Abraham. Jacob had twelve sons and they became the fathers of the twelve tribes of Israel. You can read the whole story in the book of Genesis in chapter 12 and to the end of the book.”
“Wow!” Rita exclaimed. “It sounds like a lot to read, but it’s probably interesting. Thank you, Dad.”
“You're welcome,” he responded.
Then Edna read, “Psalm 118:14 says, The LORD is my strength and song, and has become my salvation. I’m so glad he has become my salvation also.”
“We are too,” declared Yolanda and then she continued, “Jeremiah 16:19a says, O LORD, my strength, and my fortress, and my refuge in the day of affliction, the Gentiles shall come to you from the ends of the earth…”
Ian concluded, “I think we all did a good job of finding scripture verses about God or the LORD being our strength. They are very encouraging verses.”
Everyone nodded and smiled as they went to put away their Bibles and notebooks.
Amelia mentioned, “Riley, my dear husband, I'll have to admit that I really didn’t think my brother, Ben, would ever get married. I had no idea he had been waiting all that time for Mindy to get old enough so he could ask permission to court her.”
“Yes, dearest Amelia,” agreed Riley. “He did keep very quiet about it for years. I think I was just as surprised as you were, when he finally told us his story. I was also amazed that he asked us to both be in his wedding and then come to the reception supper.”
“So was I,” she admitted, “and I wonder how many other attendants they might have. He hasn’t told us many of their other plans, except that I can wear a dress I already have and you can wear your suit without a tie.”
“Yes. I’m especially glad I don’t have to wear a tie,” Riley nodded. “I think Fiona and Matt started that tradition when she told him, he didn’t have to wear a tie at their wedding. Personally, I really like the idea. I’d rather not have a tie choking me all evening.”
“I understand and I don’t blame you, Honey,” she went on. “Ben also stressed that they do NOT want any gifts. I know we enjoyed getting every single one of our wedding gifts. But I understand, since the travel trailer is just not big enough to hold much more than he already has in it.”
Riley commented, “I’m glad for the way we did our ‘courting’ at Matt and Fiona’s house, Sweetheart. Then our engagement, and our house hunting, and furniture shopping at thrift stores was fun. And we’ve done everything except the house with the pay as you go plan, rather than using credit and paying high interest.”
“Same here, Beloved,” Amelia agreed. “I think Ben and Mindy will also be frugal, because that’s the way our parents raised us.”
Riley agreed, “So did mine, and I’m very thankful.”
The Iversons were having fun in the snow. This snow storm had dropped at least eight inches of snow on the farm, and the schools were closed because there was even more snow in the valley. So the family had all dressed warmly and were in the backyard frolicking with their dog, Jolly.
“Let’s build a snowman!” Levi shouted over the laughter, and the rest of the family joined him in rolling a huge ball for the base of the snowman.
Greg remarked, “It isn't very often that we get enough snow in one storm to make a big snowman.”
“For sure,” Oralie agreed, “shall we roll it over near the corner of our backyard that slopes down away from the house?”
“Great idea, Mom,” stated Cory, “then when he melts the water won’t make a little lake in our yard.”
Kevin added, “Plus it won’t bother the yard next to us since it will run into one of the irrigation ditches.”
“Right,” and Jack went on, “we’ve learned a lot about water since we came to live on the farm and my favorite form of water is snow, because we can have so much fun in it together as a family.”
“Yeah,” Max added, “and it even includes Jolly. I like it when we all get to do things with Jolly.”
“I agree,” and then Levi asked, “Dad, will you please level off the top of this big ball and the bottom of the next one so they’ll fit together?”
“Of course, son,” he answered, “so let’s go make the second ball a little bit smaller than this huge one. But let’s get the snow for this one off the sidewalk and driveway so it will help us clear them off while we’re having fun.”
As they rolled the second ball into the backyard Max declared, “Dad, I’m glad you’re strong enough to lift this one up on the first ball! He’s going to be a humongous snowman!”
Cory smiled at Max, remembering his use of that big word often.
Now Jolly got back into the action and “helped” to roll this ball over toward the first one by putting his front feet up on the ball to help push it, and added his footprints to the glove prints of the others. They were all laughing again by the time they got there. Jolly joined in by barking.
When they all settled down, Dad leveled the two balls and then had Kevin and Jack help him lift it up into its place. Since there was still a lot of snow on the driveway, they made the next ball there also. It was just a little smaller than the second one by the time they reached the partial snowman with the “help” of Jolly.
This time after leveling the two balls, Cory helped Dad lift it up and put it in place. The family stood back and Levi suggested, “Since his head would be too big this way, how would it be to continue making more balls, each a little smaller until we reach one that would be the head of this giant snowman?”
“Sure,” Oralie replied, “and by the time we finish we should have all the snow off the sidewalks and part of the backyard also.”
When it was finished, they had seven balls of snow in this giant snowman and had cleared all the places that needed to have the snow removed. They stood back and admired Mr. Snow Giant as they had named the snowman.”
“I guess he will have to go without a hat,” stated Jack, “since we probably won’t have one big enough.”
Kevin nodded, “We’d need a ladder to get it on his head now anyway.”
Cory commented, “It’s a good thing we put his face on before putting his head in place.”
“We worked kind of hard today having fun,” Greg observed, “but we accomplished two purposes. One was family fun and the other was clearing the snow away from places it should not be. Now it’s getting chilly so I suggest we go inside, put our coats and boots away and enjoy some hot cinnamon apple juice. Sweetheart, I’ll put your things away so you can get the juice ready.”
Oralie responded, “Thank you Honey. I’ll have it ready in a jiffy.”
Then after they finished the cinnamon apple juice Oralie led them in singing the chorus “We Worship and Adore You.” She explained, “The verse that goes well with this chorus is 2 Chronicles 29:30b, They sang praises with gladness and they bowed their heads and worshiped. It just seemed to go well with the beauty of the snow as it fell and made winter scenes of sparkling splendor outside.”
“I agree,” said Greg, “I would like us to look up some verses about snow and winter for our Bible Study time this evening.”
So they did, and Jack read, Psalm 147:16a, God gives snow like wool… I think the psalmist was thinking of it like a wool blanket.”
“I think so too,” and Cory continued, “In Isaiah 55:10,11… God said, the rain comes down and the snow from heaven… and it waters the earth and makes it bring forth to give seed to the sower and bread to the eater. So shall my word be that goes forth out of my mouth. It shall not return to me void, but it shall accomplish what I please and it shall prosper in the reason I sent it. I like the way these verses emphasize how effective God’s word is.”
Max was next, “Those are good verses. I found Psalm 74:17, God has set all the borders of the earth and has made summer and winter. This is another good verse to use as proof of God being the creator.”
“Yes it is a good one,” Levi agreed and then said, “Isaiah 1:18a says, Come now let us reason together, says the LORD. Though your sins be as scarlet, they shall be white as snow… and this would be a good verse to use when explaining the Good News.”
Kevin nodded and tacked on, “Psalms 51:7b would be a good companion verse for yours, Levi. It says,… wash me and I shall be whiter than snow.
“Those are good verses, you guys,” then Oralie explained, “this verse I found would be a good one to use on Resurrection Day. Matthew 28:3 says, the angel's countenance was like lightning and his raiment white as snow… This was describing the angel who rolled back the stone from Jesus’ grave and sat on it on Resurrection morning. The guards who saw him shook with fear.”
Greg stated, “I would like to have seen the angel.” A little while later, he remembered hearing a song about the snow on an old vinyl long play album his grandparents had owned. It was called Beauty of the Snow, and was by the Lundstroms in their Colorado Christmas album. So he sang it to the family. The lyrics told about how God had made the beauty of the snow and that each snowflake was different.”
“I remember hearing that song also,” added Oralie, “it was very pretty. And I’m sure you all remember going outside one day while it was snowing. We had dressed warmly and had on gloves. We caught falling snowflakes and were able to see how different and beautiful each one was.”
“Exactly,” and Greg went on, “as part of God’s creation the beauty of the snowflakes could help people realize God is the creator, as it says in Romans 1:20, For the invisible qualities of God, from the creation of the world are clearly seen, being understood by the things he made. People can see his eternal power and Godhead, and therefore people are without excuse if they don’t believe.”
One evening after supper Walt said, “Betty, my sweet wife, your cooking just keeps getting better and better!”
“Thank you my beloved husband,” she responded, “I think your compliments and enjoyment encourage me to keep trying.”
Walt stated, “Well, it’s easy for me, since you always do so well. I was surprised when Ben and Mindy came up to us after church this weekend to verbally invite us to their wedding and to the reception supper afterward.”
“So was I,” she agreed, “it was nice of them to invite everyone in our church to the wedding in their announcement after the service, but especially nice to have them also personally invite us to the wedding and the reception supper after the wedding. They’re a nice looking couple.”
“Yes they are and it was nice to have a personal invitation,” and then Walt went on, “I got to know Ben well as he was working for me before he started his own construction company. He’s a very hard worker and a fast learner because he listens well and is very observant.”
Betty nodded and said, “I remember you telling me about him when he was working for you.”
“And you’re a good listener and you have a good memory,” then he continued, “I'm glad he got the job to build all those two-story houses on Mercy Valley Ranch. He had emphasized that he didn’t want his company to be in competition with mine but that Pine City could probably use several more construction companies. And of course I agreed.”
Betty concurred, “Yes, and I’m glad we got to go see what a good job he’s doing on the ranch.”
The third week in December, William and Anna took their girls to the graduation and commissioning ceremony for the evangelism classes and Kosuke’s class in the church sanctuary, so they could see what it was like, and so they could sit with them on one side and by their two former foster boys on their other side, and encourage those young men to keep up their good work so they could graduate the next year.
Felix, Sunny, Luis, Pedro, Hugo and Jose were also there so they could see what it would be like for Luis and Pedro in a couple years.
They were all still wondering where the time had gone so quickly that it was already time to be planning for that event.
The ceremony began with a quartet singing a song written by a couple who graduated from classes like these many years ago. The music group of the church had prepared music and singing to go with their performance. The lyrics are included below from the first book in this series.
Everywhere There’s a Sunrise
Verse one
Everywhere there’s a sunrise,
Let’s tell the Good News!
Work together and be wise.
Show people what to choose.
So many people need to hear,
Before it is too late,
How they can have Jesus near,
And that Heaven is so great.
Chorus
They might be far away,
Or right next door to you.
Since sunrise still starts each day,
Please tell them the Good News!
Verse two (see 1 Peter 3:15)
Always be prepared to give
An answer to all who ask,
The reason you have incentive,
And in such hope can bask.
With humility and meekness,
Tell them to confess their sin,
Which can cause them great distress,
Then ask the Savior in.
Chorus
They might be far away,
Or right next door to you.
Since sunrise still starts each day,
Please tell them the Good News!
After the song, the congregation listened to the commencement speech given by the pastor of Church #1. Kosuke added a short speech about his program and encouraged anyone who was interested to contact him. All the graduates had a few minutes each to tell about their plans and thank the people who had helped them get this far.
Then the pastors of all the churches these people had been attending placed their hands on the graduates and prayed for God to bless and empower them for his service. It was an inspiring ceremony and all those who attended it were glad they had been able to go.
William and Anna talked to their former foster boys, who told them how well things were going on the base and especially in Kosuke’s classes. And then they caught a bus back to the base. As William and Anna were driving back to their home on the ranch they listened to their girls talking and were delighted with what they heard.
Kathy commented, “The commencement speech was very well done and I’m sure the graduates were encouraged by listening to it.”
“I thought so too,” and Nora went on, “and I enjoyed listening to the plans and thankfulness of those who were graduating.”
Helen remarked, “I liked hearing the speeches and plans, and it made me think about how dedicated the people had to be in order to carry through with all that schooling.
“I agree,” said Gina, “especially for the ones who didn’t know yet where God would send them. And that special song was just right!”
Felix’s family waited until they got home to talk about the ceremony. Luis stated, “The ceremony was very inspiring and it helped to solidify my desire to join the army and train to be a chaplain, even though it will take a long time and much effort.
“My thoughts exactly,” agreed Pedro. “I’ll do my best to learn all I need to know to become a good chaplain.”
Jose and Hugo both promised to pray for them, and so did Felix and Sunny.
Gary and Karen taught about Christmas on the farm and on the ranch by using some songs and scriptures. They each started by playing the song, “C-H-R-I-S-T-M-A-S,” by Jim Reeves. In the song, each letter in the title stands for something that happened the day of Jesus Birth, so it made it easy to remember why we have a Christmas day.
Then the group read in unison, Luke 1:26-28, 31, 32a, Gabriel was sent from God to a city of Galilee, named Nazareth, to a virgin engaged to a man named Joseph of the house of David. The Virgin’s name was Mary. … The angel said to her, Hail, you who are highly favored, the Lord is with you, and you are blessed among women. … You shall conceive in your womb and bring forth a son, and shall call his name Jesus. He shall be great, and shall be called the Son of the Highest.
After those Scriptures, the groups listened to several songs from Michael Card’s album called “The Final Word.” The song with the same title as the album is about our awkward human words, compared to when God the Father spoke his word and it was Jesus, who was the incarnation of God, who would live a perfect life, die, and be raised to life again so he could pay for the sins of all those who would accept him.
Then the group read John 1:1-4a,14 aloud, because it goes with that song. In the beginning was he Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God. The same was in the beginning with God. All things were made by him, and without him was not anything made that was made. In him was life, and the life was the light of men. … The Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, and we beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth.
“Emmanuel” is a song about the virgin conceiving the Son of God, who would be God with us. He is hope for all who will believe. One verse in the song goes very well with Romans 8:38,39. For I am persuaded that neither death, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord.
“Celebrate the Child” was the final song they heard that day, and it says many times that Jesus is the light, so the darkness is over. It also says Jesus is the Son of God, and is our salvation.
Last they read out loud together John 8:12, Jesus said, I am the light of the world, he who follows me shall not walk in darkness, but shall have the light of life. And John 1:5,17b,18 The Light shines in the darkness, and the darkness does not understand it. Grace and truth came by Jesus Christ. No man has seen God at any time. The only begotten Son, who is with the Father, has declared him or made him known.
On this day there was only a little time for discussion since listening to the songs and reading the scriptures took up most of the lesson time.
Ben and Mindy were both glad it wasn’t very cold for their winter wedding at the beginning of the two week school vacation. Most of the snow had melted since it had warmed up above freezing during the daytime for a while. Their wedding was held in their church on Friday at 6 PM with a catered supper reception afterward for those in the wedding party and other close friends, since the lunchroom was not big enough to hold all the people who would attend the ceremony. The sanctuary was almost full because of inviting both churches. Ben and Mindy were pleasantly surprised by the number of people who came to their wedding.
At the end of the church service the week before, they had announced their wedding date, time and place, and invited all the people in church #4 and also in the church the Clay family had attended for a while in the new church building. They stressed for the people who wanted to come share their joy, to please attend the wedding, but to not bring any presents, because there was nothing Ben and Mindy needed. Plus they had no room for any more in the travel trailer on the ranch where they would be living while Ben and his company continued to build two-story houses there.
Patrick and Glenda O’Connor had volunteered to take care of Fiona’s and Amelia's children during the wedding and reception so that both of those couples could be in the wedding party. Walt and Betty Evans attended the wedding because Ben had worked with and learned a lot from Walt. And they had received a special personal invitation from Ben and Mindy to attend the wedding and reception supper.
It was a splendid, BIG wedding just as Mindy’s birth mom had desired. Ben and Mindy actually ended up doubling the number of attendants they had talked of during the first planning session.
When Vern, the father of the bride, finished walking Mindy down the isle and put her hand into Ben’s hand, he turned around and made the following speech, “Dear friends, thank you for attending this wedding. It’s a BIG wedding to honor the wishes of Mindy’s birth mother, who was my beloved first wife. She desired that Mindy would wear her mother’s wedding dress and have a big wedding, so she started saving money for it and I continued. In the process of making this a BIG wedding we are also able to honor many of the important people in the lives of both the bride and the groom. Mindy especially wanted to have her new mom, Lora, who is my beloved second wife, be her matron of honor in her wedding. And except for her and the best man, there is no order of importance for the way the others are standing, for you will see we make a circle of friends with the bride and groom.”
So instead of standing in a horizontal line across the front of the church, the wedding party had made a circle around the pastor, with the bride and groom standing in front of him.
The bride’s ‘maids’, all dressed in their favorite church dresses, were also all matrons, Anita, Connie, Fiona, Amelia, Candy, Sara, and Karen. The groom’s best man was his dad, Ernest, and the other groom’s men, also dressed in their own suits with no ties, were Vern, Matt, Riley, Evan, Denji, and Jeff. Pastor Don was also a groom’s man in order to make the sides even for the triumphant, final procession.
Tim and Mary were both ring bearers. Tim was dressed in a suit like his dad, Pastor Don, wore to perform the wedding. Mary wore her best church dress. When they arrived at the front of the church Tim handed a velvet box with the ring to Ernest, and Mary gave one to Lora. Then they stood next to that person during the wedding. Tim and Mary were so pleased and honored to be a part of this wedding since they had seen so many weddings their dad had performed, but had never been in one before. Besides Mindy was their special friend.
Hope and Joy were the flower girls with wreaths of flowers around their heads carrying a small bouquet in each hand held out at an angle so people could see them better. They were wearing matching church dresses made by Sherry in different delicate colors they had chosen. They went to sit in the front row with their parents after coming down the isle before the matrons and the bride.
For this wedding the twins, and Tim were in sixth grade, and Mary in fifth grade, so they were all more grown up than most children in their positions, but they enjoyed it and counted it an honor to be in Mindy’s wedding, since all four of them were friends of Mindy.
Don gave a short teaching about the importance and permanence of marriage and how married people needed to do certain things. Then he read, Ephesians 5:22,28,29b, Wives, submit to your husbands as to the Lord. … Men ought to love their wives as their own bodies. He who loves his wife loves himself … and nourishes and cherishes her like the Lord does the church. Then he included the many joys of living together in unity and serving the Lord together and individually. At this point, Don prompted the ones in the circle to promise that they would pray, encourage, and assist in ways the couple might need. They had memorized and had practiced saying it together so it sounded good.
The bride and groom had written and memorized their vows, so they said them and also answered all Pastor Don’s questions. After that he placed a hand on the bride and one on the groom and prayed a blessing on them as a married couple. And then he pronounced them husband and wife and told Ben he could kiss his bride. Ben kissed Mindy with fervor and she kissed him right back! Last, Pastor Don introduced them as Ben and Mindy Clay.
During the final procession back down the isle to the back of the sanctuary, all of the men, including the pastor, walked holding hands with their wives in a triumphal procession following Tim and Mary and Joy and Hope who followed the and the bride and groom. Then the congregation who had been seated on either side of the isle as they chose, formed a line to talk to the wedding party and congratulate the bride and groom.
The catered supper reception after the wedding in the church school lunchroom was excellent. When it was over Ben and Mindy left for their honeymoon, which was only for Friday night and Saturday night in a nice hotel in Pine City, because Ben needed to be back to his job on Monday. Both sets of parents had prepared their “child” for the wedding night the day before the wedding by giving each one the gift of a marriage book by a Christian author with an explicit chapter explaining ways they could show their love to each other when making love. They both had read the chapter and asked their parents questions, so they were prepared and looking forward to it as a new experience.
For their wedding night, Ben had typed and printed out some verses from the Song of Solomon in the Bible. He handed her a copy and explained, “My dear wife, I planned this for our wedding night and would like you to read the ones marked with your name, and then I’ll read the ones marked with my name.”
“What a nice idea!” Mindy exclaimed. “Thank you, my wonderful husband.”
Ben smiled and exclaimed, “I love the sound of husband and wife, especially now that we’re married!”
So Ben read Song of Solomon 1:15,16a, Behold, you are fair, my love, you are fair … and pleasant. And then he read 2:2, As the lily among thorns, so is my love among the daughters.
Mindy went on with Song of Solomon 2:3, As the apple tree among the trees of the wood, so is my beloved among the sons. I sat down under his shadow with great delight, and his fruit was sweet to my taste.
Ben responded with Song of Solomon 2:14b,… let me hear your voice for it is sweet and your face is beautiful.
Mindy replied with Song of Solomon 2:16a, My Beloved is mine, and I am his…
Then Ben read to her the next three in a row. Song of Solomon 4:7, You are all fair, my love. There is no spot in you. 6:4a, You are beautiful, O my love. 7:6, How fair and how pleasant you are, O love, for delights.
And Mindy concluded with Song of Solomon 1:2 Let him kiss me with the kisses of his mouth, for your love is better than wine.
Then they helped each other get undressed, and their time in the hotel bed that night was way more delightful than either one of them could have imagined. Furthermore they knew it was the beginning of the rest of their lives filled with making love to each other in many of the ways suggested in the book. Plus, they were more than ready to live as a married couple the rest of their lives. They would be loving, cherishing, helping, enjoying the company of each other in conversation, working together, and ministering in unity as their service for God.
The next day they slept in and were thrilled to wake up beside the one they loved and would spend the rest of their lives with on this earth. After a sumptuous breakfast in bed they went to a museum neither had been to before. Next they ate lunch at the Serving Joyfully Restaurant and spent the early part of the afternoon appreciating the amazing beauty of all the different kinds of roses in the indoor rose garden. Then since they felt the need of some exercise and it was very cold outside, they returned to the hotel which had an excellent exercise room. They tried out all the identical side by side equipment like stationary bikes, treadmills, recumbent trainers, and full body elliptical trainers, which all seemed to be set up just right for couples on their honeymoons.
Ben and Mindy had been married now for almost a day. After all their exercise, they spent some time in their own private hot tub. After looking at the large shower, they decided this would be a perfect time to experience taking a shower together.
Ben exclaimed as he soaped up her slender, athletic body, “Oh, my lovely, beautiful Mindy, you are every inch a lady and all the woman I will ever want!”
“Thank you, my beloved Ben,” she responded as she lathered him with soap suds too, “and your very handsome body is so strong and well built. I enjoy admiring you as I watch you getting dressed or undressed, and now while we are showering together.”
A little later Ben continued as they helped each other rinse off, “We make a good-looking couple and we are a good match, my love. I’m glad that what you once thought was a problem with your body is not a problem for us.”
“I agree, Dearest, and I’m very grateful,” she went on, “In fact I’m beginning to like the way God made me. For too many years, I questioned the way the Master Potter made me, but now I’m able to enjoy all the benefits this body has given me.”
Ben asked, “Like what, Honey?”
She explained, “Like when you compliment me for the things Anita pointed out to me, like my flawless complexion, sparkling blue eyes, flowing, wavy, dark brown hair, and happy smile, which she said add to my God given beauty. Then I thank him for the way he made me.”
“And,” he interjected, “I’d like to add how much I enjoy looking at, and washing and rinsing and drying your slender, athletic body, which is in such good physical shape.”
“Thank you, Dear,” and Mindy went on to say as they continued rinsing off the soap, “and besides all those things, I’ve never had pimples and I don’t have the monthly cramps and despondency from hormone imbalance that many women have, or body parts that would get sore from bouncing a little bit as I ride the wonderful horses on the ranch. On top of that, I don’t have to wear uncomfortable underwear to keep them in place. Plus I never have to worry about the pain or other problems of giving birth, and my dad doesn’t have to worry about me either. Also, I’ll have no difficulty signing the contract each year at the church school promising to not get pregnant during the school year. Therefore my ‘problem’ is actually a blessing instead!”
“Definitely,” he agreed as they went hand in hand still wrapped in towels to their bedroom, “and now we can celebrate our love making just as well as any other couple because your doctor told you we would be able to make love in the usual way and you could enjoy it too. I do relish our celebrations under the umbrella of marriage. And I’m so glad we waited instead of giving in to other times of temptation.”
“Same here, and I love how you love me!” Mindy declared. “You’re so gentle and I’m glad we have the chapter in that book to help us remember to do the things we’ve learned. And I’m sure we will both get better as we practice, since I’m sure we’ll practice a lot. Furthermore, you express and show me your love in many other ways. Thank you so much!”
“It’s my pleasure, Darling,” Ben stated as they hung the towels up to dry, “and I also thank you so much for the many ways you show me your love.”
“You are most welcome, my Beloved,” she stated and smiled as they got into bed.
They attended one of the Grace ‘n’ Faith church services on Sunday after checking out of the hotel. Then, before going up to the ranch they picked up Mindy’s belongings that they had decided beforehand would fit in the travel trailer. Ben had encouraged Mindy to bring some things that would make the travel trailer feel like her home too. Her parents would store the rest of her things for her at their home.
Kosuke and Aneko were at Yoshi and Sakura’s house so they could visit and enjoy the boys, Naoki and Haru and Haruto.
Kosuke asked, “Are you keeping track of how fast these boys are growing?”
“By all means, dear brother,” Sakura answered, “our doctor gave us a booklet with places to write the age, the date, and to put the height and weight at regular intervals.”
Kosuke commented, “I’m glad you have a good doctor. I probably wold not even have thought about doing it.”
“I’m glad too,” Yoshi went on, “Because this way we have a written record and can compare it with the places in the book we bought that has information about the normal growth of boys.”
Later Aneko inquired, “What are your plans for their schooling?”
Sakura replied, “I’m planning to use the church’s preschool curriculum and get them ready for attending the church school.”
Yoshi continued, “During the year that Naoki will be in kindergarten, we’ll go for parent teacher conferences to keep up with his progress. Sakura will continue to stay at home and teach the twins from that curriculum.”
“Yes,” agreed Sakura, “and when all three are in the church school, I’ll volunteer every day in the classrooms so I can see their progress, and help pay some of the tuition.”
Aneko remarked, “It sounds like a very good plan and I’m glad we get to come here often to visit and see how they’re growing.”
After their honeymoon, Ben and Mindy lived in the four-season travel trailer on the ranch while he was building houses with his two crews of other workers. Plus they planned to continue living in it until they could build or buy a house. It was very cozy and comfortable for them.
The rest of the vacation time when Ben was not working, was used for them to get accustomed to being married. Then while Ben worked on the houses, Mindy had time to learn about her new students and their names. She was glad they would start out their year in second grade with her new name, Mrs. Clay.
Some time later, Ben and his sister Amelia chose Christmas ornaments and decorations from their parents’ bulging collection so they could both take some good memories to their new homes to share with their spouses. But Ben and Mindy needed to store the ones he chose in his parents house until he and Mindy would get a bigger house.
Ben had bought Mindy a desk to match his in the trailer and she had brought her Bible, notebooks, computer, clothes and personal items, plus even a few of the dish towels and pot holders she had made for her future home. Ben enjoyed seeing them and helped her feel this was her home as well as his.
Soon after their wedding, they had asked Pastor Don to put them into a small group on the ranch so they could get to know those people better and see if there was any they they could help with their ministry to the girls. This would help them to feel more like a married couple, since it was time for them to stop attending a group with their parents as they had been. It would also be nice to not have to drive to Pine City for small group meetings.
In January Mindy was glad she could teach a new group of second graders at the church school, because she was already missing her career. At first she rode with Julie Blake who taught third grade at the same church school. This way she and Ben didn’t have to buy a second vehicle yet.
Here are the new grade levels in January for the students we’ve known for a long time in this series. Mary would just be starting middle school where she would be in sixth grade, the quadruplets and Hope, Joy, Max, and Tim would be in seventh grade. Levi, Val, Lucia, Holly, and Willow would be in eighth grade. Jack and Kevin, be starting high school. Emma and Nan would be in tenth grade. Cory, Stella, Liz, Christi, and Hanna would be in eleventh grade, Ellie and Lisa and Jose and Hugo would be seniors this year at the high school.
Don, Anita, and Tim told Mary all the things they could remember about how different middle school would be from elementary school.
And then before the first day of school Tim reassured, “Mary, I’ll be right there along with Hope and Joy to help you during your first few days of middle school.”
“Thank you, Tim,” Mary responded, “you are a wonderful brother! And Hope and Joy are great friends.”
Hope and Joy invited Mary and her partner from fifth grade to eat lunch with them the first day so she could observe how they started making friends with a loaner. The next days Mary and her partner went ahead on their own.
Cory had shown Jack and Kevin around the high school the last school day in December, and then was available to help both of them the first few days of the new school year.
Since Jack and Kevin, had begun high school this year, the boys got to join a Bible Study Group with Gary teaching others their ages.
One weekend after lunch and chores were finished, Felix was listening to his wife and family talking about music. Sunny remarked, “I’d be interested to know one classical composer you like and the name of one of their pieces you like to play, and why.”
And she quickly inserted, “I’ll be first. I like Mozart very much and I enjoy playing the third movement excerpt of his ‘Piano Concerto No.27.’ I like it because it sounds so happy and I was able to fit in most of the words of Psalm 103:1-5, 11,12,17a,19,20a,22a, which say, Bless the LORD, O my soul, and all that is within me, bless his holy name. Bless the LORD, O my soul, and forget not all his benefits, who forgives all your iniquities, who heals all your diseases, who redeems your life from destruction, who crowns you with loving kindnesses and tender mercies, who satisfies you with good things so that your youth is renewed like the eagle’s. For as the heaven is high above the earth, so great is his mercy toward those who fear him. As far as the east is from the west, so far has he removed our transgressions from us. The mercy of the LORD is from everlasting to everlasting. … The LORD has prepared his throne in the heavens and his kingdom rules over all. Bless the LORD you his angels … bless the LORD all his works. I used the King James Version of the Bible and with a few changes I was able to fit the words in with the notes. Then I can sing as I play and it becomes a praise song. I also like it because I can play it without the pedal and I get to take my shoes off to rest my feet if they’re tired.”
“It’s such a neat idea, Mom,” stated Jose, “to use Bible verses with a piano piece that has no words that I tried it myself, after you told me about it. I did it with Mozart's ‘Allegro in B-flat Major.’ I used Psalm 18:1-3, which says, I will love you, O LORD, my strength. The LORD is my rock and my fortress and my deliverer, my God, my strength in whom I will trust, my buckler, and the horn of my salvation and my high tower. I will call upon the LORD, who is worthy to be praised. So shall I be saved from my enemies. I paraphrased it, left out some of the words and repeated some of the parts to make it fit. By using the version you used, Mom, I didn’t have to get permission. I like to play it as a warm-up piece because it’s easy and I can think the words as I’m playing it.
“I like the sound of that idea also,” Luis contemplated, “I think I’ll look for some scripture verses to go with Beethoven's ‘Sonatina in G Major.’ I like it because it is one of his happy pieces. But I really have to concentrate when I play it so maybe it would be better to have no words for it. It does give my fingers good exercise.”
Pedro shared, “I like ‘Minuet’ by Paderewski because it has some hard parts in it that I had to keep practicing until I could play it correctly. I feel good when I can get it correct now.”
“It is a good feeling,” Hugo agreed. “I like Joseph Haydn because some of his pieces sound as good as Mozart’s. The one I really like to play is the theme from ‘Symphony in G Major’ also called the ‘Surprise Symphony.’ It has a bouncy melody and makes me smile while I play it. I think I’ll look for some verses in Psalms that I could fit in with the notes. Then it would be even better. Maybe I could use the positive parts of Psalm 1:2,3 and 6 which say, … his delight is in the law of the Lord, and in his law he meditates day and night. He shall be like a tree planted by the rivers of water, that brings forth fruit in season. His leaf shall not wither, and whatever he does shall prosper. For the LORD knows the way of the righteous…”
Later Felix complimented, “My dearest wife, I’m so amazed and pleased with the way you learned so much about the piano from Anna and on your own. Besides that, you have passed on your love of it to the boys! I enjoyed listening to your conversation with them this afternoon.”
Sunny replied, “Thank you Honey. They are all good boys and have continued to work on practicing and improving their skills. I think it has helped them develop some good virtues.”
William and Anna Beckett had wanted to have foster family reunions in the game room of the big house. But they wisely decided they couldn’t. Even with only three of them married with four foster children apiece there wouldn’t be enough room there, and there was no need to have all the children meet each other anyway.
Instead, William and Anna regularly went to visit Gary and Kim on the farm after the children left for school on the bus, but before farm work hours.
Once in a while William and Anna would go to visit Carlos on the cattle ranch during the week while Carlos was on his lunch hour. That way he could tell them how things were going for him, his wife, Jana, and their four boys. His parents were very happy to hear the good reports Carlos was able to give them about their marriage and how well the boys were progressing.
Evan and Candy and their girls often went on horseback rides with William and Anna and their girls. All eight girls were becoming friends with each other. So it gave the adults a chance to visit also.
Since Sam was single, he was able to come to the ranch on evenings or weekends to visit or ride horses with William and his family, so they kept in touch easily. Sam was very happy with his job at the equine therapy center and was always ready for more riding.
Each of the four boys got to visit with Jason once in a while and got acquainted with his wife, Dorcas and their two boys, Barnabas and Daniel.
As for their own children, of course Jason and his family continued to go to the ranch one day of many weekends to visit his parents, who were thrilled to see him and his family. Barnabas and Daniel were so cute! William and Anna felt privileged to have two grandsons.
Ruth came most weekends to stay with Nathan and Esther and their girls so it was easy for her to run up to the end house on the lower level to visit with her parents and their girls. She had lots of opportunities to talk with the girls in both families and to help anyone in many ways if needed.
During the week when it was warm enough, William and Anna and their girls would get to go riding with Nathan, Esther, and their girls. All eight girls were already friends, so the adults had many opportunities to talk together also. And since these adults all had their jobs on the ranch they could also visit during the week, on days when their girls were in school. Esther even had time to play duets with her mom on the piano in either of their houses, and was able to tell her mom how glad she was that her parents had moved to the ranch.
Therefore, William and Anna were able to visit and have conversations often enough with all their children about how they were doing. Also it was nice to not be as tired as they had been while they were working on the farm. So they were very glad they had resigned from the farm and were living on the ranch and that their four foster girls were progressing very well.
One recent church service was about the Second Coming of Jesus. And instead of a teaching time, many of the scriptures were sung, because the service used the cantata by John W. Peterson, “Jesus Is Coming.” The leader of the music group, which prepared the songs for the church services and small groups, had bought the music and permission for the music group to practice and perform it via video for all twenty-four churches. The video was shown during the weekend services one week.
Here is a list of most of the song titles in the cantata and scripture verses for them.
Two songs at the beginning have the same title, “Jesus Is Coming,” but different melodies and go with the same verse, Acts 1:11b, … Jesus, who was taken up into heaven, shall come back in a manner like you saw him go into heaven.
“Little Children,” is based on John 13:33a,36b, Little children, yet a little while I am with you. … Where I go, you cannot follow me now, but you shall follow me afterwards.
“Let Not Your Heart Be Troubled,” is from John 14:1-3, Let not your heart be troubled, you believe in God, believe also in me. In my Father’s house are many rooms. If it were not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for you, and if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come again and receive you unto myself, so that where I am, there you may be also.
“Events Of the Ascension,” includes a song using the words from Acts 1:7,8, it is not for you to know the times or the seasons, which the Father has put in his own power. But you shall receive power, after the Holy Spirit has come upon you, and you shall be witnesses to me in Jerusalem and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and to the uttermost parts of the earth. Also Acts 1:9-11, and when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up and a cloud received him out of their sight. And while they looked steadfastly toward heaven as he went up, behold, two men stood by them in white apparel, who said, you men of Galilee, why do you stand gazing up into heaven? This same Jesus, who is taken up from you into heaven, shall so come in like manner as you have seen him go into heaven.
“Looking For Jesus,” goes well with 1 John 3:3, Every man who has this hope on him purifies himself, even as he is pure, and Luke 12:40, Therefore be ready, for the Son of man will come at an hour when you think not.
“In the Last Days,” 2 Timothy 3:1b, … in the last days perilous times shall come…
“Will You Be Ready?” goes with Matthew 25:3-10. A summary of these verses is that the foolish people took no extra oil with them for their lamps and the bridegroom came while they had gone to buy more oil and they did not get back in time to go to the wedding.
“The Blessed Hope.” goes with 1 Thessalonians 4:13-17, but I would not have you to be ignorant, brothers, concerning those who are asleep, so you do not sorrow like other who have no hope. For if we believe that Jesus died and rose again, even so those also who sleep in Jesus will God bring with him. For this we say to you by the word of the Lord, that we who are alive and remain unto the coming of the Lord shall not go ahead of them who are asleep. For the Lord himself shall descend from heaven with a shout, with the voice of the archangel, and with the trump of God. And the dead in Christ shall rise first. Then we who are alive and remain shall be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air, and so shall we ever be with the Lord.
“Chariot of Clouds,” goes with those same verses,
“Like Him,” goes with 1 John 3:2, Beloved, now we are the sons of God, and it does not yet appear what we shall be, but we know that when he shall appear, we shall be like him, for we shall see him as he is.
“And I Saw Heaven Opened,” goes with Revelation 19:11-16.
“King of kings,” goes well with 1 Timothy 6:15b, Jesus is the King of kings, and Lord of lords… It also goes with Philippians 2:7-11, Jesus made himself of no reputation and took on himself the form of a servant and was made in the likeness of men … and became obedient to death on the cross. Therefore God highly exalted him and gave him a name which is above every name, that at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, … and every tongue confess that Jesus Christ is Lord, to the glory of God the Father.
“With the Sound of Trumpets,” goes well many verses in the Book of Revelation and with 1 Corinthians 15:52-53, In a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trump, the trumpet shall sound and the dead shall be raised incorruptible and we shall be changed. For this corruptible must put on incorruption, and this mortal must put on immortality.
Verses 57,58 are great also! So the service closed with everyone reading them aloud. Thanks be to God who gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ. Therefore … be steadfast, unmovable, always abounding in the work of the Lord, because you know that your labor is not in vain in the Lord.
The cantata lasts close to three quarters of an hour, and the people could have followed along in a King James version of the Bible for many of the lyrics, because by using his genius, John W. Peterson wrote music to fit the verses he chose for some of the cantata. In closing the pastor encouraged the people to read the whole book of Revelation at home the following week. Then he closed in prayer.
Patrick and Glenda had invited Walt and Betty to their house the day after the cantata. Just as they were finishing their meal Glenda remarked, “I really like to sing, read, and think about when Jesus will come again.”
“So do I,” Betty continued, “plus I like to think about what it will be like in Heaven. Walt and I read the whole book of Revelation the week before the cantata, and it contains many wonderful things for us to anticipate.”
Patrick agreed, “Exactly, and since we have finished eating and have our Bibles here at the table, let’s each find a scripture about heaven.”
They nodded and started looking. Betty said “I found Luke 23:43, Jesus said to the thief on the cross, Today you shall be with me in Paradise. So I think it’s another word for heaven.”
Walt was next with, “Hebrews 11:16, But now they desire a better country, that is, a heavenly one,… for God has prepared for them a city. Verse 10 says the city has foundations, whose builder and maker is God. As a builder myself, I know whatever God builds will be perfect!”
“For sure,” Glenda agreed, “and 2 Peter 3:13, states, Nevertheless we, according to God’s promise, look for new heavens and a new earth, where righteousness dwells. So it will be perfect and new and will have no evil.”
Patrick read, “Isaiah 65:17,18, God said, behold, I create new heavens and a new earth, and the former shall not be remembered nor come into mind. But be glad and rejoice forever in what I create… I like the part about the former not being remembered. We will have no bad memories there!”
“How wonderful,” Betty agreed and remarked, “we have such a blessed hope that unbelievers do not have. And since we lived for so long without that hope ourselves, I long to be able to reach more people with the Good News.”
Walt nodded. “I often think we’re doing all we have time for, but maybe we should look at those lists again and see if we could find something more.”
“I know what you mean,” agreed Patrick, “and since we both have empty nests, some people say we should have more time than most others who still have children at home.”
Glenda squeezed Patrick’s hand and added, “But our time seems to go faster and faster as we get older. We have begun doing as you two do for Matt and Fiona. We go once a week and take care of Mark, Phoebe, and Lydia while Riley and Amelia go out as a couple to do their own two by two ministry.”
“Excellent,” commended Betty, “Matt and Fiona always appreciate what we do and tell us how much it helps them.”
“The same goes for Riley and Amelia,” then Patrick suggested, “Well, we can all study the lists again and ask God if he has something else he wants us to add.”
Walt added, “Yes, and if he does he will help us do it, and if not, we can just go on doing what we are.”
“Good ideas,” Betty stated, “I imagine many people in the churches are having some these same thoughts, so we can pray for us and them at the same time.”
“Certainly,” Glenda concurred, “and I can almost hear the pastor of Church #1 commending us for what we are doing, telling us to not take on more than we can handle, and encouraging us all to keep on faithfully serving Jesus in the sunshine of his love.”
Epilogue
Ephesians 5:1,2, Be followers of God as dear children and walk
in love as Christ has loved us and has given himself for us
as an offering and a sacrifice to God…
On the ranch a couple months after their wedding Mindy taught Ben a song she and her class liked to ling. It was sung by the Sons of the Pioneers, and is is a nice prayer asking God to always keep all scenery beautiful so we can enjoy it. They both liked it, but she couldn’t find it on the web like they could so many other songs they liked to sing together. But they memorized it and sang it often.
Ben and Mindy were enjoying married life. They usually found time on Saturdays and Sundays to go for horseback rides and they were looking forward to the longer daylight hours so they could ride right after their jobs. But even on cold evenings they enjoyed the view out their travel trailer window of the mountains and valley before it got dark.
One evening Mindy mentioned, “Honey, I’ve been riding to school with Julie Blake and it works well, but I think it would be nice if we had an extra car so I could reciprocate for the times I’ve ridden with Julie and then we can continue taking turns.”
“I agree, Dearest,” said Ben, “and we’ve been saving money for one since we were engaged, so I think we have enough now that we can afford a good used car. Plus you already have your license and your parents and I know what a good driver you are.”
“Thank you, my Love,” Mindy responded, “I like the way you listen, understand and give me compliments. You’re the best!”
“And you're the best too,” Ben responded.
On Saturday morning, they went car shopping, and found a good quality used economy car in good condition. They were able to pay cash for it using the money they had both been saving, even before the wedding, plus what Vern and Lora had given Mindy from the unused university account, toward the purchase of a car.
Mindy declared, “This car will be perfect! I like the light beige color. It won’t show the dust and dirt very much. Plus I’m very glad we won’t have to pay interest on a car loan. It was worth waiting until we could pay cash, since Julie has been so gracious.”
“Yes, Honey,” Ben agreed, “she and Ted are very nice people.”
Mindy nodded. “I enjoy their quadruplets also. And now I can do all the driving for a couple months and when we’re even, we can take turns.”
Julie and Mindy had become good friends and enjoyed their conversations on the way to the school and back. They even took time to do grocery shopping one day a week before going to their homes and families. This way the families didn’t have to use their weekend times for another trip to the city to buy groceries.
On the farm, the families were still enjoying their winter respite from normal farm work, except for the ones who were busy with repairing equipment or were planning how to rotate some of the crops.
Felix mentioned after supper, “I’m busy with the owners deciding where to plant spring crops. It’s good they try to rotate them as much as possible in ways that will enrich the soil even if it does take extra time and work.
“Yes, Dear,” agreed Sunny, “and I for one can see it’s worth all the effort. The produce we send to the stores is always better quality than any others I saw when I was working in the produce section of the Local Grocery.”
Jose and Hugo said they were doing well as seniors taking business math and thinking about what jobs they would do in Pine City when they were ready to graduate. Then Pedro and Luis told about the evening classes they were attending that were taught by Kosuke.
Greg and Oralie Iverson and Cory, Kevin, Jack, Levi and Max were enjoying the extra times they were able to practice their guitars and learn new songs to use in their ministry times. This winter they went inside the shopping mall. Since they all enjoyed the times in the park, they were looking forward to warmer weather.
Gary and Kim Beckett were listening to Ryan, Bruce, Tyler and Leo after evening devotions one evening. Tyler stated, “Our last horseback ride on Mercy Valley Ranch was really fun even though it was still pretty cold outside. It wasn’t as cold in the big building.”
“Yeah,” Leo went on, “now that I’m used to all the steps it takes to get the horse ready to ride, I find that even they are fun.”
Ryan added, “Same here. The horses are so gentle and well behaved that they make it easier. I used to watch some programs on TV and the horses there didn't cooperate.”
“For sure,” Bruce continued, “and I was amazed at the way they went through and over and around all the obstacles in the course inside the big building.”
Then Gary concurred, “You’re all so right! The horses on that ranch are wonderful and we’re very privileged to get to ride them on alternate weekends, even if we do feel sore and stiff for a couple days after a ride. It’s really worth it!”
The boys all nodded and Kim concluded as she remembered the many rides she had enjoyed while she lived on Mercy Valley Ranch, “I couldn’t agree more!”
Another house would be ready on the ranch in a few months for a family to move into the downstairs while the upstairs was being finished. One day Karen went to see the Yardleys and mentioned, “The girls in the Blake, Mendoza, and other families whose girls went to the Church school have joined, or will join a Bible study group for their ages when they start high school, so they will have a support group, especially for using the tiny book called “The Life Book.” The new girls in the new houses and the girls who will replace the ones graduating will need classes to help them learn the basics about the Bible.
Oscar and Vera nodded and Karen continued, “The first thing Gary and I did was to combine the girls or boys who’ve been here longer into larger, but fewer classes. Those classes will meet less often, so times can be scheduled for the new ones as they come to the ranch or the farm.”
“Good idea,” Oscar approved, “and many of those larger groups might only need a support group like you mentioned.”
Karen went on, “You’re right, Oscar.”
“Precisely,” inserted Vera. “The only additional teaching they will really need is the class you do for those who are seniors and are getting ready to graduate from the ranch.”
“Excellent thinking,” stated Karen, “and that will make it easier to start new groups. Gary and I can put as many in a Bible Study group as there are new kids coming to the ranch or farm, so we can teach the new ones basic Bible skills and the Good News.”
Oscar suggested, “How would it be to call a meeting of all those families who have been here longer and see if they agree with us?”
“Perfect,” Karen agreed, “And for the new groups, so far I have waited until at least eight girls were there for each class. One of the mothers helps me and the other one does something enjoyable with my four girls. And they take turns every week.
Vera observed, “That will work well until the time comes for your own girls to start graduating from the ranch, then you will need to have your new ones in a class with any other new girls.”
“Exactly,” Karen declared, “I’m glad we talked together about this.
Now things should go even better than what I had thought about at first.”
On another day Nathan informed his bosses, the Yardleys, “I need to do much more counseling with the new girls who are coming to the ranch, since they’ll need counseling when they are assigned here because of the abuse they have suffered. The ones who are already here don’t need counseling any longer.”
Oscar nodded and added, “There will also be a bigger turn over now than before since there will be more new girls, and the new ones would only be here for four or five years in the new houses and also in the old houses once the younger girls there have graduated.”
“All of this is fine with me,” explained Nathan, “since I like serving Jesus with my counseling skills. Esther’s and my job of rehabilitating abused horses is complete for now, so I’ll continue with my other jobs here on the ranch including smoothing the arena, clearing snow off the lake in the winter for ice skating, any other maintenance and care of the pastures, tack rooms, platform, plus any continued training and care of the horses.”
Vera asked, “Are you sure you will have time for that whole list? We don’t want to overwork you. Will you have time for your marriage and family?”
“Yes, and thank you, Vera, for your concern,” answered Nathan. “Esther helps me with a lot of the ranch work and the horses. We enjoy working together, so that enriches our marriage. Our girls are also good helpers, and therefore none of us feels overworked.”
“I’m glad you told us those things, Nathan. Now we won’t worry,” concluded Oscar.
There were other successes on Mercy Valley Ranch during the last few years also. Denji, Sara, Candy, and Evan were visiting while their girls played board games in the game room. Denji remarked, “I never imagined being able to live in such a beautiful place as this ranch is and also be able to serve Jesus by helping abused girls.”
Sara nodded emphatically, “I felt the same way when Mom, Dad, Candy and I moved here to this ranch and added two more teen girls to our family.”
“Exactly,” Candy went on to say, “so when we heard the plans to add more houses to this ranch, Sara and I had a great desire to find the right men and be able to do as our outstanding foster parents had done for us. I’m very thankful for the way God worked it all out and he is helping our girls learn about Jesus.”
Evan concluded, “I agree. Our girls have made a lot of progress already and I don’t think it will be long before they make the right decisions for the most important thing in their lives.”
At the Tea Room Tomo asked, “Afta and Hana, “How is it going for you and your new big family at the ranch?”
Afta answered, “We were able to take our jobs with us when we moved to the ranch, so it made an easy transition.”
“And,” Hana went on, “since we could see what a good job you two were doing with your foster girls, we wanted to try it also. We were able to get used to one before adding the other three to our family. The extra blessing is having horses to ride as often as we like.”
Ami stated, “We’re very happy for you and we’re also glad you can still come help us here and we get to visit you on the ranch and have learned how to ride also. Those horses are amazing!”
William and Anna Beckett told Ruth one day, “We’re so glad we changed jobs and moved from the farm to the ranch where we don’t have to work as hard.”
Ruth agreed, “I’m glad for you and I enjoy having you here where I get to see you more often since I come to stay with Esther and Nathan many weekends. The farm was nice also, but I prefer the ranch.”
“Same here,” and Anna continued, “We’re pleased with the progress our four new teenage foster girls are making now that they’re all believers and are learning how to live for Jesus. This is a good adventure for us. Plus I like having a piano right in my home again.”
“Yes,” added William, and we’re also happy because we get to see our own three children more often here on the ranch than we did on the farm. Plus we also get to see our adopted boys once in a while.”
Don and Anita liked to reminisce. One evening just before going to bed he declared, “As I look back over the last few years, I’m amazed all over again at how awesome our great God is! He works in ways we might not understand at the time, but he always works things for good for those who love God and are called according to his purpose, as Romans 8:28 says.”
“He sure does,” agreed Anita. “I was just reading Joshua 1:8,9, again today which says, This book of the law shall not depart out of your mouth, but you shall meditate in it day and night, so you may observe to do according to all that is written in it. For then you shall make your way prosperous, and then you shall have good success. I have commanded you to be strong and of good courage. Do not be afraid or dismayed, for the LORD your God is with you wherever you go. I remembered that God gave those instructions to Joshua. Joshua did as God told him to do and God gave him good success. The people in our church don’t have to keep all the Old Testament laws in order to be saved and be blessed with success. But as believers, they ask God for guidance and they do his will and he gives them good success also.”
“Exactly, Sweetheart,” and he continued, “I like the way we keep hearing from the members of our church about the successes God has given them. Just the other day Matt Anderson told me how God was using them to help the missionary couple and how Fiona is planning to volunteer full time in the church school when all the children are attending there. She and Amelia continue to have one young teenage girl each in their After School Places, so they can teach her about Jesus and homemaking skills and she can help with the children.”
“How wonderful for all of them!” Anita exclaimed. “A week ago Maria called and reported again how happy she and Tony are, and that their missionary couple is working out well and they have become good friends. Plus their faithfulness in their children’s ministry in the park or inside mall has steady results.”
Don nodded, squeezing her hand and went on, “Walt and Betty Evans often come and tell me a happy praise for someone who accepted Jesus during their two by two ministry and how much they enjoy caring for Matt’s children so he and Fiona can go on their ministry times. Betty also mentions how well Glenda and her After School Places are doing.”
“Walt and Betty are a very nice couple,” remarked Anita, “I also like seeing Aneko and Kosuke with Tomo and Ami. I hear from one or the other of them about how their Tea Room and ministry with high school dropouts is going and the good RV ministry trips they have had with their foster girls, plus how effective Kosuke’s project is for training chaplains.”
“Excellent,” and Don commented, “The Mercy Valley Farm families are also all doing well. I like visiting with each family and hearing about the progress the boys are making and the plans some of them have for when they graduate from the farm.”
Anita concurred, “So do I, and the same thing goes for Mercy Valley Ranch and all the people in our church who live there. And of course you and I and Tim and Mary all still like the way the day care with my partner is going and the fact that it ends with an After School Place for her children and ours.”
Don concluded, “I think we and all of these couples and other people in the churches who continue to faithfully serve Jesus in the sunshine of his love here on earth will hear him say, as in Matthew 25:21, ‘well done, good and faithful servants, … enter into the joy of your Lord.’ I look forward to that time.”
Jude 1:24,25, Now to him who is able to keep you from falling,
and to present you faultless before the presence of his glory with exceeding joy, to the only wise God our Savior, be glory and
majesty, dominion and power, both now and ever. Amen.
Addendum
List of Characters for
“Faithfully Serving Jesus in the Sunshine of His Love
The ages listed here are for when this story begins. Many parts of this list carries over from the other stories in the Sunshine Series.
Pastor Don and Anita Ross are in their early 30’s and live in Pine City. Don is the pastor of Grace 'n' Faith Church #4, and earns their living by stocking shelves at the Local Grocery. Their children are Timmy, who is 9 and is in public school and his sister, Mary, who is 8 and is in the church school where Anita volunteers every day to help pay tuition.
Oscar and Vera Yardley are in their late 60’s and live on Mercy Valley Ranch near Pine City. Their foster girls are Emma and Nan who are 12, and Stella and Liz who are 13.
Ted and Julie Blake are both 29, and live on Mercy Valley Ranch near Pine City where Ted maintains the houses. Julie teaches and uses Kippy, a koala puppet, with third graders at the Grace ‘n’ Faith Christian Church School. Their foster girls are Lily, Violet, Iris, and Rose, who are all 9 and are fraternal quadruplets, who attend public school now that they are out of the K-3 church school.
Walt and Betty Evans are in their 60’s and live in Pine City. They weren’t able to have children. Walt is the owner and boss of Evans Construction Company. Betty is a homemaker.
Ernest and Connie Clay are in their 40’s and have lived in Pine City all their lives. They own and operate The Garden Shop. Their son, Ben, is 23 and has lived in Pine City all his life. He is a building contractor, who is still living at home.
Ian and Yolanda Hopkins live on Mercy Valley Ranch near Pine City and both work at Discount Mart. Their four foster girls are Candy and June, who are 18, and Sara and Kim who are 19. Their new foster girls will be Darla, Rita, Edna, and Libby.
William and Anna Beckett are in their 50’s, and live and work on Mercy Valley Truck Farm near Pine City. Their adopted boys are Evan and Sam, who are 18, and Carlos and Gary, who are 19.
Jeff and Karen Spencer are in their 40’s and live on Mercy Valley Ranch near Pine City. Jeff works for Evans Construction Company with Matt, and Karen works on the ranch. Their foster girls are Christi and Hanna, who are13, and Ellie and Lisa who are 14.
Greg and Oralie Iverson are in their 30’s. Their son, Cory who is 12 used to be handicapped and in a wheelchair, but Jesus miraculously healed him. They live on Mercy Valley Truck Farm where Greg and Oralie work. Their foster boys are Max, who is 9, his brother Levi, who is 10, and Kevin and Jack, who are 11.
Tomo and Ami Suehiro are in their 50’s and live in Pine City. They own and operate Ami's Japanese Restaurant and Tea Room. Their foster girls in this story are Jenny and Ivy.
Yoshi and Sakura Suehiro are 27 and live in Pine City. He works at his parents’ restaurant and Sakura is a mom and homemaker. Their first boy is Naoki, meaning truthful. and they later have twin boys named Haru meaning born in the spring, and sunlight, and Haruto, also meaning spring and sunlight.
Kosuke and Aneko Makino are 28 and live in the Suehiro family home. He’s in the army but works as a teacher in the Grace ‘n’ Faith Church School of Evangelism, and she works in the family restaurant.
Afta and Hana Suehiro are in their 50’s and live in Pine City. Afta is Tomo’s twin brother. They work at home on some kind of computer based job for a company. Their son is Denji, who is 19, still lives at home and is a construction worker.
Vern and Lora Jones are in their 30’s. Vern is a pediatric dentist at Happy Smiles for Kids. His daughter, Mindy is 18, and is doing independent home schooling in an online university. Her new mom, Lora, is the school nurse at the church school and also teaches Health and topics related to it there. They live in Pine City.
Nathan and Esther Mendoza are 31 years old and live on Mercy Valley Ranch near Pine City. Their foster girls, who are all 10, are Lucia, Val, and the twins, Holly and Willow.
Felix and Sunny Lucero are 31 years old and live and work on Mercy Valley Truck Farm near Pine City. Their foster boys are Jose and Hugo, who are14, and Pedro and Luis, who are 15.
Miss Beth Davis is in her 40’s, isn’t married, and lives in Pine City. She is the principal of the Grace 'n' Faith Church Christian School. She also teaches History and Geography there.
Miss Pam Green is 31 years old, and isn’t married. She lives in Pine City and teaches third graders at the church school
Patrick and Glenda O'Connor are in their late 40’s and have lived in Pine City all their lives. Patrick works at The Garden Shop. Glenda is a homemaker.
Matt and Fiona Anderson live in Pine City. Matt is 31 and works for Evans Construction Company. Fiona is 29 and is a homemaker and mother. Their children are Johnny who is 3 years old, Patrick who is 2 years old, and the twins, Faith, and Grace, who are 1 year old.
Riley and Amelia O’Connor live in Pine City. They have one boy, Mark, and will have twin girls named Lydia and Phoebe. Riley works at a Christian company in the city and Amelia works at The Garden Shop until Mark becomes a toddler.
Roy and Sherry Foster are both 30 and live in Pine City. Roy works at Building and Home Supplies. Their identical twin girls are Hope and Joy, who are 9. They attend public school now and Sherry is working at the Discount Mart again.
Ruth Beckett lives in Pine City and is 35 years old and isn’t married. Ruth owns and operate a Beckett CPA office in Pine City.
Her brother, Jason Beckett, is 33 years old and is married to Dorcas.
Jason and Dorcas have two sons, Barnabas and Daniel, who are a year apart. They also live in Pine City. Jason owns and operates a separate Beckett CPA office in Pine City.
Unice Logan is single and in her 30’s. She is the veterinarian and also a family nurse practitioner who lives and works full-time at Mercy Valley Ranch near Pine City.
Tony, 31 and Maria, 29 Valdez, live in Pine City. He is the daytime manager at Fiesta Restaurante. She works as an accountant in Ruth Beckett’s CPA office.
Frank and Becky Warner are a couple who attend Church #4, and who like to travel and drive on four-wheel drive roads.
Larry and Jane Kelsey used to live in Pine City. They moved with other church members to a city in a southern area to help plant a church there.
Clara and her husband are now serving Jesus as missionary nurses in another small city.
William and Anna Beckett will live on Mercy Valley Ranch with their foster girls Nora, Kathy, Gina, and Helen.
Gary and Kim Beckett will live on Mercy Valley Farm with foster boys Ryan, Bruce, Tyler and Leo.
Carlos and Jana Beckett will live on a cattle ranch with their foster boys, Mike, Alex, Eric, and Lane.
Denji and Sara Suehiro will live on Mercy Valley Ranch with their foster girls Ruby, Irene, Lois, and Vicky.
Afta and Hana Suehiro will live on Mercy Valley Ranch with their foster girls Dana, Wendy, Sylvie, and Kendra.
Candy and Evan Beckett will live on Mercy Valley Ranch with their foster girls Bonnie, Flora, Kate, and Reba.
The other families with girls or boys on the farm and ranch are unnamed in order to keep it more simple.
List of horses on Mercy Valley Ranch
Horse names, colors, sizes and breeds on Mercy Valley Ranch,
Horses are measured in hands, and a hand equals four inches.
Bronze and Topaz are buckskin quarter horses,16.3 hands tall. One is tan and the other is bronze. Cattle ranches often use quarter horses.
Dappled is a light dapple gray quarter horse with a black mane and tail, 15 hands tall.
Diamond and Comet are matching bay Morgan horses, 15.2 hands tall, and are brown with black manes and tails. They have the usual gaits of horses: walk, trot, and canter.
The rest are gaited horses that walk, plus some have a running walk, others have a single-foot. They don't trot, so they are very smooth and comfortable to ride. They can also canter.
King and Queen are solid black Tennessee Walking Horses. King is 17 hands and Queen is 15 hands tall.
Patches, brown and white, and Spots, black and white, are pinto Tennessee Walking Horses, 16 hands tall.
Blaze and Star are palomino Tennessee Walking Horses, 15.2 hands tall.
Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses include:
Cocoa and Dark Cocoa are 14.1 hands tall, one is milk chocolate, the other is dark chocolate. They have flaxen manes and tails.
Coffee is all dark brown. Tea is a lighter coppery color. They are 14 hands tall.
Princess is solid black and she is 13 hands tall.
Boots and Socks are light brown horses, 12.2 hands tall.
Brownie is all brown like a seal, and Rusty is all reddish brown like rust. They are very small, only 11 hands tall.
Honey has a honey colored coat and an unusual brown mane and tail. She’s even smaller, only 10 hands tall, and therefore can’t be registered, but she is still a Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horse.
New gaited horses on the ranch will be:
More Patches is a brown and white pinto Tennessee Walking Horse and she is 15 hands tall.
Arrow and Stripe, two more bay horses that are a little lighter brown than the Morgans. The white markings on their faces look like their names. They are Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses and are 14.3 hands tall.
Chili Powder and Paprika are reddish brown. Chili Powder has a narrow blaze and Paprika has a wider blaze and one white boot. They are 14 hands tall, and are Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses.
Cumin and Ginger are buckskin horses, named for their colors. They are Tennessee Walking Horses, 15 hands tall. Cumin is darker.
Lollipop and Flame are two more reddish brown horses. Their names go with their facial markings. They are Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses, and are 14.2 hands tall.
Goldenrod and Marigold are two more palominos. Goldenrod is a darker gold than the other and both are named for wildflowers. They are both 15 hands tall and are Tennessee Walking Horses.
Dapplie is a dark dapple gray Tennessee Walking Horse with black legs, mane and tail, 14.2 hands tall.
Roanie is a bay roan Tennessee Walking Horse with white hairs intermixed with the brown ones. In his case the white starts more in the middle and goes back to his tail. He is 15 hands tall.
Cloves is a dark bay horse with a blaze. He is 14.1 hands tall and so is Allspice, a dark bay horse with no white on his face. They are Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses.
Prince and the new Princess are black horses and both are 14 hands tall. Princess has a small star, and Prince has a crown shaped marking. They are Kentucky Mountain Saddle Horses.




